ACADEMIC REGULATIONS,

PROGRAM STRUCTURE
AND SYLLABUS

COMPUTER SCIENCE AND

ENGINEERING

for

B.TECH. FOUR YEARS DEGREE PROGRAM

(Applicable to the batches admitted from 2020-21)

ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

An Autonomous Institution
Approved by AICTE, Permanently Affiliated to JNTUK & Accredited by NAAC with 'A' Grade
Recognized by UGC under the sections 2(f) and 12(B) of UGC act 1956
Aditya Nagar, ADB Road, Surampalem - 533 437
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

An Autonomous Institution

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR20) FOR B.TECH. (REGULAR)

Applicable to the students of B.Tech.(Regular) admitted from the academic year 2020-21
onwards.

1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE

A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if the student fulfills
the following academic regulations.
1.1 If the student pursued a Program of study in not less than four and not more than
eight academic years. After eight academic years from the year of admission, the
student shall forfeit his seat in B.Tech. and his admission stands cancelled.
1.2 The student shall register for 160 credits and secure all the 160 credits.
1.3 The students shall register for NCC/NSS activities and receive a “Satisfactory”
grade.
1.4 The student shall register for all of the Mandatory courses and receive a
“Satisfactory” grade.
1.5 A student shall be eligible for the award of B.Tech. Degree with Honors or Minor if
the student earns 20 credits in addition to the 160 credits. A student shall be
permitted to register either for Honors or Minor and not for both simultaneously.

2. PROGRAMS OF STUDY
The following programs of study are offered at present as B.Tech. specializations.
Program Short
S. No Program
Code Name
01 B.Tech - Civil Engineering 01 CE
02 B.Tech - Electrical and Electronics Engineering 02 EEE
03 B.Tech - Mechanical Engineering 03 ME
04 B.Tech - Electronics and Communication Engineering 04 ECE
05 B.Tech - Computer Science and Engineering 05 CSE
06 B.Tech - Information Technology 12 IT
07 B.Tech - Mining Engineering 26 Min.E
08 B.Tech - Petroleum Technology 27 PT
09 B.Tech - Agricultural Engineering 35 Ag.E
10 B.Tech - Computer Science & Engineering (Data Science) 44 CSE(DS)
11 B.Tech - Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning 61 AIML

2
AR20 AEC-CSE

3. ADMISSION PROCESS

Admission to the B.Tech. program shall be made subject to the eligibility,

qualifications and specialization prescribed by the A.P. State Government/
University/ AICTE from time to time. Admissions shall be made either on the
basis of the merit rank obtained by the student in the Common Entrance
Examination conducted by the A.P. Government/University or on the basis of any
other order of merit approved by the A.P. Government/University/AICTE, subject
to reservations prescribed.

4. PROGRAM PATTERN

4.1 The total duration of B.Tech. (Regular) program is for four academic years and
each academic year of study is divided into two semesters.
4.2 The minimum number of instruction days in each semester is 90.
4.3 The medium of instruction for the entire B.Tech. undergraduate program in
Engineering & Technology (including examinations and Project reports) will be in
English only.
4.4 The student is introduced to “Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)” and Credit
Based Semester System (CBSS) as indicated by UGC and AICTE. The credits
allotted for a course depends on the following.

1 Hour Lecture (L) per week 1 Credit

1 Hour Tutorial (T) per week 1 Credit
1 Hour Practical (P) per week 0.5 Credit

4.5 The student has to register for all courses in a semester. In each semester, a
student shall mandatorily register for elective courses, which he/she wishes to
pursue within a week from the starting of the class work with the advice of Head
of the Department.
4.6 All the credit courses shall be considered for the calculation of SGPA and CGPA.

3
AR20 AEC-CSE

4.7 Every course shall be assessed using ‘Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE)’ and
‘Semester End Examination (SEE)’. The CIE marks shall be based on the
Sessional Examinations.
4.8 In the course structure, in addition to the regular courses, there shall be 10 months
internships, 05 Professional Elective courses, 04 Open Elective courses and 05
skill-oriented courses (two shall be skill-oriented courses from the same domain,
one shall be employability skills course and the remaining two shall be skill-
advanced courses either from the same domain or job-oriented skill courses which
can be of interdisciplinary nature).
4.9 The 10 months industry/field mandatory internship, both industry and social,
during the summer vacation and also in the final semester is included to acquire
the skills required for a job and make engineering graduates connect with the
needs of the industry and society at large.
4.10 The Open Electives are offered to students of all branches in general. A student
shall choose an open elective, by consulting the Head of the Department (HOD)
/advisor, from the list in such a manner that he/she has not studied the same course
in any form during the program.
4.11 A faculty advisor/mentor/proctor is assigned to each student from the same
department to provide guidance in career growth/course registration/
placements/opportunities for higher studies/GATE/other competitive exams etc.
4.12 A student who is eligible to appear for the Semester End Examination in a course
but absent from it or has failed in it, may write the examination in that course
when conducted next.
4.13 When a student is detained for lack of credits/shortage of attendance, the student
shall be re-admitted into the same semester in which he has been detained, when
offered next.

5. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS

5.1 A student shall be eligible to write the Semester End Examinations if he

acquires a minimum of 50% of attendance in each course and 75% of
attendance in aggregate of all the courses.
5.2 Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and
above and below 75%) on medical grounds in a semester may be granted by

4
AR20 AEC-CSE

the College Academic Committee and a student can be condoned for a

maximum of three times only.
5.3 Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall not be condoned.
5.4 Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester are
detained and not eligible to write their Semester End Examinations.
5.5 A medical certificate and a fee of Rs. 500/- shall be payable towards
condonation for the shortage of attendance.
5.6 If any student fulfills the attendance requirement in the present semester, the
student shall not be eligible for re-admission into the same semester.
5.7 If a student chooses to take a Certificate Course offered by
industries/Professional bodies/APSSDC or any other accredited bodies, in
lieu of the skill-oriented course offered by the Department, then his/her
attendance in this course shall not be considered for the overall calculation of
attendance.
5.8 If a student opted to study an elective course under MOOCs provided by an
external agency, his/her attendance in this course shall not be considered in
the overall calculation of attendance.
5.9 A student who has a shortage of attendance in a semester may seek re-
admission into that semester when offered next, within 4 weeks from the date
of the commencement of classwork.

6. PROMOTION RULES

6.1 A student will be promoted to the next semester if the student satisfies the
attendance requirement of the present semester.
6.2 A student will be promoted from IV semester to V semester, if the student fulfills the
attendance requirement in IV Semester and the academic requirement of 40% of the
credits upto IV semester from all the examinations, whether or not the student takes
the examinations.
6.3 A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if the student fulfills
the attendance requirement in VI Semester and the academic requirements of 40% of
the credits upto VI semester from all the examinations, whether or not the student
takes the examinations.

5
AR20 AEC-CSE

7. GAP - Year

The concept of Student Entrepreneur in Residence shall be introduced and students

who wish to pursue entrepreneurship are allowed to take a break of one year at any
time after II semester to pursue entrepreneurship full time. This period shall be
counted for the maximum time for graduation. An evaluation committee shall be
constituted to evaluate the proposal submitted by the student and the committee
shall decide on permitting the student for availing of the Gap Year.

8. EVALUATION - DISTRIBUTION AND WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS

8.1 The performance of a student in each semester shall be evaluated course-wise with
a maximum of 100 marks for Theory courses, Lab courses, Mandatory courses,
Community Service Project and Summer Internship. The Full- semester Internship
(Project) shall be evaluated for 200 marks.
8.2 For Theory courses, there shall be two Sessional Examinations during the semester
for 30 marks each and Semester End Examination for 70 marks. The Sessional
marks shall be awarded by giving a weightage of 80% for the best of the two
Sessional Examinations and 20% for the other Sessional Examination. The
Sessional Examination shall be conducted as Descriptive Examination for 15
marks, Objective Examination for 10 marks and Assignment for 5 marks. The I
Sessional Examination is conducted for the first 2½ units of syllabus and II
Sessional Examination for the remaining 2 ½ units of syllabus.
The descriptive examination is conducted for 90 minutes. Each descriptive
examination question paper shall contain 3 questions of equal marks and all
questions need to be answered. The Objective examination is conducted for 20
minutes and shall contain 20 Multiple Choice Questions with a weightage of ½
mark each. For Assignment, the nature of the test (Design, Analysis, Simulation,
Algorithms, Drawing, Quiz, Term paper, Tutorial, Surprise test, Seminar, Case
study, Lab activity, Minor Project, Virtual Labs etc. as the case may be) will be
intimated by the faculty concerned at the beginning of the semester.
The Semester End Examination is conducted for 70 marks for a duration of 180
minutes, which contains ten questions, two questions are from each unit and each
question may have sub-questions. The student has to write one question from each
unit. Each question carries 14 marks.
6
AR20 AEC-CSE

8.3 For Lab courses, there shall be Sessional Examination during the semester for 30
marks and Semester End Examination for 70 marks. The Sessional marks shall be
awarded as, Continuous Evaluation -10 marks, Observation and Record -10 marks
and laboratory examination -10 marks. The Semester End Examination shall be
conducted by the faculty concerned and external examiner appointed by the
Principal.
8.4 For Design, Drawing and estimation courses as a Theory course (such as
Engineering Graphics, Machine Drawing, Design and Drawing of Reinforced
Concrete Structures etc.), the distribution shall be 30 marks for Sessional
evaluation (15 marks for continuous evaluation, and 15 marks for Sessional
Examination) and 70 marks for Semester End examination. There shall be two
Sessional Examinations in a Semester. The Sessional marks shall be awarded by
giving a weightage of 80% for the best of two Sessional Examinations and 20%
for the other Sessional Examination. The Semester End Examination pattern is
based on the nature of the course.
8.5 For Integrated courses (Theory + Lab), there shall be a separate examination for
Theory and Lab. The student has to pass the Theory examination and Lab
examination simultaneously. Otherwise, the student has to appear for
supplementary examination for both theory and lab. The final marks shall be
calculated on weighted average method for converting marks into grade points.
Sample calculation: Assume Integrated course is for 3 credits (Theory is for 2
credits and Lab is for 1 credit). If Total Marks obtained in Theory is 75 out of 100
(2 Credits) and Total Marks obtained in Lab is 90 out of 100 (1 Credit), the final
marks for the integrated course are 80.
(75 ∗ 2 ) + ( 90 ∗ 1)
Final Marks = = 80
3
8.6 A student is deemed to have passed a course (Theory or Lab) and earns the credits
allotted to that course by securing not less than 35% of marks in the Semester End
Examination, and a minimum 40% of marks of the total marks (sum of Sessional
marks and Semester End Examination marks).
8.7 For Mandatory Courses, during a semester there shall be one examination for 100
marks in which a student should get a minimum of 40% of the marks to get the
result as “Satisfactory”, otherwise the student performance is considered as “Not
Satisfactory”. The examination is conducted online with multiple choice questions
at the department level by covering the topics of all units. If a student fails to get

7
AR20 AEC-CSE

“Satisfactory” or is absent for examination, the student has to write the

examination in that course when conducted next.
8.8 For Employability Skills (which includes Aptitude and Soft Skills) as a Mandatory
Course, during a semester, there shall be an evaluation for 100 marks at the
department level. There shall be a separate evaluation for Aptitude and Soft skills.
The marks obtained for Employability Skills is the sum of marks obtained in
Aptitude and Soft Skills together. The student should get a minimum of 40% of
the marks for a “Satisfactory” result; otherwise, the student's performance is
considered as “Not Satisfactory”. If a student fails to get “Satisfactory” or is absent
for examination, the student has to write the examination in that course when
conducted next.
8.9 For Employability Skills (which includes Aptitude and Soft Skills) as a credit
course, the examination is conducted for 100 marks in which 30 marks are for
Sessional Examination and 70 marks for Semester End Examination. There shall
be two Sessional Examinations during the semester. There shall be a separate
evaluation for Aptitude and Soft skills. For Aptitude, the Sessional Examination is
conducted for 30 minutes with 30 questions (Multiple Choice Questions with a
weightage of ½ mark each) carrying 15 marks and for Soft Skills, the Sessional
Examination is conducted as activity-based for 15 marks. The Sessional Marks for
Employability Skills is the sum of marks obtained in Aptitude and Soft Skills
together. The final Sessional marks shall be awarded by giving 80% weightage for
the best of two Sessional Examinations and 20% weightage for other Sessional
Examination.
The Semester End Examination for Aptitude is conducted for 140 minutes with
140 questions (Multiple Choice Questions with a weightage of ¼ mark each)
carrying 35 marks and for Soft Skills, an activity-based examination is conducted
for 35 marks by the faculty concerned and external examiner appointed by the
Principal.
8.10 For Skill-oriented courses, a student shall be given an option to choose
either the skill courses being offered by the college or to choose a certificate
course being offered by industries/Professional bodies/APSSDC or any
other accredited bodies approved by the HOD. If a student chooses to take a
Certificate Course offered by external agency, the agency has to issue a
certificate with “Satisfactory” condition. If the certificate issued by external
agency is marked with “ Not Satisfactory” condition, the student shall
8
AR20 AEC-CSE

repeat the course either in the college or at external agency, when offered
next. After successful completion, a student shall submit a record/report on
the skills learned with the certificate issued by the agency included in it.
The course will be evaluated at the end of the semester for 100 marks
(record/report: 30 marks, examination & viva-voce: 70 marks) along with
laboratory Semester End Examinations in the presence of internal examiner
(course instructor or mentor) and External examiner appointed by Principal.
There are no sessional marks. A student has to secure atleast 40% of marks
to pass the course.
8.11 A student shall be permitted to pursue upto a maximum of two elective courses
under MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) during the B.Tech. Program. Each
of the courses must be a minimum of 12 weeks in duration. The student has to
pursue and acquire a certificate for the MOOCs only from the
organizations/agencies approved by the HOD. The student needs to earn a
certificate by passing the examination. The student will be awarded the credits
given in the curriculum only upon submission of the certificate. In case a student
does not pass the courses registered through MOOCs, the same or alternative
equivalent course may be registered again through MOOCs in the next semester
with the recommendation of HOD.
8.12 The students shall mandatorily register for NCC/NSS activities and is required to
participate in an activity specified by NCC/NSS officer during the second or third
semesters. The grade shall be awarded as “Satisfactory” or “Not Satisfactory” in
the III semester grade sheet on the basis of participation, attendance, performance
and behavior. If a student obtains a “Not Satisfactory” grade, he/she shall repeat
the above activity in the subsequent years, in order to complete the degree
requirements.
8.13 For Summer Internship, the students can undergo Industrial Training / Internship
at Govt. Organizations, Construction agencies, Industries, Hydel and Thermal
Power Plants, software MNCs etc. or do Research projects in National
Laboratories/Academic Institutions like IITs, NITs etc. during summer breaks after
completion of IV Semester and VI Semester End Examinations. However, the
Summer Internship shall be evaluated in the V semester and VII semester,
respectively. A group of students or even a single student can take up the
Internship. Completion of internship is mandatory. After successful completion,

9
AR20 AEC-CSE

students shall submit a summer internship technical report to the department

concerned. A certificate from the industry/organization shall be included in the
report. The Summer Internship shall be evaluated for 100 marks at the end of the
semester based on the report submitted and an oral presentation. The report carries
30 marks and oral presentation carries 70 marks. The student shall appear for the
oral presentation before the Project Review Committee (PRC)* and an External
Examiner appointed by Principal. There shall be no sessional marks for Summer
Internship.
A Community Service Project (CSP) is to be carried out by each student for 180
hours during the summer breaks after II semester and the remaining part of CSP is
to be done in the III semester weekends and holidays. The evaluation of CSP is
done in III semester. The CSP is to be carried out in addition to the summer
internships.
A group of students or even a single student can take up the Community Service
Project. The students have to identify social problems existing in any geographical
area/village and try to solve them technically or suggest to people the necessary
solutions for solving these problems. After successful completion, students shall
submit a detailed report to the department concerned. The detailed information
regarding the Community Service Project is available in Appendix I.
The Community Service Project shall be evaluated for 100 marks at the end of
semester based on the report submitted and an oral presentation. The report carries
75 marks and oral presentation carries 25 marks. The student shall appear for the
oral presentation before the Project Review Committee (PRC)*. There shall be no
sessional marks for Community Service Project (CSP).
A student has to secure atleast 40% of marks for successful completion in Summer
Internship or Community Service Project. In case, a student fails, he/she shall
reappear for the examinations when conducted next.
*The PRC consists of HOD, Supervisor, and a senior faculty member of the
department.
8.14 For Full-semester Internship (Project) in the final semester, the student should
mandatorily register and undergo internship and in parallel, he/she should work on a
project with well-defined objectives. At the end of the semester, the candidate
shall submit an internship completion certificate and a project report. A student
shall also be permitted to submit project report on the work carried out during the
internship. For Project, 200 marks are awarded, out of which 60 marks shall be for

10
AR20 AEC-CSE

Sessional Evaluation and 140 marks for the Semester End Examination. A group
of students or even a single student can take up the Internship for full semester.
The supervisor shall assess the student for 30 marks (Report: 15 marks, Seminar:
15 marks). At the end of the semester, all projects shall be showcased at the
department for the benefit of all students/staff and the same shall be evaluated by
the PRC for 30 marks from four reviews. The Sessional marks for Project are the
sum of marks allotted by the Supervisor and the marks allotted by PRC. The
Semester End Examination (Viva-Voce) shall be conducted by the committee that
consists of an External Examiner appointed by Principal and PRC.
8.15 The distribution and weightage of marks are as follows.
8.16 S. No
S Components CIE SEE Total
1c Theory Courses 30 70 100
2 Lab Courses 30 70 100
r
3 Mandatory Courses ---- 100 100
4 i Skill Oriented Courses ---- 100 100
5 p Summer Internship/Community Service Project ---- 100 100
6t Full-semester Internship (Project) 60 140 200

Viewing / Re-evaluation of the Semester End Examination: A student can request

for Script Viewing / Revaluation of his/her answer booklet of theory courses only,
on payment of a prescribed fee as per norms.
8.17 Supplementary Examinations: A student who has failed a course can appear for
supplementary examinations as and when conducted.
8.18 Malpractices in Examinations: Disciplinary action shall be taken in case of
malpractices during Sessional/Semester End Examinations as per the malpractice
rules.

9. HONORS PROGRAM

Students of a Department/Discipline are eligible to opt for Honors Program offered

by the same Department/Discipline. A student shall be permitted to register for
t he Honors program at the beginning of the IV semester provided that the student
must have acquired a minimum of 8.0 CGPA up to the end of III semester without
any backlogs. A CGPA of 8 has to be maintained in the subsequent semesters in
order to keep the Honors registration active. For pursuing honors degree, the entry
level eligibility only is considered in IV semester. Further during the study of
Honors degree, a student should not fail in any course studying under Honors
11
AR20 AEC-CSE

degree. The GPA of Honors degree courses is not considered, only pass or fail is
considered. The detailed information regarding the Honors program is available in
Appendix - II.

10. MINOR PROGRAM

Students who are desirous of pursuing their special interest areas other than the chosen
discipline of Engineering may opt for additional courses in minor specialization groups
offered by a department other than their parent department. For example, If a Mechanical
Engineering student selects courses from Civil Engineering under this scheme, he will get a
Major degree in Mechanical Engineering with a Minor degree in Civil Engineering. A
student shall be permitted to register for t he Minor program at the beginning of the IV
semester provided that the student must have acquired a minimum of 7.75 CGPA up to the
end of III semester without any backlogs.
A student can also opt for Industry relevant tracks of any branch to obtain the
Minor Degree. For example, a B.Tech. Mechanical Engineering student can opt for
the industry-relevant tracks like Data Mining, IoT, Machine learning etc.
The minor tracks can be the fundamental courses in CE, EEE, ME, ECE, CSE etc., or
industry relevant tracks such as Artificial Intelligence (AI), Machine Learning (ML), Data
Science (DS), Robotics, Electric vehicles, VLSI etc.
For pursuing minor degree, the entry level eligibility only is considered in IV
semester. Further during the study of minor degree, a student should not fail in any
course studying under minor degree. The GPA of minor degree courses is not
considered, only pass or fail is considered. The detailed information regarding the
Minor program is available in Appendix - III.

11. AWARD OF GRADE POINT AVERAGE AND CLASS

11.1 GRADING
After each course is evaluated for 100 marks, the marks obtained in each
course will be converted to a corresponding Letter Grade and Grade Point as
given below, depending on the range in which the marks obtained by the
student fall.
Letter Grade: It is an index of the performance of students in a said
course. Grades are denoted by letters A+, A, B, C, D, E and F. If a
12
AR20 AEC-CSE

student is absent for the examination, it is denoted as AB.

Grade Point: It is a numerical weight allotted to each letter grade on a
10-point scale.
For Credit Courses:

Range of Marks (%) Letter Grade Level Grade Point

≥ 90 A+ Outstanding 10
≥ 80 & <90 A Excellent 9
≥ 70 & <80 B Very Good 8
≥ 60 & <70 C Good 7
≥ 50 & <60 D Fair 6
≥ 40 & <50 E Satisfactory 5
<40 F Fail 0
- AB Absent 0

For Mandatory Courses/Non-Credit Courses:

Range of Marks Letter Grade Result
≥ 40 S Satisfactory
< 40 N Not Satisfactory

11.2 CALCULATION OF GRADE POINT AVERAGE

i. Calculation of Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)

The SGPA is the ratio of the sum of the product of the number of
credits with the grade points scored by a student in all the courses
taken by a student and the sum of the number of credits of all the
courses undergone by a student.
∑(𝐶𝑖 × 𝐺𝑖 )
𝑆𝐺𝑃𝐴(𝑆𝑖 ) =
∑(𝐶𝑖 )
where Ci is the number of credits of the ith course and
Gi is the grade point scored by the student in the ith course

ii. Calculation of Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)

The CGPA is also calculated in the same manner taking into consideration all
the courses undergone by a student over all the semesters of the program.
∑(𝐶𝑖 × 𝑆𝑖 )
𝐶𝐺𝑃𝐴 =
∑(𝐶𝑖 )
where Si is the SGPA of the ith semester and

13
AR20 AEC-CSE

Ci is the total number of credits in that semester

iii. The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and
reported in the transcripts.
iv. While computing the SGPA/CGPA, the courses in which the student
is awarded zero grade points will also be included.

v. Grade Point Average can be converted into an equivalent percentage

using
Percentage of Marks = (CGPA - 0.75) x 10

vi. Illustration of Computation of SGPA and CGPA

Illustration for SGPA: Let us assume there are 6 courses in a

semester and the grades obtained by a student are as follows:

Course Credit Grade Grade Si= Credit Point

Obtained point (Credit x Grade)
Course 1 3 B 8 3 X 8 = 24
Course 2 4 C 7 4 X 7 = 28
Course 3 T 3 D 6 3 X 6 = 18
Course 4 h 3 A+ 10 3 X 10 = 30
Course 5 u 3 E 5 3 X 5 = 15
Course 6 s 4 D 6 4 X 6 = 24
20 139
,
SGPA =139/20 =6.95

Illustration for CGPA: Let us assume the Credits and SGPA secured by the
student in all the 8 semesters are as follows:

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4

Credits: 20 Credits: 19 Credits: 21 Credits: 22
SGPA: 6.95 SGPA: 7.86 SGPA: 5.68 SGPA: 6.12

Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8

Credits: 20 Credits: 23 Credits: 21 Credits: 14
SGPA: 6.34 SGPA: 8.0 SGPA: 6.45 SGPA: 7.59

Thus,

𝐶𝐺𝑃𝐴
20 ∗ 6.95 + 19 ∗ 7.86 + 21 ∗ 5.68 + 22 ∗ 6.12 + 20 ∗ 6.34 + 23 ∗ 8 + 21 ∗ 6.45 + 14 ∗ 7.59
=
160
= 6.84

14
AR20 AEC-CSE

11.3 AWARD OF CLASS

After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of the
program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he shall be placed in one of
the following four classes:

Class Awarded CGPA secured from 160 Credits

≥ 7.75
First Class with Distinction
(Without any supplementary appearance)
First Class ≥ 6.75
Second Class ≥ 5.75 to < 6.75

Pass Class ≥ 4.75 to < 5.75

12. TRANSFER OF STUDENTS

12.1 The guidelines given by JNTUK / State Government will be followed for
students to transfer from one college to another college.
12.2 In case of transferred students from other Universities/Colleges to AEC, the
credits shall be transferred as per the academic regulations and course structure.
Students have to obtain the credits of any equivalent courses as prescribed by the
college if required.
12.3 There shall be no branch transfers after the completion of the admission process.
13. WITHHOLDING OF RESULTS

If the student has any dues in the college or is involved in indisciplinary /malpractice/
court cases, his result will be withheld.

14. TRANSITORY REGULATIONS

14.1 Discontinued or detained students are eligible for readmission as and when next
offered.
14.2 The re-admitted students will be governed by the regulations under which the
student has been admitted.

15
AR20 AEC-CSE

15. GENERAL

15.1 Wherever the words "he", "him", "his", occur in the regulations, they include
"she", "her", "hers".
15.2 The academic regulations should be read as a whole for the purpose of any
interpretation.
15.3 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the
decision of the Academic Council is final.
15.4 The college may change or amend the academic regulations or syllabi as and
when the need arises and the changes or amendments made shall apply to all the
students with effect from the dates notified by the College.

***

16
AR20 AEC-CSE

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR20) FOR B.TECH.(LATERAL

ENTRY)
Applicable to the students admitted into B.Tech. III semester from the Academic Year 2021-22 onwards

1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE

A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if the student
fulfills the following academic regulations.
1.1 If the student pursued a Program of study in not less than three and not more than
six academic years. After six academic years from the year of admission, the
student shall forfeit his seat in B.Tech. and his admission stands cancelled.
1.2 The student shall register for 121 credits and secure all the 121 credits.
1.3 A student shall be eligible for the award of B.Tech. degree with Honors or Minor
if the student earns 20 credits in addition to the 121 credits. A student shall be
permitted to register either for Honors or Minor and not for both simultaneously.

2. PROMOTION RULES
2.1 A student will be promoted to the next semester if the student satisfies the
attendance requirement of the present semester.
2.2 A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if the student
fulfills the attendance requirement in VI semester and the academic
requirements of 40% of the credits up to VI semester from all the
examinations, whether or not the student takes the examinations.

3. AWARD OF CLASS
After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of
the program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he shall be placed
in one of the following four classes:

Class Awarded CGPA secured from 121 Credits

First Class with Distinction ≥ 7.75 (Without any supplementary appearance)

First Class ≥ 6.75
Second Class ≥ 5.75 to < 6.75
Pass Class ≥ 4.75 to < 5.75

4. All the other regulations applicable to B. Tech (Regular) remain the same for
B.Tech.(Lateral Entry) also.
17
AR20 AEC-CSE

ABBREVIATIONS

AICTE All India Council for Technical Education

APSSDC Andhra Pradesh State Skill Development Corporation
CBCS Choice Based Credit System
CBSS Credit Based Semester System
CGPA Cumulative Grade Point Average
CIE Continuous Internal Evaluation
GATE Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering
IIT Indian Institute of Technology
JNTUK Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University Kakinada
MNC Multinational Corporation
MOOCs Massive Open Online Courses
NCC National Cadet Corps
NGO Non-Governmental Organization
NIT National Institute of Technology
NSS National Service Scheme
PRC Project Review Committee
RTI Right to Information
SEE Semester End Examination
SGPA Semester Grade Point Average
UGC University Grants Commission

***

18
AR20 AEC-CSE

APPENDIX - I
Guidelines for the Community Service Project

CONTENTS
1. Introduction
2. Objectives
3. Implementation of Community Service Project
4. Procedure
5. Expected outcomes
6. Time frame for the community service project
7. Assessment methodology for community service project
8. Model of the project report
9. Suggestive list of programmes under community service project
10. Complimenting the community service project, the students may be involved to take up
some awareness campaigns on social issues/special groups.

COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT

Experiential learning through community engagement
1. INTRODUCTION
• Community Service Project is an experiential learning strategy that integrates meaningful
community service with instruction, participation, learning and community development
• Community Service Project involves students in community development and service
activities and applies the experience to personal and academic development.
• Community Service Project is meant to link the community with the college for mutual
benefit. The community will be benefited with the focused contribution of the college students
for the village/ local development. The college finds an opportunity to develop social sensibility
and responsibility among students and also emerge as a socially responsible institution.
2. OBJECTIVES
• Community Service Project should be an integral part of the curriculum, as a part of
the 2 months of Summer Internships / Apprenticeships / On the Job Training,
whenever there is an exigency when students cannot pursue their summer
internships. The specific objectives are;
• To sensitize the students to the living conditions of the people who are around them,
• To help students to realize the stark realities of the society.
• To bring about an attitudinal change in the students and help them to develop
19
AR20 AEC-CSE

societal consciousness, sensibility, responsibility and accountability

• To make students aware of their inner strength and help them to find new /out of box
solutions to the social problems.
• To make students socially responsible citizens who are sensitive to the needs of the
disadvantaged sections.
• To help students to initiate developmental activities in the community in
coordination with public and government authorities.
• To develop a holistic life perspective among the students by making them study
culture, traditions, habits, lifestyles, resource utilization, wastages and its
management, social
Problems, public administration system and the roles and responsibilities of different
persons across different social systems.

3. IMPLEMENTATION OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT

• Every student should put in a minimum of 180 hours for the Community Service
Project during the summer vacation.
• Each class/section should be assigned with a mentor.
• The mentor should be a faculty member. Incentive could be given to the faculty
mentors in terms of Academic Performance Indicators (API) scores. Or could
even be made a compulsory in the service conditions laid down at the time of
appointment.
• 4 Credits to be allocated for Community Service Project within the Choice
Based Credit System (CBCS).
• The 180 hours of Community Service Project could be done in different areas.
• Specific Departments could concentrate on their major areas of concern. For
example, Dept. of Computer Science can take up activities related to Computer
Literacy to different sections of people like - youth, women, house-wives, etc…
Dept. of Zoology or other life sciences departments could concentrate on health
awareness, blood groupings, awareness on blood donation or organ donation,
etc. Dept. of Mathematics and Statistics could dwell upon empowering the youth

20
AR20 AEC-CSE

with analytical skills, Dept. of Commerce could create awareness on GST or

Income Tax Returns or other taxes or consumerism.
• Sky will be the limit for organizing different programmes, provided the faculties
are sufficiently motivated.
• A log book has to be maintained by each of the student, where the activities
undertaken/involved to be recorded.
• The log book has to be countersigned by the concerned mentor/faculty incharge.
• Evaluation to be done based on the active participation of the student and grade
could be awarded by the mentor/faculty member.
• The final evaluation to be reflected in the grade memo of the student.
• The Community Service Project should be different from the regular
programmes of NSS/NCC/Green Corps/Red Ribbon Club, etc.
• Minor project report should be submitted by each student. An internal Viva shall
also be conducted by a committee constituted by the principal of the college.
• Award of marks shall be made as per the guidelines of Internship / apprentice /
on the job training.

4. PROCEDURE
• A group of students or even a single student could be assigned for a particular
habitation or village or municipal ward, as far as possible, in the near vicinity of their
place of stay, so as to enable them to commute from their residence and return back by
evening or so.
• The Community Service Project is a twofold one –
o First, the student/s could conduct a survey of the habitation, if necessary, in terms of
their own domain or subject area. For ex., a student of Arts will focus on socio-
economic conditions, social survey and about the Government’s social security
schemes. A student of Sciences could take up a survey on the health and hygiene
conditions of that habitation, similarly, with other subject areas too. Or it can even be a
general survey, incorporating all the different areas. A common survey format could be
designed. This should not be viewed as a duplication of work by the Village or Ward
volunteers; rather, it could be another primary source of data.

21
AR20 AEC-CSE

o Secondly, the student/s could take up a project work related to their domain or subject
area.
• The different areas, could be like –
o Agriculture
o Health
o Marketing and Cooperation
o Animal Husbandry
o Horticulture
o Fisheries
o Sericulture
o Revenue and Survey
o Natural Disaster Management
o Irrigation
o Law & Order
o Excise and Prohibition
o Mines and Geology
o Energy
A specific example,
• A student of B.Sc (BZC) will first conduct a survey of his/her habitation which could be
related to a specific area or in a comprehensive way of socioeconomic conditions, covering all
the areas listed above.
or
• Could conduct an awareness programme on Health and Hygiene or in Organic Farming or
in Fisheries or in advocating prohibition of liquor or about renewable energy, or any other
activity in an area as per his/her aptitude and the problems identified in the socioeconomic
survey conducted.
• A project work shall be done on a particular topic related to his/her domain subject area.

22
AR20 AEC-CSE

4. EXPECTED OUTCOMES

BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO STUDENTS

Learning Outcomes
• Positive impact on students’ academic learning
• Improves students’ ability to apply what they have learned in “the real world”
• Positive impact on academic outcomes such as demonstrated complexity of
understanding, problem analysis, problem-solving, critical thinking, and cognitive
development
• Improved ability to understand complexity and ambiguity

Personal Outcomes
• Greater sense of personal efficacy, personal identity, spiritual growth, and moral
development
• Greater interpersonal development, particularly the ability to work well with others, and
build leadership and communication skills

Social Outcomes
• Reduced stereotypes and greater inter-cultural understanding
• Improved social responsibility and citizenship skills
• Greater involvement in community service after graduation

Career Development
• Connections with professionals and community members for learning and career
opportunities
• Greater academic learning, leadership skills, and personal efficacy can lead to greater
opportunity

Relationship with the Institution

• Stronger relationships with faculty
• Greater satisfaction with college
• Improved graduation rates

23
AR20 AEC-CSE

BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO FACULTY MEMBERS

• Satisfaction with the quality of student learning
• New avenues for research and publication via new relationships between faculty and
community
• Providing networking opportunities with engaged faculty in other disciplines or
institutions
• A stronger commitment to one’s research

BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO COLLEGES AND

UNIVERSITIES

• Improved institutional commitment

• Improved student retention
• Enhanced community relations

BENEFITS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT TO COMMUNITY

• Satisfaction with student participation
• Valuable human resources needed to achieve community goals
• New energy, enthusiasm and perspectives applied to community work
• Enhanced community-university relations.

ROLE OF STUDENTS:
• Students may not have the expertise to conduct all the programmes on their own. The
students then can play a facilitator role and conduct the programmes involving
Governmental agencies, Non-Governmental agencies or faculties of their college, etc.
• For conducting special camps like Health related, they will be coordinating with the
Governmental agencies.
• As and when required the College faculty themselves act as Resource Persons.
• Students can work in close association with Non-Governmental Organizations like
Lions Club, Rotary Club, etc or with any NGO actively working in that habitation.
• And also with the Governmental Departments. If the programme is rolled out, the
District Administration could be roped in for the successful deployment of the
programme.

24
AR20 AEC-CSE

• An in-house training and induction programme could be arranged for the faculty and
participating students, to expose them to the methodology of Service Learning.

6. TIME FRAME FOR THE COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT

Duration: 8 weeks

Schedule:
Socio-Economic Survey of the Village/Habitation (Two weeks): A group of students under
the guidance of faculty mentors conduct a Socioeconomic Survey of the Village/habitation.
They will interact with people to acquire basic knowledge on the project chosen for study and
conduct the survey using a structured questionnaire.

Community awareness campaign (one week): The students group takes up community
awareness campaigns based on the above survey conducted by identifying the problems or
vulnerable issues. They may also conduct house to house campaign on socially relevant theme.
Ex: Government welfare programs, health care, consumer protection, food adulteration, digital
transactions, information sources, etc.

Main Project (4 weeks): A group of students choose a topic related to their subject area and
conduct a Project which includes, Data collection, interviews, internship in any select unit or
department.

Report preparation (one week): The student should submit a project report duly signed by the
mentor.

7. ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY FOR COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT

Learning outcomes:
• To facilitate an understanding of the issues that confronts the vulnerable / marginalized
sections of the society.
• To initiate team processes with the student groups for societal change.
• To provide students an opportunity to familiarize themselves with urban / rural
community they live in.
• To enable students to engage in the development of the community.
• To plan activities based on the focused groups.

25
AR20 AEC-CSE

• To know the ways of transforming the society through systematic programme

implementation.

The following is the evaluation methodology for awarding marks/grades.

There will be only internal evaluation for this internship. Each faculty member is to be assigned
with 10 t0 15 students depending upon availability of the faculty members. The faculty member
will act as a faculty-mentor for the group and is in-charge for the learning activities of the
students and also for the comprehensive and continuous assessment of the students.

The assessment is to be conducted for 100 marks. The number of credits assigned is 4. Later as
per the present practice the marks are converted into grades and grade points to include finally
in the SGPA and CGPA.
The weightings shall be:
Project Log 20%
Project Implementation 30%
Project report 25%,
Presentation 25%

Each student is required to maintain an individual logbook, where he/she is supposed to record
day to day activities. The project log is assessed on an individual basis, thus allowing for
individual members within groups to be assessed this way. The assessment will take into
consideration the individual student’s involvement in the assigned work.
While grading the student’s performance, using the student’s project log, the following should
be taken into account –
a. The individual student’s effort and commitment.
b. The originality and quality of the work produced by the individual student.
c. The student’s integration and co-operation with the work assigned.
d. The completeness of the logbook.

The assessment for the Community Service Project implementation shall include the following
components and based on the entries of Project Log and Project Report:

a. Orientation to the community development

b. Conducting a baseline assessment of development needs
c. Number and Quality of Awareness Programmes organised on beneficiary programmes and
improvement in quality of life, environment and social consciousness, motivation and
leadership, personality development, etc.
d. Number and Quality of Intervention Programmes (Prevention or promotion programs that
aim to promote behavioural change in defined community contexts to address social problems)
26
AR20 AEC-CSE

organised.
e. Follow-up Programmes suggested (Referral Services, Bringing Community Participation)
f. Developing short and mid-term action plans in consultation with local leadership and local
government officers.
The Project Report shall be prepared as per the guidelines given in the Model Project Report.
The Project Presentation is to be made by the student after he/she reports back to the College.
The components for assessment are –
a. assessing the involvement in the project
b. presentation skills
c. final outcome of the project as evinced by the student.
Example:

Name of the Student: X.YY ZZZ

Class & Year of Study II B.A. 2021 - 2022
Registered Number 000000
Assessment Component Max Marks Marks Secured
1. Project Log 20 15
2. Project Implementation 30 20
3. Project Report 25 20
4. Presentation 25 20
TOTAL OUT OF 100 100 75

Letter grade Grade Point Credits Credit Point

O (outstanding) 10 2 20
A+ (Excellent) 9 2 18
A (Very Good) 8 2 16
B+ (Good) 7 2 14
B (Above average) 6 2 12
C (Average) 5 2 10
D (Pass) 4 2 8
F (Fail) 0 2 0
Ab (Absent) 0 2 0

In the above example, 75 marks are converted to letter grade / grade point.

27
AR20 AEC-CSE

Letter grade Grade Point Credits Credit Point

B+ (Good) 7 2 14

8. MODEL OF THE PROJECT REPORT

PART – A
1. Introduction:
A. About the Village / Habitation.
2. Socio-Economic Survey of the Village/Habitation.
A. Data collection using prescribed formats.
3. Problems identified and Analyses of the problems.
4. Short-term and long term action plan for possible solutions for the problems identified and
that could be recommended to the concerned authorities for implementation.
5. Community awareness programmes conducted w.r.t the problems and their outcomes.

PART – B
1. A mini-project work in the related subject w.r.t the habitation/village. (For ex., a student of
Botany may do a project on Organic Farming or Horticulture or usage of biofertilisers or
biopesticides or effect of the inorganic pesticides, etc. A student of Zoology may do a project on
Aquaculture practices or animal husbandry or poultry or health and hygiene or Blood group
analysis or survey on the Hypertension or survey on the prevalence of diabetes, etc.

PART - C
1. Recommendations and conclusions.
2. References

28
AR20 AEC-CSE

9. SUGGESTIVE LIST OF PROGRAMMES UNDER COMMUNITY

SERVICE PROJECT

The following the recommended list of projects for BA, B.Com, and B.Sc programmes. The
lists are not exhaustive and open for additions, deletions and modifications. Colleges are
expected to focus on specific local issues for this kind of projects. The students are expected to
carry out these projects with involvement, commitment, responsibility and accountability. The
mentors of a group of students should take the responsibility of motivating, facilitating, and
guiding the students. They have to interact with local leadership and people and appraise the
objectives and benefits of this kind of projects. The project reports shall be placed in the college
website for reference. Systematic, Factual, methodical and honest reporting shall be ensured.

For Arts Students

1. Village demography
2. Healthcare programmes and their implementation
3. School education
4. Youth engagement
5. Women empowerment
6. Women education
7. Domestic violence
8. Culture, traditions, values and ethics
9. Employment of different sections
10. Status of socially deprived sections
11. Implementation of state development programmes
12. Implementation and impact of welfare schemes
13. Public distribution system
14. Social inclusiveness
15. Village governance
16. Health care system and its effectiveness
17. Information sources and their effectiveness
18. Entertainment media and habits
19. Social problems
20. Family and marriage systems across different social groups
21. Religion profile and their role in social development
22. Communal harmony
23. Innovative methods and practices

29
AR20 AEC-CSE

24. Village industry

25. Safety and security
26. Migration for employment
27. Infrastructure development
28. Facilities for quality life across different social groups
29. Leadership in family, community and social groups
30. Implementation of central schemes
31. Village development plans
32. Child labour
33. Sex education
34. Atrocities against women
35. Awareness of central government schemes and the level of participation
36. Community engagement programmes and their impact
37. Career orientation of youth
38. Skill development programmes and their impact
39. Alcohol and smoking habits and their impact on families and society
40. Crime rate, law and order and safety needs
41. Quality of Elementary education and accessibility
42. Factors considered for electing public representatives
43. Environment protection
44. Inter religious harmony
45. Treatment of aged persons
46. Sanitation systems
47. Tribal studies
48. Telugu literature and mondalics
49. Awareness of epics among youth and children
50. Anthropological survey
51. Music and dance
52. Performing arts
53. Social evils

30
AR20 AEC-CSE

For Commerce Students

1. Entrepreneurship
2. Agricultural products and marketing
3. Poultry business
4. Dairy business
5. Aquaculture
6. Wage system and Labour Welfare
7. Village industry products and marketing
8. Income and wealth distribution among different sections of the society
9. Entertainment services
10. Communication services
11. Banking services and habits
12. Insurance services and habits
13. Public distribution system
14. Vegetable marketing
15. Savings and Investments
16. Online purchases
17. Digital transactions
18. Use of electrical home appliances
19. Use of electronic home appliances
20. Personal transport
21. Consumer movement
22. Unfair trade practices
23. Food habits
24. Income distribution
25. Wealth distribution
26. Expenditure pattern on different product categories
27. Buying motives
28. Consumer behavior
29. Impact of celebrity advertising
30. Impact of TV on product choices
31. Usage of cell phones
32. Self-employed professionals
33. Construction
34. Leisure time management

31
AR20 AEC-CSE

35. Tourism
36. Leadership
37. Human resource development
38. Local administration
39. Office management in local governing bodies
40. Exports
41. Handicrafts
42. Handlooms
43. Public transport
44. Private transport
45. Cooperative societies
46. Shifts in occupations
47. Debt burden of different sections of the society
48. Time management
49. Dispute resolution systems
50. Commercial crops

For Science Students

1. Water facilities and drinking water availability
2. Health and hygiene
3. Stress levels and coping mechanisms
4. Health intervention programmes
5. Horticulture
6. Herbal plants
7. Botanical survey
8. Zoological survey
9. Marine products
10. Aqua culture
11. Inland fisheries
12. Animals and species
13. Nutrition
14. Traditional health care methods
15. Food habits
16. Air pollution
17. Water pollution

32
AR20 AEC-CSE

18. Plantation
19. Soil protection
20. Renewable energy
21. Plant diseases
22. Yoga awareness and practice
23. Health care awareness programmes and their impact
24. Use of chemicals on fruits and vegetables
25. Organic farming
26. Crop rotation
27. Floriculture
28. Access to safe drinking water
29. Geographical survey
30. Geological survey
31. Sericulture
32. Study of species
33. Food adulteration
34. Incidence of Diabetes and other chronic diseases
35. Human genetics
36. Blood groups and blood picture

10. COMPLIMENTING THE COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECT THE STUDENTS

MAY BE INVOLVED TO TAKE UP SOME AWARENESS CAMPAIGNS ON SOCIAL
ISSUES/SPECIAL GROUPS.

The suggested programmes are –

Programmes for School Children
1. Reading Skill Programme (Reading Competition)
2. Preparation of Study Materials for the next class.
3. Personality / Leadership Development
4. Career Guidance for X class students
5. Screening Documentary and other educational films
6. Awareness Programme on Good Touch and Bad Touch (Sexual abuse)
7. Awareness Programme on Socially relevant themes.

Programmes for Women Empowerment

1. Government Guidelines and Policy Guidelines
2. Womens’ Rights
33
AR20 AEC-CSE

3. Domestic Violence
4. Prevention and Control of Cancer
5. Promotion of Social Entrepreneurship

General Camps
1. General Medical camps
2. Eye Camps
3. Dental Camps
4. Importance of protected drinking water
5. ODF awareness camp
6. Swatch Bharath
7. AIDS awareness camp
8. Anti Plastic Awareness
9. Programmes on Environment
10. Health and Hygiene
11. Hand wash programmes
12. Commemoration and Celebration of important days

Programmes for Youth Empowerment

1. Leadership
2. Anti-alcoholism and Drug addiction
3. Anti-tobacco
4. Awareness on Competitive Examinations
5. Personality Development

Common Programmes
1. Awareness on RTI
2. Health intervention programmes
3. Yoga
4. Tree plantation
5. Programmes in consonance with the Govt. Departments like –
i. Agriculture
ii. Health
iii. Marketing and Cooperation
iv. Animal Husbandry

34
AR20 AEC-CSE

v. Horticulture
vi. Fisheries
vii. Sericulture
viii. Revenue and Survey
ix. Natural Disaster Management
x. Irrigation
xi. Law & Order
xii. Excise and Prohibition
xiii. Mines and Geology
xiv. Energy

***

APPENDIX - II
Guidelines for B. Tech Honors Degree - B. Tech (Hons)
(Applicable from the Academic Year 2019-20 (AR19) and Academic Year 2020-21
(AR20))

I. INTRODUCTION

The goal of introducing B. Tech (Hons) is to facilitate the students to choose

additionally the specialized courses of their choice and build their competence in
a specialized area in the UG level. The programme is a best choice for
academically excellent students having good academic record and interest
towards higher studies and research. All the students pursuing regular B. Tech
with prerequisite CGPA are eligible to the register Honors degree course. A
student has to acquire 20 more credits, in addition to 160 credits required, for the
award of the B. Tech Honors degree. The additional courses shall be advanced
subjects in the concerned department/discipline. The department concerned will
determine required courses for award of Honor degree. The subjects in the Honor
degree would be a combination of core (theory and lab) and some electives.

35
AR20 AEC-CSE

II. OBJECTIVES

The objectives of initiating the B. Tech (Honors) degree certification are:

a) To encourage the undergraduates towards higher studies and research
b) To prepare the students to specialize in core Engineering streams.
c) To attain the high-level competence in the specialized area of Undergraduate
programme
d) To learn the best educational and professional skills in the specialized
area after thecompletion of his undergraduate courses.
e) To provide the opportunity to learn the post graduate level courses in the
specifiedundergraduate program.

III. APPLICABILITY AND ENROLMENT

(a) To all B. Tech (Regular and Lateral Entry) students admitted in Engineering
& Technology.
(b) The department offering Honors shall have at least one M. Tech in concerned
stream, for B. Tech (Honors) registration.
(c) Total number of seats offered for Honors programme shall be a maximum of
35% of sanctioned intake of major degree programme.
(d) The allotment of seat into Honors degree is based on the percentage of marks
obtained in the major degree programme. Percentage of marks shall be taken
up to III semester in case of regular entry students and only III semester in
case of lateral entry students.
(e) In the event of any tie during the seat allotment for a Honors degree, the
concerned major degree department offering Honors shall conduct a
test/interview on the prerequisite subjects of Honors degree and final
decision shall be taken.
(f) For applicability of Honors degree, both regular B Tech and Honors degree
courses shall be successfully completed.
(g) A student shall report to the concerned Principal of the college, if he/she is
not interested to pursue/continue the Honors degree programme.
(h) Transfer of credits from a particular Honors to regular B. Tech or another
36
AR20 AEC-CSE

major degree and vice-versa shall not be permitted.

IV. ENTRY LEVEL

(a) The B. Tech students (both Regular and Lateral Entry) pursuing a major
degree program can register for Honors degree at their choice in any same
departmentoffering major degree from III semester onwards
(b) Students registering for Honors degree shall select the subjects from same
branches/department based on the recommendations of BOS committee. For
example, a student pursuing major degree in Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall select subjects in Electrical & Electronics Engineering only
and he/she will get major and Honors degree in Electrical & Electronics
Engineering
(c) Only those students, who have a CGPA of 8.0 or above, without any backlog,
will be permitted to register for Honors degree
(d) Separate grade sheet will be given for the courses registered under Honors.
(e) Students shall not be permitted to register for Honors degree after completion
of VI semester.
(f) Students shall be permitted to select a maximum of two subjects per semester
from the list of subjects specified for Honors degree.
(g) The students shall complete Honors degree without supplementary
appearance within stipulated period as notified by college exam section for
the completion of regular major B. Tech program.
(h) Honors degree shall not be awarded at any circumstances without completing
the regular major B. Tech program in which a student got admitted.
(i) If a student is detained due to lack of attendance, he/she shall not be
permitted to register the courses for Honors degree.
(j) If a student failed in any registered course of the Honors, he/she shall not be
eligible to continue the B. Tech Honors. However, the additional credits and
grades thus far earned by the student shall be included in a separate grade
sheet.
(k) The subjects completed under Honors degree program shall not be considered
as equivalent subjects in case the student fails to complete the major degree
37
AR20 AEC-CSE

program.
(l) Students completed their degree shall not be permitted to register for Honors
degree.

V. STRUCTURE OF HONORS IN B. TECH

(a) The student shall earn at least 20 credits for award of Honors degree from
same branch/department/discipline registered for major degree.
(b) Students can complete Honors degree courses either in the college or online
from platforms like NPTEL/SWAYAM etc.
(c) Of the 20 additional Credits to be acquired, 16 credits shall be earned by
undergoing specified courses list in the departments, with four courses, each
carrying 4 credits. The remaining 4 credits must be acquired through two
NPTEL, which shall be domain specific, each with 2 credits and with a
minimum duration of 8/12weeks as recommended by the Board of studies.
(d) The overall attendance in each semester of regular B. Tech courses and
Honors degree courses shall be computed separately.
(e) A student shall maintain an overall attendance of 75% in all registered
courses of Honors to be eligible for attending semester end examinations.
However, condonation for shortage of attendance between 65-75% may be
given as per norms. On the recommendations of College Academic Council,
the student concerned will be permitted to take the semester end
examinations, on payment of condonation fee of Rs. 500/-.
(f) Student having less than 65% attendance in Honors courses shall not be
permitted for semester end examinations.
(g) A student detained due to lack of attendance in regular B. Tech program shall
not be permitted to continue Honors program.
(h) The teaching, examinations (internal and external) and evaluation procedure
of Honors degree courses offered in offline is similar to regular B. Tech
courses
(i) Students may choose theory or practical courses to fulfil the minimum credit
requirement.

38
AR20 AEC-CSE

(j) Students shall be allowed to take maximum two subjects per semester
pertaining to their Honors degree.
(k) The students registered for Minor shall not be permitted to register for B. Tech
(Honors).

VI. CREDITS REQUIREMENT

(a) A student will be eligible to get B. Tech (Honors), if he/she completes an

additional 20 credits. These may be acquired either in offline or online like
NPTEL/SWAYAM.
(b) The colleges offering Honors degree courses shall be ready to teach the
courses in offline at the college in the concerned departments. Curriculum
and the syllabus of the courses shall be approved by the Board of Studies.
(c) The online NPTEL/SWAYAM subjects selected by a student shall be
approved by concerned BOS. The duration of courses shall be a minimum of
8/12 weeks.
(d) The assessment and certification of the NPTEL shall be as per the prescribed
norms of the NPTEL.
(e) Students shall produce a certificate issued by the NPTEL/SWAYAM
conducting agency as a proof of credit attainment.
(f) The teaching and evaluation procedure of Honors courses offering in offline
mode shall be similar to that of regular B. Tech courses
(g) After successful completion of all Honors degree courses, the students will be
awarded B. Tech (Honors).
(h) If a student fails to complete a course offered in online/offline, he/she
will not be permitted to continue the Honors degree.

VII. PROCEDURE TO APPLYING FOR HONORS DEGREE

(a) The department offering the Honors will announce courses required before
the start of the session.
(b) The interested students shall apply for the Honors course to the HOD of
the concerneddepartment
39
AR20 AEC-CSE

(c) The concerned department will announce the list of the selected students for the
Honors.
(d) The whole process should be completed within one week before the
start of every session.
(e) Selected students shall be permitted to register the courses for Honors degree.

VIII. JOINING IN HONORS COURSES IN B. TECH

(a) Each department offering the Honors degree shall submit the final list of
selectedstudents to the Principal.
(b) The selected students shall submit a joining letter to the Principal through
the concerned HOD.
(c) The department offering Honors shall maintain the record of student pursing
the Honors degree.
(d) With the approval of Principal and suggestion of advisor/mentor, students
can choose courses from the approved list and shall register the courses
within a week as per the conditions laid down in the structure for the Honor
degree.
(e) Each department shall communicate the Honors courses registered by the
students to the timetable drafting committee and accordingly the timetable
will be drafted. Timetable drafting committee shall see that there is no clash
in timetables.
(f) If the student wishes to withdraw/change the registration of subject/course,
he/she shall inform the same to advisor/mentor, subject teacher, HODs of
Honors department and parent department and Principal within two weeks
after registration of the course.

IX. PROCEDURE FOR MONITORING THE PROGRESS OF THE SCHEME

The students enrolled in the Honor courses will be monitored continuously at
par with the prevailing practices and examination standards. An advisor/mentor
from parent department shall be assigned to a group of students to monitor the
progress.

40
AR20 AEC-CSE

X. ALLOCATION OF SEATS FOR HONORS DEGREE

(a) The college will notify the number of the seats for Honors degree in each
department well in advance before the start of the semester.
(b) Total number of seats offered for Honors degree shall be a maximum of 35%
of sanctioned intake of major degree program.
(c) Each department of concerned institute will notify the seats for the Honors
well before the start of each session as per the following Table

Sanction seats
Name of the Seats offered for Courses Credits for
S. No of major degree
course Honors offered each course
program

XI. COURSE FEES FOR REGISTRATION OF SUBJECTS IN MAJOR

DEGREE

There is no fee for registration of subjects for major degree program offered in
offlineat the respective colleges.
XII. EXAMINATIONS

(a) The examination for the Honors degree courses offered in offline shall
be conducted along with regular B. Tech program.
(b) The examinations (internal and external) and evaluation procedure of
Honors degree courses offered in offline is similar to regular B. Tech
courses.
(c) A separate transcript shall be issued for the Honors subjects passed in each
semester.
(d) There is no supplementary examination for the failed subjects in a Honors
degreeprogram.
XIII. EXAMINATION FEES
Examination Fees will be as per the norms of college.

***
41
AR20 AEC-CSE

APPENDIX – III
Guidelines for B. Tech Minor Degree in Engineering
(Applicable from the Academic Year 2019-20 (AR19) and Academic Year 2020-21 (AR20))

I. INTRODUCTION
Looking to global scenario, engineering students should have knowledge of
subjects from other branches and some advanced subjects of their respective
branch in which they are perusing the degree. To complement the same, the
College has decided to take an initiative from 2020-21 in academics by
introducing minor to the undergraduate students enrolled in the B. Tech. This
gives a provision to the students to pursue minor other than the discipline in
which student got admitted. An aspiring student can choose the courses and
laboratories in any other discipline and can get a minor in the chosen
specialization in addition to regular major B. Tech degree. This way
undergraduates are not restricted to learn about courses only in the discipline they
get admitted to but can choose courses of their interest to later on take up a career
path of their liking. The students taking up a minor course will get additional
credits. A student has to acquire 20 more credits, in addition to 160 credits
required, for the award of the minor. The department concerned will determine
the required courses for award of minor. The subjects in minor program would be
a combination of mostly core and some electives.

II. OBJECTIVES

The objectives of initiating the minor certification are:

(a) To diversify the knowledge of the undergraduates.
(b) To make the undergraduates more employable.
(c) To have more educational and professional skills after the completion
of hisundergraduate courses.
(d) To give a scope to specialize students in other streams of engineering in
addition to theones they are currently pursuing.

42
AR20 AEC-CSE

III. APPLICABILITY AND ENROLMENT

(a) To all B. Tech (Regular and Lateral Entry) students admitted in Engineering
& Technology
(b) There shall be no limit on the number of programs offered under Minor. The
minor programs in emerging technologies based on expertise in the respective
departments may be offered and minor can also be offered in collaboration
with the relevant industries/agencies.
(c) Total number of seats offered for a minor program shall be a maximum of
35% of sanctioned intake of major degree program.
(d) If a minimum enrolments criterion is not met, then the students may be
permitted to register for the equivalent MOOC courses as approved by the
concerned Head of the department in consultation with Board of Studies.
(e) The allotment of seat into minor is based on the percentage of marks obtained
in the major degree program. Percentage of marks shall be taken up to III
semester in case of regular entry students and only III semester in case of
lateral entry students.
(f) In the event of any tie during the seat allotment for a minor, the concerned
major degree department offering minor shall conduct a test/interview on the
prerequisite subjects of minor and final decision shall be taken.
(g) For applicability of minor, both regular B Tech and minor courses shall be
successfully completed.
(h) A student shall report the concerned Principal of the college if he/she is not
interested to pursue/continue the minor program.
(i) Transfer of credits from a particular minor to regular B. Tech or another
major degree and vice-versa shall not be permitted.

IV. ENTRY LEVEL

(a) The B. Tech students (both Regular and Lateral Entry) pursuing a major
degree program can register for minor at their choice in any other department
offering minor from IV semester onwards.
(b) Students registering for minor shall select the subjects from other branches.
43
AR20 AEC-CSE

For example, a student pursuing major degree in Electrical & Electronics

Engineering shall select the subjects specified for minor in Civil Engineering
and he/she will get major degree of Electrical & Electronics Engineering with
minor of Civil Engineering.
(c) Student pursuing major degree in any engineering branch is eligible to
register for minor in any other engineering branch. However, students
pursuing major degree in a particular Engineering are not allowed to register
for minor in the same engineering branch.
(d) Only those students, who have a CGPA of 7.75 or above, without any
backlog, will be permitted to register for a minor.
(e) Separate grade sheet will be given for the courses registered under minor.
(f) Students shall not be permitted to register for minor after completion of VI
semester.
(g) Students shall be permitted to select a maximum of two subjects per
semester from the list of subjects specified for minor.
(h) Minor shall not be awarded at any circumstances without completing the
regular major B. Tech program in which a student got admitted.
(i) If a student is detained due to lack of attendance, he/she shall not be
permitted to register the courses of minor.
(j) If a student failed in any registered course of the minor, he/she shall not be
eligible to continue the B.Tech minor. However, the additional credits and
grades thus far earned bythe student shall be included in separate grade sheet.
(k) The subjects completed under minor program shall not be considered as
equivalent the subjects in case the student fails to complete the major degree
program.
(l) Students who completed their degree shall not be permitted to register for
minor.

V. STRUCTURE OF MINOR IN B. TECH

(a) The student shall earn at least 20 credits for award of minor from other
branch/department/discipline registered for major degree.
(b) Students can complete minor courses either in the college or in online from
44
AR20 AEC-CSE

platforms like NPTEL/SWAYAM etc.

(c) The overall attendance in each semester of regular B. Tech courses and minor
courses shall be computed separately.
(d) A student shall maintain an overall attendance of 75% in all registered
courses of minor to be eligible for attending semester end examinations.
However, condonation for shortage of attendance between 65-75% may be
given as per norms. On the recommendations of College Academic Council,
the student concerned will be permitted to take the semester end
examinations, on payment of condonation fee of Rs. 500/-.
(e) Student having less than 65% attendance in minor courses shall not be
permitted for end semester examinations.
(f) A student detained due to lack of attendance in regular B. Tech program shall
not be permitted to continue minor program.
(g) The teaching, examinations (internal and external) and evaluation procedure
of minor courses offered in offline is similar to regular B. Tech courses
(h) The students may choose theory or practical courses to fulfil the minimum
credit requirement.
(i) The students may be allowed to take maximum two subjects per semester
pertaining to their minor.
(j) The students are permitted to opt for only a single minor course in his/her
entire tenure of B. Tech (Engineering)
(k) The students registered for B. Tech (Hons) shall not be permitted to register for
minor.
(l) The student is not permitted to take the electives courses from the parent
department fulfil the minimum credit requirement.

VI. CREDITS REQUIREMENT

(a) A Student will be eligible to get minor along with major degree engineering
if he/she completes an additional 20 credits. These may be acquired either in
offline or online like NPTEL/SWAYAM.
(b) Of the 20 additional credits to be acquired, 16 credits shall be earned by
undergoing specified courses of minor, with four courses, each carrying 4
45
AR20 AEC-CSE

credits. The remaining 4 credits must be acquired through two NPTEL,

which shall be domain specific, each with 2 credits and with a minimum
duration of 8/12 weeks as recommended by the Board of studies.
(c) The colleges offering minor courses shall be ready teach the courses in
offline at their college in the concerned departments. Curriculum and the
syllabus of the courses shall beapproved by the Board of Studies.
(d) The online NPTEL/SWAYAM subjects selected by a student shall be
approved by concerned BOS. The duration of courses shall be a minimum of
8/12 weeks.
(e) The teaching and evaluation procedure of minor courses offering in offline
mode shall be similar to that of regular B. Tech courses
(f) Students shall produce a certificate issued by the NPTEL/SWAYAM
conducting agency as a proof of credit attainment.
(g) The assessment and certification of the NPTEL shall be as per the prescribed
norms of the NPTEL.
(h) After successful completion of all minor courses, the student will be
awarded with minor degree.
(i) If a student fails to complete a course offered in online/offline, he/she
will not bepermitted to continue the minor.

VII. PROCEDURE TO APPLYING FOR THE MINOR

(a) The department offering the minor will announce specialization and
courses before thestart of the session.
(b) The interested students shall apply through the HOD of his/her parent
department.
(c) The concerned department will announce the list of the selected students for the
minor.
(d) The whole process should be completed within one week before the
start of everysession.
(e) Selected students shall be permitted to register the courses for minor.

VIII. REGISTERING FOR MINOR COURSES

46
AR20 AEC-CSE

(a) Each department offering the minor will submit the final list of selected
students to the Principal.
(b) The selected students shall submit a joining letter to the Principal through
the concerned HOD offering the minor. The student shall inform same to
the HOD of his/her parent department.
(c) Both parent department and department offering minor shall maintain
the record of student pursing the minor
(d) With the approval of Principal and suggestion of advisor, students can choose
courses from the approved list and shall register the courses within a week as
per the conditions laid down in the structure for the minor.
(e) Each department shall communicate the minor courses registered by the
students to the time table drafting committee and accordingly time table will
be drafted. Timetable drafting committee shall see that there is no clash in
time tables.
(f) If the student wishes to withdraw/change the registration of subject/course,
he/she shall inform the same to advisor, subject teacher, HODs of minor
department and parent department and Principal within two weeks after
registration of the course.

IX. PROCEDURE FOR MONITORING THE PROGRESS OF THE

SCHEME

The students enrolled in the minor courses will be monitored continuously at

par with the prevailing practices and examination standards. An
advisor/mentor from parent department shall be assigned to a group of
students to monitor the progress.

X. ALLOCATION OF SEATS FOR MINOR

(a) The college will notify the number of the seats for minor in the concerned
department well in advance before the start of the semester.
(b) Total number of seats offered for a minor program shall be a maximum of

47
AR20 AEC-CSE

35% of sanctioned intake of major degree program.

(c) The list of the elective for minor will be offered from the list of running
majors in the concerned subjects. Each department of concerned institute will
notify the seats for the minor well before the start of each session as per the
following Table.
Sanction seatsof Credits for
Name of the Seats offered for Courses
S. No major degree each
course minor offered
program course

XI. COURSE FEES FOR REGISTRATION OF SUBJECTS IN MINOR

DEGREE

There is no fee for registration of subjects for minor degree program offered in
offlineat the respective colleges.

XII. EXAMINATIONS

(a) The examination for the minor courses offered in offline shall be conducted
along with regular B. Tech program.
(b) The examinations (internal and external) and evaluation procedure of
minor courses offered in offline is similar to regular B. Tech courses.
(c) A separate transcript shall be issued for the minor subjects passed in each
semester.
(d) There is no supplementary examination for the failed subjects in a minor
program.

XIII. EXAMINATION FEES

Examination Fees will be as per the norms of college.

48
AR20 AEC-CSE

49
AR20 AEC-CSE

VISION & MISSION OF THE INSTITUTE

VISION

To emerge as a premier institute for quality technical education and innovation.

MISSION

M1: Provide learner centric technical education towards academic excellence

M2: Train on technology through collaborations
M3: Promote innovative research & development
M4: Involve industry institute interaction for societal needs
-

VISION & MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

VISION

To emerge as a competent Centre of excellence in the field of Computer Science and

Engineering for industry and societal needs..

MISSION

M1: Impart quality and value based education

M2: Inculcate the inter personal skills and professional ethics

M3: Enable research through state-of-the-art infrastructure

M4: Collaborate with industries, government and professional societies

****

50
AR20 AEC-CSE

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

Graduates of the Program will

PEO 1 Adopt new technologies and provide innovative solutions.

PEO 2 Beemployable, become an entrepreneur or researcher for a successful career.
Demonstrate interpersonal, multi-disciplinary skills and professional ethics to serve
PEO 3 society.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

After successful completion of the program, the graduates will be able to

PO1 Engineering Knowledge: Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex
engineering problems.
PO2 Problem Analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex
engineering problems, reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences.
PO3 Design/Development of Solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering
problems and design systems, components or processes that meet specified needs
with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
PO4 Conduct Investigations of Complex Problems: Conduct investigations of complex
problems using research-based knowledge and research methods including design of
experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to
provide valid conclusions.
PO5 Modern Tool Usage:Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to complex
engineering activities, with an understanding of the limitations.
PO6 The Engineer and Society:Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities relevant to professional engineering practice.
PO7 Environment and Sustainability:Understand the impact of professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts and demonstrate
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
PO8 Ethics:Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of engineering practice.
PO9 Individual and Teamwork: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member
or leader in diverse teams and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10 Communication:Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with
the engineering community and with society at large, such as being able to
comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
PO11 Project Management and Finance:Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
engineering management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a
member and leader in a team and to manage projects in multidisciplinary
environments.
PO12 Life-Long Learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability
to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of
51
AR20 AEC-CSE

technological change.

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

After successful completion of the program, the graduates will be able to

Develop efficient solutions to real world problems using the domains of

PSO1 Algorithms, Networks, database management and latest programming tools and
techniques.
Provide data centric business solutions through emerging areas like IoT, AI , data
PSO2
analytics and Block Chain technologies.

Mission of the department – PEOs mapping

PEO’s Statements M1 M2 M3 M4
Adopt new technologies and provide innovative
PEO 1: 2 2 3 3
solutions.
Beemployable, become an entrepreneur or researcher
PEO 2: 2 3 2 2
for a successful career.
Demonstrate interpersonal, multi-disciplinary skills
PEO 3: 2 3 2 2
and professional ethics to serve society.

Note:.

Mapping / Correlation levels

1: Slight (Low)

2: Moderate (Medium)

3: Substantial (High)

52
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PROGRAM STRUCTURE
I SEMESTER
Total Number of contact hours
Course Course Course Credits
Course Title Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Code Component Type (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
Communicative
201HS1T01 HSMC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
English
Differential Equations
201BS1T01 BSC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
and Linear algebra
201BS1T04 Engineering Chemistry BSC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Programming for
201ES1T02 Problem Solving using ESC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
C
Computer Engineering
201ES1I02 ESC Integrated 2 0 2 4 3
Workshop
Communicative
201HS1L01 HSMC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
English Lab
Engineering Chemistry
201BS1L03 BSC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
Lab
Programming for
201ES1L02 Problem Solving using ESC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
C Lab
201MC1T01 Environmental Science MC Theory 2 0 0 2 0
TOTAL 16 0 11 27 19.5
II SEMESTER
Total Number of contact hours
Course Course Course Credits
Course Title Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Code Component Type (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
Numerical Methods
201BS2T07 and Complex BSC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Variables
201BS2T09 Applied Physics BSC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Computer
201ES2T11 ESC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Organization
201ES2T04 Python Programming ESC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Data Structures
201ES2T07 ESC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
through C
201BS2L04 Applied Physics Lab BSC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
Data Structures
201ES2L06 ESC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
through C Lab
Python Programming
201ES2L14 ESC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
Lab
Professional
201MC2L01 Communication Skills MC Lab 0 0 3 3 0
Lab
201MC2T02 Constitution of India MC Theory 2 0 0 2 0
TOTAL 17 0 12 29 19.5

53
 AR20 AEC-CSE

III SEMESTER
Total Number of contact hours
Course Course Course Credits
Course Title Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Code Component Type (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
Advanced Data
201CS3T01 PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Structures
Object Oriented
201CS3T02 Programming through PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
C++
201CS3T03 Operating Systems PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
201CS3T04 Software Engineering PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
201BS3T13 Discrete Mathematics BSC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Object Oriented
201CS3L01 Programming through PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
C++ Lab
201CS3L02 Operating Systems Lab PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
Unix and Shell
201CS3L03 PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
Programming Lab
Skill Oriented Course-I
Applications of
201CS3P01
python-numpy
(OR)
SC Lab 0 0 4 4 2
Web Application
Development using Full
201CS3P02
Stack Frontend
Development–Module–I
201CS3P03 Community Service Project PROJ PROJ 0 0 8 8 4
201MC3T03 Biology for Engineers MC Theory 2 0 0 2 0
TOTAL 17 0 21 38 25.5
IV SEMESTER
Total Number of contact hours
Course Course Course Credits
Course Title Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Code Component Type (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
201BS4T16 Probability and statistics BSC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Formal Languages and
201CS4T05 PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Automata Theory
Database Management
201CS4T06 PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Systems
201CS4T07 Java programming PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Managerial Economics
201HS4T03 HSMC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
and Financial Analysis
Database Management
201CS4L04 PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
Systems Lab
201CS4L05 Java Programming Lab PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
201CS4L06 R Programming Lab PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
Skill Oriented Course-II
Applications of python-
201CS4S02
pandas(OR)
Web Application SC Lab 0 0 4 4 2
Development using Full
201CS4S01
Stack Frontend
Development-Module-II
Essence of Indian
201MC4T04 MC Theory 2 0 0 2 0
Traditional Knowledge
TOTAL 17 0 13 30 21.5

54
 AR20 AEC-CSE

V SEMESTER
Course Total Number of contact hours Credi
Course Course
Course Title Compon Lecture Tutorial Practical Total ts
Code Type
ent (L) (T) (P) Hours (C)
201CS5T01 Computer Networks PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
201CS5T02 Design and Analysis of Algorithms PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Data Ware Housing and
201CS5T03 PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
DataMining
- Professional Elective -I PEC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Open Elective - I
-
(OR) OEC/J
Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Job Oriented Elective –I OE
201CS5J01
Mean Stack Technologies
201CS5L01 Computer Networks Lab PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
201CS5L02 Data Mining Lab PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
201CS5P01 Summer Internship -I PROJ PROJ 0 0 3 3 1.5
Skill Oriented Course – III
201CS5S01 Robotic Process Automation.(OR)
MEAN Stack Technologies-Module I- SC Lab 0 0 4 4 2
201CS5S02 MongoDB, Express.js, Angular JS
Node.js and AJAX.
Intellectual Property Rightsand
201MC5T01 MC Theory 2 0 0 2 0
Patents
TOTAL 17 0 13 30 21.5
VI SEMESTER
Course Total Number of contact hours Credi
Course Course
Course Title Compon Lecture Tutorial Practical Total ts
Code Type
ent (L) (T) (P) Hours (C)
201CS6T01 Machine Learning PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
201CS6T02 Compiler Design PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Cryptography and Network
201CS6T03 PCC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Security
- Professional Elective-II PEC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
- Open Elective – II (OR)
OEC/J
Job Oriented Elective-II Theory 3 0 0 3 3
201CS6J01 OE
Optimization In Operation Research
Machine Learning using Python
201CS6L01 PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
Lab
Compiler Design and Object
201CS6L02 Oriented PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
Analysis and Design Lab
Cryptography and Network
201CS6L03 PCC Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
Security Lab
Skill Oriented Course – IV
201CS6S01 Big Data:Spark. (OR)
MEAN Stack Technologies-Module II- SC Lab 0 0 4 4 2
201CS6S02 MongoDB, Express.js, Angular JS
Node.js and AJAX.
201MC6T02 Employability Skills MC Theory 2 0 0 4 0
Professional Ethics and Human
201MC6T01 MC Theory 2 0 0 2 0
Values
TOTAL 19 0 13 32 21.5

55
 AR20 AEC-CSE

VII SEMESTER
Course Total Number of contact hours Credi
Course Course
Course Title Compon Lecture Tutorial Practical Total ts
Code Type
ent (L) (T) (P) Hours (C)
- Professional Elective-III PEC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
- Professional Elective-IV PEC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
- Professional Elective -V PEC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Open Elective – III
-
(OR) OEC/J
Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Job Oriented Elective-III OE
201CS7J01
API And Micro Services
Open Elective – IV
-
(OR) OEC/J
Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Job Oriented Elective-IV OE
201CS7J02
Secure Coding Techniques
201HS7T01 Management Science HSMC Theory 3 0 0 3 3
Skill Oriented Course- V
201CS7S01 PYTHON: Deep Learning /APSSDC
offered Courses. (OR) SC Lab 0 0 4 4 2
201CS7S02 Continuous Integration and Continuous
Delivery using DevOps.
201CS7P01 Summer Internship- II PROJ PROJ 0 0 6 6 3
201MC7T01 Research Methodology MC Theory 2 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 18 0 10 28 23
VIII SEMESTER
Course Total Number of contact hours Credi
Course Course
Course Title Compon Lecture Tutorial Practical Total ts
Code Type
ent (L) (T) (P) Hours (C)
201CS8P01 Project (Full Semester Internship) PROJ PROJ 0 0 16 16 8
Universal Human Values – II
201MC8T01 PCC Theory 3 0 0 0 0
Understanding Harmony
TOTAL 3 0 16 16 8

BSC: Basic Sciences Courses; HSMC: Humanities and Social Sciences including
Management Courses; ESC: Engineering Sciences Courses; PCC: Professional Core Courses;
SC: Skill Oriented Course; PEC: Professional Elective Courses; OEC: Open Elective
Courses; JOE: Job Oriented Elective; MC: Mandatory Courses; PROJ: Project.

AR 20 PROGRAM STRUCTURE-DISTRIBUTION OF CREDITS

Total
SEM HSMC BSC ESC PCC PEC OEC MC SC PROJ
Credits
I 4.5 7.5 7.5 0 19.50
II 6 13.5 0 19.50
III 3 16.5 2 21.50
IV 3 4.5 12 0 2 21.50
V 12 3 3 1.5 2 21.50
VI 13.5 3 3 0 2 21.50
VII 3 9 6 3 2 23.00
VIII 12 12.00
Credits 10.5 16.5 25.5 54 15 12 4.5 10 12 160
% 6.56% 10.31% 15.94% 33.75% 9.38% 7.50% 2.81% 6.25% 7.50% 100.00%

56
AR20 AEC-CSE

Curriculum Content
Course Total number of Total number of
(% of total number of
Component contact hours credits
credits of the program)
Basic Sciences Courses
10.43 24 19.5
(BSC)
Engineering Sciences Courses
10.86 25 21
(ESC)
Humanities and Social
Sciences including
5.2 12 10.5
Management Courses
(HSMC)
Professional Core Courses
31.3 72 55.5
(PCC)
Professional Elective Courses
6.5 15 15
(PEC)

Open Elective Courses (OEC) 5.2 12 12

Project(s) (PROJ) 14.34 33 16.5

Any other(SOC/Mandatory
16.08 37 10
Courses (MC))

Total 100% 230 160

Professional Electives

Professional Elective – I (V Semester) Professional Elective – II (VI Semester)

S.No Course Code Name of the Course S.No Course Code Name of the Course
1 201CS5E01 Artificial Intelligence 1 201CS6E01 Big Data Analytics
2 201CS5E02 Human Computer Interaction 2 201CS6E02 Mobile Computing
Object Oriented Analysis and
3 201CS5E03 Software Project Management 3 201CS6E03
Design
4 201CS5E04 Advanced Unix Programming 4 201CS6E04 Network Programming
Professional Elective – III (VII Semester) Professional Elective – IV (VII Semester)
S.No Course Code Name of the Course S.No Course Code Name of the Course
1 201CS7E01 Data Science 1 201CS7E05 Computer Vision
2 2 201CS7E06 Social Networks & Semantic
201CS7E02 Cloud Computing
Web
3 201CS7E03 3 201CS7E07 Software Architecture and
Distributed Systems
Design Pattern
4 201CS7E04 Cyber Security & Forensics 4
MOOCS-NPTEL/ SWAYAM
Professional Elective – V (VII Semester)
S.No Course Code Name of the Course
1 201CS7E08 Deep Learning Techniques

2 201CS7E09 Block-Chain Technologies

3 201CS7E10 Agile Methodologies
(Using Devops)
4 MOOCS-NPTEL/ SWAYAM

57
AR20 AEC-CSE

Professional Professional Professional Professional Professional

Track
Elective I Elective II Elective III Elective IV Elective V
Data Science
Artificial Big Data Deep Learning
and Machine Data Science Computer Vision
Intelligence Analytics Techniques
Intelligence
Human
Applications/ Mobile Cloud Social Networks Block-Chain
Computer
Generic Computing Computing & Semantic Web Technologies
Interaction
Object
Software Software Agile
Software Project Oriented Distributed
Systems Architecture and Methodologies
Management Analysis and Systems
Engineering Design Pattern (Using Devops)
Design
Cyber
Advanced Unix Network MOOCS-NPTEL/ MOOCS-NPTEL/
Others Security &
Programming Programming SWAYAM SWAYAM
Forensics

58
AR20 AEC-CSE

Note: Open Elective Course (OEC) must be selected from the list of Open Elective Courses
offered by Other Department(s) only.

OPEN ELECTIVE - I (V Semester)

S. Course Offered By
Course Name
No Code Department
1 201CE5O01 Basic Concrete Technology CE
2 201CE5O02 Waste Water Management CE
3 201CE5O03 Basic Surveying CE
4 201EE5O01 DC Machines and Transformers EEE
5 201EE5O02 Analog Electronic Circuits EEE
6 201EE5O03 Basic Electrical Measurements EEE
7 201ME5O01 Renewable Energy Sources ME
8 201ME5O02 Fundamentals of Mechanical Engineering ME
9 201ME5O03 Supply Chain Management ME
10 201ME5O04 3D Printing ME
11 201ME5O05 Entrepreneurship Development and Incubation ME
12 201ME5O06 Automobile Engineering ME
13 201EC5O01 Principles of Signals & Systems ECE
14 201EC5O02 Introduction to Internet of Things ECE
15 201EC5O03 Switching Theory and Logic Design ECE
16 201CS5O01 Object Oriented Programming through Java CSE
17 201CS5O02 Data Base Management Systems CSE
18 201IT5O01 Computer Organization IT
19 201IT5O02 Computer Graphics IT
20 201PT5O01 Fundamentals of Petroleum Industry PT
21 201PT5O02 Fundamentals of Chemical Industry PT
22 201MI5O01 Overview of Mining Min.E
23 201AG5O01 Basic Crop Production Practices Ag.E
24 201AG5O02 Groundwater, Wells and Pumps Ag.E

OPEN ELECTIVE - II (VI Semester)

59
AR20 AEC-CSE

S. Course Offered By
Course Name
No Code Department
1 201CE6O01 Repair & Rehabilitation of Structures CE
2 201CE6O02 Industrial Waste Water Management CE
3 201CE6O03 Roadways, Railways & Airways CE
4 201EE6O01 Induction and Synchronous Machines EEE
5 201EE6O02 Non-Conventional Energy Resources EEE
6 201EE6O03 Energy Audit, Conservation & Management EEE
7 201ME6O01 Solar Energy Utilisation ME
8 201ME6O02 Basic Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer ME
9 201ME6O03 Introduction to Hydraulics & Pneumatics ME
10 201ME6O04 3D Printing ME
11 201ME6O05 Robotics ME
12 201ME6O06 Management Science ME
13 201ME6O07 Entrepreneurship Development and Incubation ME
14 201ME6O08 Automotive Aerodynamics ME
15 201EC6O01 Principles of Communications ECE
16 201EC6O02 Biomedical Instrumentation ECE
17 201EC6O03 ECAD Tools ECE
18 201CS6O01 Python Programming CSE
19 201CS6O02 Web Technologies CSE
20 201IT6O01 Operating Systems IT
21 201IT6O02 Robotic Process Automation IT
22 201PT6O01 Unconventional Hydrocarbon Resources PT
23 201PT6O02 Asset Management PT
24 201MI6O01 Industrial Safety Practices Min.E
25 201MI6O02 Electrical Equipment In Mines Min.E
26 201AG6O01 Engineering Properties of Agricultural Produce AgE
27 201AG6O02 Plastic Applications In Agriculture AgE

60
AR20 AEC-CSE

OPEN ELECTIVE - III (VII Semester)

S. Course Offered By
Course Name
No Code Department
1 201CE7O01 Natural Disaster Management & Mitigation CE

2 201CE7O02 Basics Of Soil Mechanics CE

3 201CE7O03 Construction Materials And Equipments CE

4 201EE7O01 Special Electrical Machines EEE

5 201EE7O02 Electrical And Hybrid Vehicles EEE

6 201EE7O03 Instrumentation EEE

7 201ME7O01 Optimization Techniques ME

8 201ME7O02 Energy Conservation ME

9 201ME7O03 Introduction To Material Handling System ME

10 201ME7O04 Robotics ME

11 201EC7O01 Discrete Time Signal Processing ECE

12 201EC7O02 Linear And Digital Ic Applications ECE

13 201EC7O03 Principles Of Embedded Systems ECE

14 201CS7O01 Ai Tools & Techniques CSE

15 201CS7O02 Cyber Security CSE

16 201IT7O01 Block Chain Technologies IT

17 201PT7O01 Risk Management In Petroleum Industry PT

18 201PT7O02 Carbon Sequestration PT

19 201MI7O01 Communication System In Mines Min.E

20 201AG7O01 Water Harvesting And Soil Conservation Structures Ag.E

61
AR20 AEC-CSE

OPEN ELECTIVE - IV (VII Semester)

S. Course Offered By
Course Name
No Code Department
1 201CE7O04 Composite Materials CE
2 201CE7O05 Basics of RS & GIS CE
3 201CE7O06 Safety Engineering CE
4 201EE7O04 Industrial Electrical Systems EEE
5 201EE7O05 Electrical Materials EEE
6 201EE7O06 Electrical Safety EEE
7 201ME7O05 Entrepreneurship Development and Incubation ME
8 201ME7O06 Automotive Safety ME
9 201ME7O07 Fabrication Processes ME
10 201ME7O08 Smart Materials ME
11 201EC7O04 Fundamentals of Image Processing ECE
12 201EC7O05 Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation ECE
13 201EC7O06 Sensors and Actuators ECE
14 201CS7O03 Introduction to Machine Learning CSE
15 201CS7O04 Cloud Computing CSE
16 201IT7O02 Deep Learning IT
17 201IT7O03 Data Science IT
18 201PT7O03 Fluidization Engineering PT
19 201PT7O04 Fundamentals of Mechanical Unit Operations PT
20 201MI7O02 Drilling & Blasting Min.E
21 201AG7O02 Agricultural Structures and Protected Cultivation Ag.E

62
AR20 AEC-CSE

HONORS PROGRAM

Specialization: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & MACHINE LEARNING

S.No. Course Code COURSE TITLE L T P C SEMESTER

1. 201CS4H01 Soft Computing Techniques 3 1 0 4 IV

2. 201CS5H01 Natural Language Processing 3 1 0 4 V

3. 201CS6H01 Reinforcement Learning 3 1 0 4 VI

4. 201CS7H01 Data Visualization 3 1 0 4 VII

Specialization: NETWORKS AND SECURITY

S.No. Course Code COURSE TITLE L T P C SEMESTER

1. 201CS4H02 Internet of Things 3 1 0 4 IV

2. 201CS5H02 Computational Number Theory 3 1 0 4 V

Information Security Analysis and
3. 201CS6H02 3 1 0 4 VI
Audit
4. 201CS7H02 Principles of Cyber Security 3 1 0 4 VII

MINOR PROGRAM

1. 201CS4M01 Data Structures 3 1 0 4 IV

2. 201CS4M02 Software Engineering 3 1 0 4 IV

Computer Organization and
3. 201CS4M03 3 1 0 4 IV
Architecture
4. 201CS5M01 Computer Networks 3 1 0 4 V

5. 201CS5M02 Database Management Systems 3 1 0 4 V

6. 201CS5M03 Internet of Things 3 1 0 4 V

7. 201CS6M01 Operating Systems 3 1 0 4 VI

8. 201CS6M02 Web Technologies 3 1 0 4 VI

9. 201CS6M03 Introduction to R programming 3 1 0 4 VI

10. 201CS7M01 Principles of Cyber Security 3 1 0 4 VII

11. 201CS7M02 Introduction to Machine Learning 3 1 0 4 VII

12. 201CS7M03 Cloud Computing 3 1 0 4 VII

63
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH
(Common to all branches)

I Semester L T P C
Course Code:201HS1T01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify the ways to overcome fear and use words contextually,
Interpret the developing conditions and the core competencies of the state to prioritize the education
system.
CO2: Explain about world's most precious natural resources.
CO3: Explain the importance of unity to abolish war.
CO4: Respond well to the changing situations in life within dependent knowledge for better decision
making.
CO5: Demonstrate writing and concepts of effective writing skills.
CO6: Construct sentences and paragraphs using the appropriate grammatical structure and correct word
forms

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO4 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO6 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

Unit – I
1. An Astrologers’s Day - R.K.Narayan (Detailed)
2. Bade Bhai Saab – Munshi Premchand (Non-Detail)

Unit – II
1. Building A New State - A. P. J.Abdul Kalam
2. Morning Bells- Jayashree Mohan Raj (Non-Detail)

Unit – III
1. Water: The Elixir Of Life- C. V. Raman (Detailed)
2. The Power Of Plate Of Rice- Ifeoma Okoye (Non-Detail)

Unit – IV
1. The Woodrose-Abburi Chaya Devi (Detailed)
2. The Cop And The Anthem- O.Henry (Non-Detail)

Unit – V
1. Progress- St. John Ervine (Detailed)
2. Dial 000- Barry Rosenberg (Non-Detail)

64
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. ‘Using English’ by Orient Black Swan.
2. ‘Life, language and Culture -Explorations’ by Cengage.

Reference Books:
1. Objective English, Pearson Publications.
2. Effective English Communication, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing.
3. Effective Technical English, Scitech.

Web Links:
1. http://sittingbee.com/an-astrologers-day-r-k-narayan/
2. http://bbrenglishforall.blogspot.com/2014/01/building-new-state-study-material.%20html
3. https://www.literatureworms.com/2012/10/water-elixir-of-life-by-sircvraman.html
4. http://macon.hol.es/woodrose-abburi-chaya-devi.pdf
5. https://ardhendude.blogspot.com/2013/07/analysis-of-progress-by-st-john-ervine.%20html

65
AR20 AEC-CSE

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND LINEAR ALGEBRA

(Common to all branches)

ISemester L T P C
Course Code:201BS1T01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:
CO1: Apply the concepts of Mean Value theorem, Partial Differentiation and examine the maxima and
minima of a given function.
CO2: Solve the linear differential equations and model various situations involving differential equations of
first order.
CO3: Solve linear differential equations of higher order and model various situations involving second order
differential equations.
CO4: Calculate Rank of a matrix and solve the system of Linear equations.
CO5: Calculate various powers of a matrix and identify the nature of the quadratic form.
CO6: Calculate inverse of a matrix using Cayley – Hamiltom theorem.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Unit - I
Differential Calculus: Rolle’s theorem, Lagrange’s theorem, Cauchy Mean Value theorem, Taylor’s
and Maclaurin’s theorems (All theorems Without Proof).
Partial Differentiation: Euler’s theorem (without proof), Total derivative, Chain rule, Taylor’s and
Maclaurin’s series expansion of functions of two variables, Jacobian, Functional dependence.
Applications: Maxima and Minima of functions of several variables without constraints and with
constraints (Lagrange’s method).

Unit – II
Differential Equations of First Order: Introduction to differential equations, linear differential
equation of first order - Bernoulli differential equation - Exact differential equations- Equations
reducible to exact, Applications: Orthogonal trajectories, Newton’s Law of cooling, RL circuit.

Unit – III
Linear Differential Equations of Second And Higher Order: Linear differential equations of
higher order with constant coefficients, Complementary function and Particular integral with RHS
term of the type polynomials in x, eax, sin ax, cos ax, eaxV(x), xV(x)- Method of Variation of
parameters, Equations reducible to constant coefficients –Cauchy-Euler equation, Legendre’s
equation. Application: LCR Circuit

66
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
System of Linear Equations, Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors: Definition of a Vector space,
Linear dependence and independence of vectors, Rank of a matrix, Echelon form and Normal form,
solving system of Homogenous and Non homogenous linear equations- Gauss Jordon elimination
method, Eigen values, Eigen vectors, Properties of eigen values and eigen vectors (without proof).
Applications: Free vibrations of a two mass system

Unit – V
Quadratic Forms: Cayley -Hamilton theorem (without proof ), Inverse and powers of a matrix by
using Cayley - Hamilton theorem, Diagonalization of a matrix, Quadratic forms, Reduction of
quadratic form to canonical form using orthogonal transformation, Nature of the quadratic form.

Text Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, R.K.Jain, S.R.K.Iyenkar, Alpha Science Publications
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, 10thEdition, Wiley-India
3. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B.S.Grewal, 43rdEdition, KhannaPublishers.
4. Engineering Mathematics, P.Sivaramakrishna Das, C.Vijayakumari, Pearson Publications

Reference Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, D.G.Zill, MICHAIL R CULTER, 3rd Edition Norosa
Publications2009.
2. Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, Dean G. Duffy, CRCPress.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Peter O’neil, CengageLearning.
4. Advanced modern engineering mathematics, Glyn James, Pearson education.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111106100/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111106100/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111106051/
4. http://mathworld.wolfram.com/
5. https://www.khanacademy.org/
6. https://spoken-tutorial.org/tutorial-
search/?search_foss=%20Scilab%20&%20search_%20language=English

67
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
(Common to ECE, CSE &IT)

ISemester L T P C
Course Code:201BS1T04 3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Analyze the hardness of water and specification of drinking water

CO2: Outline the difference between primary and secondry cells
CO3: Summarize the fundamentals and applications of polymers.
CO4: Illustrate renewable and non renewable energy sources
CO5: Discuss properties and applications of modern materials
CO6: Summarize the importance of green chemistry

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - 1
CO2 3 - - - - - 1 - - - - 1
CO3 3 - - - - - 1 - - - - 1
CO4 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - -
CO5 3 - - - - - 1 - - - - 1
CO6 1 - - - - - 2 - - - - -

Unit - I
Introduction –Soft Water and hardness of water, types of hardness of water, degree of hardness of
water, Units of hardness of water, problems on hardness, Boiler troubles - scale and sludge, Boiler
corrosion, Industrial water treatment- zeolite and ion-exchange processes. Specifications for
drinking water, Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and World health organization(WHO) standards,
- desalination of brackish water, reverse osmosis (RO) and electro dialysis.

Unit – II
Electrochemical Energy Systems: Introduction-Electrochemical Cell(Galvanic cell),
Electrochemical series, Applications,single electrode potential,Hydrogen and Calomel
electrode,Nernst Equation for a single electrode ,Concentration Cells(Electrode &
Electrolyte),Construction of glass electrode. Batteries – Classical batteries-dry/Leclanche
cell,Modern batteries-zinc air, lithium cells-Li MnO2 cell- challenges of battery technology.Fuel
cells- Introduction classification of fuel cells – hydrogen and oxygen fuel cell, propane and oxygen
fuel cell-Merits of fuel cell

Unit – III
Polymer Chemistry: Introduction to polymers, functionality of monomers, chain growth and step
growth polymerization, coordination polymerization, copolymerization (stereospecific
polymerization) with specific examples and mechanisms of polymer formation (Free radical
mechanism for addition polymerization) Plastics - Thermoplastics and Thermosetting, Preparation,
properties and applications of – PE, PVC, Bakelite, Teflon and Nylon-6, 6. Elastomers–Buna-S,
Buna-N–preparation, properties and applications. Conducting polymers – polyacetylene,
polyaniline – mechanism of conduction and applications.
68
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Energy Sources And Applications: Introduction- sources of renewable energy –Hydro power,
Biomass and Biofuels Solar energy – Introduction -Physical and Chemical properties of Silicon-
Preparation of Semiconductors - Doping of Silicon-p and n type semiconductors- PV cell / solar
cell- Working &Manufacturing of Photovoltaic Cells using Chemical Vapor Deposition Technique-
applications of solar energy. Fuels: Introduction- classification- liquid fuels- Refining of petroleum-
cracking Reforming-Gaseous fuels-LPG & CNG Applications

Unit – V
Material Science and Engineering: Nanomaterial: Introduction to nanomaterial: nanoparticles, Nano
cluster, carbon nanotube (CNT) and nanowires. Chemical synthesis of nanomaterial’s: sol-gel
method. Characterization: Principle and applications of scanning electron microscope (SEM) and
transmission electron microscope (TEM). Nanotubes: Carbon Nano tubes- Types of CNT’s-
preparation methods –Arc discharge, Laser abiliation and chemical vapour deposition –properties
and applications. Green Chemistry: Introduction, principles of green chemistry (Ex: Solvent,
Catalyst, Reactant) BAND THEORY OF SOLIDS:Introduction –Explanation of conductors,
semiconductors, Insulators by Band Theory- Super conductors-Types-Preparation Propertiesand
Applications. APPENDIX: Introduction to Molecular Machines and Molecular Switches.

Text Books:
1. Engineering Chemistry, P.C. Jain and M. Jain, 16/e, Dhanapat Rai & Sons, (2014).
2. Engineering Chemistry, B.K. Sharma, KrishnaPrakasham, (2014).
3. Engineering Chemistry, Shikha Agarwal; Cambridge University Press, 2015 edition.

Reference Books:
1. A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, Sashi Chawla, Dhanapath Rai and sons, (2003).
2. A Text Book of Nano Science and Nanotechnology, B.S Murthy and P. Shankar, University
Press (2013)
3. A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, S.S. Dara, S.Chand& Co, (2010).
4. Material Science and Engineering, V.Raghavan, Prentice-Hall India Ltd, (2004).
5. A text book of Engineering Chemistry, N.Krishna Murthy and Anuradha, Murthy
Publications (2014).

Web Links:
1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/chemistry-of-materials
2. http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=2946
3. http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=2922
4. http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=2954

69
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING USING C

(Common to EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, AIML & CSE-DS)

I Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ES1T02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate the fundamentals computer and basics of computer programming.

CO2: Make use of control structures and arrays for problem solving.
CO3: Develop modular programming using functions
CO4: Apply pointers for dynamic memory allocation
CO5: Discuss structures and unions to handle heterogeneous data
CO6: Demonstrate file handling using file operations.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -

Unit - I
Computer History, Hardware, Software, Programming Languages and Algorithms: Components
and functions of a Computer System, Concept of Hardware and Software Programming Languages:
Low-level and High-level Languages, Program Design Tools: Algorithm, Flowchart, Pseudo code.
Introduction to C Programming: Introduction, Structure of a C Program, Comments, Keywords,
Identifiers, Data Types, Variables, Constants, Input/Output Statements, Operators, Type
Conversion

Unit – II
Control Flow, Relational Expressions & Arrays: Conditional Branching Statements: if, if-else, if-
else–if, switch. Basic Loop Structures: while, do-while loops, for loop, nested loops, The Break and
Continue Statements, goto statement. Arrays: Introduction, Operations on Arrays, One dimensional
Array, Two dimensional Array, Multi dimensional arrays.

Unit – III
Strings: String Fundamentals, String Processing with and without Library Functions. Functions:
Introduction, Function Declaration, Function Definition, Function call, Categories of Functions,
passing parameters to Functions, Arrays as Function Arguments, Scope of Variables, Variable
Storage Classes,Recursion.

Unit – IV
Pointers: Concept of a Pointer, Declaring and Initializing Pointer Variables, Pointer Expressions
and Address Arithmetic, Null Pointers, Generic Pointers, Pointers as Function arguments, Pointers
70
AR20 AEC-CSE

and Arrays, Pointers and Strings, Pointer to Pointer, Dynamic Memory Allocation, Dangling
Pointer, Command line Arguments.

Unit – V
Structures, Unions, Bit Fields: Introduction, Nested Structures, Arrays of Structures, Structures and
Functions, Self-Referential Structures, Unions, Enumerated Data Type – enum variables, Using
Typedef keyword, Bit Fields. Data Files: Introduction to Files, Using Files in C, Reading from Text
Files, Writing to Text Files, Random File Access.

Text Books:
1. Computer Programming, Reema Thareja, Oxford University Press.
2. Byron Gottfried, Schaum's Outline of Programming with C, McGraw-Hill.

Reference Books:
1. C Programming – A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Cengage.
2. The C Programming Language, Dennis Richie And Brian Kernighan, Pearson Education.
3. Programming in C, Ashok Kamthane, 2 ndEdition, Pearson Education.
4. Programming in ANSI C, E. Balagurusamy, 4E, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Education, 2008.

Web Links:
1. http://www.c4learn.com/
2. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/c/
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104019/
4. http://www.learn-c.org/
5. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/

71
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPUTER ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

(Common to CSE, IT, AIML & CSE-DS)

I Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ES1I02 2 0 2 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify the components of a PC, Assemble & disassemble the same.
CO2: Experiment with installation of Linux operating system, Virtual Machine and secure a computer
from cyberthreats.
CO3: Illustrate Networking Commands and understand the concepts of Networking.
CO4: Develop webpages using HTML5 tags, CSS3 tags.
CO5: Prepare Word documents, excel sheets and presentations using office tools.
CO6: Summarize fundamentals and architecture of IoT.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO2 2 1 - - 1 - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 2 - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 2 - 1
CO5 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 2 - 1
CO6 2 - - - - - - - 1 2 - -

Unit - I
Computer Hardware: Identification of peripherals of a computer and block diagram of a computer, I/O
devices, I/O ports and interfaces, main memory, cache memory and secondary storage technologies,d igital
storage basics, networking components and speeds

Unit – II
Operating System: Setting up and configuring a new Virtual Machine, Setting up and configuring an existing
Virtual Machine, Exporting and packaging an existing Virtual Machine into a portable format. Linux
operating system commands: General command syntax, Basic help commands, Basic File system commands,
Date and Time, Basic Filters and Text processing, Basic File compression commands, Miscellaneous: apt-get,
vi editor.

Unit – III
Networking and Internet: Networking Commands: o ping, ssh, ifconfig, scp, netstat, ipstat, nslookup,
traceroute, telnet, host, ftp, arp, wget, route, Internet Services: Web Browser usage and advanced settings like
LAN, proxy, content, privacy, security, cookies, extensions/ plugins , Antivirus installation, configuring a
firewall, blocking pop-ups , Email creation and usage, Creating a Digital Profile on LinkedIn

Unit – IV
Productivity tools: HTML tags, Introduction to HTML5 and its tags, Introduction to CSS3 and its properties.

Unit – V
Internet of Things (IoT): IoT fundamentals, applications, protocols, communication models, architecture, IoT
devices.

72
 AR20 AEC-CSE

List of Experiments:

Week - 1
Identification of peripherals of a computer
1. Block diagram of the CPU along with the configuration of the each peripheral and its functions.

Week - 2
System Assembling and Disassembling
2.1) Disassembling the components of a PC.
2.2) Assembling the components back to working condition

Week - 3
Virtual Machine setup
3.1) Setting up and configuring a new virtual machine.
3.2) Setting up and configuring an existing virtual machine.
3.3) Exporting and packaging an existing virtual machine into a portable format.

Week - 4
. Installation of software’s and basic commands
4.1) Installation of Linux operating Systems.
4.2) Basic Linux Operating System commands.

Week - 5
Networking and Internet
5.1) Networking commands.
5.2) Configuring Proxy and Firewall settings.
5.3) Exploring Internet and World Wide Web.
5.4) Exploring Search Engines, Cyber hygiene

Week - 6
Productivity Tools-I
6.1) Basic HTML tags
6.2) Introduction to HTML5 and its tags

Week - 7
Productivity Tools-II
7. Introduction to CSS3 and its properties.

Week - 8
Productivity Tools-III
8. Preparation of a simple homepage

Week – 9
IoT
9. A study experiment on IoT fundamentals, applications, protocols, communication models, architecture, IoT
devices

Week - 10
Office tools-I
10. Demonstration and Practice on Text Editors like Notepad++, Sublime Text, Atom, Brackets, Visual code,
etc

Week - 11
11. Office tools-II Demonstration and practice on i. Microsoft Word- Formatting, Page Borders, Reviewing,
Equations, symbols. ii. Power Point- Features of power point, guidelines for preparing an effective Presentation.
iii. Microsoft Excel- Organize data, usage of formula, graphs and charts.

73
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week - 12
12. Office tools-III
12.1) Installation of LaTeX and related Software’s.
12.2) Basic formatting using LaTeX.
12.3) Handling the equations in LaTeX.
12.4) Inserting the Tables in LaTeX.

List of Augmented Experiments:

1. Develop the web site for Hospital Management System
2. Prepare a power point presentation for college information (Include 10 slides)
3. List the common computer hardware problem and write down the solutions.

Text Books:
1. Computer Fundamentals, Anita Goel, Pearson Education, 2017
2. LATEX- User’s Guide and Reference manual, Leslie Lamport, Pearson, LPE, 2/e.

Reference Books:
1. Essential Computer and IT Fundamentals for Engineering and ScienceStudents, Dr.N.B.Vekateswarlu,
S.Chand

Web Links:
1. https://assembleyourpc.net/
2. https://www.latex-tutorial.com/tutorials
3. http://www.teachmsoffice.com/
4. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/iot

74
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH LAB

Common to all branches

I Semester L T P C
Course Code:201HS1L01 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO 1: Make use of the concepts to communicate confidently and competently in English Language in all
spheres.
CO2: Express Creative skills to construct Dialogues/Conversations in Spoken and Written forms.
CO3: Identify Accent for intelligibility.
CO4: Demonstrate communicative ability in everyday Conversation, JAM sessions and Public Speaking.
CO5: Demonstrate nuances of Language through Audio–Visual Experience and group activities.
CO6: Apply their linguistic competence in all LSRW skills to professional and personal settings.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO2 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO3 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO4 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO6 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

Practice – 1
A. Greeting, Introducing, and Taking leave
B. Pure Vowels

Practice – 2
A. Giving Information and Asking for Information
B. Diphthongs

Practice – 3
A. Inviting, Accepting and Declining Invitations
B. Consonants

Practice – 4
A. Commands, Instructions and Requests
B. Accent and Rhythm

Practice – 5
A. Suggestions and Opinions
B. Intonation

75
AR20 AEC-CSE

Reference Books:
1. Strengthen your Communication Skills by Dr.M.Hari Prasad, Dr.SalivendraJ.Raju and
Dr.G.Suvarna Lakshmi, Maruthi Publications.
2. English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications, Hyderabad.
3. A Hand book of English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications.
4. Effective Technical Communication by M.Ashraf Rizvi, Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing
Company
5. Word power made handy, Dr. Shalini verma, S.Chand Company.

Web Links:
1. https://fauzigeneraloflostsaga.wordpress.com/b-inggris/bab-2/
2. https://www.lawlessenglish.com/learn-english/pronunciation/vowels-phonetics/
3. https://www.english-at-home.com/giving-personal-information/
4. https://englishpost.org/make-accept-decline-invitations/
5. https://www.ef.com/ca/english-resources/english-grammar/reported-speech-orders-requests-
suggestions/

76
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB

(Common to ECE, CSE & IT)

ISemester L T P C
Course Code:201BS1L03 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Analyze and improve the experimental skills.

CO2: Summarize different water samples
CO3: Analyze the strength of acids by instrumentation.
CO4: Apply polymerization techniques in the preparation of polymers.
CO5: Summarize the quantitative analysis of Vitamin-C
CO6: Prepare alternative fuel like Bio-Diesel

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 - - - - - - - 2 - - -
CO2 2 - - - - - - - 2 - - 1
CO3 1 - - - - - - - 2 - - -
CO4 2 - - - - - - - 2 - - 1
CO5 1 - - - - - - - 2 - - -
CO6 2 - - - - 2 1 - 2 - - -

List of Experiments (Any ten experiments from the following):

1. Determination of Total Hardness of a water sample.

2. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen in Water Sample.
3. Determination of Zinc by Complexometric method
4. PH metric titration of (i) strong acid vs. strong base.
5. Determination of Fe (II) in Mohr’s salt by potentiometric method.
6. Potentiometry – Titration between strong acid – strong base
7. Conductometric titrations (Strong acid vs Strong base)
8. Preparation of Phenol- Formaldehyde resin
9. Preparation of Urea-Formaldehyde resin.
10. Determination of Vitamin – C.

List of Augmented Experiments:

(Any two of the following experiments can be performed)
11. Preparation of bio diesel.
12. Determination of acid value and saponification value of a given lubricant.
13. Determination of viscosity of a liquid.
14. Estimation of Calcium in port land Cement.
15. Determination of percentage Moisture content in a coal sample.

Reference Books:
1. A Textbook of Quantitative Analysis, Arthur J. Vogel.
2. Dr.JyotsnaCherukuris (2012) Laboratory Manual of engineering chemistry-II, VGS Techno Series.
3. Chemistry Practical Manual, Lorven Publications K. Mukkanti (2009). Practical Engineering
Chemistry, B.S. Publication.

77
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING USING C LAB

(Common to EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, AIML & CSE-DS)

I Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ES1L02 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop the basic programs in C and draw the flowcharts using Raptor.
CO2: Implement control structures and arrays for problem solving.
CO3: Develop modular programming using functions
CO4: Apply pointers for dynamic memory allocation
CO5: Make use of structures and unions to handle heterogeneous data
CO6: Apply file operations for file handling.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 2 - 3 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO2 1 2 3 1 - - - - 1 2 - 2
CO3 2 2 3 1 - - - - 1 2 - 2
CO4 2 3 2 1 - - - - 2 2 - 1
CO5 3 2 2 1 - - - - 2 2 - 2
CO6 3 2 2 1 - - - - 2 2 - 2

1. Introduction to C Programming
1.1) Basic Linux Commands
1.2) Exposure to Turbo C, Vi, Emacs, Code Blocks IDE, Dev C++
1.3) Writing simple programs using printf(), scanf()

2. Raptor
2.1) Installation and Introduction to Raptor.
2.2) Draw a flow chart to find the Sum of 2 numbers.
2.3) Draw a flow chart to find Simple interest.

For the following experiments, develop flow charts using Raptor and implement C programs to:

3. Basic Math
3.1) Convert Celsius to Fahrenheit and vice versa.
3.2) Find largest of three numbers using ternary operator.
3.3) Calculate area of a Triangle using Heron's formula.
4. Control Flow- I
4.1) Find Whether the Given Year is a Leap Year or not.
4.2) Find the roots of a Quadratic Equation.
4.3) Make a simple Calculator to Add, Subtract, Multiply or Divide Using switch…case.

5. Control Flow- II
5.1) Find Whether the Given Number is Prime number or not
5.2) Find Whether the Given Number is Armstrong Number or not.
5.3) Print Floyd Triangle.

78
AR20 AEC-CSE

6. Control Flow- III

6.1) Find the sum of individual digits of a positive integer.
6.2) Check whether given number is palindrome or not.
6.3) Read two numbers, x and n, and then compute the sum of the geometric progression 1+x+x2 +x3
+………….+xn.

7. Arrays
7.1) Search an element in the given array (Linear Search)
7.2) Perform matrix addition.
7.3) Perform matrix multiplication.

8. Strings
8.1) Implementation of string manipulation operations with library function.
a) copy
b) concatenate
c) length
d) compare
8.2) Implementation of string manipulation operations without library function.
a) copy
b) concatenate
c) length
d) compare
8.3) Verify whether the given string is a palindrome or not

9. Functions, Array & Pointers

9.1) Demonstrate parameter passing in Functions.
9.2) Find Fibonacci, Factorial of a number with Recursion and without Recursion.
9.3) Find the sum of given numbers with arrays and pointers.

10. Pointers
10.1) Perform Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division of two numbers using Command
line arguments.
10.2) Find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this program, allocate memory dynamically
using malloc () function.
10.3) Find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this program, allocate memory dynamically
using calloc () function.

11. Structures
11.1) Store Information of a book Using Structure
11.2) Add Two Complex Numbers by Passing Structure to a Function
12. Files
12.1) Open a file and to print the contents of the file on screen.
12.2) Copy content of one file to another file.
12.3) Merge two files and store content in another file.

LIST OF AUGMENTED EXPERIMENTS:

13 to 16 (Any 2 of the following experiments can be performed)

13. Atm Pin Generation:

Aditya purchased a credit card. He has to generate a PIN number to access the ATM and Net banking
for which OTP was sent to his registered mobile number. Using this OTP number he has to generate
ATM PIN number. After generating PIN number, he can use it for further transactions. Maximum
login he can make is 3 times.

79
AR20 AEC-CSE

Sample Input:
OTP: 6732
If valid
Enter PIN: 8858
Confirm your PIN: 8858
Sample output:
valid/Invalid
PIN generated successfully.
Note: OTP is hard coded.

14. Reset Password:

Aditya was using Syndicate Bank’s Online Account. She wanted to pay her bills through Online. But
she forgets her password. Now she has to reset the password. For resetting the password, she has to
select reset option from the Menu.
NOTE: using switch case.
Sample input:
Fast withdrawal
Mini Statement
Balance Enquiry
Reset Password Enter your choice: 4
Sample Output:
Reset password: New password: ***** Confirm password: *****

15. Student Attendance Report Generation:

Some of the school staff had failed to maintain the attendance of the students, causing lack of
essential records related to students attendance that should be submitted in a parents meet. The school
management has decided to automate the process in order to maintain the attendance of every student
effectively. You are asked to write a program to the above scenario and display whether the student is
allowed to write the Exam or not.

Percentage<65 Detained
should pay condonation to appear for
>=65 and <75
Exams
>=75 Allowed for exams

Sample Input:
Enter no of students: 5
Enter Students Details:

80
AR20 AEC-CSE

Should pay
Rno:1 Name:Kalyan Attendance(%): 67 condonation to
appear for exams
Rno:2 Name: Laxman Attendance(%): 56
Rno:3 Name:Yamini Attendance(%): 79
Rno:4 Name: Aryan Attendance(%): 60
Rno:5 Name: Raghav Attendance(%): 88

Sample output:
Rno Name Attendance (%) Remarks
67 should pay condonation to
1 Kalyan 67
appear for Exams
2 Laxman 56 detained
3 Yamini 79 allowed for Exams
4 Aryan 60 detained
5 Raghav 88 allowed for Exams

16. Library Management

Shilpa is a student of PGEC got the Library Card. She wants to lend the books from the
Library. The college gave two cards to each and every student. The students can lend
only two books at a time and it has to be returned back after 15 days. If the books are
not returned late fee will be collected for no. of days the books were returned after the
due date. Late fee per day is Rs.50/-
Sample output:
Enter the name of student: nalini
Enter the Roll No.:555
Enter the branch: cse
Enter the section: A
Enter the year: 3
Enter the Date of Lend (dd mm yyyy ) : 08 08 2017
Enter the Date of return (dd mm yyyy ): 09 10 2017
The no. of days book used by the student = 62
Extra days used by the student = 47
Late return fine fee = 2350

Reference Books:
1. Let Us C YashwanthKanetkar, Eighth edition, BPB Publications.
2. Programming in C A-Practial Approach Ajay Mittal. Pearson Education.
3. The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson Education.

Web Links:
1. https://www.hackerrank.com/
2. https://www.codechef.com/
3. https://www.topcoder.com/
4. https://code-cracker.github.io/
5. https://raptor.martincarlisle.com/
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105085/2

*****

81
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
(Common to all branches)

I Semester L T P C
Course Code:201MC1T01 2 0 0 0

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Outline the natural resources and their importance for the sustenance of the life
CO2: Explain about the biodiversity of India, threats and its conservation methods
CO3: Illustrate various attributes of the pollution, impacts and measures to control the pollution along with
waste management practices
CO4: Describe social issues of both rural and urban environment to combat the challenges and the
legislations of India in environmental protection
CO5: Explain the population growth and its implications
CO6: Summarize the Role of IT on Environment and Human Health

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 - - - - 1 2 - - - - -
CO2 1 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - 2 3 - - - - 1
CO4 - - - - - 1 3 1 - - - 1
CO5 - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO6 - - - - - 1 3 - - - - 1

Unit – I
Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies: Definition, Scope and Importance, Need for
Public Awareness.
Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable resources – Natural resources and associated
problems.

Unit – II
Ecosystem, Biodiversity and Its Conservation:
Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem. – Structure and function of an ecosystem – Producers,
consumers, and decomposers. Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids.
Biodiversity And Its Conservation: Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity – Bio-
geographical classification of India – Values of biodiversity. Hot-spots of biodiversity – Threats to
biodiversity. Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.

Unit – III
Environmental Pollution and Solid Waste Management:
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects, and control measures of:
a. Air Pollution.
b. Water Pollution
c. Soil Pollution
d. Marine Pollution

82
AR20 AEC-CSE

e. Noise Pollution
Solid Waste Management:
Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes – Role of an individual in
prevention of pollution

Unit – IV
Social Issues and The Environment:
Social Issues and the Environment: From Unsustainable to Sustainable development – Urban
problems related to Energy &Water. Resettlement and rehabilitation of people, Environmental
ethics, Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents, and
holocaust. Environment Protection Act – Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. – Water
(Prevention and control of Pollution) Act-Wildlife Protection Act – Forest Conservation Act –
Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation – Public awareness.

Unit – V
Human Population and The Environment: Population growth, variation among nations.
Environment and human health, Human Rights, Value Education. Role of Information Technology
in Environment and human health.

Text Books:
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission, Universities Press.
2. Environmental Studies by Palaniswamy – Pearson education
3. Environmental Studies by Dr.S.Azeem Unnisa, Academic Publishing Company.

Reference Books:
1. Textbook of Environmental Science by Deeksha Dave and E.Sai Baba Reddy, Cengage
Publications.
2. Textbook of Environmental Sciences and Technology by M.Anji Reddy, B.S Publication.
3. Comprehensive Environmental studies by J.P.Sharma, Laxmi publications
4. Environmental sciences and engineering – J. Glynn Henry and Gary W. Heinke – Prentice
Hall of India Private limited.
5. A Textbook of Environmental Studies by G.R.Chatwal, Himalaya Publishing House

Web Links:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mOwyPENHhbc
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_mgvsPnCYj4
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L5B-JMnBIyQ
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3RDGV5i82_Q

***

83
 AR20 AEC-CSE

NUMERICAL METHODS AND COMPLEX VARIABLES

(Common to CSE , IT, AIML& CSE(DS))

IISemester L T P C
Course Code:201BS2T07 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Apply numerical methods to obtain approximate solution of equations.

CO2: Apply various numerical methods to interpolate polynomials.
CO3: Apply numerical methods to initial value problems and problems involving integration.
CO4: Examine the analyticity of functions of complex variables.
CO5: Apply Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula and Cauchy’s residue theorem.
CO6: Compute Taylor’s series and Laurent’s series.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Unit – I
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations: Introduction to Numerical methods, Bisection
method, Secant method, Method of false position, Iteration method, Newton - Raphson method

Unit – II
Interpolation: Introduction to Interpolation, Finite differences, Forward differences, Backward
differences, Relation between operators, Newton’s formula for interpolation, Lagrange’s
interpolation, Newton’s divided difference interpolation

Unit – III
Numerical Integration and solution of Ordinary Differential equations:Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s
1/3rdand 3/8thrule, Solution of ordinary differential equations by Taylor’s series, Picard’s method
of successive approximations, Euler’s method, Modified Euler’s method, Runge - Kutta method
(fourth order).

Unit – IV
Functions of Complex variables: Introduction, Continuity, Differentiability, Analyticity, Properties
of analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar co-ordinates, Harmonic
functions, Milne Thompson method.

84
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Complex Integration: Introduction to complex integration, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy
integral formula, Liouville’s theorem, Taylor’s series, Maclaurin’s series, Laurent’s series (All
theorems without proof), Singular point, Types of singularities-Isolated, Essential and Removable
singularities, pole of order m, Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem

Text Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, R.K.Jain, S.R.K.Iyenkar, Alpha Science Publications.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, 10thEdition, Wiley India
3. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B.S.Grewal,43rdEdition, KhannaPublishers.
4. Engineering Mathematics, P.Sivaramakrishna Das, C.Vijayakumari, Pearson Publications.

Reference Books:
1. Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, Dean G. Duffy, CRCPress
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics, Dass H.K., Rajnish Verma. Er., S. Chand Co. Pvt. Ltd,Delhi.
3. Higher engineering mathematics by John Bird, 5thedition Elsevier Limited,2006.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111107108/25
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111107108/25
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111107105/
4. http://mathworld.wolfram.com/
5. https://www.khanacademy.org/

85
 AR20 AEC-CSE

APPLIED PHYSICS
(Common to ECE, CSE, IT& AIML)

II Semester L T P C
Course Code:201BS2T09 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Identify the applications of Interference and diffraction in Engineering.

CO2 Explain the fundamental concepts of Quantum behavior of matter.
CO3 Differentiate various electron theories to understand the properties of solids.
CO4 Illustrate the basic concepts of Semi-Conductors to identify their types.
CO5 Explain the magnetic properties of different materials.
CO6 Summarize various types of polarizations in dielectrics.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Unit – I
Wave Optics: Principle of Superposition - Interference of light - Conditions for sustained
Interference - Interference in thin films (reflected geometry) - Newton’s Rings (reflected
geometry). Diffraction – Fraunhofer Diffraction - Diffraction due to Single slit (quantitative),
Doubleslit, N -slits and circular aperture (qualitative) – Intensity distribution curves -
DiffractionGrating– Grating spectrum – missing order– Resolving power – Rayleigh’s criterion -
Resolving power of Telescope, Microscope, Grating.

Unit – II
Quantum Mechanics: Introduction – Matter waves – de Broglie’s hypothesis – Davisson- Germer
experiment – G.P.Thomson experiment – Heisenberg’s Uncertainity Principle – interpretation of
wave function – Schröedinger Time Independent and Time Dependent wave equations – Particle in
a potential box.

Unit – III
FreeElectronTheory:Introduction–Classicalfreeelectrontheory(meritsanddemeritsonly)-
QuantumFreeelectrontheory–electricalconductivitybasedonquantumfreeelectrontheory– Fermi
Dirac distribution function – Temperature dependence of Fermi-Dirac distribution function -
expression for Fermi energy -Density of states.
BAND THEORY OF SOLIDS Bloch’s theorem (qualitative) – Kronig-Penney model(qualitative) –
energy bands in crystalline solids – E Vs K diagram – classification of crystalline solids – effective
mass of electron – m* Vs K diagram - concept of hole.

86
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Semiconductor Physics: Introduction– Intrinsic semi-conductors - density of charge
carriersElectrical conductivity – Fermi level – extrinsic semiconductors - p-type & n-type - Density
of charge carriers - Dependence of Fermi energy on carrier concentration and temperature – Hall
effect- Hall coefficient - Applications of Hall effect - Drift and Diffusion currents –
Einstein’sequation

Unit – V
Magnetism: Introduction – Magnetic dipole moment – Magnetization – Magnetic susceptibility and
permeability – Origin of permanent magnetic moment – Bohr magneton – Classification of
magnetic materials: Dia, para & Ferro – Domain concept of FerromagnetismHysteresis – soft and
hard magnetic materials – applications of Ferromagnetic material. Dielectrics:Introduction-
Dielecticpolarization–DielectricPolarizability,Susceptibilityand Dielectric constant-types of
polarizations: Electronic and Ionic (Quantitative), Orientational polarizations (qualitative) –
Lorentz Internal field – Claussius-Mossoti equation - Frequency dependence of polarization –
Applications ofdielectrics.

Text Books:
1. 1. “ AText book of Engineering Physics” by M N Avadhanulu, P G Kshirsagar & T.V.S.Arun
Murthy S Chand &Company Ltd, 11th edition.
2. “EngineeringPhysics”byD.K.BhattacharyaandPoonamTandon,Oxfordpress(2015).
3. “Engineering Physics” by R.K Gaur. and S.L Gupta., - Dhanpat Rai publishers,2012.

Reference Books:
1. “Engineering Physics” by M.R.Srinivasan, New Age international publishers(2009).
2. “Optics” by AjoyGhatak, 6th Edition McGraw Hill Education,2017.
3. Engineering Physics by Mani naidu – Peasrson Publications –2017.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122107035/11
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/115102023/
3. https://phet.colorado.edu/en/simulations/category/physics
4. http://physicsgecg.blogspot.in/p/reading-materials.html
5. https://sites.google.com/site/physicsbysureshsaganti/home

87
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
Common to CSE & IT

II Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ES2T11 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Recognize and manipulate representation of numbers stored in digital computers

Relate postulates of Boolean algebra, Shannon’s expansion theorem and minimize combinational
CO2 functions.
Relate postulates of Boolean algebra, Shannon’s expansion theorem and minimize combinational
CO3 functions.
Explain the basic computer organization , hardware design and introduction of Hardware Descriptive
CO4 Language.
Discuss the internal organization of computers, CPU, Memory unit and semiconductor based FLASH
CO5 memory and Input or Outputs and the relations between its main components

Discuss the internal organization of computers, CPU, Memory unit and semiconductor based FLASH
CO6
memory and Input or Outputs and the relations between its main components

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1

CO6 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - 1

Unit - I
Digital Components and Data Representation: Introduction, Numbering Systems, Decimal to
Binary Conversion, Binary Coded Decimal Numbers, Weighted Codes, Self-Complementing
Codes, Cyclic Codes, Error Detecting Codes, Error Correcting Codes, Hamming Code for Error
Correction, Alphanumeric Codes, ASCII Code. Data Representation: Data types, Complements,
Fixed Point Representation, Floating Point Representation. Boolean Algebra and Logical gates:
Boolean Algebra :Theorems and properties, Boolean functions, canonical and AR20 Computer
Science and Engineering Aditya Engineering College (A) 39 standard forms , minimization of
Boolean functions using algebraic identities; Karnaugh map representation and minimization using
two and three variable Maps ;Logical gates ,universal gates and Two-level realizations using gates :
AND-OR, OR-AND, NAND-NAND and NOR-NOR structures.

Unit – II
Digital logic circuits: Combinatorial Circuits: Introduction, Combinatorial Circuit Design
Procedure, Integrated NAND-NOR Gates, Multifunction gates, Multi-bit adder, Multiplexers,
Demultiplexers, Decoders. Sequential Switching Circuits: Latches and Flip-Flops, Ripple counters
using T flipflops; Synchronous counters; Shift Registers; Ring counters

88
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Computer Arithmetic: Addition and subtraction, multiplication Algorithms, Division Algorithms,
Floating – point Arithmetic operations. Decimal Arithmetic unit, Decimal Arithmetic operations.
Register Transfer language and microinstructions :Bus memory transfer, arithmetic and logical
micro-operations, shift and rotate micro-operations Basic Computer Organization and Design:
Instruction codes, Computer Registers Computer instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction
cycle, Memory Reference Instructions, Input – Output and Interrupt.

Unit – IV
Micro programmed Control: Control memory, Address sequencing, micro program example, design
of control unit. Central Processing Unit: General Register Organization, Instruction Formats,
Addressing modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control.

Unit – V
Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary memory, Associate Memory,
Cache Memory. Input-Output Organization: Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous data transfer,
Modes of Transfer, Priority Interrupt, Direct memory Access.

Text Books:
1. Digital Logic and Computer Design, Morris Mano, Pearson Education,11th Edition.
2. Computer System Architecture, M.MorrisMano, PHI, 3rd edition.

Reference Books:
1. Digital Logic and Computer Organization, Rajaraman, Radhakrishnan, PHI, 2006.
2. Computer Organization, Hamacher, Vranesic and Zaky,TMH, 5th edition, 2002
3. Computer Organization & Architecture: Designing for Performance, William Stallings, PHI,
7th edition,2006.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106092/
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106103068/2
3. http://www.cuc.ucc.ie/CS1101/David%20Tarnoff.pdf
4. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/computer-arithmetic-set-1/
5. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee11/preview

89
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PYTHON PROGRAMMING
(Common to CSE , IT, AIML & CSE-DS)

II Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ES2T04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop programs using fundamentals of python

CO2: Make use of control statements and strings for devloping applications
CO3: Develop applications using data structures and functions
CO4: Apply OOPs concepts and files for devloping programs
CO5: Illustrate Exception Handling to handle runtime errors.
CO6: Build applications using GUI.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - 2
CO2 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - 2
CO3 2 2 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2
CO4 2 2 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2
CO5 2 1 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2
CO6 2 1 3 - 1 - - - - - - 2

Unit - I
Programming: Introduction to Programming Concepts with Scratch Introduction: Introduction to
Python, Program Development Cycle, Input, Processing, and Output, Displaying Output with the
Print Function, Comments, Variables, Reading Input from the Keyboard, Performing Calculations,
Operators. Type conversions, Expressions, More about Data Output. Data Types Expression:
Strings Assignment, and Comment, Numeric Data Types and Character Sets, Using functions and
Modules. Decision Structures and Boolean Logic: if, if-else, if-elif-else Statements, Nested
Decision Structures, Comparing Strings, Logical Operators, Boolean Variables. Repetition
Structures: Introduction, while loop, for loop, Calculating a Running Total, Input Validation Loops,
Nested Loops

Unit – II
Control Statement: Definite iteration for Loop Formatting Text for output, Selection if and if else
Statement Conditional Iteration The While Loop Strings and Text Files: Accessing Character and
Substring in Strings, Data Encryption, Strings and Number Systems, String Methods Text Files

Unit – III
List and Dictionaries: Lists, Defining Simple Functions, Dictionaries Design with Function:
Functions as Abstraction Mechanisms, Problem Solving with Top Down Design, Design with
Recursive Functions, Case Study Gathering Information from a File System, Managing a
Program’s Namespace, Higher Order Function. Modules: Modules, Standard Modules, Packages

Unit – IV
Object Oriented Programming: Concept of class, object and instances, Constructor, class attributes
and destructors, Real time use of class in live projects, Inheritance , overlapping and overloading
90
AR20 AEC-CSE

operators, Adding and retrieving dynamic attributes of classes, Programming using Oops support
Design with Classes: Objects and Classes, Data modeling Examples, Case Study An ATM,
Structuring Classes with Inheritance and Polymorphism File Operations: Reading config files in
python, Writing log files in python, Understanding read functions, read(), readline() and readlines(),
Understanding write functions, write() and writelines(), Manipulating file pointer using seek,
Programming using file operations

Unit – V
Errors and Exceptions: Syntax Errors, Exceptions, Handling Exceptions, Raising Exceptions, User-
defined Exceptions, Defining Clean-up Actions, Redefined Clean up Actions. Graphical User
Interfaces: The Behavior of Terminal Based Programs and GUI - Based, Programs, Coding Simple
GUI-Based Programs, Other Useful GUI Resources.

Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of Python First Programs, Kenneth. A. Lambert, Cengage, 2018
2. Beginning Python: from Novice to Professional, Lie Hetland, Magnus, 2nd Edition, 2005

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Python Programming, Gowrishankar.S, Veena A, CRC Press
2. Introduction to Programming Using Python, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson, 2017.
3. Think Python, Allen Downey, Green Tea Press,2012 .
4. Python for Everybody Exploring Data in Python 3, Charles Russell Severance, Sue
Blumenberg.

Web Links:
1. https://www.python.org/
2. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=Python%20programming
3. https://www.learnpython.org/
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/python3/python_tutorial.pdf
5. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/Python

91
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATA STRUCTURES THROUGH C

(Common to EEE, CSE, IT, AIML & CSE-DS)

II Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ES2T07 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Interpret performance of a given algorithm

CO2: Apply searching and sorting techniques for problem solving
CO3: Make use of linear data structures for problem solving
CO4: Develop applications using Tree Data Structures.
CO5: Discuss basic concepts of Graphs to handle nonlinear data.
CO6: Solve problems using Graph Algorithms

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - 2
CO2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 2
CO3 1 1 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO4 1 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO5 1 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2
CO6 1 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2

Unit - I
Data Structures –Definition, Classification and Operations on Data Structures, Pseudo code,
Algorithm analysis, Time and Space Complexity. Searching: Linear search, Binary search. Sorting:
Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Exchange (Bubble Sort, Quick Sort),merging (Merge sort),
distribution (Radix Sort) algorithms

Unit – II
Stacks: Introduction, Array Representation of Stacks, Operations and Implementation, Applications
of Stacks-Reversing list, Infix to Postfix Conversion, Evaluating Postfix Expressions. Queues:
Introduction, Array Representation of Queues, Operations and Implementation, Types of Queues:
Circular Queues, Deques and Priority Queues, Application of Queues

Unit – III
Linked Lists: Introduction, Singly linked list, Operations on Singly Linked list - Insertion, Deletion
and Searching, Doubly linked list - Insertion, Deletion, Circular linked list-Insertion, Deletion,
Linked Representation of Stacks and Queues, Applications of Linked lists-Addition of
Polynomials, Sparse Matrix Representation using Linked List

Unit – IV
Trees: Basic Terminology in Trees, Binary Trees-Properties, Representation of Binary Trees using
Arrays and Linked lists, Traversing a Binary Tree(In-Order, Pre-Order,Post-Order). Binary Search
Trees: Definition, Operations: Searching, Insertion, Deletion, Applications Expression Trees, Heap
Sort, Balanced Binary Trees- AVL Trees, Insertion, Deletion and Rotations

92
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Graphs: Introduction, Graph Terminology, Representation of Graphs-Adjacency Matrix and using
Linked list, Graph Traversals(BFT & DFT),Applications-Minimum Spanning Tree Using Prims
&Kruskals Algorithm, Dijkstra’s Shortest Path, Warshall’s Algorithm, Transitive Closure.
(Algorithmic Concepts Only, No Programs required).

Text Books:
1. Data Structures Using C,Reema Thareja, Oxford University Press,2nd Edition.
2. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis In C, Mark Allen Weiss,2nd Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Data Structure in C, Horowitz,Sahni, Anderson Freed, University Press, 2nd
Edition, 2008.
2. Data Structures, Richard F, Gilberg, Forouzan, Cengage Learning,2nd Edition.
3. Data Structures and Algorithms, G. A.V.Pai, TMH,2008.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064/
2. http://algs4.cs.princeton.edu/home/
3. https://faculty.washington.edu/jstraub/dsa/Master_2_7a.pdf
4. http://www.udacity.com/
5. http://www.courseera.com/

93
 AR20 AEC-CSE

APPLIED PHYSICS LAB

(Common to ECE, CSE, IT & AIML)

II Semester L T P C
Course Code:201BS2L04 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Usespectrometer,travellingmicroscopeformakingmeasurements.
CO2: Determineenergygap ,break down voltage ofasemiconductor.
CO3: Estimatethermalcoefficient ofathermistor using characteristic curves.
CO4: Determinethe youngs modulus andresistivity.
CO5: Determine the wavelengthof unknown source using lasers.
CO6: Calculate thestrengthofmagnetic field and resolving power.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO2 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO3 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO4 2 2 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO5 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO6 1 2 - - - - - - 1 - - -

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
(Any ten of the following listed experiments)
Exp1
Determination of wavelength of a source-Diffraction Grating-Normal incidence.

Exp2
Newton’s rings – Radious of Curvature of Plano – Convex Lens.

Exp3
Determination of thickness of a spacer using wedge film and parallel interference fringes.

Exp4
Magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying coil – Stewart and Gee’s apparatus.

Exp5
Energy Band gap of a Semiconductor p – n junction diode.

Exp6
Characteristics of Thermistor – Temperature Coefficients.

Exp7
Determination of resistivity of semiconductor by Four probe-method.

Exp8
Determination of V-I characteristics and Breakdown voltage of Zener Diode.

Exp9
Resolving power of diffraction grating.

94
 AR20 AEC-CSE

Exp10
Resolving power of telescope.

LIST OF AUGUMENTED EXPERIMENTS

Exp11
Determine the Young's Modulus of the material of the bar subjected to uniform bending.

Exp12
Determine the Young's Modulus of the material of the bar subjected to non- uniform bending.

Exp13
V-I characteristics of P-N junction Diode.

Reference Books:
1. Engineering Physics Lab Manual by Dr.C.V.Madhusudhana Rao, V.Vasanth Kumar, Scitech
Publications.
2. Laboratory Manual Cum Record for Engineering Physics I & II by Dr.Y.Aparna, Dr.K.Venkateswara
Rao, VGSTechnoseries.

Web Links:
1. URL: www.vlab.co.in

95
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATA STRUCTURES THROUGH C LAB

(Common to EEE, CSE, IT, AIML & CSE-DS)

II Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ES2L06 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop programs using recursive functions.

CO2: Develop programs using searching and sorting techniques.
CO3: Develop programs for implementing operations on Stacks and Queues.
CO4: Implement operations on Linked Lists.
CO5: Analyze basic operations of Binary tree and Binary search tree to improve the efficiency.
CO6: Develop solution for problems using Graph Algorithms.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - -
CO2 2 1 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - 1
CO3 2 1 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - 1
CO4 2 1 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - 1
CO5 2 1 2 3 - - - - 1 1 - 1
CO6 2 1 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - 1

List of Experiments:
For the following experiments use C program to implement,
1. Searching
1.1) Recursive and non recursive functions to performLinear search for a Key value in a
given list.
1.2) Recursive and non recursive functions to performBinary search for a Key value in a
given list.

2. Sorting-I
2.1) Bubble sort, to sort a given list of integers.
2.2) Insertion sort, to sort a given list of integers.
2.3) Selection sort, to sort a given list of integers.

3. Quick sort, to sort a given list of integers.

4. Sorting-II
4.1) Merge sort, to sort a given list of integers.
4.2) Radix sort, to sort a given list of integers.
5. Stack operations using arrays.

96
AR20 AEC-CSE

6. Stack operations to evaluate the postfix expression.

7. Queue operations using arrays.
8. Singly linked list and its operations.
9. Doubly linked list and its operations.
10. Linked Lists
10.1) Stack operations using Linked List.
10.2) Queue operations using Linked List
11. Binary tree traversals :inorder, preorder and postorder.
12. Binary Search Tree and its operations.

List of Augmented Experiments:

(Any 2 of the following experiments can be performed)
13. Balanced brackets problem using stack. A bracket is considered to be any one of the
following characters: (, ), {, }, [, or ]. Two brackets are considered to be a matched
pair if the an opening bracket (i.e., (, [, or {) occurs to the left of a closing bracket
(i.e.,), ], or }) of the exact same type.
14. Simplify an algebraic string of characters having '+', '-' operators and parenthesis.
You need to print the simplified equation without the parenthesis.
Example: Input: a-(b+c)
Output: a-b-c
15. Represent Sparse Matrices using Linked Lists.
16. Towers of Hanoi Problem. Tower of Hanoi is a mathematical puzzle where we have
three rods and n disks. The objective of the puzzle is to move the entire stack to
another rod, obeying the following simple rules:
a) Only one disk can be moved at a time.
b) Each move consists of taking the upper disk from one of the stacks and
placing it on top of another stack or on an empty rod.
c) No larger disk may be placed on top of a smaller disk.
Reference Books:
1. Data Structures And Algorithm Analysis In C, Mark Allen Weiss,2nd Edition.
2. Data Structures AndAlgorithms.A.V.Pai,TMH,2008.
3. Data Structures With C,SeymourLipsehutz, TMH.
Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064/
2. http://www.udacity.com/
3. http://www.courseera.com/
4. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-structures/
5. http://www.studytonight.com/data-structures/

97
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PYTHON PROGRAMMING LAB

(Common to CSE , IT, AIML & CSE-DS)

II Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ES2L14 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop programs using python fundamentals

CO2: Make use of control statements and strings for devloping applications
CO3: Develop applications using data structures and functions
CO4: Apply OOPs concepts and files for devloping programs
CO5: Make use of Exception Handling to handle runtime errors.
CO6: Build applications using GUI.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 3 1 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO2 2 2 3 1 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO4 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO5 2 1 2 1 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO6 2 1 2 1 2 - - - 1 1 - 2

List of Experiments:
1. Basic Programs
1.1) Write a program that asks the user for a weight in kilograms and converts it to
pounds. There are 2.2 pounds in a kilogram.
1.2) Write a program that asks the user to enter three numbers (use three separate input
statements). Create variables called total and average that hold the sum and average of
the three numbers and print out the values of total and average.
2. Control Flow
2.1) Write a program that uses a for loop to print the numbers 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, . . . ,
83, 86, 89.
2.2) Write a program that asks the user for their name and how many times to print it.
The program should print out the user’s name the specified number of times
3. Control Flow Continued
3.1) Use a for loop to print a triangle like the one below. Allow the user to specify how
high the triangle should be.

*
**
***
****
3.2) Generate a random number between 1 and 10. Ask the user to guess the number
and print a message based on whether they get it right or not.
3.3) Write a program that asks the user for two numbers and prints Close if the

98
AR20 AEC-CSE

numbers are within .001 of each other and Not close otherwise.
4. Strings
4.1) Write a program that asks the user to enter a word and prints out whether that word
contains any vowels.
4.2) Write a program that asks the user to enter two strings of the same length. The
program should then check to see if the strings are of the same length. If they are not,
the program should print an appropriate message and exit. If they are of the same
length, the program should alternate the characters of the two strings. For example, if
the user enters abcde and ABCDE the program should print out AaBbCcDdEe
4.3) Write a program that asks the user for a large integer and inserts commas into it
according to the standard American convention for commas in large numbers. For
instance, if the user enters 1000000, the output should be 1,000,000.
4.4) In algebraic expressions, the symbol for multiplication is often left out, as in
3x+4y or 3(x+5). Computers prefer those expressions to include the multiplication
symbol, like 3*x+4*y or 3*(x+5). Write a program that asks the user for an algebraic
expression and then inserts multiplication symbols where appropriate.
5. Data structure
5.1) Write a program that generates a list of 20 random numbers between 1 and 100.
(a) Print the list.
(b) Print the average of the elements in the list.
(c) Print the largest and smallest values in the list.
(d) Print the second largest and second smallest entries in the list
(e) Print how many even numbers are in the list.
5.2) Write a program that asks the user for an integer and creates a list that consists of
the factors of that integer.
5.3)Write a program that generates 100 random integers that are either 0 or 1. Then
find the longest run of zeros, the largest number of zeros in a row. For instance, the
longest run of zeros in [1,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0] is 4.
6. Data Structure-Continued
6.1) Write a program that removes any repeated items from a list so that each item
appears at most once. For instance, the list [1,1,2,3,4,3,0,0] would become [1,2,3,4,0].
6.2) Write a program that asks the user to enter a length in feet. The program should
then give the user the option to convert from feet into inches, yards, miles, millimeters,
centimeters, meters, or kilometers. Say if the user enters a 1, then the program converts
to inches, if they enter a 2, then the program converts to yards, etc. While this can be
done with if statements,it is much shorter with lists and it is also easier to add new
conversions if you use lists
6.3) Write a python script to perform following operations:
Create a matrix and print it
Perform Addition of 2 matrices
Perform multiplication of 2 matrices
7. Functions
7.1) Write a function called sum_digits that is given an integer num and returns the
sum of the digits of num.
7.2) Write a function called first_diff that is given two strings and returns the first
location in which the strings differ. If the strings are identical, it should return -1.
7.3) Write a function called number_of_factors that takes an integer and returns how
many factors the number has.
7.4) Write a function called is_sorted that is given a list and returns True if the list is
sorted and False otherwise.
8. Functions-Continued
8.1) Write a function called root that is given a number x and an integer n and returns
x1/n . In the function definition, set the default value of n to 2.
8.2) Write a function called primes that is given a number n and returns a list of the
first n primes. Let the default value of n be 100.

99
AR20 AEC-CSE

8.3) Write a function called merge that takes two already sorted lists of possibly
different lengths, and merges them into a single sorted list.
(a) Do this using the sort method.
(b) Do this without using the sort method
8.4) Write a program that asks the user for a word and finds all the smaller words that
can be made from the letters of that word. The number of occurrences of a letter in a
smaller word can’t exceed the number of occurrences of the letter in the user’s word.
9. Files
9.1) Write a program that reads a file consisting of email addresses, each on its own
line. Your program should print out a string consisting of those email addresses
separated by semicolons.
9.2) Write a program that reads a list of temperatures from a file called temps.txt,
converts those temperatures to Fahrenheit, and writes the results to a file called
ftemps.txt.
9.3) Write a program to count frequency of characters in a given file.
10. OOP
10.1) Write a class called Product. The class should have fields called name, amount,
and price, holding the product’s name, the number of items of that product in stock,
and the regular price of the product. There should be a method get_price that receives
the number of items to be bought and returns a the cost of buying that many items,
where the regular price is charged for orders of less than 10 items, a 10% discount is
applied for orders of between 10 and 99 items, and a 20% discount is applied for orders
of 100 or more items. There should also be a method called make_purchase that
receives the number of items to be bought and decreases amount by that much.
10.2) Write a class called Time whose only field is a time in seconds. It should have a
method called convert_to_minutes that returns a string of minutes and seconds
formatted as in the following example: if seconds is 230, the method should return
'5:50'. It should also have a method called convert_to_hours that returns a string of
hours, minutes, and seconds formatted analogously to the previous method.
10.3) Write a class called Converter. The user will pass a length and a unit when
declaring an object from the class—for example, c = Converter(9,'inches'). The
possible units are inches, feet, yards, miles, kilometers, meters, centimeters, and
millimeters. For each of these units there should be a method that returns the length
converted into those units. For example, using the Converter object created above, the
user could call c.feet() and should get 0.75 as the result.
11. OOP Continued
11.1) Write a Python class to implement pow(x, n)
11.2) Write a Python class to reverse a string word by word.
12. GUI & Exception Handling
12.1) Write a program that opens a file dialog that allows you to select a text file. The
program then displays the contents of the file in a textbox.
12.2) Write a program to demonstrate Try/except/else.
12.3) Write a program to demonstrate try/finally and with/as.

List of AUGMENTED EXPERIMENTS

(Minimum of 2 experiments have to be performed)
13. Write a recursive python function which returns True if the input is well-formatted with respect to the list
labels. Else it should return False.
An input is a well-formatted with respect to the labels, if it follows below conditions:
(a) input item is a list
(b) input item has length at least two
(c) input’s first item is in the list labels
(d) each of the remaining items in input is either a string or a well-formatted list
Refer the below table for possible of input items
Sample input Expected output

100
AR20 AEC-CSE

input item list label

['VP', ['V', 'eat']] ['VP', 'V'] TRUE
['NP', ['N', 'a', 'or', 'b'], 'c'] ['NP', 'V', 'N'] TRUE
[1, [2, 'oui', [1, 'no']], 'no'] [1,2] TRUE
['VP', ['V', 'eat']] ['VP'] FALSE
['VP', ['V']] ['VP', 'V'] FALSE
Hangman
The Goal: Despite the name, the actual “hangman” part isn’t necessary. The main goal here is to create a
sort of “guess the word” game. The user needs to be able to input letter guesses. A limit should also be
set on how many guesses they can use. This means you’ll need a way to grab a word to use for guessing.
(This can be grabbed from a pre-made list. No need to get too fancy.) You will also need functions to
check if the user has actually inputted a single letter, to check if the inputted letter is in the hidden word
(and if it is, how many times it appears), to print letters, and a counter variable to limit guesses.
14. Write a program to find the greatest number that can be formed by using given set of numbers.
15. Write a program to find sum of digits of a number till you get single digit sum.
Example:
Input : 142 (Hint: 1+4+2=7)
Output : 7
Input : 4683 (Hint: 4+6+8+3=21 =>2+1=3)
Output : 3

16. Write a program to count how many times each word present in a file.

Reference Books:

1. Python for Everybody Exploring Data in Python 3, Charles Russell Severance, SueBlumenberg, 2016
2. Learning Python, Mark Lutz, Orielly, 2013.
3. Introduction to Programming Using Python, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson, 2017

Web Links :

1. https://www.hackerrank.com/
2. https://www.codechef.com/
3. https://www.topcoder.com/
4. https://code-cracker.github.io/

****

101
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

Common to CE, EEE, ECE, CSE & IT

II Semester L T P C
Course Code:201MC2L01 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Make effective use of Body language in all situations and contexts to
enhanceeffectivecommunicationinallaspects.
CO2: Identifycommunicativecompetencytorespondto othersindifferentsituations.
CO3: Makeuseofeffectivedeliverystrategiestoselect,compileandsynthesizeinformationfororalpresentation.
CO4: Demonstrate inmockinterviews,groupdiscussionandpublicspeaking.
CO5: Illustrate interpersonal skills using English language confidently and
effectivelyforpersonalandprofessionalgrowth.
CO 6 Improve fluency and clarity in both spoken and written English.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO2 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO3 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO4 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

CO6 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -

Practice – 1
Body Language

Practice – 2
Dialogues

Practice – 3
Presentation Skills

Practice – 4
Group Discussion

Practice – 5
Interviews and Telephonic Interviews

Practice – 6
Debates

Reference Books:

102
AR20 AEC-CSE

1. Strengthen your Communication Skills by Dr.M.Hari Prasad, Dr.SalivendraJ.Raju and

Dr.G.Suvarna Lakshmi,Maruthi Publications.
2. English for Professionals by Prof Eliah,B.S Publications, Hyderabad
3. A Hand book of English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications.
4. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, Tata Mcraw – Hill Publishing
company.
5. Cornerstone,Developing soft skills,Pearson Education.

Web Links:
1. https://edu.gcfglobal.org/en/business-communication/how-to-deescalate-an-argument-at-
work/1/
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NNamZZsggM4
3. https://www.inc.com/guides/how-to-improve-your-presentation-skills.html
4. https://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/interview-skills.html
5. https://www.sfu.ca/cmns/130d1/HOWTODEBATE.htm

103
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
(Common to all branches)

II Semester L T P C
Course Code:201MC2T02 2 0 0 0

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

Explain historical background of the constitution making and its importance for building a
CO1
democratic India
CO2 Compare the functioning of three wings of the government i.e.., executive, legislative and judiciary
CO3 Interpret the value of the fundamental rights and duties for becoming good citizen of India
CO4 Compare the decentralization of power between central, state and local self-government
Extend the knowledge in strengthening of the constitutional institutions like CAG, Election
CO5
Commission and UPSC for sustaining democracy.
CO6 Understand the Electoral Process and Amendment procedure.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - 3 - 1 2 - - -
CO2 - - - - - 2 - 1 3 - - -
CO3 - - - - - 3 - 2 3 - - -
CO4 - - - - - 3 - 2 1 - - -
CO5 - - - - - 2 - 1 3 - - -
CO6 - - - - - 3 - 1 2 - - -

Unit – I
Introduction to Indian Constitution: Constitution’ meaning of the term, Indian Constitution -
Sources and constitutional history, Features - Citizenship, Preamble, Fundamental Rights and
Duties, Directive Principles of State Policy.

Unit – II
Union Government and its Administration Structure of the Indian Union: Federalism, Centre- State
relationship, President: Role, power and position, PM and Council of ministers, Cabinet and
Central Secretariat, Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha, The Supreme Court and High Court: Powers and
Functions

Unit – III
State Government and its Administration Governor - Role and Position - CM and Council of
ministers, State Secretariat: Organization, Structure and Functions

Unit – IV
Local Administration: District’s Administration Head - Role and Importance, Municipalities -
Mayor and role of Elected Representative - CEO of Municipal Corporation
PanchayatiRaj: Functions PRI: Zila Panchayat, Elected officials and their roles, CEO Zila
Panchayat: Block level Organizational Hierarchy - (Different departments), Village level - Role of
Elected and Appointed officials - Importance of grass root democracy

104
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Election Commission: Election Commission- Role of Chief Election Commissioner and Election
Commissionerate State Election Commission:, Functions of Commissions for the welfare of
SC/ST/OBC and women

Text Books:
1. Durga Das Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Prentice – Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi.
2. Subash Kashyap, Indian Constitution, National Book Trust.

Reference Books:
1. J.A. Siwach, Dynamics of Indian Government & Politics.
2. D.C. Gupta, Indian Government and Politics.
3. H.M.Sreevai, Constitutional Law of India, 4th edition in 3 volumes (Universal Law
Publication).
4. J.C. Johari, Indian Government and Politics Hans.

Web Links:
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/109104074/8
2. nptel.ac.in/courses/109104045/
3. nptel.ac.in/courses/101104065/
4. www.hss.iitb.ac.in/en/lecture-details
5. www.iitb.ac.in/en/event/2nd-lecture-institute-lecture-series-indian-constitution

***

105
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES

Common to CSE&IT

IIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS3T01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Make use of external sorting and hashing for sorting and searching.
CO2: Illustrate the operations of Priority Queues.
CO3: Analyze the operations of efficient Binary Search Trees and multiway search trees.
CO4: Compare different operations of digital search structures.
CO5: Apply the string processingalgorithms for pattern matching.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 1

Unit - I
External Sorting: Introduction, K-way Merge Sort, Buffer Handling for parallel Operation, Run Generation,
Optimal Merging of Runs, Huffman Tree.
Hashing: Introduction to Static Hashing, Hash Tables, Hash Functions, Different Hash Functions, Collision
Resolution Techniques, Dynamic Hashing.

Unit – II
Priority Queues (Heaps): Introduction, Binary Heaps-Model and Simple Implementation, Basic Heap
Operations, Other Heap Operations, Applications of Priority Queues, Binomial Heaps (or Queues), Binomial
Heap Structure and Implementation, Binomial Queue Operations.

Unit – III
Efficient Binary Search Trees: Self-balancing Binary Search Tree, AVL Trees, Rotations-LL, RR, LR and RL,
Searching, Insertion, Deletion operations on AVL Trees, Red-Black Tree, Properties and Representation of Red-
Black Trees, Insertion and deletion operations on Red-Black Trees, Applications of Red-Black Trees

Unit – IV
Multiway Search Trees: M-Way Search Trees Definition and Properties, B-Tree Definition and Properties,
Searching, Insertion and Deletion operations on B-Trees, B+ Tree, Insertion and Deletion operations on B+
Trees.
Digital Search Structures: Introduction to Digital Search Tree, Operations on Digital Search Trees- Insertion,
Searching, and Deletion.

106
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Digital Search Structures:Binary Tries, Compressed Binary Trie, Patricia, Searching Patricia, inserting into
Patricia, delete a node from Patricia, Multiway Tries- Definition, Searching a Trie, Compressed Tries,
Compressed Tries with Digit Numbers-Searching, Insertion, Deletion.
String Processing: String Operations, Brute-Force Pattern Matching, The BoyerMoore Algorithm, The Knuth-
Morris-Pratt Algorithm, The Longest Common Subsequence Problem (LCS).

Text Books:
1. Advanced Data Structures, ReemaThareja, S. Rama Sree, Oxford University
Press.
2. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, Mark Allen Weiss, Second Edition, Pearson.

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals Of Data Structures In C, Horowitz, Sahni, Anderson-Freed, Second edition
2. Data Structures and Algorithms, A. V. Aho, J. E. Hopcroft, and J. D. Ullman, Pearson.
3. Introduction to Algorithms, Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson and Ronald L. Rivest, Third
Edition, The MIT Press.
4. Advanced Data Structures, Peter Brass, Cambridge University Press.

Web Links:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/...and...data-structures...notes/MIT6_851S12_L1.
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106103069/26
3. https://csd.cs.cmu.edu/course-profiles/15-121-Introduction-to-Data-Structures
4. https://www.cs.purdue.edu/cgvlab/courses/251/lectures/slides/04.03-Pattern atching
AndTries.pdf
5. https://www.csie.ntu.edu.tw/~ds/ppt/ch5/chapter5.PPT

107
 AR20 AEC-CSE

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMINGTHROUGH C++

Common to CSE&IT

IIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS3T02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Compare object oriented programming with procedure oriented programming.

CO2: Summarize OOPS concepts.
CO3: Develop applications using constructor and destructor.
CO4: Apply C++ features for problem solving.
CO5: Apply inheritance concepts to solve a given problem.
CO6: Design C++ classes using templates and STL.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

Unit - I
Introduction to C++: Differences between C and C++, Evolution of C++,the Object Oriented Technology,
Disadvantage of Conventional Programming, Key Concepts of Object Oriented Programming, Advantages of
OOP, Namespace

Unit – II
Classes and Objects: Declaring Objects- Access Specifiers and their Scope,Defining Member Function, Rules
for Inline Functions, static Member Variable, static Member Function, Friend functions, overloading Member
Function, Nestedclass.
Constructors and Destructor Classes in C++: Constructors and Destructors, Introduction to Constructors and
Destructor- Characteristics of Constructor and Destructor, Application with Constructor, Constructor with
Arguments, Copy Constructor, Destructors, Anonymous Objects.

Unit – III
Operator Overloading: Introduction, The Keyword Operator- Overloading Unary Operator, Operator Return
Type, Overloading Binary Operator, Overloading using friend function, Overloading Assignment Operator
(=),Rules for Overloading Operators.
Inheritance: Introduction, Reusability, Types of Inheritance, Virtual Base Classes, Object as a Class MeMber,
Abstract Classes, Advatages and Disadvantages of Inheritance.
Pointers: Pointer to Class- Pointer Object, this Pointer, Pointer to Derived Classes and Base Class.
108
AR20 AEC-CSE

Binding Polymorphisms and Virtual Functions: Introduction, Binding in C++,Virtual Functions, Rules for
Virtual Function, Abstract classes, Virtual Destructor

Unit – IV
Generic Programming with Templates: Introduction, Need for Templates,Definition of class Templates,
Normal Function Templates, Overloading of Template Function, Bubble Sort Using Function Templates,
Difference between Templates and Macros, Linked list with templates.

Unit – V
Exception Handling: Introduction, Principles of Exception Handling, The Keywords try throw and catch,
Multiple Catch Statements, Specifying Exceptions.
Overview of Standard Template Library: Introduction, STL Programming Model, Containers, Sequence
Containers, Associative Containers, Algorithms, Iterators, Vectors, Lists, Maps

Text Books:
1. The Complete Reference C++, Herbert Schildt, Fourth Edition, TMH
2. The C++ Programming Language, Bjarne Stroustr up, Fourth Edition, Pearson.

Reference Books:
1. A First Book Of C++, Gary Bronson, Fourth Edition, Cengage Learning.
2. C++ Primer Plus By Stephen Prata, Sixth Edition, Pearson.
3. C++ Programming:From Problem Analysis To Program Design, Ds Malik,Eighth Edition, Cengage
Learning.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105151/
2. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/c-plus-plus/
3. https://www.javatpoint.com/cpp-oops-concepts
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cplusplus/cpp_object_oriented.html

109
 AR20 AEC-CSE

OPERATING SYSTEMS
Common to CSE&IT

IIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS3T03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe basic concepts of operating system.

CO2: Analyse the performance of process scheduling algorithms
CO3: Demonstrate process synchronization and deadlock handling.
CO4: Analyse the performance of Memory-Management Strategies.
CO5: Analyse the performance of disk scheduling algorithms.
CO6: Illustrate file system implementation, Protection and security.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 - - - - - - - 1 1 - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 1 -

Unit - I
Operating Systems Overview: Operating system functions, Operating system structure, Operating systems
operations, Computing environments, Open-Source Operating Systems.
System Structures: Operating System Services, User and Operating-System Interface, systems calls, Types of
System Calls, system programs, operating system structure, System Boot.

Unit – II
Process Concept: Process scheduling, Operations on processes, Inter-process communication.
Process Scheduling: Basic concepts, Scheduling criteria, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple processor
scheduling, Thread scheduling.
Multithreaded Programming: Multithreading models, Thread libraries, Threading issues.

Unit – III
Inter-process Communication: Race conditions, Critical Regions, Mutual exclusion with busy waiting, Sleep
and wakeup, Semaphores, Mutexes, Monitors, Message passing, Classical IPC Problems - Dining philosophers
problem, Readers and writers problem.
Deadlocks: Resources, Conditions for resource deadlocks, Ostrich algorithm, Deadlock detection and recovery,
Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock prevention.

Unit – IV
110
AR20 AEC-CSE

Memory-Management Strategies: Introduction, Swapping, Contiguous memory allocation, Paging,

Segmentation.
Virtual Memory Management: Introduction, Demand paging, Copy on-write, Page replacement, Frame
allocation, Thrashing, Memory-mapped files, Kernel memory allocation.
File Systems: Files, Directories, File system implementation, management and optimization.

Unit – V
Secondary-Storage Structure: Overview of disk structure, and attachment, Disk scheduling, RAID structure,
Stable storage implementation.
System Protection: Goals of protection, Principles and domain of protection, Access matrix, Access control,
Revocation of access rights.
System Security: Introduction, Program threats, System and network threats.
Case Studies: Linux, Microsoft Windows.

Text Books:
1. Operating System Concepts, Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B Galvin and Greg Gagne,9th Edition, John
Wiley and Sons Inc., 2013.
2. Modern Operating Systems, Tanenbaum A S, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2008.

Reference Books:
1. Operating Systems A Concept Based Approach, Dhamdhere D M, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012.
2. Operating Systems -Internals and Design Principles, Stallings W, 6th edition, Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Operating Systems, Nutt G, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2004.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/106108101/
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/iot/lecture/MrgxS/lecture-3-1-operating-systems
3. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/operating-systems/
4. https://in.udacity.com/auth?next=/course/introduction-to-operating-systems--ud923

111
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Common to CSE&IT

IIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS3T04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Demonstrate the fundamental concepts of software engineering

CO2: Compare Process development models for efficient software development.
CO3: Describe the activities of Software Project Management for any application
CO4: Create the software process artifacts (SRS document, Design diagrams, test cases) for any
application.
CO5: Analyze quality and reliability of software.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 1 1 - - - - 2 2 2 1
CO3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 2 1
CO4 3 2 2 1 - - - - 2 2 2 1
CO5 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 3 3
CO4 2 2
CO5 2 2

Unit - I
Introduction to Software Engineering: The Nature of Software, The Unique Nature ofWebApps, Software
Engineering, The Software Process, Software Engineering Practice,Software Myths.
Software Process: Software Process, Process Classification, Phased Development LifeCycle, Software
Development Process Models – Waterfall Model, Iterative WaterfallModel, Prototype Model, Incremental
Model, Spiral Model, Agile Process Model andRUP process Model.
Case Study: Survey on different process models including.
i.Advantages and Disadvantages of
the models.
ii. Applicability of the model.
iii.Projects developed using various models.

Unit – II
Software Project Management: Project Management Essentials, What is ProjectManagement, Software
Configuration Management, Risk management.
Project Planning and Estimation: Project Planning Activities, Software Metrics andMeasurements, Project
Size Estimation, Effort Estimation Techniques.
Case Study: Estimate the effort of the software development using Functional Pointsand COCOMO Model for
any real time problem.

112
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Requirements Engineering: Software Requirements, Requirements EngineeringProcess, Requirements
Elicitation and Analysis, Requirements Specification,Requirements Validation, Requirements
Management.Case Study: Create a SRS document for any one of the following Software Projects.
1. Course Registration System
2. Students Marks Analyzing System
3. Online Ticket Reservation System
4. Stock Maintenance

Unit – IV
Software Design: Software Design Process, Characteristics of Good Software Design, Design Principles,
Modular Design, Software Architecture, Design Methodologies,
Implementation: Coding Principles, Coding Process, Code Verification, and CodeDocumentation.
Case Study: Construct the DFD and CFD for any one of the following SoftwareProjects.
1. Airline Reservation System
2. Students Marks Analyzing System
3. ATM System
4. Library Management System

Unit – V
Software Testing: Testing Fundamentals, Test Planning, Black-Box Testing, WhiteBox Testing, Levels of
Testing, Usability Testing, Regression Testing, DebuggingApproaches.
Software Quality and Reliability: Software Quality factors, Verification & Validation,Software Quality
Assurance, The Capability Maturity Model, and Software Reliability.
Case Study: Design the test cases for any one of the following real time scenarios usingWhite Box & Black
Box Testing Techniques.
1. E-Commerce application (Flipkart, Amazon) 2. Mobile Application

Text Books:
1. Software Engineering – Concepts and Practices: Ugrasen Suman, Cengage
Learning.
2. Software Engineering: A practitioner's approach, Roger S. Pressman, McGrawHill.

Reference Books:
1. Software Engineering, Lan Sommerville, Ninth Edition, Pearson
2. Software Engineering, A Precise Approach, Pankaj Jalote, Wiley India
3. Fundamentals of Software Engineering, Rajib Mall, Prentice Hall India.
4. Software Engineering: A Primer, Waman S Jawadekar, Tata McGraw-Hill.
5. Software Engineering, Principles and Practices, Deepak Jain, Oxford University
Press.

Web Links:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/software_engineering/
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105182/
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/software-processes-and-agile-practices
4. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/software-engineering-gq/
5. https://www.coursera.org/browse/computer-science/software-development

113
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
(Common to CSE , IT, AIML & CSE(DS))

IIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201BS3T13 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Applytheprinciplesofmathematicallogictostatementcalculusandpredicatecalculus.
CO2: ComputeTransitiveclosure,equivalenceclassesofbinaryrelations.
CO3: Solverecurrencerelationsbyvariousmethods.
CO4: ApplytheconceptsofgraphtheorytofindEuler paths,Hamiltonianpaths.
CO5: Applytheconceptsofgraphtheoryto trees.
CO6: Construct Partial ordering relations using Hasse diagram`

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Unit - I
Mathematical Logic: Propositional Calculus: Statements and Notations, Connectives, Well Formed Formulas,
Truth Tables, Tautologies, Equivalence of Formulas, Duality Law, Tautological Implications, Normal Forms,
Theory of Inference for Statement Calculus. Predicate Calculus: Predicate Logic, Statement Functions,
Variables and Quantifiers, Free and Bound Variables, Inference Theory for Predicate Calculus.

Unit – II
Binary Relations and Properties: Binary relations, Properties, Relation Matrix and Digraph, Operations on
Relations, Partition and Covering, Transitive, Closure, Warshall Algorithm, Equivalence relation, R-
Equivalence class, Partial Ordering Relation, Partially ordered sets, Hasse Diagrams.

Unit – III
Recurrence Relations: Recurrence Relations, Formation of Recurrence Relations, Solving Recurrence
Relations by Substitution and Generating Functions, Method of Characteristic Roots.

Unit – IV
Graph Theory: Basic Concepts of Graphs, Matrix Representation of Graphs: Adjacency Matrix, Incidence
Matrix, Isomorphic Graphs, Paths and Circuits, Euler and Hamilton Graphs, Planar Graphs and Euler’s
Formula.

Unit – V
Trees: Trees-Properties, Spanning trees, BFS Algorithm, DFS Algorithm, Minimal Spanning Trees and
Kruskal’s Algorithm, Graph Colouring, Chromatic Number.

Text Books:
1. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications with Combinatorics and Graph Theory, Kenneth H. Rosen
2. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science, J. P. Tremblay and R.
Manohar, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
3. Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science, S. Santha, E. V. Prasad, Cengage Publishers.

Reference Books:
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures, Bernand Kolman, Robert C. Busby, Sharon Cutler Ross, PHI.
2. Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians, J. L. Mott, A. Kandel, T.P.
114
AR20 AEC-CSE

Baker, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India.

3. Discrete Mathematics, S. K. Chakraborthy and B.K. Sarkar, Oxford, 2011.

Web Links:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Discrete_mathematics
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106094/
3. http://mathworld.wolfram.com/classroom/classes/DiscreteMathematics.html
4. http://mathworld.wolfram.com/topics/GeneralLogic.html

115
 AR20 AEC-CSE

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH C++ LAB

Common to CSE&IT

III Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS3L01 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Use programming constructs in solving problems.

CO2: Apply object oriented techniques to solve problems.
CO3: Build applications using inheritance.
CO4: Apply exception handling technique to handle various errors.
CO5: Develop programs using Inline, friend functions, reference variable, this pointer, operator Overloading,
static and dynamic binding, template and STL
CO6: Develop applications using QT creator.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 - 1
CO2 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 - 1
CO3 2 2 3 1 - - - - 1 2 - 1
CO4 2 2 3 1 - - - - 1 2 - 1
CO5 2 2 3 1 - - - - 1 2 - 1
CO6 2 2 3 1 2 - - - 1 2 - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
1. CONTROL FLOW: 1.1) Develop a C++ program to find the roots of a quadratic equation. 1.2) Develop a
C++ program to find factorial of a given number using recursion

Week – 2
2. VARAIBLE AND SCOPE: 2.1) Develop a C++ program to illustrate scope resolution and namespaces.
2.2) Develop a C++ program illustrating Inline Functions.

Week – 3
3. CLASS AND OBJECT: 3.1) Develop a C++ program demonstrating a Bank Account with necessary data
members and member functions. 3.2) Develop a C++ program for illustrating Access Specifiers :public and
private. 3.3) Develop a C++ program to illustrate this pointer.

Week – 4
4. FUNCTIONS: 4.1) Develop a C++ program illustrate function overloading. 4.2) Develop a C++ program

116
AR20 AEC-CSE

to illustrate the use of default arguments. 4.3) Develop a C++ program illustrating friend function.

Week – 5
5. CONSTRUCTOR AND DESTRUCTOR: 5.1) Develop a C++ Program to illustrate the use of Constructors
and Destructors. 5.2) Develop a C++ program illustrating Constructor overloading. 5.3) Develop a C++
program illustrating Copy Constructor.

Week – 6
6. OPERATOR OVERLOADING: 6.1) Develop a C++ program to Overload Unary, and Binary Operators
using member function. 6.2) Develop a C++ program to Overload Unary, and Binary Operators using friend
function. 6.3) Develop a case study on Overloading Operators and Overloading Functions. (150 Words).

Week – 7
7. INHERITANCE: 7.1) Develop C++ Programs to incorporate various forms of Inheritance i. Single
Inheritance ii. Multiple Inheritances iii. Multi-level inheritance iv. Hierarchical Inheritance v. Hybrid
inheritance 7.2) Develop a C++ program in C++ to illustrate the order of execution of constructors and
destructors in inheritance.

Week – 8
8. POINTERS: 8.1) Develop a C++ program to illustrate object as a class member. 8.2) Develop a C++
program to illustrate pointer to a class. 8.3) Develop a C++ program to illustrate Virtual Base Class.

Week – 9
9. POLYMORPHISM: 9.1) Develop a C++ program to illustrate virtual functions. 9.2) Develop a C++
program to illustrate runtime polymorphism. 9.3) Develop a C++ program to illustrate pure virtual function
and calculate the area of different shapes by using abstract class.

Week – 10
10. TEMPLATES: 10.1) Develop a C++ Program illustrating function template. 10.2) Develop a C++
Program illustrating template class. 10.3) Develop a C++ program to illustrate class templates with multiple
parameters.

Week – 11
11. EXCEPTIONS: 11.1) Develop a C++ program for handling Exceptions. 11.2) Develop a C++ program to
illustrate the use of multiple catch statements.

Week – 12
12. STL: 12.1) Develop a C++ program to implement List, Vector and its Operations. 12.2) Develop a C++
program to implement Deque and Deque Operations. 12.3) Develop a C++ program to implement Map and
Map Operations.

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. Develop a C++ program for flight booking system
14.Develop Qt application containing slider and spin box in which a slider responds to changes in the spin
box.
15. Develop a Qt application for creating a text pad.
16. Develop a C++ program with maximum of 20 characters, that your user will be guessed and will show
only asterisks (*) on the screen. The user will input or enter one character at a time. And for every correct
character, the asterisk will be replaced by that character until all the characters or the mystery word/s will
reveal. Your program will accept a maximum three (3) errors or mistakes in entering/inputting character
otherwise the mystery word/s will be viewed. Sample Output: Output: ******* Enter your character: e
Output: ***e**e Enter your character: a Output: sorry! the character is not existing. you still have 2
chances Enter your character: s Output: s**e**e Enter your character: c Output: sc*e*ce Enter your
character: i Output: scie*ce Enter your character: n Output: science

117
AR20 AEC-CSE

Reference Books:
1. C++ Primer Plus by Stephen Prata, Sixth Edition, Pearson.
2. C++ GUI Programming with Qt4, Jasmin Blanchette, Mark Summerfield, Second Edition, Prentice
Hall Press.
3. C++ for Programmers, Paul J. Deitel, Harvey M. Deitel, Pearson.
Web Links:
1. http://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/links/libs
2. https://www.daniweb.com/digital-media/ui-ux-design/threads/113591/trying to-run-ac-
program-through-a-web-link
3. http://www.yolinux.com/TUTORIALS/LinuxTutorialC++.html
4. https://github.com/fffaraz/awesome-cpp
5. http://www.techsystemsembedded.com/cpp_links.ph

118
 AR20 AEC-CSE

OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB

Common to CSE&IT

IIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS3L02 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate various process scheduling algorithms.

CO2: Experiment with various system calls and deadlock algorithm.
CO3: Develop algorithms for memory management.
CO4: Explain Page replacement algorithms and file allocation strategies.
CO5: Make use of Pthread library for thread concurrent execution.
CO6: Develop algorithm for memory allocation techniques.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 - 1 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 1 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 1 2 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO6 2 1 - 1 2 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 1 -
CO5 1 -
CO6 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
Simulate the following CPU scheduling algorithms:(a) FCFS (b) SJF

Week – 2
Simulate the following CPU scheduling algorithms:(a) Priority (b) Round Robin

Week – 3
Multiprogramming-Memory management-Implementation of fork (), wait (), exec() and exit (), System calls

Week – 4
Simulate the Multiprogramming with a fixed number of tasks (MFT)

Week – 5
Simulate the Multiprogramming with a variable number of tasks (MVT)

Week – 6
Simulate Bankers Algorithm for Dead Lock Avoidance

119
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week – 7
Simulate the FIFO page replacement algorithm

Week – 8
Simulate the LRU page replacement algorithm

Week – 9
Simulate the following File allocation strategies (a) Sequenced (b) Indexed (c) Linked

Week – 10
Write a C program that illustrates two processes communicating using shared memory

Week – 11
Write C program to create a thread using pthreads library and let it run its function.

Week – 12
Write a C program to illustrate concurrent execution of threads using pthreads library

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. Simulate Bankers Algorithm for Dead Lock Prevention
14. Simulate Best-Fit contiguous memory allocation technique
15. Simulate FCFS Disk Scheduling algorithm
16. Write a C program to simulate producer and consumer problem using semaphores

Reference Books:
1. Operating System Concepts, Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B Galvin and Greg Gagne,9th Edition, John
Wiley and Sons Inc., 2013.
2. Modern Operating Systems, Tanenbaum A S, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
3. Operating Systems: A Modern Perspective, Gary J. Nutt.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/106108101/
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/iot/lecture/MrgxS/lecture-3-1-operating-systems
3. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/operating-systems/
4. https://in.udacity.com/auth?next=/course/introduction-to-operating-systems--ud923

120
 AR20 AEC-CSE

UNIX AND SHELL PROGRAMMINGLAB

III Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS3L03 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate the basic UNIX file system and Environment Variables
CO2: Make use of Vi editor to write shell script and C Programs
CO3: Apply UNIX commands to control various resources file, network, disk etc.
CO4: Develop Shell Script using Shell commands
CO5: Apply system calls for file operations and Process Management .

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 - - - 1 - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 2 - - - 1 - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 2 1 - - 1 - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 2 1 - - 1 - - - 1 2 - -
CO5 2 2 1 1 1 - - - 1 2 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
a) Study of Unix/Linux general purpose utility command list: man, who, cat, cd,cp, ps, ls, mv, rm, mkdir, rmdir,
echo, more, date, time, kill, history, chmod,chown, finger, pwd, cal, logout, shutdown.
b) Study of Bash shell, Bourne shell and C shell in Unix/Linux operating system.
c) Study of Unix/Linux file system (tree structure).
d) Study of .bashrc, /etc/bashrc and Environment variables

Week – 2
Use the cat command to create a file containing the following data.Call itmytable use tabs to separatethe fields.
1425 Ravi 15.65
4320 Ramu 26.27
6830 Sita 36.15 1450 Raju 21.86 1450 Raju 21.86 b) Study of vi editor
c) Use the cat command to display the file, my table.
d) Use the vi command to correct any errors in the file, my table.
e) Use the sort command to sort the file my table according to the first field.
Call the sorted file my table (same name).
f) Print the file my table.

121
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week – 3
a) Write a C program that makes a copy of a file using standard I/O, and systemcalls.
b) Write a C program to emulate the UNIX ls –l command.
c) Write a C program that illustrates how to execute two commands concurrently
with a command pipe. Ex: - ls –l | sort.

Week – 4
a) Write a shell script that takes a command –line argument and reports onwhether it is directory, a file or
something else.
b) Write a shell script that accepts one or more file name as arguments andconverts all of them to uppercase
provided they exist in the current directory.

Week – 5
a) Write a shell script that determines the period for which a specified user isworking on the system.
b) Write a shell script that accepts a file name starting and ending line numbersas arguments and displays all the
lines between the given line numbers.

Week – 6
Shell Script
Write a shell script that computes the gross salary of a employee according to thefollowing rules:
i) If basic salary is < 1500 then HRA =10% of the basic and DA =90% of thebasic.
ii) If basic salary is >=1500 then HRA =Rs500 and DA=98% of the basic. Thebasic salary is entered
interactively through the key board.

Week – 7
Shell Script
a) Write a shell script that accepts two integers as its arguments and computesthe value of first number raised to
the power of the second number.
b) Write a shell script which will display Armstrong number from givenarguments.

Week – 8
Shell Script
Write an interactive file-handling shell program. Let it offer the user thechoice of copying, removing, renaming,
or linking files. Once the user hasmade a choice, have the program ask the user for the necessary
information,such as the file name, new name and so on

Week – 9
a) Write shell script that takes a login name as command – line argument andreports when that person logs in.
b) Write a shell script which receives two file names as arguments. It shouldcheck whether the two file contents
are same or not. If they are same thensecond file should be deleted.

Week – 10
Write a C program that takes one or more file or directory names as acommand line input and reports the
following information on the file:
i) File type.
ii) Number of links.
iii) Read, write and execute permissions.
iv) Time of last access (Note : Use stat/fstat system calls)

Week – 11
Write a C program which supports that child process inherits environmentvariables, command line arguments,
opened’ files.

Week – 12
Write a shell script to display factorial value from given argument list.

122
AR20 AEC-CSE

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. Write a shell script to display reverse number from given argument list
14. Write a shell script which will display Fibonacci series up to a given number ofarguments.
15. Write a shell script to change the ownership of processes.
16. Write a shell script to accept student number, name, marks in 5 subjects. Find total,average and grade.
Display the result of the student and store in a file called stu.dat
Rules: AVG>=80 the grade A
AVG<80 && AVG>=70 then grade B
AVG<70 && AVG>=60 then grade C
AVG<60 && AVG>=50 then grade D
AVG<50 && AVG>=40 then grade E
Else grade F

Reference Books:
1. Unix and shell Programming Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg. Thomson.
2. Unix Shell Programming, M.G.Venkateshmurthy, Pearson.
3. Your Unix the ultimate guide, Sumitabha Das, 2nd Edition, TMH
4. The Unix programming Environment, Brain W. Kernighan & Rob Pike, Pearson.
5. Advanced Programming in UNIX Environment, W.Richard Stevens, Stephen,
Rago, 3rd Edition.

Web Links:
1. www.iu.hio.no/~mark/unix/unix.html
2. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/unix/
3. www.learnshell.com
4. https://www.informationvine.com

123
 AR20 AEC-CSE

APPLICATIONS OF PYTHON -NUMPY

Common to CSE&IT
Skill Oriented Course- I

IIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS3P01 0 0 4 2

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain how data is collected, managed and stored for processing
CO2: Analyze the workingof various numerical techniques, differentdescriptive measures of Statistics to
solveengineering problems.
CO3: Apply some linear algebra operations to n-dimensional arrays.
CO4: Develop data wrangling tasks using NumPy in Python.
CO5: Develop data computational tasks in Python.
CO6: Make use correlation and regression techniques to provide optimal solution for complex problems.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 3 - 2 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO2 1 2 - 2 3 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO3 1 2 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO4 1 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO5 1 2 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO6 1 2 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2
CO6 - 2

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
NumPy Array - I
1. Write a NumPy program using methods – info, add, array, all, greater, greater_equal, less and
less_equal,equal, allclose, zeros, ones, linspace, tolist
a. To get help on the add function
b. To test whether none of the elements of a given array is zero.
c. To create an element-wise comparison (greater, greater_equal, less and less_equal, equal, equal within
a tolerance) of two given arrays.
d. To create one-dimensional array of 10 zeros, 10 ones, 10 fives, single, two and three digit numbers.
e. To create a vector of length 10 with values evenly distributed between 5 and 50.
f. To convert a given list into an array, then again convert it into a list. Check initial list and final list are
equal or not.

124
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week – 2
NumPy Array - II
2. Write a NumPy program using NumPy methods - max, min, argmax, argmin, argmax, repr, count, bincount,
unique
a. To extract all numbers from a given array which are less and greater than a specified number.
b. To find the indices of the maximum and minimum numbers along the given axis of an array.
c. To find the values of the maximum and minimum numbers along the given axis of an array.
d. To find the number of occurrences of a sequence in a NumPy array
e. To find the most frequent value in a NumPy array
f. To count the frequency of unique values in NumPy array.

Week – 3
NumPy Array - III
3. Write a NumPy program using methods - asarray, append, size, itemsize, nbytes, unique, union1d, tile
a. To convert a list and tuple into arrays.
b. To append values to the end of an array.
c. To find the number of elements of an array, length of one array element in bytes and total bytes
consumed by the elements
d. To get the unique elements of an array.
e. To find the union of two arrays. Union will return the unique, sorted array of values that are in either of
the two input arrays
f. To construct an array by repeating its elements.

Week – 4
NumPy Array - IV
4.Write a NumPy program using methods – arange, dot, savetxt, loadtxt, sin, sort
a. To create an array of all the even integers from 30 to 70.
b. To create a vector with values ranging from 15 to 55 and print all values except the first and last.
c. To compute the inner product of two given vectors.
d. To save a given array to a text file and load it.
e. To compute the x and y coordinates for points on a sine curve and plot the points using matplotlib.
f. To sort a given array by row and column in ascending order.

Week – 5
NumPy Matrix - I
5.Write a NumPy program using NumPy Matrix – shape, reshape, identity or eye, ones, zeros, nditer, diag, sum
a. To find the number of rows and columns of a given matrix using NumPy
b. To display the shape of array and create a new shape to an array without changing its data.
c. To create a 3x3 identity matrix using identity and eye. State the difference.
d. To create a 10x10 matrix, in which the elements on the borders will be equal to 1, and inside 0.
e. To create a 5x5 zero matrix with elements on the main diagonal equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
f. To compute sum of all elements, sum of each column and sum of each row of a given array.

Week – 6
NumPy Matrix - II
6.Using NumPy Matrix – arange, trace/diagonal, add, subtract, dot,
a. To create a 4x4 array, now create a new array from the said array swapping first and last, second and
third columns.
b. To swap rows and columns of a given array in reverse order.
c. To find the sum of diagonal elements (trace) of matrix
d. To add Matrices
e. To subtract Matrices
f. To multiply Matrices

125
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week – 7
NumPy Random
7.WriteaNumPyprogramusingNumPyRandom-random.normal,random.randint, random.random, random.shuffle,
random.permutation
a. To generate an array of 15 random numbers from a standard normal distribution.
b. To create a vector of length 5 filled with arbitrary integers from 0 to 10.
c. To multiply the values of two given vectors.
d. To create a 3x3x3 array filled with arbitrary values.
e. To create a random vector of size 10 and sort it.
f. To shuffle numbers between 0 and 10 (inclusive).

Week – 8
NumPy Linear Algebra
8.Write a NumPy program using Linear Algebra – inner, outer, cross, linalg.det, linalg.norm, inv, linalg.eig
a. To compute the inner, outer, cross product of two given vectors
b. To compute the determinant of a given square array.
c. To find a matrix or vector norm.
d. To compute the inverse of a given matrix.
e. To compute Euclidean distance between 2 arrays. (Use linalg.norm or dot or sum, square, sqrt)
f. To compute the eigenvalues and right eigenvectors of a given square array.

Week – 9
NumPy Searching and Sorting
9.Write a NumPy program using Searching or Sorting – sort, lexsort, argsort, sort_complex, partition
a. To create a structured array from given student name, height, class and their data types. Now sort the
array on height.
b. To create a structured array from given student name, height, class and their data types. Now sort by
class, then height if class are equal.
c. To sort the student id with increasing height of the students from given students id and height. Print the
integer indices that describes the sort order by multiple columns and the sorted data.
d. To get the indices of the sorted elements of a given array.
e. To sort a given complex array using the real part first, then the imaginary part.
f. To partition a given array in a specified position and move all the smaller elements values to the left of
the partition, and the remaining values to the right, in arbitrary order.

Week – 10
NumPy Mathematics
10.Write a NumPy program using Mathematics – logaddexp, logaddexp2, absolute, power, round, rint, floor,
ceil, trunc
a. To compute logarithm of the sum of exponentiations of the inputs, sum of exponentiations of the inputs
in base-2.
b. To calculate the element-wise absolute value of array.
c. To get the powers of an array values element-wise.
d. To round array elements to the given number of decimals, round elements of the array to the nearest
integer.
e. To get floor, ceiling and truncated values of the elements of an array
f. To determine the positive square-root of an array

Week – 11
NumPy Statistics
11.Write a NumPy program using Statistics – amax, amin, mean, median, average, histogram.
a. To get the minimum and maximum value of a given array along the second axis.
b. To compute the median of flattened given array.
c. To compute the weighted average of a given array.
d. To compute the mean, standard deviation, and variance of a given array along the second axis.
e. To compute the histogram of nums against the bins.

126
AR20 AEC-CSE

f. To plot line graph from NumPy array

Week – 12
NumPy String
12.Write a NumPy program using Strings – capitalize, lower, upper, swapcase, title, strip, replace, count, find,
vectorize, split
a. To capitalize the first letter, lowercase, uppercase, swapcase, title-case of all the elements of a given
array
b. To remove the leading and trailing whitespaces of all the elements of a given array
c. To replace "PHP" with "Python" in the element of a given array.
d. To count the number of "P" and lowest index of “P” in a given array, element-wise.
e. To find the length of each string element in the Numpy array.
f. To split a given text into lines and split the single line into array values.

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. a. To convert a NumPy array into a csv file
b. To convert an image to NumPy array and save it to CSV file using Python?

14. a. To add one polynomial to another using NumPy in Python?

b. To subtract one polynomial to another using NumPy in Python?
c. To multiply a polynomial to another using NumPy in Python?
d. To divide a polynomial to another using NumPy in Python?

15. a. To find the roots of the polynomials using NumPy

b. To evaluate a 2-D polynomial series on the Cartesian product
c. To evaluate a 3-D polynomial series on the Cartesian product
d. Calculate the QR decomposition of a given matrix using NumPy

Text Books:
1. Python for Data Analysis: Data Wrangling with Pandas, NumPy, and IPython by Wes Mc Kinney,
O'Reilly Media.

Reference Books:
1. Numerical Python: Scientific Computing and Data Science Applications with Numpy, SciPy and
Matplotlib, Robert Johansson.

Web Links:
1. https://numpy.org/
2. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/numpy-linear-algebra/
3. https://www.w3schools.com/python/numpy/default.asp

127
AR20 AEC-CSE

WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT USING FULL STACK FRONTEND

DEVELOPMENT – MODULE –I
Skill Oriented Course- I

III Semester L T P C

Course Code: 201CS3P02 0 0 4 2

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Make use of HTML tags, elements and their attributes for designing static web
pages.
CO2: Experiment with tables to align data and hyperlinks for interactive web pages.
CO3: Apply form elements for developing Registration and Login webpages.
CO4: Build a web page by applying appropriate CSS styles to HTML elements.
CO5: Develop any web site using the core concepts of HTML5 and CSS3.
CO6: Make use of media elements to include audio and video files in a website.
Mapping of course outcomes with program outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 2 2 - 1 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO2 1 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO3 1 2 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO4 1 3 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO5 1 1 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO6 1 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

Perform experiments related to the following concepts:

HTML:
Introduction to HTML, Browsers and HTML, Editor’s Offline and Online, Tags, Attribute and
Elements, DOCTYPE Element, Comments, Headings, Paragraphs, and Formatting Text, Lists and
Links, Images and Tables, Forms
CSS:
Introduction CSS, Applying CSS to HTML, Selectors, Properties and Values, CSS Colors and
Backgrounds, CSS Box Model, CSS Margins, Padding, and Borders, CSS Text and Font Properties,
CSS General Topics.

128
AR20 AEC-CSE

List of Experiments:

Experiment 1: Introduction to HTML, Browsers and HTML, Editor’s Offline and Online,
Tags, Attribute and Elements, DOCTYPE Element
a. Explain the procedure to create a HTML program using different editors.
b. Explain the procedure to run a HTML program using Browser.
c. List some of the offline and online editors to create and run HTML pages.
d. Explain with syntax, the use of DOCTYPE in HTML page.
e. Write a HTML program to experience the HTML Page Structure.

Experiment 2: Comments, Headings, Paragraphs.Formatting Text

a. Write a HTML program, that makes use of basic tags like <html> ,<head>,
<title>, <body>, <p>, <hr>, <br>, <h1> to <h6>, <! -- --> tags and their
attributes.
b. Write a HTML program, that makes use of text formatting tags like <b>,
<i>, <u>, <strong>, <sub>, <super>, <tt>, <pre>.
c. Write a HTML program, to explain the working of <font> tag and its
attributes.

Experiment 3: Lists and Links

a. Write a HTML program, to explain the working of lists.
Note: It should have an ordered list, unordered list, nested lists and ordered
list in an unordered list and definition lists.
b. Write a HTML program, to explain the working of hyperlinks using <a> tag
and href, target Attributes.
Note: Use text to link →https://www.aec.edu.in/
Use image to link →https://www.aec.edu.in/?p=Gallery

Experiment 4: HTML Images

a. Create a HTML document that has your image and your friend’s image with
a specific height and width. Also when clicked on the images it should
navigate to their respective profiles.
b. Write a HTML program, in such a way that, rather than placing large
images on a page, the preferred technique is to use thumbnails by setting the
height and width parameters to something like to 100*100 pixels. Each
thumbnail image is also a link to a full sized version of the image. Create an
image gallery using this technique.

Experiment 5: HTML Tables

a. Write a HTML program, to explain the working of tables. (use tags :
<table>, <tr>, <th>, <td> and attributes : border, rowspan, colspan)
b. Write a HTML program, to explain the working of tables by preparing a
timetable. (Note: Use <caption> tag to set the caption to the table & also use
cell spacing, cell padding, border,rowspan, colspan etc.).

Experiment 6: Frames and Forms

a. Write a HTML program, to explain the working of frames, such that page is
to be divided into 3 parts on either direction. (Note: first frame → image,
second frame → paragraph, third frame → hyperlink. And also make sure
of using “no frame” attribute such that frames to be fixed).
b. Write a HTML program, to explain the working of forms by designing
Registration form. (Note: Include text field, password field, number field,
date of birth field, checkboxes, radio buttons, list boxes using
<select>&<option> tags, <text area> and two buttons ie: submit and reset.

129
AR20 AEC-CSE

Use tables to provide a better view).

Experiment 7: HTML 5
a. Write a HTML program, that makes use of <article>, <aside>, <figure>,
<figcaption>, <footer>, <header>, <main>, <nav>, <section>, <div>,
<span> tags.
b. Write a HTML program, to embed audio and video into HTML web page.

Experiment 8: Cascading Style Sheets, types of CSS, Selector forms

Write a program to apply different types (or levels of styles or style
specification formats) - inline, internal, external styles to HTML elements.
(identify selector, property and value).

Experiment 9: Write a program to apply different types of selector forms

i. Simple selector (element, id, class, group, universal)
ii. Combinator selector (descendant, child, adjacent sibling, general
sibling)
iii. Pseudo-class selector
iv. Pseudo-element selector
v. Attribute selector

Experiment 10: Color, Background and CSS Box Model

a. Write a program to demonstrate the various ways you can reference a color
in CSS.
b. Write a CSS rule that places a background image halfway down the page,
tilting it horizontally. The image should remain in place when the user
scrolls up or down.

Experiment 11: a. Write a program, to explain the importance of CSS Box model usimg
i. Content ii. Border iii. Margin iv. padding
b. Write a program using the following terms related to CSS font and text:
i. font-size ii. font-weight iii. font-style
iv. text-decoration v. text-transformation vi. text-alignment

Experiment 12: a. Write a CSS program, to apply 2D transformations in a web page.

b. Write a CSS program, to apply 3D transformations in a web page.
c. Write a CSS program, to apply Animations in a web page.

Experiment 13-16: List of Augmented Experiments: (Any 2 must be completed)

13. Design a web page with all the features of HTML elements.
14. Design a web page with new features of HTML5.
15. Design a web page with all the features of HTML elements and apply CSS
styles.
16. Design a web page with new features of HTML5 and CSS3.

Text Books:
1. Programming the World Wide Web, 7th Edition, Robet W Sebesta, Pearson, 2013.
2. Web Technologies, HTML, JavaScript, PHP, Java, JSP, XML and AJAX, Black book, 1st
Edition, Dream Tech, 2009.
3. An Introduction to Web Design, Programming, 1st Edition, Paul S Wang, Sanda S Katila,
Cengage Learning, 2003.

Web Links:
1. https://www.w3schools.com/html
2. https://www.w3schools.com/css

130
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS

Common to all branches

IIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201MC3T03 2 0 0 0

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Apply biological engineering principles, procedures needed to solve real-world problems.
CO2: Demonstrate the fundamentals of living things, their classification, cell structure and biochemical
constituents.
CO3: Apply the concept of plant, animal and microbial systems and growth in real life Situations.
CO4: Explain genetics and the immune system to know the cause, symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of
common diseases.
CO5: Demonstrate basic knowledge of the applications of biological systems in relevant industries.
CO6: Apply the basic knowledge of transgenic plants and animals for the benefit of society.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - - 2 1 2 - - 3
CO2 - - - - - - 1 3 1 - - 2
CO3 - - - - - - 2 1 2 - - 3
CO4 - - - - - - 1 3 1 - - 2
CO5 - - - - - - 1 3 1 - - 2
CO6 - - - - - - 3 1 2 - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to life:
Characteristics of living organisms-Basic classification-cell theory-structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell-
Introduction to biomolecules: definition-general classification and important functions of carbohydrates-lipids-
proteins-nucleic acids vitamins and enzymes-genes and chromosome.

Unit – II
Biodiversity Plant System: basic concepts of plant growth-nutrition-photosynthesis and nitrogen fixation-
Animal System: elementary study of digestive-respiratory-circulatory-excretory systems and their functions
Microbial System: history-types of microbes-economic importance and control of microbes.

Unit – III
Genetics and immune system: Evolution: theories of evolution-Mendel’s cell division–mitosis and meiosis-
evidence of e laws of inheritance-variation and speciation- nucleic acids as a genetic material-central dogma
immunity antigens-antibody-immune response

131
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Human diseases: Definition- causes, symptoms, diagnosis, treatment and prevention of diabetes, cancer,
hypertension, influenza, AIDS and Hepatitis.

Unit – V
Biology and its industrial applications: Transgenic plants and animal , stem cell and tissue engineering, bio-
reactors, bio-pharming, recombinant vaccines, cloning-drug discovery, biological neural networks, bio-
remediation, bio-fertilizer, bio-control, bio-filters, bio-sensors, bio-polymers, bio-energy, bio-materials, bio-
chips, basic biomedical instrumentation

Text Books:
1. A Text book of Biotechnology, R.C.Dubey, S. Chand Higher Academic Publications, 2013.
2. Diseases of the Human Body, Carol D. Tamparo and Marcia A. Lewis, F.A. Davis Company, 2011.
3. Biomedical instrumentation, Technology and applications, R. Khandpur, McGraw Hill Professional,
2004.

Reference Books:
1. Biology for Engineers, Arthur T. Johnson, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis, 2011.
2. Cell Biology and Genetics (Biology: The unity and diversity of life Volume I), Cecie Starr, Ralph
Taggart, Christine Evers and Lisa Starr, Cengage Learning, 2008.
3. Biotechnology Expanding horizon, B.D. Singh, Kalyani Publishers, 2012

Web Links:
1. https://www.biology-online.org/
2. http://www.biologyreference.com/
3. http://www.allexperts.com/browse.cgi?catLvl=2&catID=229
4. https://www.library.qmul.ac.uk/subject-guides/biological-sciences

132
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS

(Common to CSE, IT,AIML& CSE(DS))

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code:201BS4T16 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Computemean,median,mode,standarddeviationand variance.

CO2: ApplyvariousProbabilitydistributions forbothdiscreteandcontinuousrandomvariables.
CO3: Computemeanandvarianceofsamplemeanswithreplacementandwithoutreplacementand
estimatingmaximumerrors.
CO4: Applyvariousteststotestthehypothesisconcerningmean, Proportion,variance.
CO5: Applytheconceptsofcorrelationtothegivenstatisticaldata.
CO6: Applytheconceptsofregressiontothegivenstatisticaldata.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Unit - I
Descriptive statistics and methods for data science: Data science – Statistics Introduction – Population vs
Sample – Collection of data – primary and secondary data – Type of variable: dependent and independent
Categorical and Continuous variables – Data visualization – Measures of Central tendency – Measures of
Variability (spread or variance)

Unit – II
Probability and Distributions: Probability – Conditional probability and Baye’s theorem – Random variables
– Discrete and Continuous random variables – Distribution function – Mathematical Expectation and
Variance – Binomial, Poisson, Uniform and Normal distributions.

Unit – III
Sampling Theory: Introduction – Population and samples – Sampling distribution of Means and Variance –
Central limit theorem (without proof)-Point and Interval estimations – Maximum error of estimate.

Unit – IV
Tests of Hypothesis: Introduction – Hypothesis – Null and Alternative Hypothesis – Type I and Type II errors
– Level of significance – One tail and two-tail tests – Tests concerning one mean and two means (Large and
Small samples) – Tests on proportions, Chi-Square and F distributions.

Unit – V
Correlation and Regression: Method of least squares – Straight line - nonlinear curves– parabola -Exponential
– Power curves-Correlation – Karl pearson’s correlation coefficient – rank correlation – regression-–
regression coefficients and properties (without proof) –regression lines

133
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Miller and Freund’s, 7/e, Pearson,2008.
2. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, S. C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, 11/e, Sultan Chand & Sons
Publications, 2012.
3. Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, Murugesan, Anuradha Publishers, Chennai

Reference Books:
1. Probability, Statistics and Random processes, T.B. Veerraju, TMH.
2. Probability and statistics by T.K.V. Iyengar, S. Chand publishers.
3. Higher engineering mathematics by John Bird, 5th edition Elsevier Limited, 2006.

Web Links:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Probability_and_statistics
2. http://mathworld.wolfram.com/topics/ProbabilityandStatistics.html
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/111105041/1

134
 AR20 AEC-CSE

FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA THEORY

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS4T05 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Apply the properties of languages and automata to solve a given problem.
CO2: Construct an automata for a given language.
CO3: Design grammars for a given language.
CO4: Apply interconversion on automata, grammar and regular expressions.
CO5: Analyze decidability and undecidability problems.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 - 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 - 2 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Finite Automata: Need of Automata theory, Central Concepts of Automata Theory, Automation, Finite
Automation, Transition Systems, Acceptance of a String, DFA, Design of DFAs, NFA, Design of NFA,
Equivalence of DFA and NFA, Conversion of NFA into DFA, Finite Automata with Є-Transitions,
Minimization of Finite Automata, Finite Automata with output-Mealy and Moore Machines, Applications and
Limitation of Finite Automata.

Unit – II
Regular Expressions, Regular Sets, Identity Rules, Equivalence of two RE, Manipulations of REs, Finite
Automata and Regular Expressions, Inter Conversion, Equivalence between FA and RE, Pumping Lemma of
Regular Sets, Closure Properties of Regular Sets, Grammars, Classification of Grammars, Chomsky Hierarchy
Theorem, Right and Left Linear Regular Grammars, Equivalence between RG and FA, Inter Conversion.

Unit – III
Formal Languages, Context Free Grammar, Leftmost and Rightmost Derivations, Parse Trees, Ambiguous
Grammars, Simplification of Context Free Grammars-Elimination of Useless Symbols, Є-Productions and Unit
Productions, Normal Forms-Chomsky Normal form and Greibach Normal Form, Pumping Lemma, Closure
Properties, Applications of Context Free Grammars.

135
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Pushdown Automata, Definition, Model, Graphical Notation, Instantaneous Description, Language Acceptance
of Pushdown Automata, Design of Pushdown Automata, Deterministic and Non – Deterministic Pushdown
Automata, Equivalence of Pushdown Automata and Context Free Grammars, Conversion, Two Stack Pushdown
Automata, Application of Pushdown Automata.

Unit – V
Turning Machine: Definition, Model, Representation of TMs-Instantaneous Descriptions, Transition Tables and
Transition Diagrams, Language of a TM, Design of TMs, Types of TMs, Church’s Thesis, Universal and
Restricted TM, Decidable and Un-decidable Problems, Halting Problem of TMs, Post’s Correspondence
Problem, Modified PCP, Classes of P and NP, NP-Hard and NP-Complete Problems.

Text Books:
1. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation, J. E. Hopcroft, R. Motwani and J. D.
Ullman, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2008

Reference Books:
1. Theory of Computer Science-Automata, Languages and Computation, K. L. P. Mishra and N.
Chandrasekharan, 3rd Edition, PHI, 2007
2. Elements of Theory of Computation, Lewis H.P. & Papadimitriou C.H., Pearson /PHI
3. Theory of Automata, Languages and Computation, Rajendra Kumar, McGraw Hill, 2014
4. Theory of Computation, V. Kulkarni, Oxford University Press, 2013

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/111103016/ /
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104148/
3. https://www.iitg.ac.in/dgoswami/Flat-Notes.pdf
4. https://www.ics.uci.edu/~goodrich/teach/cs162/notes/
5. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/introduction-of-finite-automata/

136
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Common to CSE&IT

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS4T06 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize the database characteristics and architectures.

CO2: Implement relational database using SQL.
CO3: Design Entity – relationship diagrams for given scenarios.
CO4: Apply normalization techniques for efficient database design.
CO5: Analyze the mechanisms of transaction management, storage management and indexing.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 2 2 - 1 - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 3 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Introduction: Database system, Characteristics (Database Vs File System), Database Users(Actors on Scene,
Workers behind the scene), Advantages of Database systems, Database applications. Brief introduction of
different Data Models; Concepts of Schema, Instance and data independence; Three tier schema architecture
for data independence; Database system structure, environment, Centralized and Client Server architecture
for the database.

Unit – II
Relational Model: Introduction to relational model, concepts of domain, attribute, tuple, relation, importance
of null values, constraints (Domain, Key constraints, integrity constraints) and their importance
BASIC SQL: Simple Database schema, data types, table definitions (create, alter), different DML operations
(insert, delete, update), basic SQL querying (select and project) using where clause, arithmetic & logical
operations, SQL functions(Date and Time, Numeric, String conversion).

137
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Entity Relationship Model: Introduction, Representation of entities, attributes, entity set, relationship,
relationship set, constraints, sub classes, super class, inheritance, specialization, generalization using ER
Diagrams.
SQL: Creating tables with relationship, implementation of key and integrity constraints, nested queries, sub
queries, grouping, aggregation, ordering, implementation of different types of joins, view(updatable and non-
updatable), relational set operations.

Unit – IV
Schema Refinement (Normalization): Purpose of Normalization or schema refinement, concept of functional
dependency, normal forms based on functional dependency(1NF, 2NF and 3 NF), concept of surrogate key,
Boyce-codd normal form(BCNF), Lossless join and dependency preserving decomposition, Fourth normal
form(4NF), Fifth Normal Form (5NF).

Unit – V
Transaction Concept: Transaction State, Implementation of Atomicity and Durability, Concurrent Executions,
Serializability, Recoverability, Implementation of Isolation, Testing for Serializability, Failure Classification,
Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery algorithm.
Indexing Techniques: B+ Trees: Search, Insert, Delete algorithms, File Organization and Indexing, Cluster
Indexes, Primary and Secondary Indexes, Index data Structures, Hash Based Indexing: Tree base Indexing,
Comparison of File Organizations, Indexes and Performance Tuning

Text Books:
1. Database Management Systems, 3/e, Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, TMH
2. Database System Concepts,5/e, Silberschatz, Korth, TMH

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Database Systems, 8/e C J Date, PEA.
2. Database Management System, 6/e Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, PEA
3. Database Principles Fundamentals of Design Implementation and Management, Corlos Coronel,
Steven Morris, Peter Robb, Cengage Learning.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105175/
2. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/introduction-to-nosql/
3. https://beginnersbook.com/2015/05/normalization-in-dbms/

138
 AR20 AEC-CSE

JAVA PROGRAMMING
Common to CSE&IT

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS4T07 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Apply Java features for problem solving.

CO2: Build applications using principles of OOPs, interfaces and Packages.
CO3: Develop programs using Exception Handling to handle run-time errors.
CO4: Develop applications using multithreading for inter thread communication.
CO5: Build JDBC applications for performing CRUD operations using MySQL.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 3 -

Unit – I
Introduction to Java: History of Java, Java Features, Program Structure, Command Line Arguments, User Input
to Programs. Building Blocks of Java: Identifiers, Data types, Literal Constants, Variables and its Scope,
Formatted Output with printf() Method, Operators, Precedence and Associativity of Operators, Type Casting.
Control Statements: Selection Statements: if-else, switch, Iteration Statements: while, do-while, for, for each,
Transfer Statements: Break, Continue

Unit – II
Arrays: Introduction, Declaration and Initialization of Arrays, Accessing Elements of Array. Operations on
Array Elements, Class Arrays, Two-dimensional Arrays, Arrays of Varying Lengths, Multi-dimensional arrays.
Classes, Objects and Methods: Class Declaration, Creating Objects,Assigning One Object to Another, Methods,
Constructors, this keyword, static keyword, final keyword, garbage collector, Access Control, Method
Overloading, Constructor Overloading, Parameter Passing, Nested Classes. String Handling: StringClass,
Methods for Extracting Characters from Strings, Methods for Comparison of Strings, Methods for Searching
Strings, Methods for Modifying Strings, String Buffer Class and its methods, Class String Builder.

Unit – III
Inheritance: Inheritance, Types of Inheritance, Constructor Method and Inheritance, Super keyword, Method
Overriding, Dynamic Method Dispatch, Inhibiting Inheritance of Class Using Final, Abstract Classes.Interfaces-
Defining an interface, Implementing interfaces through classes, Multiple inheritance through interfaces.

Unit – IV

139
AR20 AEC-CSE

Packages: Introduction, Defining Package, Importing Packages and Classes into Programs, Path and Class Path,
Access Specifiers, java.lang package, Wrapper Classes. Exception Handling: Introduction, Importance of try,
catch, throw, throws and finally block, Multiple Catch Clauses, Rethrowing Exception, Nested try and catch
Blocks, Unchecked Exceptions, Checked Exceptions,Custom Exceptions.

Unit – V
Multithreading: Introduction, Thread Life Cycle, Creation of Threads, Thread Priorities, Thread
Synchronization, Inter-thread Communication- Suspending, Resuming, and Stopping of Threads. Java Database
Connectivity: Introduction, JDBC Architecture, Installing MySQL and MySQL Connector/J, JDBC
Environment Setup, Establishing JDBC Database Connections, ResultSet Interface, Creating JDBC Application.

Text Books:
1. The Complete Reference Java, Herbert Schildt, 8th Edition, TMH, 2014.
2. Java one step ahead, Anita seth, B.L.Juneja, First Edition, Oxford, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. .Introduction to java programming, by Y Daniel Liang, Seventh Edition, Pearson, 2017.
2. Core Java: An Integrated Approach, R.Nageswara Rao, Dream tech press, 2008.
3. Thinking in Java – Bruce Eckel, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105191/
2. http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/
3. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/java
4. http://www.javatpoint.com
5. http://www.w3schools.com/java

140
 AR20 AEC-CSE

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Common to CSE&IT

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code:201HS4T03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO 1: Explain the Managerial Economic concepts for decision making and forward planning.
CO 2: Illustrate the law of demand and its exceptions by using different forecasting methods.
CO 3: Identify the production , cost behavior for managerial decision making and Break Even Point
(BEP) of an enterprise.
CO 4: Differentiate types of market structures, business organizations along with basic knowledge on
business cycle.
CO 5: Make use of the process & principles of accounting for the preparation of final accounts.
CO 6: Utilize various techniques on investment project proposals with the help of capital budgeting
techniques for decision making.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - - - - 2 - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO3 1 - - - - - - - - - 3 -
CO4 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - -
CO5 1 - - - - - - - 3 1 2 -
CO6 - - - - - - - 1 2 3 -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -

CO2 - -

CO3 - -

CO4 - -

CO5 - -

CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction To Managerial Economics and Demand Analysis: Definition of Managerial Economics –Scope of
Managerial Economics and its relationship with other subjects –Concept of Demand, Types of Demand,
Determinants of DemandDemand schedule, Demand curve, Law of Demand and its limitations- Elasticity of
Demand, Types and Measurement-Demand forecasting and its Methods.

Unit – II
Concept of Production Function- Cobb-Douglas Production function – Law of Variable proportions-Isoquants
and Isocosts and choice of least cost factor combination-Concepts of Returns to scale and Economies of scale-
Different cost concepts: opportunity costs, explicit and implicit costs- Fixed costs, Variable Costs and Total
costs – Cost –Volume-Profit analysis-Determination of Breakeven point(simple problems)- Managerial
significance and limitations of Breakeven point.

141
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Introduction to Markets, Pricing Policies & Types of Business Organization and Business Cycles: Market
Structures: Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition and Oligopoly – Features – Price and
Output Determination – Methods of Pricing: Average cost pricing, Limit Pricing, Market Skimming Pricing,
and Internet Pricing: Flat Rate Pricing, Usage sensitive pricing and Priority Pricing. Features and Evaluation of
Sole Trader, Partnership, Joint Stock Company – Business Cycles: Phases of Business Cycles

Unit – IV
Introduction to Accounting & Financing Analysis: Introduction to Double Entry Systems – Journal entries –
Ledger – Trail Balance – Trading and Profit and Loss Account - Preparation of Financial Statements -
Introduction to Ratio Analysis

Unit – V
Capital and Capital Budgeting: Capital Budgeting: Meaning of Capital Capitalization-Meaning of Capital
Budgeting-Time value of money- Methods of appraising Project profitability: Traditional Methods (pay back
period, accounting rate of return) and modern methods(Discounted cash flow method, Net Present Value
method, Internal Rate of Return Method and Profitability Index).

Text Books:
1. Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, Dr. A. R. Aryasri, TMH 2011
2. Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, Dr. N. AppaRao, Dr. P. Vijay Kumar, Cengage
Publications, New Delhi – 2011.
3. Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, Prof. J.V.Prabhakararao, Prof. P. Venkatarao , Ravindra
Publication.

Reference Books:
1. V. Maheswari : Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand.
2. Suma Damodaran : Managerial Economics, Oxford 2011.
3. Dr. B. Kuberudu and Dr. T. V. Ramana : Managerial Economics & Financial Analysis, Himalaya
Publishing House 2011.
4. VanithaAgarwal : Managerial Economics, Pearson Publications 2011

Web Links:
1. www.managementstudyguide.com
2. www.tutorialspoint.com

142
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB

Common to CSE&IT

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS4L04 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Construct a database schema for a given problem-domain.

CO2: Apply database language commands to create simple database.
CO3: Apply integrity constraints on a database using RDBMS.
CO4: Analyze the database using queries to retrieve records.
CO5: Design Entity – relationship diagrams for given scenarios.
CO6: Develop PL/SQL stored procedures, stored functions, cursors and packages.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 2 2 1 1 3 - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 2 2 1 1 3 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO5 2 2 1 1 3 - - - 1 2 - -
CO6 2 2 1 1 3 - - - 1 2 - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 1 -
CO6 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
Queries for Creating, Altering and Dropping Tables, Views and Constraints.

Week – 2
Queries to Retrieve and Change Data: Select, Insert, Delete and Update.

Week – 3
3.1) Queries to facilitate acquaintance of Built-in Functions: String Functions, Numeric Functions, Date
Functions and Conversion Functions. 3.2) Queries using operators in SQL.

Week – 4
4.1) Queries using Group By, Order By, and Having Clauses. 4.2) Queries on Controlling Data: Commit,
Rollback, and Save point.

Week – 5
Queries on Joins and Correlated Sub-queries.

143
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week – 6
Queries on Working with Index, Sequence, Synonyms.

Week – 7
Queries to Build Views.

Week – 8
Write a PL/SQL Code using Basic Variables and Usage of Assignment Operation.

Week – 9
Write a PL/SQL Code to Bind and Substitute variables in PL/SQL.

Week – 10
Write a PL/SQL block using SQL and Control Structures.

Week – 11
Write a PL/SQL Code using Cursors, Exceptions and Composite Data Types.

Week – 12
Write a PL/SQL Code using Procedures, Functions, Packages.

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. For a Sales Order Database System, based on the given E-R diagram.

a)Design a schema by applying functional dependencies.

b)Apply constraints and verify them.

14. Based on the following schema for a Library Database:

BOOK (Book_id, Title, Publisher_Name, Pub_Year)
BOOK_AUTHORS (Book_id, Author_Name)
PUBLISHER (Name, Address, Phone)
BOOK_COPIES (Book_id, Branch_id, No-of_Copies)
BOOK_LENDING (Book_id, Branch_id, Card_No, Date_Out, Due_Date)
LIBRARY_BRANCH (Branch_id, Branch_Name, Address)
a. Draw the E-R diagram and show the necessary multiplicity and associations among them.
b. Draw the Schema diagram and show the necessary associations among them.

144
AR20 AEC-CSE

15. For a Faculty Database

EMPLOYEE (EMPID, FName, LName,Address, Sex, Salary,DeptNo)
DEPARTMENT (DeptNo, DName, HOD_EMPID)
PROJECT (ProjNo, PName, DeptNo)
WORKS_ON (EMPID, ProjNo, Hours)
EMPLOYEE DATA

EMPID FName LName Address Sex Salary DeptNo

1201 Adarsh Kumar Kakinada F 150000 1
1240 Mahi John Rajahmundry F 95000 1
1245 Ramu Murty Rajahmundry M 90000 2
1234 Aditya Surya Banglore M 80000 1
1247 Jack Paul Banglore M 75000 2
1235 Pradeep Chitra Rajahmundry M 78000 1
1211 Srinivas Kumar Hyderabad M 59000 1
1492 Gopala Rao Kakinada M 65000 2
1250 Eswari Nirupama Kakinada F 65000 2

DEPARTMENT DATA PROJECT DATA

DeptNo DName HOD_EMPID

ProjNo PName DeptNo
1 CSE 1240
100 IoT 1
2 IT 1245
101 CLOUD 1
WORKS_ON DATA 102 BIGDATA 2
103 NETWORKS 2
EMPID ProjNo Hours 104 IOT 2
1245 104 16 105 NETWORKS 1
1240 101 22
1201 100 31
1250 102 25
1492 103 25
1235 105 29

With the sample data Write SQL queries to

a. To Show the resulting salaries if every employee working on the ‘IoT’ project is given a 10
percent raise.
b. Find the sum of the salaries of all employees of the ‘IT’ department, as well as the maximum
salary, the minimum salary, and the average salary in this department.

16. For a Movie Database:

ACTOR (Act_id, Act_Name, Act_Gender)
DIRECTOR (Dir_id, Dir_Name)
MOVIES (Mov_id, Mov_Title, Mov_Year, Dir_id)
MOVIE_CAST (Act_id, Mov_id, Role)
RATING (Mov_id, Rev_Stars)
With the sample data Write SQL queries to
1. List the titles of all movies directed by ‘STEVEN SPIELBERG’.
2. Find the movie names where one or more actors acted in two or more movies.

145
AR20 AEC-CSE

3. List all actors who acted in a movie before 2015 and also in a movie after 2015 (use JOIN
operation).
4. Find the title of movies and number of stars for each movie that has at least one rating and find the
highest number of stars that movie received. Sort the result by movie title.

ACTOR DATA DIRECTOR DATA

Act_id Act_Name Act_Gender
01 DICAPRIO M Dir_id Dir_Name
02 KATE WINSLET F 10 STEVEN SPIELBERG
103 SAM WORTHINGTON M 11 JAMES CAMERON
104 SAM NEIL M 12 MARTIN SCORSESE
105 CATE BLANCHETT F
13 BAZ LUHRMANN
106 CHRIS PRATT M
14 CHRISTOPHER NOLAN
107 BRYCE DALLAS F
15 COLIN TREVORROW
108 LAURA DERN F
16 RIDLEY SCOTT
109 DANIEL YORK F

MOVIES DATA
Mov_id Mov_Title Mov_Year Dir_id
1001 JURASSIC PARK 1993 10
1002 TITANIC 1997 11
1003 THE AVIATOR 2004 12
1004 BODY OF LIES 2008 16
1005 AVATAR 2009 11
1006 INCEPTION 2010 14
1007 THE GREAT GATSBY 2013 13
1008 JURASSIC WORLD 2015 15
1009 THE BFG 2016 10
1010 THE POST 2017 10

MOVIE_CAST DATA RATING DATA

Act_id Mov_id Role
Mov_id Rev_stars
104 1001 HERO
1001 5
108 1001 HEROINE
1002 6
101 1002 HERO
1003 3
102 1002 HEROINE
101 1003 HERO 1004 4
109 1003 HEROINE 1005 4
101 1004 HERO 1006 2
103 1005 HERO 1007 2
101 1006 HERO 1008 6
101 1007 HERO 1009 4
106 1008 HERO 1010 2
107 1008 HEROINE

Reference Books:
1. SQL, PL/SQL The programming language of ORACLE, Ivan Bayross, Fourth edition, BPB
Publication, 2009
2. SQL/PLSQL for ORACLE 9i, P.S.Deshpande, Dreamtech Press, 2003.
3. Teach yourself PL/SQL in 21 days, Tom Luers, Timothy Atwood and Jonatham Gennick, First Edition,
Techmedia, 1997.
Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106093/6

146
AR20 AEC-CSE

2. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/plsql/
3. https://www.plsql.co/
4. https://www.w3schools.com/sql/
5. http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/plsql/index.html

147
 AR20 AEC-CSE

JAVA PROGRAMMING LAB

Common to CSE&IT

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS4L05 0 0 0 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Apply class, inheritance, and interface for problem solving.

CO2: Build applications using packages to group liked classes.
CO3: Develop error free programs using exception handling.
CO4: Develop a solution for ITC using multithreading.
CO5: Apply event handling for interactive applications.
CO6: Develop JDBC applications for performing CRUD operations using MySQL

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 - 2
CO2 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 - 2
CO3 2 3 3 1 - - - - 1 2 - 2
CO4 2 2 3 1 - - - - 1 2 - 2
CO5 2 2 3 1 - - - - 1 2 - 2
CO6 2 2 3 1 2 - - - 1 2 - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
1) Basic Programs
1.1)Write a Java program to display default value of all primitive data type of JAVA
1.2)Write a Java program to find the discriminant value D and find out the roots of
the quadratic equation of the form ax2+bx+c=0.
1.3)Five Bikers Compete in a race such that they drive at a constant speed which may or may not be the same as
the other. To qualify the race, the speed of a racer must be more than the average speed of all 5 racers. Take as
input the speed of each racer and print back the speed of qualifying racers.

Week – 2
2) Control Flow Statements
2.1)Write a Java program to select all the prime numbers within the range of 1 to 100.
2.2)Write a Java program to Find the sum of all even terms in the Fibonacci sequence up to the given range N.
2.3)Write a Java program to check whether a given number is Armstrong or not.

Week – 3
3) Arrays

148
AR20 AEC-CSE

3.1)Write a Java program to implement binary search.

3.2)Write a Java program to sort for an element in a given list of elements using bubble sort.
3.3)Write a Java program to sort for an element in a given list of elements using merge sort.

Week – 4
4) Class Mechanism
4.1)Write a Java program to display the details of a person. Personal details should be given in one method and
the qualification details in another method.
4.2)Write a Java program to implement constructor and constructor overloading.
4.3)Write a Java program to implement method overloading.

Week – 5
5) Strings
5.1)Write a Java program to sort given set of strings.
5.2)Write a Java program for using String Buffer to remove or delete a character.

Week – 6
6) Inheritance
6.1)Write a Java program to implement Single Inheritance.
6.2)Write a Java program to implement multi level Inheritance.
6.3)Write a Java program to find the areas of different shapes using abstract classes.

Week – 7
7) Inheritance-continued
7.1)Write a Java program for “super” keyword.
7.2)Take the details of internal exam marks in one Interface. Take the details of external exam marks in another
interface. Write a Java program to find the total marks obtained in each subject by a student. (Note: Make use of
Multiple Inheritance using interfaces.)
7.3)Write a JAVA program that implements Runtime polymorphism

Week – 8
8) Packages
8.1)Write a Java program that import and use user defined package.
8.2)Write a Java program to illustrate the use of protected members in a package.

Week – 9
9) Exception Handling
9.1)Write a Java program to illustrate exception handling mechanism using multiple catch clauses.
9.2)Write a Java program to make use of Built-in and user-defined Exceptions in handling a run time exception.

Week – 10
10) Multithreading
10.1)Write a Java program that creates threads by extending Thread class .First thread display “Good Morning
“every 1 sec, the second thread displays “Hello “every 2 seconds and the third display “Welcome” every 3
seconds, (Repeat the same by implementing Runnable).
10.2)Write a Java program to solve Producer-Consumer problem using synchronization.

Week – 11
11) Event Handling
11.1) Write a Java program to illustrate the Keyboard Events by using an applet code
11.2) Write a Java program to illustrate the Mouse Events by using an applet code.
11.3) Write a Java program to generate a simple calculator using AWT components.

Week – 12
12)Write a JDBC program to perform the following operations by connecting to MYSQL database.
12.1)Inserting Data into Table
12.2)Updating Data in the Table.
12.3)Deleting Data From the Table based on a column value.

149
AR20 AEC-CSE

List of Augmented Experiments:

13)Create an interface which consists of methods called no of watts consumabl, luminescent value, efficiency in
percentage. Write classes for different categoriesof bulbs like LED, tube light and find out which light is
efficient in terms ofconsumption.
14)Write a Java program that simulates a traffic light. The program lets the user select one of three lights: red,
yellow, or green with radio buttons. On selecting a button, an appropriate message with "Stop" or "Ready" or
"Go" should appear above the buttons in selected color.
15)Write a Javaprogram to display analog clock using Applet.
16)Develop an applet that receives an integer in one text field, and computes its factorial Value and returns it in
another text field, when the button named “Compute” is clicked.

Reference Books:
1. Java How to Program, H.M.Dietel and P.J.Dietel, Pearson Education/PHI, SixthEdition 2007.
2. Core Java: An Integrated Approach–R.Nageswara Rao, First Edition, JohnWileyandSonsInc.,2015.
3. Java Tutorial: A Short Note on Basics-Sharon BioccaZakhour, Soumya Kannan,Raymond Gallardo–
Fifth Edition, Oracle Corp,2012.
4. Object Oriented Programming using Java–Simon Kendal, First Edition, 2009.
5. Java:ThefundamentalsofObjectsandClasses– DavidEtheridge,FirstEdition,2009.

Web Links:
1. http://www.programmingtutorials.com/java.aspx
2. http://www.javacodegeeks.com
3. http://java.sun.com/developer/onlineTraining/
4. http://java.sun.com/learning
5. http://www.kodejava.org

150
 AR20 AEC-CSE

R PROGRAMMING LAB
(Common to CSE, IT & AIML)

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS4L06 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Make use of online resources for R and import new function packages into the R
workspace.
CO2: Design visualizations with R.
CO3: Develop R programs on vectors and matrices.
CO4: Build R programs using arrays.
CO5: Design Dataframes in R.
CO6: Apply lists and factors in realtime applications.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO2 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO3 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO4 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO5 2 2 1 1 1 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO6 3 2 2 1 1 - - - 1 2 - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
1)Built in functions 1.1)Calculate the cumulative sum(“running total”)of the numbers 2,3,4,5,6 1.2) Print the 1
to 10 numbers in reverse order.

Week – 2
2) Basic Programs
2.1)Write a R program to take input from the user (name and age) and display the
values.Also print the version of R installation.
2.2) Write a R program to get the details of the objects in memory.
2.3) Write a R program to create a sequence of numbers from 20 to 50 and find the
mean of numbers from 20 to 60 and sum of numbers from 51 to 91.

Week – 3
3)Graphics Write a R program to create a simple bar plot of five subjects marks

Week – 4
4)Vectors
151
AR20 AEC-CSE

4.1 ) Write a R program to get the unique elements of a given string and unique
numbers of vector.
4.2) Write a R program to create three vectors a,b,c with 3 integers. Combine the three
vectors to become a 3×3 matrix where each column represents a vector. Print the
content of the matrix.
4.3) Write a R program to create a matrix from a list of given vectors.

Week – 5
5) Vectors-continued 5.1) Write a R program to append value to a given empty vector. 5.2) Write a R program
to multiply two vectors of integers type and length 3. 5.3) Write a R program to find Sum, Mean and Product of
a Vector, ignore element like A or NaN.

Week – 6
6)Matrices
6.1) Write a R program to create a 5 x 4 matrix , 3 x 3 matrix with labels and fill the
matrix by rows and 2 × 2 matrix with labels and fill the matrix by columns.
6.2) Write a R program to create a two-dimensional 5x3 array of sequence of even
integers greater than 50.
6.3) Write a R program to find row and column index of maximum and minimum value
in a given matrix

Week – 7
7)Arrays 7.1) Write a R program to combine three arrays so that the first row of the first array is followed by the
first row of the second array and then first row of the third array. 7.2)Write a R program to create an array using
four given columns, three given rows, and two given tables and display the content of the array.

Week – 8
8)Data frame-I 8.1) Write a R program to create an empty data frame. 8.2) Write a R program to create a data
frame from four given vectors.

Week – 9
9) Data frame-II 9.1) Write a R program to create a data frame using two given vectors and display the
duplicated elements and unique rows of the said data frame. 9.2) Write a R program to save the information of a
data frame in a file and display the information of the file.

Week – 10
10)Lists 10.1) Write a R program to create a list containing a vector, a matrix and a list and give names to the
elements in the list. Access the first and second element of the list. 10.2) Write a R program to create a list
containing a vector, a matrix and a list and remove the second element. 10.3) Write a R program to select second
element of a given nested list.

Week – 11
11)Lists-continued
11.1) Write a R program to merge two given lists into one list.
11.2) Write a R program to create a list named s containing sequence of 15 capital letters, starting from ‘E’.
11.3) Write a R program to assign new names "a", "b" and "c" to the elements of a
given list.

Week – 12
12)Factors 12.1) Write a R program to find the levels of factor of a given vector. 12.2) Write a R program to
create an ordered factor from data consisting of the names of months. 12.3) Write a R program to concatenate
two given factor in a single factor.

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. The number below are the first ten days of rain fall amounts in 1996. Read them into a vector using c()
function 0.1,0.6,33.8,1.9,9.6,4.3,33.7,0.3,0.0,0.1 Inspect the data and answer the following questions:
a.what was the mean rainfall,how about the standard deviation? b.calculate the cumulative
rainfall(“running total”)over these ten days.confirm that the last value of the vector that this produces is
equal to the total sum of the rainfall. c.which day saw the highest rainfall?hintwhich.max()
14. The weights of five people are given before and after a diet programme are given in
the table.
Before 78 72 78 79 105
152
AR20 AEC-CSE

After 67 65 79 70 93
Read the Before and after values into two different vectors called before and after .use
R to evaluate the amount of weight lost for each participant.what is the average amount
of weight lost
15. Consider A=matrix(c(2,0,1,3),ncol-2)and B=matrix(c(5,2,4,-1),ncol=2) a.find A+B b.find A-B
16. Consider a vector 1:K,where K is a positive integer.Write an R command that determines how many
elements in the vector are exactly divisible by 3.

Reference Books:
1. Probability And Statistics For Engineering And Sciences, Jay L. Devore, Eighth Edition, Cengage
Learning
2. R Cookbook, Paul Teetor, Oreilly
3. R In Action, Rob Kabacoff, Manning.
4. R For Everyone, Lander, Second Edition, Pearson.
5. The Art Of R Programming, Norman Matloff, No Starch Press.

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ma33/preview
2. https://www.coursera.org/projects/getting-started-with-r
3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/r-programming-language-introduction/
4. https://www.udacity.com/course/data-analysis-with-r--ud651

153
 AR20 AEC-CSE

WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT USING FULL STACK

FRONTEND DEVELOPMENT MODULE – 2
Common to CSE&IT
Skill Oriented Course- II

IV Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS4S01 0 0 4 2

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Build a web page by embedding JavaScript to invoke programming ability.

CO2: Make use of Pre-defined JavaScript objects properties and methods
CO3: Experiment with JavaScript to develop dynamic web pages.
CO4: Choose the appropriate properties and methods to design custom objects.
CO5: Develop applications using the event handling in JavaScript.
CO6: Make use of Java Script to validate form elements.

Mapping of course outcomes with program outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO2 2 3 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO3 2 1 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO4 2 1 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO5 2 3 3 - 3 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO6 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 2

Mapping of course outcomes with program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

Perform experiments related to the following concepts:

JavaScript:
Introduction to JavaScript, Applying JavaScript - internal and external, Understanding JS
Syntax, Introduction to document and window Object, Variables and Operators, Data Types,
Pop-up boxes, Input and Output,Num Type Conversion, Math and String Manipulation, Arrays,
Date and Time, Conditional Statements, Switch Case, Looping in JS, Functions, Objects,
Events.

List of Experiments:

Experiment Introduction to JavaScript, Applying JavaScript - internal and external,

1: Understanding JS Syntax
a. Explain the importance of JavaScript.
154
AR20 AEC-CSE

b. What JavaScript can do?

c. Write a program to explain how to use JavaScript in a web page.
d. Write a program to explain how to link an external JavaScript page to a
HTML page.

Experiment Introduction to document object

2: a. Explain JavaScript document object with properties and methods.
b. Write a JavaScript program to explain the usage of Document object
properties.
i. documentii. length iii. name
iv. parentv. statusvi. screenX, screenY
c. Write a JavaScript program to explain the usage of Document object
methods.
i. open() ii. close()
iii. write() &writeln() iv. getElementById()
v. getElementByName()vi. getElementsByTagName()

Experiment Introduction to window object

3: a. Explain JavaScript window object with properties and methods.
b. Write a JavaScript program to explain the usage of window object
properties.
i. title ii. url iii. cookie
iv. last modified v. domain vi. readyState
c. Write a JavaScript program to explain the usage of Document object
methods.
i. open() ii. close() iii. print()
iv. stop() v. focus() vi. getInterval(), setInterval()

Experiment Variables and Operators, Data Types and Pop-up boxes

4: a. Write a JavaScript program to explain different types of variable. Write
the differences between variables created with var, let, const keywords.
b. Write a JavaScript program to explain data types with example program.
c. Write a program to explain the Pop-up boxes in JavaScript. (prompt box,
alert box and confirm box).
d. Create a webpage which uses prompt dialogue box to ask a user for their
name, age and salary. Display the information they enter on the page
formatted as a small table.

Experiment Input and Output statements, Num Type Conversion

5: a. Write a JavaScript program to explain the different ways for displaying
output.
b. Write a JavaScript program to explain the different ways for taking input.
c. Write a program that uses JavaScript that adds some numbers together
using number conversion, concatenates a couple of strings and then shows
the result in an alert dialogue box and on the page. (Hint: Use parseInt()
for converting string input to integer to add 2 integers)

Experiment Math and String Manipulation

6: a. Write a JavaScript program to explain the use of a Math object.
i. properties - PI, SQRT2
ii. functions – round(), ceil(), floor(), trunc(), random(), max(), min(),
pow(), sqrt(), parseInt(), parseFloat()
b. Write a JavaScript program to explain the use of String object.
i. properties - length
ii. functions – charAt(), concat(), indexOf(), lastIndexOf(), split(),
155
AR20 AEC-CSE

trim(), slice(), substr(), substring(), toLowercase(), toUppercase(),

replace().

Experiment Arrays, Date and Time

7: a. Write a program to explain the concept of Arrays. How to create, access
an array, adding elements to array, searching element in an array,
removing array numbers and sorting the numbers .
b. Write a JavaScript program to explain about Array object.
i. properties - length
c. functions - concat(), join(), pop(), push(), reverse(), shift(), slice(), sort(),
splice(), unshift()
d. Write a JavaScript program to explain about Date object.

Experiment Conditional Statements, switch

8: a. Write a program to demonstrate the conditional statements – if, if else,
else if ladder.
b. Write a script that reads an integer and determines and displays whether it
is an odd or even number.
c. Write a javascript which asks the user to enter three integers, obtains the
numbers from the user and outputs HTML text that displays the larger
number followed by the words “LARGER NUMBER” in an information
message dialog. If the numbers are equal, output HTML text as “EQUAL
NUMBERS”.

d. Write a JavaScript program to display week days using switch case.

Experiment Loops
9: a. Write a JavaScript program to print 1 to 10 numbers using for, while and
do-while loops.
b. Write a JavaScript program to print data in object using for-in, for-each
and for-of loops
c. Develop a javascript to determine whether a given number is an
‘ARMSTRONG NUMBER’ or not. [Eg: 153 is an Armstrong
number, since sum of the cube of the digits is equal to the number
i.e.,13 + 53+ 33 = 153]

Experiment Functions and Objects

10: a. Write a program to explain the concept of functions. Define a function,
pass parameters, return values, local and global scope.
b. Design a appropriate JavaScript function should be called to display
i. Factorial of that number
ii. Fibonacci series up to that number
iii. Prime numbers up to that number
iv. Is it palindrome or not
.
Experiment Objects
11: Write a program to explain user-defined object by using properties, methods,
accessors, constructors and display.

Experiment Events
12: a. Design a HTML having a text box and four buttons named Factorial,
Fibonacci, Prime, and Palindrome. When a button is pressed an
appropriate javascript function should be called to display
i. Factorial of that number
ii. Fibonacci series up to that number

156
AR20 AEC-CSE

iii. Prime numbers up to that number

iv. Is it palindrome or not

b. Write a JavaScript to validate the following fields in a registration page

created in Experiment 2
i. Name (start with alphabet and followed by alphanumeric and the
length should not be less than 6 characters)
ii. Mobile (only numbers and length 10 digits)
iii. E-mail (should not contain invalid email addresses)

Experiment List of Augmented Experiments: (Any 2 must be completed)

13-16: 13. Write a JavaScript that takes a number from one text field in the range
of 0-999 and display it in other text field in words. If the number is out
of range, it should show “out of range” and if it is not a number, it
should show “not a number” message in the result box.
14. Write a javascript to display the denomination of the amount deposited
in the bank in terms of 100’s, 50’s, 20’s, 10’s, 5’s, 2’s & 1’s. (Eg: If
deposited amount is Rs.163, the output should be 1-100’s, 1-50’s, 1-
10’s, 1-2’s & 1-1’s)
15. Write a JavaScript to validate all the fields in a registration form.
16. Write JavaScript programs on Event Handling
i. Open a Window from the current window
ii. Change color of background at each click of button or refresh of
a page
iii. On Mouse over event.

Text Books:

1. Programming the World Wide Web, 7th Edition, Robet W Sebesta, Pearson, 2013.
2. Web Technologies, HTML, JavaScript, PHP, Java, JSP, XML and AJAX, Black
book, 1st Edition, Dream Tech, 2009.
3. An Introduction to Web Design, Programming, 1st Edition, Paul S Wang, Sanda S
Katila, Cengage Learning, 2003.

Web Links:

1. https://www.w3schools.com/html

2. https://www.w3schools.com/css

157
 AR20 AEC-CSE

APPLICATIONS OF PYTHON-PANDAS
Common to CSE&IT
Skill Oriented Course- II

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS4S02 0 0 4 2

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Use Pandas to create and manipulate data structures like Series andDataFrames.
CO2: Experiment with arrays, queries, and dataframes
CO3: Apply dataframe structures for cleaning and processing data.
CO4: Apply dataframe structures for manipulatingfiles.
CO5: Develop basic charts to display data from dataframes.
CO6 Make use of Pandas to load data set and perform data analysis, manipulation and visualization.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 3 - 2 2 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO2 1 2 - 2 3 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO3 1 2 - 3 2 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO4 1 2 - 2 3 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO5 1 2 - 3 2 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO6 1 3 - 3 2 1 - - 1 2 - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2
CO6 - 2

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
Pandas Installation

Week – 2
Creating DataFrames

Week – 3
Pandas DataSeries:
i)Write a Pandas program to create and display a one-dimensional array-like
object containing an array of data using Pandas module.
ii)Write a Pandas program to convert a Panda module Series to Python list and
it's type.
iii)Write a Pandas program to add, subtract, multiple and divide two Pandas
Series.

158
AR20 AEC-CSE

iv)Write a Pandas program to convert a NumPy array to a Pandas series.

Sample Series: NumPy array:
[10 20 30 40 50]
Converted Pandas series: 0 10
1 20
2 30

3 40
4 50
dtype: int64

Week – 4
Pandas DataFrames:
Consider Sample Python dictionary data and list labels:
exam_data = {'name': ['Anastasia', 'Dima', 'Katherine', 'James', 'Emily',
'Michael', 'Matthew', 'Laura', 'Kevin', 'Jonas'],
'score': [12.5, 9, 16.5, np.nan, 9, 20, 14.5, np.nan, 8, 19],
'attempts': [1, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 1, 1, 2, 1],
'qualify': ['yes', 'no', 'yes', 'no', 'no', 'yes', 'yes', 'no', 'no', 'yes']}
labels = ['a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j']
i)Write a Pandas program to create and display a DataFrame from a specified dictionary data which has the
index labels.
ii)Write a Pandas program to change the name 'James' to 'Suresh' in name column of the DataFrame.
iii)Write a Pandas program to insert a new column in existing DataFrame. iv)Write a Pandas program to get
list from DataFrame column headers. v)Write a Pandas program to get list from DataFrame column headers.

Week – 5
Pandas Index:
i)Write a Pandas program to display the default index and set a column as an Index in a given dataframe.
ii)Write a Pandas program to create an index labels by using 64-bit integers, using floating-point numbers in a
given dataframe

Week – 6
Pandas Joining and merging DataFrame:
i)Write a Pandas program to join the two given dataframes along rows and assign all data.
ii)Write a Pandas program to append a list of dictioneries or series to a existing DataFrame and display the
combined data.
iii)Write a Pandas program to join the two dataframes with matching records from both sides where available.

Week – 7
Write a NumPy program to find the number of elements of an array, length of one array element in bytes and
total bytes consumed by the elements

Week – 8
Write a Pandas program to create a)Datetime object for Jan 15 2012.
b)Specific date and time of 9:20 pm.
c)Local date and time.
d)A date without time.
e)Current date.
f)Time from a datetime.
g)Current local time.

Week – 9
i)Write a Pandas program to create a date from a given year, month, day and another date from a given string
formats.
ii)Write a Pandas program to create a time-series with two index labels and random values. Also print the
type of the index.
159
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week – 10
Pandas Grouping Aggregate:
Consider dataset:
school class name date_Of_Birth age height weight address
S1 s001 V Alberto Franco 15/05/2002 12 173 35 street1
S2 s002 V Gino Mcneill 17/05/2002 12 192 32 street2
S3 s003 VI Ryan Parkes 16/02/1999 13 186 33 street3
S4 s001 VI Eesha Hinton 25/09/1998 13 167 30 street1
S5 s002 V Gino Mcneill 11/05/2002 14 151 31 street2
S6 s004 VI David Parkes 15/09/1997 12 159 32 street4
i)Write a Pandas program to split the following dataframe into groups based on school code. Also check the
type of GroupBy object.
ii)Write a Pandas program to split the following dataframe by school code and get mean, min, and max value
of age for each school.

Week – 11
i) Create a dataframe of ten rows, four columns with random values. Write a Pandas program to highlight the
negative numbers red and positive numbers black.
ii) Create a dataframe of ten rows, four columns with random values. Write a Pandas program to highlight the
maximum value in each column.

Week – 12
Create a dataframe of ten rows, four columns with random values. Write a Pandas program to highlight
dataframe's specific columns.

List of Augmented Experiments:

13.i)Write a Pandas program to import excel data into a Pandas dataframe.
ii)Write a Pandas program to find the sum, mean, max, min value of a column of file.

14.Plotting:
i)Write a Pandas program to create a horizontal stacked bar plot of opening, closing stock prices of any
stock dataset between two specific dates.
ii)Write a Pandas program to create a histograms plot of opening, closing, high, low stock prices of stock
dataset between two specific dates.
iii)Write a Pandas program to create a stacked histograms plot of opening, closing, high, low stock prices
of stock dataset between two specific dates with more bins.

15.Pandas String and Regular Expressions:

i)Write a Pandas program to convert all the string values to upper, lower cases in a given pandas series.
Also find the length of the string values.
ii)Write a Pandas program to remove whitespaces, left sided whitespaces and right sided whitespaces of
the string values of a given pandas series.

16,Pandas SQL Query:

i)Write a Pandas program to display all the records of a student file.
ii)Write a Pandas program to select distinct department id from employees file

Text Books:
1. Python for Data Analysis: Data Wrangling with Pandas, NumPy, and IPythonby Wes Mc Kinney,
O'Reilly Media

Reference Books:
1. Learning the Pandas Library, Matt Harrison
2. Hands-On Data Analysis with NumPy and Pandas, Curtis Miller.
3. Pandas for Everyone: Python Data Analysis Daniel Y. Chen

Web Links:
1. https://pandas.pydata.org/
2. https://www.w3schools.com/python/pandas/default.asp
3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/python_pandas/index.htm
160
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE

Common to all branches

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code:201MC4T04 2 0 0 0

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify the concept of Traditional knowledge and its importance.

CO2: Explain the need and importance of protecting traditional knowledge.
CO3: Illustrate the various enactments related to the protection of traditional knowledge
CO4: Interpret the concepts of Intellectual property to protect the traditional knowledge.
CO5: Explain the importance of Traditional knowledge in Agriculture and Medicine.
CO6: Explain the Importance of conservation and sustainable development of environment.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - 3 1 1 - - - -
CO2 - - - - - 3 1 1 - - - -
CO3 - - - - - 3 1 1 - - - -
CO4 - - - - - 3 1 1 - - - -
CO5 - - - - - 3 1 1 - - - -
CO6 - - - - - 3 1 1 - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to traditional knowledge: Define traditional knowledge, nature and characteristics, scope and
importance, kinds of traditional knowledge, Indigenous Knowledge (IK), characteristics, traditional knowledge
vis-à-vis indigenous knowledge, traditional knowledge Vs western knowledge traditional knowledge.

Unit – II
Protection of traditional knowledge: The need for protecting traditional knowledge Significance of TK
Protection, value of TK in global economy, Role of Government to harness TK.

Unit – III
Legal framework and TK: The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest
Rights) Act, 2006, Plant Varieties Protection and Farmer's Rights Act, 2001 (PPVFR Act); The Biological
Diversity Act 2002 and Rules 2004, the protection of traditional knowledge bill, 2016.

Unit – IV
Traditional knowledge and intellectual property: Systems of traditional knowledge protection, Legal concepts
for the protection of traditional knowledge, Patents and traditional knowledge, Strategies to increase protection
of traditional knowledge.

161
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Traditional Knowledge in Different Sectors: Traditional knowledge and engineering, Traditional medicine
system, TK in agriculture, Traditional societies depend on it for their food and healthcare needs, Importance of
conservation and sustainable development of environment, Management of biodiversity, Food security of the
country and protection of TK.

Text Books:
1. Traditional Knowledge System in India, by Amit Jha, 2009.

Reference Books:
1. Traditional Knowledge System in India by Amit Jha Atlantic publishers, 2002.
2. Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India

Web Links:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LZP1StpYEPM
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/121106003/

162
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES

(Honors)

IV Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS4H01 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify the difference between Conventional Artificial Intelligence to Computational Intelligence.
CO2: Apply fuzzy logic and reasoning to handle and solve engineering problems
CO3: Describe the advanced neural networks and its applications
CO4: Perform various operations of genetic algorithms, Rough Sets.
CO5: Comprehend various techniques to build model for various applications

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 1 2 3 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 3 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Expert Systems: Introduction, Expert Systems Features, Characteristics, Development of expert system
Technology, Architecture, Goals, Basic activities, Advantages, Expert systems and Conventional methods.
Stages in development of expert system, Expert system Tools, Applications.

Unit – II
Fuzzy systems: Introduction, Foundations of fuzzy system, Fuzzy relations, Arithmetic operations in fuzzy
relations, Defuzzification methods, Applications

Unit – III
Artificial Neural network: Introduction, Neuron Physiology, Artificial neurons, Artificial Neural networks,
Features, Back propagation training algorithms

Unit – IV
Genetic algorithms and evolutionary programming: Introduction, Genetic algorithms, Procedures of genetic
algorithms, working of genetic algorithms, Logic behind Gas.

Unit – V
Swarm Intelligent systems: Introduction, Background of Ant intelligent system, ant colony systems
Importance, development, applications, working of ant colony systems

163
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems Design Theory, Tools and Applications, Fakhreddine O.
Karray and Clarence de Silva
2. Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems, N. P. Padhy,Oxford University press.

Reference Books:
1. Soft Computing – Advances and Applications - Jan 2015 by B.K. Tripathy and J. Anuradha – Cengage
Learning
2. S. N. Sivanandam& S. N. Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”, 2nd edition, Wiley India, 2008. 2.
3. David E. Goldberg, “Genetic Algorithms-In Search, optimization and Machine learning”, Pearson
Education

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106168/
2. http://db.uwaterloo.ca/~tozsu/courses/cs454
3. http://cse.iitkgp.ac.in/~agupta/distsys/index.html
4. http://www.cis.upenn.edu/~lee/03cse380/lectures/ln19-ds-v3.4pp.pdf

164
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INTERNET OF THINGS
(Honors)

IV Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS4H02 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain in a concise manner how the general Internet as well as Internet of Things work.
CO2: Understand constraints and opportunities of wireless and mobile networks for Internet of Things.
CO3: Use basic sensing and measurement and tools to determine the real-time performance of network of
devices.
CO4: Develop prototype models for various applications using IoT technology
CO5: Explain in a concise manner how the general Internet as well as Internet of Things work

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 1 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
The Internet of Things: An Overview of Internet of things, Internet of Things Technology, behind IoTs Sources
of the IoTs, M2M Communication, Examples of IoTs, Design Principles For Connected Devices Internet
Connectivity Principles, Internet connectivity, Application Layer Protocols: HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, Telnet

Unit – II
Business Models for Business Processes in the Internet of Things ,IoT/M2M systems LAYERS AND designs
standardizations ,Modified OSI Stack for the IoT/M2M Systems,ETSI M2M domains and High- level
capabilities ,Communication Technologies, Data Enrichment and Consolidation and Device Management
Gateway Ease of designing and affordability

Unit – III
Design Principles for the Web Connectivity for connected-Devices, Web Communication protocols for
Connected Devices, Message Communication protocols for Connected Devices, Web Connectivity for
connected-Devices.

Unit – IV
Data Acquiring, Organizing and Analytics in IoT/M2M, Applications /Services /Business Processes, IOT/M2M
Data Acquiring and Storage, Business Models for Business Processes in the Internet Of Things, Organizing
Data, Transactions, Business Processes, Integration and Enterprise Systems.

165
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Data Collection, Storage and Computing Using a Cloud Platform for IoT/M2M Applications/Services, Data
Collection, Storage and Computing Using cloud platform Everything as a service and Cloud Service Models,
IOT cloud-based services using the Xively (Pachube/COSM), Nimbits and other platforms Sensor, Participatory
Sensing, Actuator, Radio Frequency Identification, and Wireless, Sensor Network Technology, Sensors
Technology, Sensing the World

Text Books:
1. Internet of Things: Architecture, Design Principles And Applications, Rajkamal, McGraw Hill Higher
Education
2. Internet of Things, A.Bahgya and V.Madisetti, Univesity Press,2015

Reference Books:
1. Designing the Internet of Things, Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, Wiley Getting Started with the
Internet of Things, CunoPfister ,Oreilly
2. IoT Fundamentals, Networking Technologies, Protocols and Use Cases for the Internet of Things, David
Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetette, rob Barton, Jerome Henry, CISCO, Pearson, 2018.
3. Designing the Internet of Things, Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, Wiley.

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs46/preview
2. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/public?keyword=Introduction%20to%20internet%20of%20things
3. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/public?keyword=Design%20for%20internet%20of%20things
4. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/iot

166
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATA STRUCTURES
(Minor)

IV Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS4M01 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate time and space complexities of an algorithm.

CO2: Apply various searching and sorting techniques to solve computing problems.
CO3: Make use of linear data structures to solve real time problems.
CO4: Develop applications using Tree Data Structures.
CO5: Solve problems using Graph Algorithms.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO2 - 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 1
CO3 - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO4 - 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 1
CO5 - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 3 -
CO3 3 -
CO4 3 -
CO5 3 -

Unit – I
Data Structures –Definition, Classification and Operations on Data Structures, Pseudo code,
Algorithm analysis, Time and Space Complexity. Searching: Linear search, Binary search. Sorting:
Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Exchange (Bubble Sort, Quick Sort),merging (Merge sort), distribution
(Radix Sort) algorithms

Unit – II
Stacks: Introduction, Array Representation of Stacks, Operations and Implementation, Applications of
Stacks-Reversing list, Infix to Postfix Conversion, Evaluating Postfix Expressions. Queues:
Introduction, Array Representation of Queues, Operations and Implementation, Types of Queues:
Circular Queues, Deques and Priority Queues, Application of Queues

Unit – III
Linked Lists: Introduction, Singly linked list, Operations on Singly Linked list - Insertion, Deletion
and Searching, Doubly linked list - Insertion, Deletion, Circular linked list-Insertion, Deletion, Linked
Representation of Stacks and Queues, Applications of Linked lists-Addition of Polynomials, Sparse
167
AR20 AEC-CSE

Matrix Representation using Linked List

Unit – IV
Trees: Basic Terminology in Trees, Binary Trees-Properties, Representation of Binary Trees using
Arrays and Linked lists, Traversing a Binary Tree(In-Order, Pre-Order,Post-Order). Binary Search
Trees: Definition, Operations: Searching, Insertion, Deletion, Applications Expression Trees, Heap
Sort, Balanced Binary Trees- AVL Trees, Insertion, Deletion and Rotations

Unit – V
Graphs: Introduction, Graph Terminology, Representation of Graphs-Adjacency Matrix and using
Linked list, Graph Traversals(BFT & DFT),Applications-Minimum Spanning Tree Using Prims
&Kruskals Algorithm, Dijkstra’s Shortest Path, Warshall’s Algorithm, Transitive Closure.
(Algorithmic Concepts Only, No Programs required).

Text Books:
1. Data Structures Using C,Reema Thareja, Oxford University Press,2nd Edition.
2. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis In C, Mark Allen Weiss,2nd Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Data Structure in C, Horowitz,Sahni, Anderson Freed, University Press, 2nd
Edition, 2008.
2. Data Structures, Richard F, Gilberg, Forouzan, Cengage Learning,2nd Edition.
3. Data Structures and Algorithms, G. A.V.Pai, TMH,2008.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064/
2. http://algs4.cs.princeton.edu/home/
3. https://faculty.washington.edu/jstraub/dsa/Master_2_7a.pdf
4. http://www.udacity.com/
5. http://www.courseera.com/

168
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
(Minor)

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS4M02 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the key facts, concepts, principles, and theories of software &
Software Engineering.
CO2: Compare various software development process models with respective to
advantages, disadvantages and applicability.
CO3: Describe the various responsibilities and activities of Software Project
Management.
CO4: Prepare SRS Document for any real time scenario.
CO5: Apply various Designs, Coding and testing Principles for developing the
software products.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - 2 1 2 - - - - - 2 -
CO2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - 2 -
CO3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 -
CO4 - 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 -
CO5 1 2 3 - 2 - - - - - 2 -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 - -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Introduction to Software Engineering: The Nature of Software, The Unique Nature ofWebApps, Software
Engineering, The Software Process, Software Engineering Practice,Software Myths.
Software Process: Software Process, Process Classification, Phased Development LifeCycle, Software
Development Process Models – Waterfall Model, Iterative WaterfallModel, Prototype Model, Incremental
Model, Spiral Model, Agile Process Model andRUP process Model.
Case Study: Survey on different process models including.
i.Advantages and Disadvantages of
the models.
ii. Applicability of the model.
iii.Projects developed using various models.

Unit – II
Software Project Management: Project Management Essentials, What is ProjectManagement, Software
Configuration Management, Risk management.
Project Planning and Estimation: Project Planning Activities, Software Metrics andMeasurements, Project
Size Estimation, Effort Estimation Techniques.
Case Study: Estimate the effort of the software development using Functional Pointsand COCOMO Model for

169
AR20 AEC-CSE

any real time problem.

Unit – III
Requirements Engineering: Software Requirements, Requirements EngineeringProcess, Requirements
Elicitation and Analysis, Requirements Specification,Requirements Validation, Requirements
Management.Case Study: Create a SRS document for any one of the following Software Projects.
1. Course Registration System
2. Students Marks Analyzing System
3. Online Ticket Reservation System
4. Stock Maintenance

Unit – IV
Software Design: Software Design Process, Characteristics of Good Software Design, Design Principles,
Modular Design, Software Architecture, Design Methodologies,
Implementation: Coding Principles, Coding Process, Code Verification, and CodeDocumentation.
Case Study: Construct the DFD and CFD for any one of the following SoftwareProjects.
1. Airline Reservation System
2. Students Marks Analyzing System
3. ATM System
4. Library Management System

Unit – V
Software Testing: Testing Fundamentals, Test Planning, Black-Box Testing, WhiteBox Testing, Levels of
Testing, Usability Testing, Regression Testing, DebuggingApproaches.
Software Quality and Reliability: Software Quality factors, Verification & Validation,Software Quality
Assurance, The Capability Maturity Model, and Software Reliability.
Case Study: Design the test cases for any one of the following real time scenarios usingWhite Box & Black
Box Testing Techniques.
1. E-Commerce application (Flipkart, Amazon) 2. Mobile Application

Text Books:
1. Software Engineering – Concepts and Practices: Ugrasen Suman, Cengage
Learning.
2. Software Engineering: A practitioner's approach, Roger S. Pressman, McGrawHill.

Reference Books:
1. Software Engineering, Lan Sommerville, Ninth Edition, Pearson
2. Software Engineering, A Precise Approach, Pankaj Jalote, Wiley India
3. Fundamentals of Software Engineering, Rajib Mall, Prentice Hall India.
4. Software Engineering: A Primer, Waman S Jawadekar, Tata McGraw-Hill.
5. Software Engineering, Principles and Practices, Deepak Jain, Oxford University
Press.

Web Links:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/software_engineering/
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105182/
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/software-processes-and-agile-practices
4. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/software-engineering-gq/
5. https://www.coursera.org/browse/computer-science/software-development

170
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE

(Minor)

IVSemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS4M03 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the basic structure of a computer system, various number systems and arithmetic operations.
CO2: Explain the Operation of CPUs including RTL, ALU, Instruction Cycle and Buses
CO3: Demonstrate the architecture and functionality of central processing unit
CO4: Illustrate the I/O and memory organization in an efficient way.
CO5: Make use of multi processors and pipelining to improve the efficiency of computer system.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 - - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 1 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit – I
Basic Structure of Computers: Basic Organization of Computers, Historical Perspective, Bus Structures. Data
Representation: Data types, Complements, Fixed Point Representation. Floating – Point Representation. Other
Binary Codes, Error Detection Codes. Computer Arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication
Algorithms, Division Algorithms.

Unit – II
Register Transfer Language and Microoperations: Register Transfer language. Register Transfer Bus and
Memory Transfers, Arithmetic Micro operations, Logic Micro Operations, Shift Micro Operations, Arithmetic
Logic Shift Unit.Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction Codes, Computer Register,
Computer Instructions, Instruction Cycle, Memory – Reference Instructions. Input – Output and Interrupt,
Complete Computer Description,

Unit – III
Central Processing Unit: General Register Organization, STACK Organization. Instruction Formats, Addressing
Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control, Reduced Instruction Set Computer.
Microprogrammed Control: Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Micro Program example, Design of Control
Unit.

Unit – IV
Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary Memory, Associative Memory, Cache
Memory, Virtual Memory.

171
AR20 AEC-CSE

Input-Output Organization: Peripheral Devices, Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous data transfer, Modes of
Transfer, Priority Interrupts, Direct Memory Access.

Unit – V
Multi Processors: Introduction, Characteristics of Multiprocessors, Interconnection Structures, Inter Processor
Arbitration.
Pipeline: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Instruction Pipeline, RISC Pipeline, Array Processor.

Text Books:
1. Computer System Architecture, M. Morris Mano, Third Edition, Pearson, 2008.
2. Computer Organization, Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic, SafwatZaky, 5/e, McGraw Hill, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. Computer Organization and Architecture, William Stallings, 6/e, Pearson, 2006.
2. Structured Computer Organization, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4/e, Pearson, 2005.
3. Fundamentals of Computer Organization and Design, Sivarama P. Dandamudi, Springer, 2006

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105163/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106092/
3. https://www.udemy.com/course/computer-architecture-computer-organization-course/
4. http://www.cuc.ucc.ie/CS1101/David%20Tarnoff.pdf

172
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPUTER NETWORKS
Common to CSE&IT

VSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5T01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe network topologies, reference models and media for data transmission.
CO2: Analyze error and flow control issues in data link layer.
CO3: Classify MAC protocols and wired LAN technologies based on performance.
CO4: Apply routing algorithms and congestion control techniques for effective data transmission.
CO5: Analyze protocols used in the layers of reference models.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Introduction: Network Types, LAN, MAN, WAN, Network Topologies Reference models- The OSI
Reference Model, the TCP/IP Reference Model , A Comparison of the OSI and TCP/IP Reference Models,
OSI Vs TCP/IP, Lack of OSI models success, Internet History.
Physical Layer: Introduction to Guided Media- Twisted-pair cable, Coaxial cable and Fiber optic cable and
unguided media: Wireless-Radio waves, microwaves, infrared.

Unit – II
Data link layer: Design issues, Framing: fixed size framing, variable size framing, flow control, error
control, error detection and correction codes, CRC, Checksum: idea, one’s complement internet checksum,
services provided to Network Layer, Elementary Data Link Layer protocols: simplex protocol, Simplex stop
and wait, Simplex protocol for Noisy Channel.Sliding window protocol: One bit, Go back N, Selective
repeat-Stop and wait protocol,
Data link layer in HDLC: configuration and transfer modes, frames, control field, point to point protocol
(PPP): framing transition phase, multiplexing, multi link PPP.

Unit – III
Media Access Control:Random Access: ALOHA, Carrier sense multiple access (CSMA), CSMA with
Collision Detection, CSMA with Collision Avoidance,
Controlled Access: Reservation, Polling, Token Passing, Channelization: frequency division multiple
Access(FDMA), time division multiple access(TDMA), code division multiple access(CDMA).
Wired LANs: Ethernet, Ethernet Protocol, Standard Ethernet, Fast Ethernet(100 Mbps), Gigabit Ethernet, 10
Gigabit Ethernet.

173
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
The Network Layer Design Issues: Store and Forward Packet Switching, Services Provided to the Transport
layer, Implementation of Connectionless Service, Implementation of Connection Oriented Service,
Comparison of Virtual Circuit and Datagram Networks, Routing Algorithms: The Optimality principle,
Shortest path, Flooding, Distance vector, Link state, Hierarchical, Congestion Control algorithms: General
principles of congestion control, Congestion prevention polices, Approaches to Congestion Control, Traffic
Aware Routing, Admission Control, Traffic Throttling, Load Shedding, Traffic Control Algorithm:Leaky
bucket & Token bucket.
Internet Working: Network layer in the internet, IP protocols: IP Version 4,IP Version 6,Transition from
IPV4 to IPV6, Comparison of IPV4 & IPV6,Internet control protocols: ICMP, ARP, DHCP

Unit – V
The Transport Layer: Transport layer protocols: Introduction, services, port number, User data gram
protocol: UDP services, UDP applications,
Transmission control protocol: TCP services, TCP features, Segment, A TCP connection, windows in TCP,
flow control, Error control, Congestion control in TCP.
Application Layer: World Wide Web: HTTP, Electronic mail, Architecture, web based mail, email security,
TELENET, local versus remote Logging, Domain Name System: Name Space, DNS, SNMP.

Text Books:
1. Computer Networks — Andrew S Tanenbaum and David J Wetherall, 5th Edition, Pearson Education,
2013.
2. Data Communications and Networking – Behrouz A.Forouzan, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Education,
2012.

Reference Books:
1. Data Communications and Networks- Achut S Godbole, AtulKahate
2. Computer Networks, Mayank Dave, CENGAGE
3. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networks-S. Keshav, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105081
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/fundamentals-network-communications
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106091/
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/mta-networking-fundamentals/

174
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

VSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5T02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Interpret the performance of an algorithm using algorithm analysis techniques.

CO2: Solve problems using divide and conquer design strategy.
CO3: Applygreedy method and dynamic programming to provide optimal solutions.
CO4: Use Backtracking approach to solve decision making problems.
CO5: Classify NP-Complete and NP-Hard Problems.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 3 1 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 1 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 3 -
CO3 3 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Algorithm Definition, Algorithm Specification, performance Analysis, Performance
measurement, asymptotic notation, Randomized Algorithms.

Unit – II
Divide and Conquer: General Method, Defective chessboard, Binary Search, finding the maximum and
minimum, Merge sort, Quick sort.
The Greedy method: The general Method, Knapsack problem, minimum-cost spanning trees, Optimal
Merge Patterns, Single Source Shortest Paths.

Unit – III
Dynamic Programming: The general method, multistage graphs, All pairs-shortest paths, optimal Binary
search trees, 0/1 knapsack, The traveling salesperson problem.

Unit – IV
Backtracking: The General Method, The 8-Queens problem, sum of subsets, Graph coloring, Hamiltonian
cycles, knapsack problem.

Unit – V
NP-Hard and NP-Complete problems: Basic concepts, non-deterministic algorithms, NP - Hard and NP-
Complete classes, Cook’s theorem.

175
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, “Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms”, 2nd
Edition, Universities Press.
2. Introduction to Algorithms Thomas H. Cormen, PHI Learning.
3. Harsh Bhasin, “Algorithms Design & Analysis”, Oxford University Press.

Reference Books:
1. “The Algorithm Design Manual”, Steven S. Skiena, Second Edition,Spirger Publication
2. S. Sridhar, “Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, Oxford University Press.

Web Links:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/6-046j-design-and-analysis-of-algorithms-spring-
2015/pages/lecture-notes/
2. https://discrete.gr/complexity/
3. http://sofia.cs.vt.edu/cs1114-ebooklet/chapter4.html
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106131

176
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATA WARE HOUSING AND DATA MINING

Common to CSE&IT

VSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5T03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate data warehousing architectures and mining concepts for knowledge discovery.
CO2: Apply pre-processing techniques to prepare data for mining algorithms.
CO3: Build classification model using Decision tree induction.
CO4: Analyze association rule generation using Apriori and FP growth algorithms.
CO5: Apply Clustering algorithms on given data to find similarity between classes.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2

Unit - I
Data Warehouse: Basic concepts, Data Warehouse Modelling: Data Cube and OLAP, Data Warehouse
Design and Usage, Data Warehouse Implementation, Introduction: Why and What is data mining, what kinds
of data need to be mined and patterns can be mined, Which technologies are used, Which kinds of
applications are targeted, Major issues in data mining

Unit – II
Data Objects, Attribute Types, Basic Statistical Descriptions of Data, Data Visualization, Measuring Data
Similarity and Dissimilarity. An Overview, Data Cleaning, Data Integration, Data Reduction, Data
Transformation and Data Discretization

Unit – III
Basic Concepts, General Approach to solving a classification problem, Decision Tree Induction: Attribute
Selection Measures, Tree Pruning, Scalability and Decision Tree Induction, Visual Mining for Decision Tree
Induction

Unit – IV
Problem Definition, Frequent Item set Generation, Rule Generation: Confident Based Pruning, Rule
Generation in Apriori Algorithm, Compact Representation of frequent item sets, FP-Growth Algorithm.

Unit – V
Overview, Basics and Importance of Cluster Analysis, Clustering techniques, Different Types of Clusters; K-
means: The Basic K-means Algorithm, K-means Additional Issues, Bi-secting K Means

177
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Data Mining concepts and Techniques, 3/e, Jiawei Han, Michel Kamber, Elsevier, 2011.
2. Introduction to Data Mining: Pang-Ning Tan & Michael Steinbach, Vipin Kumar, Pearson,2012

Reference Books:
1. Data Mining Techniques and Applications: An Introduction, Hongbo Du, Cengage Learning.
2. Data Mining: Vikram Pudi and P. Radha Krishna, Oxford Publisher
3. Data Mining and Analysis - Fundamental Concepts and Algorithms;Mohammed J. Zaki, Wagner
Meira, Jr, Oxford
4. Data Warehousing Data Mining & OLAP, Alex Berson, Stephen Smith, TMH

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses-archive.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs15/student/home
2. http://www.saedsayad.com/data_mining_map.htm
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/datavisualization?specialization=data-mining

178
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
(Professional Elective-I)
Common to CSE&IT

VSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5E01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the evolution of Artificial Intelligence .

CO2: Apply searching techniques for problem solving.
CO3: Apply logical concepts to solve logical problems.
CO4: Analyze Knowledge Representation Techniques.
CO5: Demonstrate Expert Systems and probability theory.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2

Unit - I
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence: Introduction, Brief History, Intelligent Systems, Foundations of AI,
Applications, Tic-Tac- Toe Game Playing, Development of AI Languages, Current Trends in AI.

Unit – II
Problem Solving: State-Space Search and Control Strategies: Introduction, General Problem Solving,
Characteristics of Problem, Exhaustive Searches, Heuristic Search Techniques, Iterative-Deepening A*,
Constraint Satisfaction. Problem Reduction and Game Playing: Introduction, Problem Reduction, Game
Playing, Alpha-Beta Pruning, Two-Player Perfect Information Games

Unit – III
Logic Concepts: Introduction, propositional calculus, propositional logic, natural deduction system, axiomatic
system, semantic tableau system in propositional logic, resolution refutation in propositional logic, predicate
logic.

Unit – IV
Knowledge representation: Introduction, approaches to knowledge representation, knowledge representation
using semantic network, extended semantic networks for KR, knowledge representation using frames.

Unit – V
Expert system and Applications: Introduction, phases in building expert systems, expert system architecture,
expert system versus traditional systems, rule-based expert systems, application of expert systems, list of shells
and tools. Uncertainty measure: probability theory: Introduction, probability theory, Bayesian belief networks,
179
AR20 AEC-CSE

certainty factor theory, dempster- shafer theory.

Text Books:
1. Artificial Intelligence- Saroj Kaushik, CENGAGE Learning
2. Artificial intelligence, A modern Approach, 2nd ed, Stuart Russel, Peter Norvig, PEA.
3. Artificial Intelligence-3rd ed Rich, Kevin Knight,Shiy Shankar B Nair,TMH.
4. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Patterson, PHI

Reference Books:
1. Artificial intelligence, structures and Strategies for Complex problem solving, -George F Lugar, 5th ed,
PEA.
2. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Ertel, Wolf Gang, Springer.
3. Artificial Intelligence, A new Synthesis, Nils J Nilsson, Elsevier.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105079/
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/artificial_intelligence/
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs30/
4. https://www.slideshare.net/girishnaik/artificial-intelligence-3638681/
5. https://www.mindmeister.com/44054594/expert-systems/

180
 AR20 AEC-CSE

HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION

(Professional Elective-I)
Common to CSE&IT

VSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5E02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Outline the importance of human computer interaction for a good design.
CO2: Develop a GUI application for Understanding of Users.
CO3: Distinguish Online Vs Paper documentation in various development processes and social
networking.
CO4: Analyze screen design of various applications in GUI and Web.
CO5: Compare Device based and Screen based controls.
CO6: Summarize effective feedback guidance and assistance.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 - 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 - 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 1 - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO6 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 - -
CO4 3 -
CO5 - -
CO6 2 -

Unit - I
The User Interface: Introduction, Importance of the User Interface, Importance and benefits of Good Design,
History of Human Computer Interface.
The Graphical User Interface: popularity of graphics, the concept of direct manipulation, graphical system,
Characteristics, Web user – Interface popularity, characteristics- Principles of user interface.

Unit – II
The User Interface Design Process: Obstacles and Pitfall in the development Process, Usability, The Design
Team, Human Interaction with Computers, Principles of User Interface Design, Important Human
Characteristics in Design, Human Consideration in Design.

Unit – III
Understanding Business Functions: Business Definitions & Requirement analysis, Determining Business
Functions, Design standards or Style Guides, System Training and Documentation.

Unit – IV
Principles of Good Screen Design: Human considerations in screen Design, interface design goals, test for a
good design, Technological considerations in Interface Design.

181
AR20 AEC-CSE

System Menus and Navigation Schemes: Structure, Functions, Context, Formatting, Phrasing and Selecting,
Navigating of Menus, Kinds of Graphical Menus .Windows Interface: Windows characteristic, Components of
Window, Windows Presentation Styles, Types of Windows, Window Management, Web systems.

Unit – V
Device and Screen-Based Control: Device based controls, Operable Controls, Text entry/read-only Controls,
Section Controls, Combining Entry/Selection Controls, Other Operable Controls and Presentation Controls,
Selecting proper controls.

Text Books:
1. The Essential Guide to User Interface Design, Wilbert O. Galitz, Wiley India Edition.
2. Sharps Interaction Design, Prece, Rogers, Wiley India.
3. Designing the user interfaces, Ben Shneidermann, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education Asia.

Reference Books:
1. User Interface Design, Soren Lauesen, Pearson Education.
2. Essentials of Interaction Design, Alan Cooper, Robert Riemann, David Cronin Wiley.
3. Human Computer Interaction, Alan Dix, Janet Fincay, GreGoryd, Abowd, Russell, Bealg Pearson
Education.

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs23
2. https://www.scribd.com/interest/Human-Computer-Interaction/docs
3. https://www.interaction-design.org/courses/human-computer-interaction

182
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

(Professional Elective-I)
Common to CSE&IT

VSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5E03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain Software Project Management fundamentals and Planning activities

CO2: Compare SDLC models in project framework.
CO3: Demonstrate various Processes and Architectures of Software.
CO4: Explain the concepts of Iterative Project Planning, Organizations and Responsibilities.
CO5: Discuss Project Monitoring Control and Resource Allocation.
CO6: Apply various Effort estimation techniques and tools in real time applications.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 1 2 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 1 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 1 1 3 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 1 - 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 3 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO6 2 1 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 - 1
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 - 2
CO6 - 1

Unit - I
Conventional Software Management: The waterfall model, conventional software Management performance.
Evolution of Software Economics: Software Economics, pragmatic software cost estimation.
Improving Software Economics: Reducing Software product size, improving software processes, improving
team effectiveness, improving automation, Achieving required quality, peer inspections.

Unit – II
The Old Way and The New: The principles of conventional software Engineering, principles of modern
software management, transitioning to an iterative process.
Life Cycle Phases: Engineering and production stages, inception, Elaboration, construction, transition phases.
Artifacts of The Process: The artifact sets, Management artifacts, Engineering artifacts, programmatic artifacts.

Unit – III
Model Based Software Architectures: A Management perspective and technical perspective.
Work Flows of the Process: Software process workflows, Iteration workflows.
Checkpoints of the Process: Major mile stones, Minor Milestones, Periodic status assessments.

183
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Iterative Process Planning: Work breakdown structures, planning guidelines, cost and schedule estimating,
Iteration planning process, Pragmatic planning.
Project Organizations and Responsibilities: Line-of-Business Organizations, Project Organizations, evolution of
Organizations.

Unit – V
Effective Feedback Guidance and Assistance: Providing the Proper Feedback, Guidance and Assistance
Effective Internationalization and Accesibility.

Text Books:
1. Software Project Management, Walker Royce, Pearson Education.
2. Software Project Management, Bob Hughes, 4th edition, Mike Cotterell, TMH.

Reference Books:
1. Software Project Management, Joel Henry, Pearson Education.
2. Software Project Management in practice, PankajJalote, Pearson Education.
3. Effective Software Project Management, Robert K.Wysocki, Wiley.

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_mg08/preview.
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/product-management
3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/software_engineering/software_project_management.
4. https://www.scribd.com/doc/7102316/Software-Project-Management.
5. https://in.udacity.com/course/software-development-process--ud805

184
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ADVANCED UNIX PROGRAMMING

(Professional Elective-I)
Common to CSE&IT

VSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5E04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe UNIX Operating System Architecture and Command Structure

CO2: Develop Shell Script using Shell commands.
CO3: Apply GREP and EGREP Commands with wild card and regular expressions to perform Data
Manipulation Tasks.
CO4: Apply System Calls for file management and Directory Management.
CO5: Discuss about various system calls of Process control and signals
CO6: Illustrate various system calls of Shared Memory and semaphores.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 - - 2 - - - - - - 2
CO4 2 3 - - 2 - - - - - - 2
CO5 2 2 - - 3 - - - - - - 2
CO6 2 2 - - 3 - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

Unit - I
Introduction: Architecture of Unix, Responsibilities of shell, Unix file system, vi editor. Unix commands:
Some Basic Commands, file utilities, process utilities, text processing utilities, network utilities, disk utilities,
Security by file permissions.

Unit – II
Shell Programming: Introduction, Shell variables, Meta character, I/O redirection, The Export command, The
Profile File a Script Run During starting, The First Shell Script, The read command, Positional Parameters,
The $? Variable, The Exit command, Branching Control Structures, Loop Control Structures, The Continue
and Break Statement- Real Arithmetic in Shell Programs: The here Document (<<)-The Sleep Command-
Debugging Scripts-The Script Command-The Eval Command-The Exec Command.

185
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Filters: The Grep Family-Other Filters- Regular expressions: Atoms, operators. The Stream Editor Sed.
AWK: Execution, Fields and Records, Scripts, Operations, Patterns, Actions, Associative Arrays, String
Functions, Mathematical Functions, User – Defined Functions, Using System commands in AWK,
Applications, AWK and GREP.

Unit – IV
File Management: File Structures, System Calls for File Management – create, open, close, read, write, lseek,
link, symlink, unlink, stat, fstat, lstat. Directories- Creating, removing and changing Directories, opendir,
readdir, closedir, mkdir, rmdir, umask.

Unit – V
Process Control: Process identifiers, fork(), vfork(), wait() and exec() system calls
Signals: signal handling using signal function, kill and raise, alarm, pause, abort and sleep functions.
Shared memory-system calls of shared memory, semaphore structure in kernel, client server example.

Text Books:
1. Unix Shell Programming, M.G.Venkateshmurthy, Pearson.
2. Unix the ultimate guide, 3rd edition, Sumitabha Das, TMH.
3. Advanced programming in the unix environment by W. Richard Stevens.
4. Unix network programming by W. Richard Stevens.

Reference Books:
1. The Unix programming Environment, Brain W. Kernighan & Rob Pike, Pearson.
2. Unix and shell programming by B.M. Harwani, OXFORD university press.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106113
2. http:// www.learnshell.com
3. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/unix/
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yCTnihfbPCo
5. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/semaphores-in-process-synchronization/
6. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/inter_process_communication/

186
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BASIC CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CE5O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Demonstrate the basic concepts of concrete.

CO2: Illustrate the importance of quality of concrete
CO3: Discuss the basic ingredients role in the production of concrete.
CO4: Classify the fresh and the hardened concrete properties.
CO5: Design the concrete mix by BIS method.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - -
CO2 2 1 - - - - - 2 - - - -
CO3 2 1 1 - - - - 2 - - - -
CO4 3 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - -
CO5 3 1 2 - - - - 1 - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

PSO PSO
CO/PSO
1 2
CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Ingredients of Concrete cements & Admixtures
Portland cement – Chemical composition –Hydration, Setting of cement, Fineness of cement Structure of
hydrate cement – Test for physical properties – Different grades of cements –Admixtures – Mineral and
chemical admixtures – accelerators, retarders, air entrainers, plasticizers, super plasticizers, fly ash and silica
fume.
Aggregates Classification of aggregate – Particle shape & texture – Bond, strength & other mechanical
properties of aggregates – Specific gravity, Bulk density, porosity, adsorption & moisture content of
aggregate – Bulking of sand –Deleterious substance in aggregate – Soundness of aggregate – Alkali
aggregate reaction – Thermal properties – Sieve analysis – Fineness modulus – Grading curves – Grading of
fine & coarse Aggregates – Gap graded and well graded aggregate as per relevant IS code – Maximum
aggregate size. Quality of mixing water.

Unit – II
Fresh Concrete
Steps in Manufacture of Concrete–proportion, mixing, placing, compaction, finishing, curing – including
various types in each stage. Properties of fresh concrete-Workability – Factors affecting workability –
Measurement of workability by different tests, Setting times of concrete, Effect of time and temperature on
workability – Segregation & bleeding – Mixing and vibration of concrete, Ready mixed concrete, Concrete.

187
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Hardened Concrete
Water / Cement ratio – Abram’s Law – Gel space ratio –Nature of strength of concrete – Maturity concept –
Strength in tension & compression – Factors affecting strength – Relation between compression & tensile
strength – Curing, Testing of Hardened Concrete: Compression tests – Tension tests – Factors affecting
strength – Flexure tests – Splitting tests – Non-destructive testing methods – codal provisions for NDT. Anti
washout concrete.

Unit – IV
Elasticity, Creep & Shrinkage
Modulus of elasticity, Dynamic modulus of elasticity, Poisson’s ratio, Creep of concrete, Factors influencing
creep, Relation between creep & time, Nature of creep, Effects of creep – Shrinkage –types of shrinkage.
Mix Design Factors in the choice of mix proportions – Durability of concrete –Quality Control of concrete –
Statistical methods – Acceptance criteria – Concepts Proportioning of concrete mixes by various methods –
BIS method of mix design

Unit – V
Special Concretes
Ready mixed concrete, Shotcrete, Light weight aggregate concrete, Cellular concrete, No- fines concrete,
High density concrete, Fiber reinforced concrete, Different types of fibers, Factors affecting properties of
F.R.C, Polymer concrete, Types of Polymer concrete, Properties of polymer concrete, High performance
concrete – Self consolidating concrete, SIFCON, self-healing concrete, Recycled concrete

Text Books:
1. Concrete Technology: Theory and Practice, M.L. Gambhir, McGraw Hill, 5th Edition, 2017.
2. Concrete Technology, M.S.Shetty, Chand Publication, 2006
3. Concrete: Microstructure, Properties and Materials, Kumar Mehta and Paulo
J.M. Monteiro, McGraw Hill, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Concrete Technology, A.M. Neville and J.J. Brooks, Pearson,2019.
2. Concrete Technology, A.R. Santhakumar, Oxford,2018.
3. Properties of Concrete, A.M. Neville, Pearson,2011
4. Concrete, S. Mindess and J.F. Young, Prentice-Hall, 2008

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012
2. www.brighthubengineering.com › Concrete Technology
3. https://www.materialsworldmodules.org/index.php/.../web- links-sumitted-by- members
4. https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/resourcecenter/teams/construction/links.cfm
5. www.almahroos.com/index.php/fr/component/tags/tag/17-concrete-technology

***

188
 AR20 AEC-CSE

WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CE5O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the importance of sanitation and wastewater management.

CO2: Explain the various methods of sewage flow estimation and pumping systems.
CO3: Identify the various characteristics of sewage and the treatment system.
CO4: Outline the various secondary treatment technologies for waste water
CO5: Explain the different tertiary and effluent disposal methods.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PSO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 - - - 1 1 - - - - -
CO3 3 3 1 - - 2 1 - - - - -
CO4 2 2 1 2 - 2 2 - - - - -
CO5 2 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction:
Introduction to sanitation–systems of sanitation–relative merits and demerits –need for waste water
management–basic terminology in waste water–generation of waste water– types – collection and
conveyance of waste water– classification of sewerage systems.

Unit – II
Sewage Flow and Pumping:
Estimation of sewage flow and storm water drainage–fluctuations. Types of sewers– hydraulics of
sewers– appurtenances in sewerage. Pumping of waste water:pumping stations–location–components–
typesofpumpsand their suitability with regards to waste waters.

Unit – III
Sewage Analysis and Treatment Sewage characteristics-sampling and analysis of waste water–
physical, chemical ,and biological examination– measurement of BOD, COD.
Preliminaryandprimarytreatment–screens–gritchambers–greasetraps–floatation– sedimentation.

Unit – IV
Secondary Treatment: Aerobic and anaerobic treatment process-comparison. Aerobicunits:Activated
sludge process,principles,modificationsof activated sludge processes–Oxidationponds– Trickling
filters–Rotating biological contactors. Anaerobic units: UASB Reactor, principle and working.

189
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Tertiary Treatment and Disposal:
Removal of Nutrients–Nitrification and Denitrification–Ion exchange–membrane processes –MF, UF,
NF, RO. Disposal of sewage–Methods of disposal–Effluent Standards. Need, Scope and demand for
waste water recycling

Text Books:
1. Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Resource Recovery, Metcalf & Eddy, 5th
Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2014.
2. Wastewater Engineering Treatment and Reuse, Metcalf & Eddy, Tata McGraw-Hill edition,
2018.
3. Elements of Environmental Engineering, K.N. Duggal, S.Chand& Company Ltd.
New Delhi, 2012.
4. Wastewater Treatment for pollution control and Reuse, Soli J Areivala, Sham R Asolekar, Mc-
GrawHill, New Delhi, 2011.

Reference Books:
1. Environmental Engineering-II: Sewage disposal and Air pollution Engineering, Garg
& S.K., Khanna Publications.
2. Environmental Engineering by D. Srinivasan, PHI Learning private Limited, New Delhi, 2011

Web Links:
1. https://web.iitd.ac.in/~arunku/files/CVL100_Y16/LecSep1220.pdf
2. http://www.civil.iitm.ac.in/dwwm/sites/default/files/presentations
3. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/221911472_Wastewater_Management

***

190
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BASIC SURVEYING
(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CE5O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the various fundamental principles Geodetics

CO2: Explain the Measurement of Horizontal Distances.
CO3: Describe the Measurement of Directions and Angles horizontal and vertical plane.
CO4: Explain Plane Table Surveying
CO5: Describe the compute areas and volumes and represent 3D data on plane figures as contours.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PSO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 - - - 2 - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction:
Definition of surveying, Objectives and importance of surveying. Classification of surveys. Principles of
surveying. Units of measurements, Surveying measurements and errors, types of errors, precision and
accuracy. Classification of maps, map scale, conventional symbols, topographic maps, map layout, Survey of
India Map numbering systems.
Measurement of Horizontal Distances:
Measuring tape and types. Measurement using tapes, Taping on level ground and sloping ground. Errors and
corrections in tape measurements, ranging of lines, direct and indirect methods of ranging, Electronic
distance measurement, basic principle. Booking of tape survey work, Field book, entries, Conventional
symbols, Obstacles in tape survey, Numerical problems.

Unit – II
Measurement of Directions and Angles:
Compass survey: Basic definitions; meridians, bearings, magnetic and True bearings. Prismatic and
surveyor’s compasses, temporary adjustments, declination. Quadrantal bearings, whole circle bearings, local
attraction and related problems
Traversing:
Traverse Survey and Computations: Latitudes and departures, rectangular coordinates, Traverse adjustments,
Bowditch rule and transit rule, Numerical Problems.

191
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Leveling:
Basic terms and definitions, Methods of leveling, Dumpy level, auto level, digital and laser levels. Curvature
and refraction corrections. Booking and reduction of levels. Differential leveling, profile leveling, fly
leveling, check leveling, reciprocal leveling.

Unit – IV
Plane Table Surveying:
Plane table and accessories, Advantages and limitations of plane table survey, Orientation and methods of
orientation, Methods of plotting – Radiation, Intersection, Traversing, Resection method, Two point and three
point problems, Solution to two point problem by graphical method, Solution to three point problem Bessel’s
graphical method, Errors in plane table survey.

Unit – V
Areas and Volumes:
Measurement of area by dividing the area into geometrical figures, area from offsets, mid ordinate rule,
trapezoidal and Simpson’s one third rule, area from co-ordinates, introduction to planimeter, digital
planimeter. Measurement of volumes- trapezoidal and prismoidal formula.
Contouring:Contours, Methods of contouring, Interpolation of contours, contour gradient, characteristics of
contours and uses.

Text Books:
1. B.C. Punmia, “Surveying Vol.1”, Laxmi Publications pvt. Ltd., New Delhi –2017.
2. Kanetkar T P and S V Kulkarni , Surveying and Leveling Part I, Pune VidyarthiGrihaPrakashan,2015

Reference Books:
1. S.K. Duggal, “Surveying Vol.1”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi.2019.
2. K.R. Arora, “Surveying Vol. 1” Standard Book House, New Delhi. –2017
3. R Subramanian, Surveying and Leveling, Second edition, Oxford University Press, NewDelhi
4. A. Bannister, S. Raymond , R. Baker, “Surveying”, Pearson, 7th ed., NewDelhi

Web Links:
1. nptel.iitm.ac.in
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/105/105105176/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/101/105101083/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/108/105108069/

***

192
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DC MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201EE5O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 ExplaintheconceptsofelectromechanicalenergyconversionandconstructionofaDCmachines.
CO2 Analyze the performance ofaDCgenerators.
CO3 Analyzetheill-effectsofarmaturereaction,commutationofDCmachineandoperationofDCmotors.
CO4 ExplainthespeedcontrolofDCmotorsandtestingofDCmachines.
CO5 Analyzetheperformanceofsingle-phasetransformers.
CO6 Explaintheconnectionsofthreephasetransformers,Scottconnectionandtapchangers.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO\PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO\PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 1
CO2 1 1
CO3 - 1
CO4 - 1
CO5 1 2
CO6 1 2

Unit - I
Electromechanical Energy Conversion and introduction to DC machines: Principles of electromechanical
energy conversion - singly excited and multi excited systems calculation of force and torque using the
concept of co-energy. Construction and principle of operation of DC machines – EMF equation for generator
– Excitation techniques– characteristics of DC shunt generator –applications of DC Generators

Unit – II
Operation of DC Motors: Choice of Motor - Type of Electric Drives - Starting And Running Characteristics –
Speed Control–Temperature Rise – Applications of Electric Drives–Types of Industrial Loads–Continuous–
Intermittent And Variable Loads–Load Equalization - Introduction To Energy Efficient Motors.

Unit – III
Speed Control of Motors and Testing of DC Machines & Single-phase Transformers: Speed control by
armature voltage and field control – testing of DC machines – brake test, Swinburne’s method – principle of
regenerative or Hopkinson’s method – retardation test – field’s test- separation of losses.
Types and constructional details – principle of operation –emf equation – operation on no load and on load –
lagging, leading and unity power factors loads –phasor diagrams of transformers – equivalent circuit.

193
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Performance And Testing of Transformers and Auto Transformers:Regulation – losses and efficiency – effect
of variation of frequency and supply voltage on losses – all day efficiency. Tests on single phase transformers
– open circuit and short circuit tests – Sumpner’s test – separation of losses – parallel operation with equal
voltage ratios – auto transformer – equivalent circuit – comparison with two winding transformers.

Unit – V
Three Phase Transformers: Poly phase connections- Y/Y, Y/ Δ, Δ/Y, Δ/ Δ and open Δ- third harmonics in
phase voltages – three winding transformers- transients in switching –off load and on load tap changersScott
connection.

Text Books:
1. Electrical Machines by P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers,7th edition, 2011
2. Electric Machinery by A. E. Fitzgerald, Charleskingsley, Stephen D. Umans, TMH, 6 th edition,
2003.

Reference Books:
1. Electrical Machines by D. P. Kothari, I. J. Nagarth, McGraw Hill Publications, 4 th edition, 2010.
2. Electrical Machines by R. K. Rajput, Lakshmi publications, 5th edition.
3. Electrical Machinery by Abijith Chakrabarthi and Sudhipta Debnath, McGraw Hill, 1st edition.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106071
2. http://www.ncert.nic.in/html/learning_basket/electricity/electricity/machine/machine_content.htm
3. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/41/electrical-machine-1.

***

194
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201EE5O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Interpretthecharacteristicsofsemiconductordiodes.
CO2: Comparethecharacteristicsofrectifierswithand withoutfilters.
CO3: SummarizethecharacteristicsofBJT andFET indifferentconfigurations.
CO4: Applybiasingmethods forstabilizationofBJTandFETamplifiers.
CO5: Analyze smallsignallowfrequencyequivalentmodelsofBJT andFET.
CO6: Interpretthecharacteristicsofspecialsemiconductordiodes.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO\PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO\PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 1 -
CO5 1 -
CO6 1 -

Unit - I
Review of Semi-Conductor Physics: Insulators, Semiconductors, and Metals classification using Energy
Band Diagrams, Mobility and Conductivity, Electrons and holes in Intrinsic Semiconductors, Extrinsic Semi-
Conductor, (P and N Type semiconductor) Hall effect, Generation and Recombination of Charges, Diffusion.
Junction Diode Characteristics: Operation and characteristics of p-n junction diode. Current components in p-
n diode, diode equation. Temperature dependence on V–I characteristic, diffusion capacitance and diode
resistance (static and dynamic), energy band diagram of p-n diode.
Special Diodes: Avalanche and Zener break down, Zener characteristics. Light Emitting Diodes.

Unit – II
Rectifiers and Regulators: Half wave rectifier, ripple factor, full wave rectifier (with and without
transformer), harmonic components in a rectifier circuit, Basic filters. Simple circuit of a regulator using
Zener diode. Types of regulators-series and shunt voltage regulators, overload protection of voltage
regulators. Clipper and Clamper circuits.

195
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Transistors and FET: Junction transistor, transistor current components, transistor as an amplifier and switch.
Characteristics of transistor (CE, CB and CC configurations). Transistor biasing and thermal stabilization (to
fixed bias, collector to base bias, self bias). Basics of Field Effect Transistors - Enhancement and depletion
mode transfer and drain characteristics.

Unit – IV
Feedback Amplifiers: Classification, feedback concept, transfer gain and general characteristics of negative
feedback amplifiers, effect of feedback on input and output resistances. Methods of analysis of feedback
amplifiers.

Unit – V
Power Amplifiers: Classification, push-pull amplifiers, Introduction to harmonics (distortion factor).
Oscillators: Condition for oscillation, RC-phase shift oscillator. We in bridge oscillator, Crystal oscillator.
Frequency and amplitude stability of oscillator.

Text Books:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. Millman, C. C. Halkias, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
2. Electronic Principles, Albert Paul Malvino, Tata Mcgraw Hill,2002.
3. Jacob Millman and Arvind Grabel, “Microelectronics,” Mc Graw hill, New York, 2008.
4. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R.L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Pearson/Prentice Hall,
9thEdition, 2006.

Reference Books:
1. Microelectronic circuits: analysis and design ,3rd edition, Muhammad H.Rashid, cengage publications.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits by David A. Bell, Oxford University Press.
3. Electronic Devices, Thomas Floyd, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.
4. Electronic Devices and Circuits – Salivahanan, Kumar, Vallavaraj, TATA McGraw Hill, Second
Edition.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/
2. http://www.deas.harvard.edu/courses/es154/
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106101/
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122106025/

***

196
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BASIC ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201EE5O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Select the type of instrument for measurement of AC & DC voltage and current.
CO2: Analyse the operation of wattmeter and energy meter.
CO3: Differentiate the operation of AC and DC bridges.
CO4: Describe the operation various Transducers.
CO5: Explain the importance of Digital Meters and their working principles.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Analog Ammeter and Voltmeters: Classification – deflecting - control and damping torques – Construction of
PMMC - Moving Iron and Electro dynamo instruments - Torque equation - Errors and Compensation –
Numerical Problems.

Unit – II
Analog Wattmeters and Energy Meters: Electrodynamometer type wattmeter (LPF and UPF) - Induction
Type Energy meters-Construction and working - Errors and Compensation– Numerical Problems

Unit – III
Measurements of Electrical parameters: DC Bridges: Measurement of Resistance – Kelvin’s double bridge -
Wheatstone bridge – Numerical Problems.
AC Bridges: Measurement of inductance and quality factor - Maxwell’s bridge - measurement of capacitance
- Schering Bridge– Numerical Problems.

Unit – IV
Transducers: Classification - Resistive (Strain Gauge) - Inductive (LVDT) and Capacitive (Piezo electric)
Transducer – Numerical Problems.

Unit – V
Digital Meters: Successive approximation Digital Voltmeter –– Digital frequency meter - Digital multimeter -
Digital Energy Meter.

197
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instruments by A.K.Sawhney Dhanpat Rai & Co.Publications
- 19th revised edition - 2011.
2. Electronic Instrumentation by H.S.Kalsi - THM.

Reference Books:
1. Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments by E.W. Golding and F.C.Widdis - 5th Edition -
Wheeler Publishing.
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques by A.D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper -
PHI - 5th Edition - 2002.
3. Electrical and Electronic Measurements and instrumentation by R.K.Rajput - S.Chand - 3rd edition.

Web Links:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p5BfMdI3cwk
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-gcBVaCIKhE
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gDcruGcPqN0

***

198
 AR20 AEC-CSE

RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ME5O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the Environmental sustainability, design and development of Renewable Energy
sources
CO2: Identify the Grid integration issues in Wind Power plants
CO3: Develop maximum power tracking techniques in Solar PV systems
CO4: Explain the principle and working of Biomass and Geothermal Energy systems
CO5: Explain basic principle and working of tidal energy systems
CO6: Illustrate construction of fuel cell and its working

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

PO PO PO
CO/PS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9
10 11 12
CO1 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - - - -
CO3 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 1 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO5 2 3 2 2 - - 3 - - - - -
CO6 3 - - - - - 3 - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Renewable Energy (Re) Sources
Environmental consequences of fossil fuel use, Importance of renewable sources of energy,
Sustainable Design and development, Types of RE sources, Limitations of RE sources, Present
Indian and international energy scenario of conventional and RE sources.

Unit – II
Wind Energy
Power in the Wind – Types of Wind Power Plants (WPPs)–Components of WPPs-Working of
WPPs- Siting of WPPs-Grid integration issues of WPPs.

Unit – III
Solar Pv And Thermal Systems
Solar Radiation, Radiation Measurement, Solar Thermal Power Plant, Central Receiver Power
Plants, Solar Ponds.- Thermal Energy storage system with PCM- Solar Photovoltaic systems :
Basic Principle of SPV conversion – Types of PV Systems- Types of Solar Cells, Photovoltaic cell

199
AR20 AEC-CSE

concepts: Cell, module, array ,PV Module I-V Characteristics, Efficiency & Quality of the Cell,
series and parallel connections, maximum power point tracking, Applications

Unit – IV
Biomass Energy
Introduction-Bio mass resources –Energy from Bio mass: conversion processes-Biomass
Cogeneration-Environmental Benefits. Geothermal Energy: Basics, Direct Use, Geothermal
Electricity. Mini/micro hydro power: Classification of hydropower schemes, Classification of water
turbine, Turbine theory, Essential components of hydroelectric system

Unit – V
Other Energy Sources
Tidal Energy: Energy from the tides, Barrage and Non Barrage Tidal power systems. Wave
Energy: Energy from waves, wave power devices. Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC)-
Hydrogen Production and Storage- Fuel cell : Principle of working- various types - construction
and applications. Energy Storage System- Hybrid Energy Systems.

Text Books:
1. Joshua Earnest, Tore Wizeliu, ‘Wind Power Plants and Project Development’, PHI
Learning Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi, 2011
2. D.P.Kothari, K.C Singal, Rakesh Ranjan “Renewable Energy Sources and
Emerging Technologies”, PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi, 2013.
3. 3. Scott Grinnell, “Renewable Energy & Sustainable Design”, CENGAGE Learning,
USA, 2016

Reference Books:
1. A.K.Mukerjee and Nivedita Thakur,” Photovoltaic Systems: Analysis
and Design”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2011
2. Richard A. Dunlap,” Sustainable Energy” Cengage Learning India Private Limited,Delhi,
2015.
3. Chetan Singh Solanki, “ Solar Photovoltaics : Fundamentals, Technologies
and Applications”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2011
4. Godfrey Boyle, “Renewable energy”, Open University, Oxford University Press in
association with the Open University, 2004

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103206
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103308

***

200
 AR20 AEC-CSE

FUNDAMENTALS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ME5O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Compare the different types of boilers.

CO2: Interpret different manufacturing methods.
CO3: Explain the working of air compressors and the concept of refrigeration
CO4: Illustrate the fundamental principles and applications of refrigerator.
CO5: Explain the working principle of Internal Combustion Engines and their performance.
CO6: Calculate the Power transmitted in Belts, Ropes and Gear drives

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PSO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO6 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 1
CO2 - 1
CO3 - 1
CO4 - 1
CO5 - 1
CO6 - 1

Unit - I
Steam boilers:
Classification of boilers, essentialities of boilers, selection of different types of boilers, (Babcock
and Wilcox, locomotive, lamont) study of boilers, boiler mountings and accessories.

Unit – II
Metal joining: arc welding, gas welding, brazing and soldering.
Metal forming: forging – operations, rolling and extrusion principles.
Machine tools: lathe classification, specifications, and operations.
Casting: Steps involved in making a casting – Advantages and applications. –Patterns and Pattern
making

Unit – III
Reciprocating and rotary air compressors:
Uses of compressed air, types, working principle, work done, simple problems. Refrigeration:
concepts, principle of refrigeration and types of refrigeration

201
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Internal combustion engines:
classification of IC engines, basic engine components and nomenclature, working principle of
engines, Four strokes and two stroke petrol and diesel engines, comparison of CI and SI engines,
comparison of four stroke and two stroke engines, simple problems such as indicated power, brake
power, friction power, specific fuel consumption, brake thermal efficiency, indicated thermal
efficiency and mechanical efficiency

Unit – V
Power transmission devices:
Belt and ropes drives, velocity ratio, slip, length of belt , open belt and cross belt drives, ratio of
friction tensions, centrifugal tension in a belt, power transmitted by belts and ropes, initial tensions
in the belt, simple problems. Comparison of belt drives with gear drives

Text Books:
1. Mechanical Engineering Science K R Gopala Krishna, Subhas publications
2. Thermal Engineering, Ballaney, P. L. Khanna Publishers, 2003.
3. Elements of Mechanical Engineering, A. R. Asrani, S. M. Bhatt and P. K.Shah, B.S.
Publications
4. Elements of Mechanical Engineering, M. L. Mathur, F. S. Metha& R. P. Tiwari Jain Brothers
Publications.2009.

Reference Books:
1. Theory of Machines, S. S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hil, 2004 & 2009.
2. Production Technology by P. N. Rao by I& II McGraw-Hill publications

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107216/9
2. https://www.electrical4u.com/steam-boiler-working-principle-and-types-of-boiler/
3. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/manufacturing-processes-i.html
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105128/20
5. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR /machine /ui/ Course _home-
lect.htm

***

202
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ME5O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the framework and scope of supply chain network and functions.
CO2: Relate the importance of the design of a supply chain as key components of an
organization’s strategic plan.
CO3: Develop the strategic importance of logistics and supply chain relations.
CO4: Summarize the creation of new value in the supply chain for sourcing, transporting, pricing.
CO5: Develop various supply chain methods and information technology.
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PSO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - -
CO4 - - - - - - - - 2 1 - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
Unit - I
Introduction: Role of Supply chain Management :Scope and Importance-Evolution of Supply Chain-Decision
Phases in Supply Chain–Competitive and Supply chain Strategies Drivers of Supply Chain Performance and
Obstacles.

Unit – II
Supply Chain Network Design: Role of Distribution in Supply Chain–Factors influencing Distribution
network design – Design options for Distribution Network in Practice-Role of network Design in Supply
Chain – Frame work for network Decisions

Unit – III
Logistics and Supply Chain Relationships: Bench marking the logistics process and SCM operations –
Mapping the supply chain processes – Supplier and distributor benchmarking –setting bench marking
priorities–identifying logistics performance indicators–Channel structure–Economics of distribution–channel
relationships–logistics service alliances

Unit – IV
Sourcing, Transporting and Pricing Products: Sourcing decisions and Role of transportation in supply chain –
factors affecting transportations decision -infrastructure suppliers of transport services – transportation
economics and pricing – documentation -pricing and revenue management Lack of coordination and
Bullwhip Effect - Impact of lack of coordination. - CRM–Internal supply chain management

Unit – V
Supply Chain and Information Technology: The role IT in supply chain-The supply chain IT frame work
Customer Relationship Management – Internal supply chain management –supplier relationship

203
AR20 AEC-CSE

management-future of IT in supply chain–E-Business in supply chain

Text Books:
1. Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindl and Kalra, Supply Chain Management, Strategy, Planning, And Operation,
Pearson Education, 2010
2. Bowersox Donald J, Logistical Management–The Integrated Supply Chain Process Tata Mc Graw Hill,
2000

Reference Books:
1. Jeremy F.Shapiro, Modeling the Supply Chain, Thomson Duxbury, 2002
2. Srinivasan G.S,Quantitative models in Operations and Supply Chain management, PHI, 2010
3. David J.Bloomberg , Stephen Lemay and JoeB.Hanna,Logistics, PHI 2002
4. D.K.Agrawal:“Distribution and Logistics Management”, Mac Millan Publishers, 2011

Web Links:
1. http://www.cscmp.org/
2. http://www.manufacturing.net/scl/
3. http://www.informationweek.com/

***

204
 AR20 AEC-CSE

3D PRINTING
(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ME5O04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize the basics of Additive manufacturing (AM) technologies.

CO2: Explain about vat photo polymerization, material jetting and binder jetting AM
technologies.
CO3: Explain material extrusion and sheet lamination AM technologies.
CO4: Illustrate Powder Bed Fusion and Directed Energy Deposition AM technologies.
CO5: Apply the AM techniques in different industries
CO6: Develop the direct energy deposition of AM Technology.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 - - - 3 - 1 - - - - -
CO3 1 - - - 3 - 1 - - - - -
CO4 2 - - - 3 - 1 - - - - -
CO5 2 - - - 3 - 1 - - - - -
CO6 2 - - - 3 - 1 - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 1 -
CO5 1 -
CO6 1 -
Unit - I
Introduction:
Basic principle of 3D printing (3DP), need and advantages of 3DP or additive manufacturing (AM), AM
Process chain - CAD Model - Input file formats - Generation and Conversion of STL file - File Verification
and Repair - Build File Creation - Part Construction - Part Cleaning and finishing, Classification of additive
manufacturing processes-Baseline approach, Raw material-based approach and ASTM classification,
Materials used in additive manufacturing, Challenges in Additive Manufacturing.

Unit – II
VAT Photo Polymerization, Material Jetting and Binder Jetting AM technologies: Stereolithography
Apparatus(SLA), ,Solid Ground Curing(SGC) , CMET’s Solid Object Ultraviolet-Laser Printer (SOUP),-
Working Principle, Materials, Models and specifications, Applications, Advantages and Disadvantages

Unit – III
Material Extrusion and Sheet Lamination AM technologies: Fused Deposition Modelling (FDM),Laminated
Object Manufacturing (LOM), 3D Systems’ Multi-Jet Modeling System (MJM), Working principle,
Materials, Models and specifications Applications, Advantages and Disadvantages.

205
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Powder Bed Fusion and Direct Energy Deposition: Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Direct Metal Laser
Sintering(DMLS), Electron Beam Melting(EBM), Laser Engineered Net Shaping(LENS),Wire Arc Additive
Manufacturing(WAAM)-Working principle, Materials, Applications, Advantages and Disadvantages.

Unit – V
Additive Manufacturing -Applications:
Applications in Design, Applications in Engineering, Analysis and Planning, Applications in Manufacturing
and Tooling, Aerospace Industry, Automotive Industry, Biomedical Industry, Jewelry Industry, Coin
Industry, sports, electronics, food, construction and architectural, Case studies

Text Books:
1. Additive ManufacturingTechnologies:3D Printing, Rapid Prototyping and Direct Digital
Manufacturing, Ian Gibson, David W.Rosen, Brent Stucker, Springer, 2nd Edition
2. 3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing: Principles and Applications, Chua C.K.,and
LeongK.F.,World Scientific publications, 4th Edition

Reference Books:
1. Additive Manufacturing: Principles, Technologies and Applications, C.P Paul, A.N Junoop,
McGrawHill, 2021
2. Additive Manufacturing, Second Edition, Amit Bandyopadhyay Susmita Bose, CRC Press Taylor &
Francis Group, 2020
3. 3D Printing Technology Fundamentals and Applications Prof H N Pandya 2021
4. Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing, Rafiq Noorani, John Wiley & Sons,
2006

Web Links:
1. https://www.nist.gov/additive-manufacturing
2. https://www.metal-am.com/
3. http://additivemanufacturing.com/basics/
4. https://www.3dprintingindustry.com/
5. https://www.thingiverse.com/

***

206
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND INCUBATION

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ME5O05 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the concepts , types and development of entrepreneurship development

CO2: Apply the business plan for preparation and evaluation of project.
CO3: Summarize about Institutional Support to Entrepreneur and MSMEs
CO4: Illustrate the Opportunities of Entrepreneurship Internationally.
CO5: Demonstrate Informal Risk Capital, Venture capital & Social responsibility for
entrepreneurship

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PSO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO4 - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - - 2 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Entrepreneur &Entrepreneurship:
Entrepreneur &Entrepreneurship: Meaning of entrepreneur - Evolution of the concept - Functions
of an Entrepreneur - Types of Entrepreneur - Intrapreneur- an emerging class - Concept of
Entrepreneurship - Evolution of Entrepreneurship - Development of Entrepreneurship -
Entrepreneurial Culture - Stages in entrepreneurial process.

Unit – II
Business Planning Process:
Meaning of business plan - Business plan process - Advantages of business planning - Marketing
plan - Production/operations plan - Organization plan - Financial plan - Final Project Report with
Feasibility Study - preparing a model project report for starting a new venture.

207
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Institutions supporting Entrepreneurs
Small industry financing institutions in developing countries - A brief overview of financial
institutions in India - Central level and state level institutions - SIDBI - NABARD - IDBI - SIDCO
- Indian Institute of Entrepreneurship - DIC - Single Window - Latest Industrial Policy of
Government of India.

Unit – IV
International Entrepreneurship Opportunities:
The nature of international entrepreneurship - Importance of international business to the firm -
International versus domestic entrepreneurship - Stages of economic development -
Entrepreneurship entry into international business - exporting - Direct foreign investment - barriers
to international trade.

Unit – V
Informal Risk Capital and Venture Capital:
Informal risk capital market - venture capital - nature and overview - venture capital process -
locating venture capitalists - approaching venture capitalists. Social Entrepreneurship: Social
enterprise-need - types - characteristics and benefits of social enterprises-Social entrepreneurship -
Rural entrepreneurship, MSME Policies. Make-In India, Start-Up India, Stand-Up India.

Text Books:
1. Arya Kumar: “Entrepreneurship”, Pearson, Publishing House, New Delhi, 2012
2. VSP Rao, Kuratko: “Entrepreneurship’, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2011.
3. K.Ramachandran: “Entrepreneurship Development”, TMH, New Delhi, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. B.Janakiram, M Rizwana: “Entrepreneurship Development” Excel Books, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Rajeev Roy: “Entrepreneurship”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2012
3. P.C.Shejwalkar: “Entrepreneurship Development”, Everest Publishing House, New Delhi,
2011.
4. R.H. Hisrich, M.P. Peters and D.A. Shepherd: “Entrepreneurship” Mc Graw Hill Irwin, 8 th
Edition,2010.
5. Ryszard Praszkier& Andrzej Nowak: “Social Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice
Paperback – Illustrated”, Cambridge University Press, New York-February 2, 2012.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com
3. www.tutorialspoint.com

***

208
 AR20 AEC-CSE

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201ME5O06 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize the Vehicle Chassis Layouts of 4-wheelers and Motor Vehicle Act.
CO2: Identify the different constructional features and working principles of Un-Sprung
components of the given vehicle
CO3: Identify the different constructional features and working principles Sprung components of
the given vehicle.
CO4: Summarize the functionalities of various Electrical systems of typical Automobile
CO5: Explain the different Active Vehicle Safety Systems.
CO6: Explain the different Passive Vehicle Safety Systems.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PSO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 -
CO2 3 -
CO3 3 -
CO4 3 -
CO5 3 -
CO6 3 -

Unit - I
Introduction:
Components of four wheeler automobile – chassis and body –Chassis Layout - power transmission
– rear wheel drive, front wheel drive, 4 wheel drive and Introduction to Motor Vehicle Act 1988 –
Homologation of Vehicles.Front Axle; Types of Front axles: Elliot; Reverse Elliot; Lamoine; and
Reversed Lamoine; Stub axle.

209
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – II
Transmission System:
Clutches, principle, types, gear boxes, types, Propeller shaft –Hotch – Kiss drive, Torque tube
drive, universal joint, differential rear axles– types.
Steering System:Steering geometry – camber, castor, king pin rake, combined angle, toe-in, toe-out
center point steering. Types of steering mechanism –Ackerman steering mechanism, Davis steering
mechanism, steering linkages

Unit – III
Suspension System:
Objects of suspension systems – rigid axle suspension system, torsion bar, shock absorber,
Independent suspension system, Air Suspension, Rubber Suspension, Hydrolastic suspension
system, Hydragas suspension system,
Braking System:
Mechanical braking system, hydraulic braking system requirement of brake fluid, pneumatic and
vacuum brakes, Parking Braking system.

Unit – IV
Wheels And Tyres:
Basic Requirements of Wheels and Tyres, Construction of Wheel Assembly, Tyre Construction,
Types, Tyre Sizes and Designation, Aspect Ratio, Tyre Tread Pattern, Selection of Tyre under
Different Applications.

Unit – V
Electrical System:
Charging circuit, generator, starting system, lighting, horn, wiper, fuel gauge, oil pressure gauge,
engine temperature indicator.
Safety Systems:
Introduction, safety systems - seat belt, air bags, bumper, anti-lock brake system (ABS), Electronic
Brake force Distribution (EBD), mirrors, central locking, speed control, Retractable Steering
system, Head restraints, seats with anti-submarine effects and fuel cut off switch.

Text Books:
1. Automobile Engineering: Vol. 1. Dr. Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers,13th Edition, 2020
2. Automotive Mechanics, William H Crouse, TMH Distributors,10th Edition

Reference Books:
1. Advanced vehicle Technology, by Heinz Heisher, 2nd Edition, BH Pub.
2. Automotive Chassis by Jonsen Reimpell, 2nd Edition, BH Pub
3. Automobile Electrical & Electronics by Tom Denton, 5th Edition, Routledge Pub.
4. The Motor Vehicle Act, 1988, Bare Act with Amendments, 2020 Edition, Law Literature Pub

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/107/106/107106088/
2. https:// www.sciencedirect.com/science/book/9780750650540

***

210
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PRINCIPLES OF SIGNALS & SYSTEMS

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201EC5O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Outline the signal representation using fourier series.

CO2 Interpret the signals in frequency domain using fourier transform.
CO3 Infer LTI system characteristics.
CO4 Compare sampling methods
CO5 Apply Z-transform techniques for the analysis of discrete-time signals and Systems.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Signals: Classification of Signals, Different deterministic signals: impulse, step, ramp,gate, signum, sinc,
sinusoidal, exponential, complex exponential, operations on signals.Fourier Series: Representation of Fourier
series for continuous time periodic signals,Trigonometric Fourier series and Exponential Fourier series.

Unit – II
Fourier Transform: Deriving Fourier Transform (FT) from Fourier series, Fouriertransform of arbitrary
signal, Fourier transform of standard signals, Fourier transformof periodic signals, properties of Fourier
transforms, Fourier transforms involvingimpulse function and Signum function, Applications of Fourier
Transforms

Unit – III
Signal Transmission Through LTI Systems: Classification of Systems, Impulseresponse and step response of
LTI systems, Transfer function of a LTI system. Filtercharacteristics of LTI systems. Distortion less
transmission through a system, IdealLPF, HPF and BPF characteristics, Causality and Paley-Wiener criterion
for physicalrealization, Signal bandwidth, system bandwidth.

211
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Sampling: Sampling, Sampling theorem – Graphical and analytical proof for BandLimited Signals, Nyquist
rate, Nyquist duration, Impulse sampling, Natural samplingand Flat top Sampling, Reconstruction of signal
from its samples, Effect of undersampling – Aliasing,

Unit – V
Z–Transforms: Z-Transform of a discrete time signal, Distinction between Laplace,Fourier and Z-transforms,
Region of convergence in Z-Transform, constraints on ROC forvarious classes of discrete signals, Properties
of Z-transforms, Inverse Z-transform.

Text Books:
1. Signals and Systems - A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky, and S.H. Nawab, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2016.
2. Signals, Systems & Communications - B.P. Lathi, BS Publications, 2003.
3. Signals and Systems – A. Anand Kumar, PHI, 4th Edition, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Signals & Systems - Simon Haykin and Van Veen, Wiley, 2nd Edition

Web Links:
1. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3540/signals-and-systems-i(Signals and Systems Iby Prof. K.S.
Venktesh IIT Kanpur )
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-2011/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108104100(Principles of Signals and Systems, Video course, Coordinator by
Prof. Aditya, K. Jagannatham,IIT Kanpur )

***

212
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET OF THINGS

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201EC5O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO
1:
Interpret the evolution of different internet technologies and need for IOT.
CO
2:
Identify different networking components in IOT with respect to OSI.
CO
Infer the need of sensors and actuators used in IOT.
3:
CO
4:
Outline the terminologies and technologies associated with IOT connectivity.
CO
5:
Summarize IOT applications for societal needs.
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to IOT: Introduction, Evolution of IOT, IOT and M2M, IOT -CPS, IOT-WoT, Various enablers
ofIOT andComplex interdependencetechnologies, Networking components of IOT.

Unit – II
NetworkingComponentsinIOT:Introduction,Networktypes,Networkreachability,OSImodel,
InternetProtocolsuite,Datalinklayeraddressing, Networklayeraddressing,TCP/IPtransport layer.

Unit – III
IOTsensorsandactuators:Introduction,Sensorsanditscharacteristics,typesofsensing,sensing
considerations,Actuators, characteristicsofactuators, types ofactuators.

Unit – IV
IOT software and Protocols: Introduction, dataprotocols, MQTT, MQTT-SN, CoAP, XMPP, HTTP, Web
Socket, Identification protocols, EPC, u Code.

Unit – V
Connectivity Technologies in IOT: Introduction, IEEE 802 15 4, Zigbee, Communication topologies in
Zigbee, WirelessHART network architecture, RFID, Lora, WI-Fi, Bluetooth.
IOT Applications: IOT in agriculture, Smart irrigation Management system, IOT in health care systems.

213
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Internet of Things- AHands-onApproach, Arshdeep Bahgaand Vijay Madisetti, Universities Press,
2015, ISBN:9788173719547
2. Getting Started with RaspberryPi, Matt Richardson & Shawn Wallace, O'ReiIIy(SPD), 2014,
ISBN:9789350239759.
3. Misra,S.,Mukherjee,A.,&Roy,A.(2021).Introduction to IoT. Cambridge:Cambridge University Press.
doi:10.1017/9781108913560.

Reference Books:
1. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally “Designing the Internet of Things”, John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
2. Peter Friess,’ lnternet of Things—From Research and Innovation to Market Deployment’, River
Publishers, 2014

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.npte1.ac.in/noc2lee85/course
2. https://onlinecourses.npte1.ac.in/noc2lcs17/preview
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105166/

***

214
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SWITCHING THEORY AND LOGIC DESIGN

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201EC5O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Interpret number represntation in different code formats.

CO2 Illustrate the functionality of logic gates
CO3 Realize logic minimization using suitable techniques.
CO4 Constuct combinational logic circuits for desired functionality.
CO5 Realize boolean functions using PLDs.
CO6 Interpret the functionality of filpflops.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Number Systems: Representation of numbers of different radix, conversion from one radix to another radix,
r-1’scompliments and r’s compliments of signed numbers, problem solving.
Binary Codes:4 bit codes, BCD, Excess-3, 2421, 84-2-1 9’s compliment code etc. Error detection &
correction codes, Gray code, error detection, error correction codes.
Logic Gates: Basic logic operations: NOT,OR, AND, Universal building blocks, EXOR, EX-NOR Gates.

Unit – II
Boolean Algebra &Minimization Techniques: Boolean theorems, principle of complementation & duality,
De-Morgan theorems, minimization of logic functions using Boolean theorems, minimization of switching
functions using K-Map up to 4 variables, tabular minimization.

Unit – III
Combinational Logic Circuits: Design of Half adder, full adder, half sub-tractor, full sub-tractor,
applications of full adders, 4-bit binary adder-sub-tractor circuit, BCD adder circuit, look-a-head adder
circuit, Design of decoder, de-multiplexer, 7 segment decoder, higher order de-multiplexing, encoder,
multiplexer, higher order multiplexing, realization of Boolean functions using decoders & multiplexers.

215
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Programmable Logic Devices:Introduction to PLD’s: PROM, PAL, PLA-Basics structures, realization of
Boolean function with PLDs, programming tables of PLDs, merits & demerits of PROM, PAL, PLA
comparison, realization of Boolean functions using PROM, PAL, PLA, programming tables of PROM, PAL,
PLA.

Unit – V
Sequential Circuits: Classification of sequential circuits (synchronous and asynchronous) basic flip-flops,
truth tables and excitation tables (NAND RS latch, NOR RS latch, RS flip-flop, JK flip-flop, T-flip-flop, D-
flip-flop with reset and clear terminals). Conversion from one flip-flop to another flip-flop.

Text Books:
1. Digital Design, Morris Mano, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2002.
2. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Charles H. Roth Jr., Jaico Publishers, 2004.
3. Switching Theory and Logic Design, A. Anand Kumar, Pearson, 3rdEdition, 2013.

Reference Books:
1. Modern Digital Electronics, RP Jain, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition, 2010.
2. Introduction to Switching Theory and Logic Design, Fredriac J. Hill, Gerald R. Peterson, 3rd Edition,
John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1982.
3. Switching and Finite Automata Theory, ZviKohavi&NirajK.Jha, 3rdEdition 2010.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/106/117106086/ (By Prof. GoutamSaha, Electronics & Electrical
Communication Engineering Dept, IIT Kharagpur).
2. https://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/digital-circuits-and-systems.html(By Prof. SantanuChattopadhyay,
Electronics & Electrical Communication Engineering Dept, IIT Kharagpur).
3. https://www.smartzworld.com/notes/switching-theory-and-logic-design-stld/.

***

216
 AR20 AEC-CSE

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS5O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Apply object oriented programming features and concepts for solving given problem.
CO2: Solve real time problems using the concepts of class, inheritance, interface and packages
CO3: Test for runtime exceptions arise in java applications.
CO4: Develop real time applications using multithreading
CO5: Build java applications that interact with database for performing data related operations.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 1 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 1 - 2 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to Java: History of Java, Java Features, Program Structure, Command Line Arguments, User
Input to Programs. Building Blocks of Java: Identifiers, Data types, Literal Constants, Variables and its
Scope, Formatted Output with printf() Method, Operators, Precedence and Associativity of Operators, Type
Casting. Control Statements: Selection Statements: if-else, switch, Iteration Statements: while, do-while, for,
for each, Transfer Statements: Break, Continue

Unit – II
Arrays: Introduction, Declaration and Initialization of Arrays, Accessing Elements of Array. Operations on
Array Elements, Class Arrays, Two-dimensional Arrays, Arrays of Varying Lengths, Multi-dimensional
arrays. Classes, Objects and Methods: Class Declaration, Creating Objects,Assigning One Object to Another,
Methods, Constructors, this keyword, static keyword, final keyword, garbage collector, Access Control,
Method Overloading, Constructor Overloading, Parameter Passing, Nested Classes. String Handling:
StringClass, Methods for Extracting Characters from Strings, Methods for Comparison of Strings, Methods
for Searching Strings, Methods for Modifying Strings, String Buffer Class and its methods, Class String
Builder.

Unit – III
Inheritance: Inheritance, Types of Inheritance, Constructor Method and Inheritance, Super keyword, Method
Overriding, Dynamic Method Dispatch, Inhibiting Inheritance of Class Using Final, Abstract
Classes.Interfaces- Defining an interface, Implementing interfaces through classes, Multiple inheritance
through interfaces.

217
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Packages: Introduction, Defining Package, Importing Packages and Classes into Programs, Path and Class
Path, Access Specifiers, java.lang package, Wrapper Classes. Exception Handling: Introduction, Importance
of try, catch, throw, throws and finally block, Multiple Catch Clauses, Rethrowing Exception, Nested try and
catch Blocks, Unchecked Exceptions, Checked Exceptions,Custom Exceptions.

Unit – V
Multithreading: Introduction, Thread Life Cycle, Creation of Threads, Thread Priorities, Thread
Synchronization, Inter-thread Communication- Suspending, Resuming, and Stopping of Threads. Java
Database Connectivity: Introduction, JDBC Architecture, Installing MySQL and MySQL Connector/J, JDBC
Environment Setup, Establishing JDBC Database Connections, ResultSet Interface, Creating JDBC
Application.

Text Books:
1. The Complete Reference Java, Herbert Schildt, 8th Edition, TMH, 2014.
2. Java one step ahead, Anita seth, B.L.Juneja, First Edition, Oxford, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to java programming, by Y Daniel Liang, Seventh Edition, Pearson, 2017.
2. Core Java: An Integrated Approach, R.Nageswara Rao, Dream tech press, 2008.
3. Thinking in Java – Bruce Eckel, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105191/
2. http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/
3. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/java
4. http://www.javatpoint.com
5. http://www.w3schools.com/java

***

218
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize the database characteristics and identify various database architectures.
CO2: Interpret relational database using SQL
CO3: Examine issues in data storage and query processing for appropriate
CO4: Make use of normalization techniques for database design
CO5: Illustrate the mechanisms of transaction management.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 1 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO3 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO5 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Database system, Characteristics (Database Vs File System), Database Users(Actors on Scene,
Workers behind the scene), Advantages of Database systems, Database applications. Brief introduction of
different Data Models; Concepts of Schema, Instance and data independence; Three tier schema architecture
for data independence; Database system structure, environment, Centralized and Client Server architecture
for the database.

Unit – II
Relational Model: Introduction to relational model, concepts of domain, attribute, tuple, relation, importance
of null values, constraints (Domain, Key constraints, integrity constraints) and their importance

Unit – III
Entity Relationship Model: Introduction, Representation of entities, attributes, entity set, relationship,
relationship set, constraints, sub classes, super class, inheritance, specialization, generalization using ER
Diagrams.

Unit – IV
Schema Refinement (Normalization): Purpose of Normalization or schema refinement, concept of functional
dependency, normal forms based on functional dependency(1NF, 2NF and 3 NF), concept of surrogate key,
Boyce-codd normal form(BCNF), Lossless join and dependency preserving decomposition, Fourth normal
form(4NF), Fifth Normal Form (5NF).

219
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Transaction Concept: Transaction State, Implementation of Atomicity and Durability, Concurrent Executions,
Serializability, Recoverability, Implementation of Isolation, Testing for Serializability, Failure Classification,
Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery algorithm.

Text Books:
1. Database Management Systems, 3/e, Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, TMH
2. Database System Concepts,5/e, Silberschatz, Korth, TMH

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Database Systems, 8/e C J Date, PEA.
2. Database Management System, 6/e Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, PEA
3. Database Principles Fundamentals of Design Implementation and Management, Corlos Coronel,
Steven Morris, Peter Robb, Cengage Learning.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105175/
2. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/introduction-to-nosql/
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wkOD6mbXc2M
4. https://beginnersbook.com/2015/05/normalization-in-dbms/

***

220
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201IT5O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the basic structure of a computer system, various number systems and arithmetic operations.
CO2: Explain the Operation of CPUs including RTL, ALU, Instruction Cycle and Buses
CO3: Demonstrate the architecture and functionality of central processing unit
CO4: Illustrate the I/O and memory organization in an efficient way.
CO5: Make use of multi processors and pipelining to improve the efficiency of computer system.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 1 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 1 3 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 1 1 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit – I
Basic Structure of Computers: Basic Organization of Computers, Historical Perspective, Bus Structures. Data
Representation: Data types, Complements, Fixed Point Representation. Floating – Point Representation. Other
Binary Codes, Error Detection Codes. Computer Arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication
Algorithms, Division Algorithms.

Unit – II
Register Transfer Language and Microoperations: Register Transfer language. Register Transfer Bus and
Memory Transfers, Arithmetic Micro operations, Logic Micro Operations, Shift Micro Operations, Arithmetic
Logic Shift Unit.Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction Codes, Computer Register,
Computer Instructions, Instruction Cycle, Memory – Reference Instructions. Input – Output and Interrupt,
Complete Computer Description,

Unit – III
Central Processing Unit: General Register Organization, STACK Organization. Instruction Formats, Addressing
Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control, Reduced Instruction Set Computer.
Microprogrammed Control: Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Micro Program example, Design of Control
Unit.

Unit – IV
Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary Memory, Associative Memory, Cache
Memory, Virtual Memory.
Input-Output Organization: Peripheral Devices, Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous data transfer, Modes of
Transfer, Priority Interrupts, Direct Memory Access.

221
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Multi Processors: Introduction, Characteristics of Multiprocessors, Interconnection Structures, Inter Processor
Arbitration.
Pipeline: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Instruction Pipeline, RISC Pipeline, Array Processor.

Text Books:
1. Computer System Architecture, M. Morris Mano, Third Edition, Pearson, 2008.
2. Computer Organization, Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic, SafwatZaky, 5/e, McGraw Hill, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. Computer Organization and Architecture, William Stallings, 6/e, Pearson, 2006.
2. Structured Computer Organization, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4/e, Pearson, 2005.
3. Fundamentals of Computer Organization and Design, Sivarama P. Dandamudi, Springer, 2006

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105163/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106092/
3. https://www.udemy.com/course/computer-architecture-computer-organization-course/
4. http://www.cuc.ucc.ie/CS1101/David%20Tarnoff.pd

***

222
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201IT5O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify the applications of computer graphics and video display devices for implementing graphical
user interface.
CO2: Anlayse output primitives and filled area primitives in implementing various algorithms.
CO3: Make use of geometric tranformations , viewing and clipping in 2D and 3D graphics.
CO4: Illustrate the various Visible Surface detection methods in 3D graphics.
CO5: Apply openGL for general computer animations.
CO6: Analyse different object and color modelling techniques, fractals and ray tracing classifications.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 1 2 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Applications of Computer Graphics, Video Display Devices-CRT, Raster-Scan and Random-
Scan systems. graphics monitors and work stations and input devices Output Primitives: Line Drawing
Algorithms- Bresenham’s and DDA Line Drawing Algorithms, Mid-point circle and Ellipse algorithms.
Filled Area Primitives: Scan Line Polygon fill algorithm, Boundary fill and Flood fill algorithms

Unit – II
2-D Geometrical Transformations: Translation, rotation, scaling, reflection and shear transformations.
2-D viewing: The viewing pipeline, Window to viewport coordinate transformation.
2-D Clipping: Cohen-Sutherland line clipping algorithm, Sutherland-Hodgeman polygon clipping algorithm
and other clipping models: Text & Curve clipping models.

Unit – III
3-D Geometrical Transformations: Translation, rotation, scaling, reflection and shear transformations, 3-D
Viewing pipeline.Concepts: Parallel and perspective projections and visible surface detection methods.

223
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Animations: General computer animation, Raster, Key-frame. Color models: RGB, YIQ, CMY, HSV.
Graphics programming using OPENGL: basic graphics primitives-Generating three dimensional objects.

Unit – V
Fractals: Fractals and self similarity, Mandelbrot sets- Julia sets – Random Fractals.Overview of Ray Tracing:
Intersecting rays with other primitives-Adding surface texture-Reflections and transparency-Boolean
operations on objects.

Text Books:
1. Computer Graphics C Version, Donald D. Hearn, M. Pauline Baker, 2nd Edition, Pearson.
2. Computer Graphics using OPENGL, Stephen M. Kelley, Francis S. Hill, 2nd Edition, Pearson.

Reference Books:
1. Computer Graphics- Principles and practices in C, James D. Foley, Andries Van Dam, Steven K.
Feiner, John F. Hughes, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Computer Graphics, Samit Bhattacharya, OXFORD Higher Education.
3. Computer Graphics, Peter, Shirley, CENGAGE.
4. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics, Neuman, Sproul, TMH.
5. The Computer Graphics manual, Vol 2, David, Soloman, Springer.

Web Links:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-837computer-graphics-fall-
2012/
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106090/
3. https://in.udacity.com/course/interactive-3d-graphics--s291
4. http://www.cse.iitm.ac.in/~vplab/computer_graphics.html
5. http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/online/links.html

***

224
 AR20 AEC-CSE

FUNDAMENTALS OF PETROLEUM INDUSTRY

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201PT5O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Apply the basic Principles and Mechanisms that are responsible for Petroleum Industry
CO2: Analyze various modifications to equipment and designs and lithological characteristics and
behaviour of reservoir
CO3: Explain the hydrocarbon activity in reservoir, logging, testing and completions
CO4: Analyze various case studies available in petrochemical, chemical, bioprocesses treatment
of wastage.
CO5: Explain various modification to well for Better production rate

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
The history of production: Oil beginning- A case for casing- More fire works-Underground mysteries-
Breathing of the earth- Crisis and reservoir engineering- Horizontal drilling- The great offshore-Indian
scenario.

Unit – II
The reservoir: Origin- Transformation- Characterization- Discovery. What’s in the container? The prize:
Determinants- The contents- The chemistry- Composition- Properties Impurities- Fingerprints- The origin of
hydrocarbons. Drilling: The spring pole- Cable tool drilling and operations- Rotary drilling- Rig components-
Drilling mud- Blowout preventers- Drilling offshore- Top drives and automation- The course- Location

Unit – III
Logging, testing and completing: Logging- Correlation logs- Real time- Directional and horizontal wells-
Original hydrocarbons in place- Open hole testing- Completions- Cased hole logging and measuring devices.
Hydrocarbon activity in the reservoir: Phases- Phases diagrams- Reservoir fluid categories- Using phase
diagrams- Gas wells Vs oil wells- Shrinkage – Solution gas- oil ratio- Relative permeability.
Production: The motivating force- Drive mechanisms- Producing phases- Primary production- Secondary
recovery- Pressure maintenance and waterflooding- Tertiary recovery.

225
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Making it marketable: Field processing: Gas treating- Oil treating- Water disposal- Testing- Measurement
and metering- Storage.

Unit – V
Remedial operations and workovers: Decision making- Workover rigs- Coiled tubing- Subsea completions-
Well problems and stimulation- Changing production intervals.

Text Books:
1. Oil and Gas Production in Nontechnical Language, Martin S. Raymond & William L. Leffler, Penn
Well Corporation, 2006.

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Oil and Gas Production, American Petroleum Institute, 5th Edition, 1996.
2. Oil and Gas Production Hand Book: An Introduction Oil and Gas
Production, Havard Devold, ABB ATPA Oil and Gas, 2006.

Web Links:
1. https://www.samco.in/knowledge-center/articles/crude-oil-trading-the-ultimate-beginners-
strategyguide/#:~:text=Strategies%20%26%20Tips%20for%20Crude%20Oil%20Trading%201,Trading
%20Strategy.%20...%204%20Spread%20Trading%20Strategy.%20
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_gas
3. https://www.breakthroughfuel.com/blog/oil-in-motion-visibility-into-crude-oil-transportation
4. https://crp.trb.org/acrpwebresource2/overview-of-air-cargo-terminal-design-aspects/
5. https://www.osti.gov/biblio/780306

***

226
 AR20 AEC-CSE

FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201PT5O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Outline the concept of chemical engineering principles

CO2: Explain the components of chemical engineering
CO3: Explain the concept of unit processes and unit operations
CO4: Identify the role of computer in chemical engineering
CO5: Distinguish various paradigm shifts in chemical engineering

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PSO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Chemistry, Chemical Engineering and Chemical Technology; Chemical process industries:
History and their role in Society; Role of Chemical Engineer; History and Personalities of Chemical
Engineering; Greatest achievements of Chemical Engineering.

Unit – II
Components of Chemical Engineering: Role of Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and Biology;
Thermodynamics, Transport Phenomena, Chemical Kinetics and Process dynamics, design and control.

Unit – III
Concept of Unit Processes and Unit Operations: Description of different Unit Processes and Unit Operations;
Designing of equipments; Flowsheet representation of process plants, Evolution of an Industry – Sulphuric acid
and Soda ash manufacture. Demonstration of simple chemical engineering experiments; Plant visit to a chemical
industry

Unit – IV
Role of Computer in Chemical Engineering: Chemical Engineering Software; Visit to Process Simulation Lab;
Relation between Chemical Engineering and other engineering disciplines; Traditional vs. modern Chemical
Engineering; Versatility of Chemical Engineering: Role of Chemical Engineers in the area of Food, Medical,
Energy, Environmental, Biochemical, Electronics etc. Plant visit to an allied industry.

Unit – V
Paradigm shifts in Chemical Engineering: Range of scales in Chemical Engineering; Opportunities for Chemical
Engineers; Future of Chemical Engineering.

227
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1 Introduction to Chemical Engineering, Salil K. Ghosal, Siddhartha Datta. Tata McGraw-Hill Education,
1993.
2 Introduction to Chemical Engineering, Badger W.L. and Banchero J.T., 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
1997.

Reference Books:
1 Outlines of Chemicals Technology, Dryden, C.E., Edited and Revised by Gopala Rao, M. and M.Sittig, 2nd
Edition, Affiliated East-West press, 1993
2 Chemical Process Industries, Randolph Norris Shreve, George T. Austin, Shreve’e 5th edition, McGraw
Hill, 1984

Web Links:
1 https://www.britannica.com/science/chemistry#:~:text=chemistry%2C%20the%20science%20that%20deals,
or%20absorbed%20during%20these%20processes.
2 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chemical_engineering.
3 https://chemicaltweak.com/unit-operation-and-unit-process/#:~:text=and%20unit%20process-
,Unit%20Operation,are%20considered%20as%20unit%20operations
4 https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-030-34387-
3_84#:~:text=Currently%2C%20more%20and%20more%20computer,(4)%20cyberinfrastructure%2C%20in
formatics%20and
5 https://cordis.europa.eu/article/id/88076-paradigm-shift-for-chemical-process-engineering

***

228
 AR20 AEC-CSE

OVERVIEW OF MINING
(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201MI5O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Analyze different stages in the life of a mine.

CO2: Choose a suitable location for opening to a deposit.
CO3: Organize for building appropriate permanent lining, drift with proper ventilation and lighting
arrangements.
CO4: Analyze the special methods need to be adopted for a particular situation.
CO5: Distinguish the uses of explosives.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 - 3 - - - - - - - - 1 1
CO2 - 3 - - - - - - - - 1 1
CO3 - 3 - - - - - - - - 1 1
CO4 - 3 - - - - - - - - 1 1
CO5 - 3 - - - - - - - - 1 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Mineral distribution in India and World. Contribution of mining to civilization, Stages in the life of a mine.

Unit – II
Overview of surface mining, surface mining methods. Unit operations, Mechanization of surface mines.

Unit – III
Overview of Underground Mines. Methods of Underground mining. Mechanization of underground mines.

Unit – IV
Safety practices in opencast and underground Mines

Unit – V
Impacts of Mining on environment.

229
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. D.J.Deshmukh, Elements of Mining Technology, Denett& Co., Nagpur Vol. I, 1998.
2. DrT.N.Singh, Surface Mining, Lovely Prakashan, Dhanbad ,2nd edition 2002.
3. B.V.Gokhale, Blasthole drilling Technology, multifields, Bombay, 1st edition 2001.

Reference Books:
1. Indian Bureau of Mines, Minerals Year Book & other publications, Latest Edition.
2. DrC.M.Kole, Khuli Khan KaAyojan (Hindi), CMPDIL, Ranchi , 1st edition 1996.
3. Dr. Calvin Konya; “Rock Blasting and Overbreak Control” Precision Blasting Services, Montville,
Ohio 2nd edition, 2004.

Web Links:
1. http://www.miningglobal.com/operations/gifs-5-stages-mining-life-cycle
2. https://www.slideshare.net/umer_1/stages-in-life-of-mine
3. https://www.minecationstandards.org/fileadmin/MAS/documents/nmas-national
4. stabdards/afghanistan/AMAS_07.04_Storage_Transportation_Handling_of_Explosives.pdf

***

230
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BASIC CROP PRODUCTION PRACTICES

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201AG5O01 2 0 2 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain factors affecting on crop growth and production.

CO2: Explain crop selection and establishment of an adequate crop stand and ground cover.
CO3: Explain crop water management using integrated water management methods.
CO4: Apply agriculture crops production practices in field.
CO5: Apply the horticulture crops production practices in field.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - - - 2
CO2 1 - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 1 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 1 - 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 1 - 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Agriculture and Crop Production: Introduction to agriculture and its crop production sub-sectors– field crop
production and horticulture; Factors affecting crop growth and production: genetic (internal) and
environmental (external) factors; Crop management through environmental modification and adaptation of
crops to the existing environment through crop cultural practices.

Unit – II
Crop Selection and Establishment: Regional and seasonal selection of crops; Systems of crop production;
Competition among crop plants; Spacing and arrangement of crop plants; Field preparation for crops
including systems of tillage; Establishment of an adequate crop stand and ground cover, including selection
and treatment of seed, and nursery growing

Unit – III
Crop Management: Crop water Management; a Crop nutrition management – need for supplementation to
soil supplied nutrients, sources, generalized recommendations, methods and timing of application of
supplemental nutrients including fertigation scheduling; Crop protection including management of weeds,
pests and pathogens; Integrated methods of managing water, nutrients and plant protection; Types and
methods of harvest.

231
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Production Practices of Agricultural Crops: Generalized management and cultivation practices for important
groups of field crops in Andhra Pradesh: cereal crops, grain legumes, oil seed crops, sugarcane, and fiber
crops, and special purpose crops such as those grown for green manure and fodder.

Unit – V
Production Practices of Horticultural Crops: Important basic groups of horticultural crops in A.P such as
vegetable crops, fruit crops, flower crops; Cultivation practices of major fruits, major vegetables and major
flowers of each group; Special features of production of horticultural crops – greenhouse cultivation, Organic
farming, Zero budget farming, Vertical gardening and Kitchen farming.

Text Books:
1. Rajendra Prasad, Text Book of Field Crop Production. Directorate of Information and Publication,
Krishi Anusandhan Bhavan, Pusa, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Reddy T. Sankara G.H. Yellamanda Reddi, Principles of Agronomy, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi,
2005.
3. Handbook of Agriculture. ICAR Publications, New Delhi, 2011.

Reference Books:
1. Bose T. K. and L.P.Yadav. Commercial Flowers, Naya Prakash, Calcutta.1989.
2. Crop Production Guide, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University Publication, Coimbatore. 2005.
3. Kumar, N., Abdul Khader, M. Rangaswami, P. and Irulappan, I. Introduction to spices, plantation
crops, medicinal and aromatic plants. Rajalakshmi Publications, Nagercoil. 1993.
4. Kumar, N., ”Introduction to Horticulture”, Rajalakshmi Publications. Nagercoil, 7th edition, 2015.
5. Shanmugavel, K.G. Production Technology of Vegetable Crops. Oxford India Publications, New
Delhi. 1989.

Web Links:
1. https://www.careerlauncher.com/cbse-ncert/class-8/Science/CBSE-CropProduction and Management-
Notes.html#:~:text=%E2%80%A2%20Basic%20Practices%20
of%20Crop,is%20called%20ploughing%20or%20tilling.
2. https://www.edubeans.com/Class_VIII_Science_Crop-Production-and-Management.php
3. https://byjus.com/biology/basic-practices-of-crop-production/
4. http://www.apagrisnet.gov.in/pdf/farmerbook.pdf
5. http://cbseacademic.nic.in/web_material/Curriculum/Vocational/2018/Basic%20
Agriculture%20X%20(408).pdf

***

232
 AR20 AEC-CSE

GROUNDWATER, WELLS AND PUMPS

(Open Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201AG5O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain scenario, types and properties of various water bearing formations.
CO2: Select appropriate method for exploration and replenishment of groundwater.
CO3: Explain design, development and construction of wells.
CO4: Determine the aquifer properties under unsteady state and steady state subsurface flow conditions.
CO5: Explain the types, working principles with components and diagram of various water lifting devices and
pumps.
CO6: Select the pump for irrigation by considering performance characteristics, installation and
troubleshooting.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 - 2 - - 3 - 1 - - - - -
CO3 - - 3 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 - 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 - 3 1 - 3 - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Occurrence and movement of ground water; aquifer and its types & properties;classification of wells, fully
penetrating tube wells and open wells, familiarization of various types of bore wells.

Unit – II
Groundwater exploration techniques; methods of drilling of wells: percussion,rotary, reverse rotary; design of
open wells; design of tube well and gravel pack, installation of well screen, completion and development of
well.

Unit – III
Groundwater hydraulics- determination of aquifer parameters by different method such as Theis, Jacob and
Chow’s, Theis recovery method; well interference, multiple well systems, estimation of ground water
potential, quality of ground water; artificial groundwater recharge techniques.

Unit – IV
Pumping systems: water lifting devices; different types of pumps, classification of pumps, component parts of
centrifugal pumps, priming, pump selection, installationand troubleshooting, performance curves, effect of
speed on capacity, head and power, effect of change of impeller dimensions on performance characteristics.

233
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Propeller pumps; Mixed flow pumps and their performance characteristics; Vertical turbine pump-
construction, installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting; and submersible pump- construction,
installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting; hydraulic ram- principal of operation; Economics of
pumping.

Text Books:
1. Water Well and Pumps, Michael AM, Khepar SD. and SK Sondhi, 2nd Edition,Tata Mc-Graw Hill,
2008.
2. Irrigation-Theory and Practice, Michael AM., 2nd Edition. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2018.
3. Principles of Agricultural Engineering Vol-II, Michael A.M. and Ojha T.P. 5th Edition. Jain Brothers
Publication, New Delhi, 2014.

Reference Books:
1. Land and Water Management Engineering, Murthy, V.V.N and Jha, M.K. Sixth Edition, Kalyani
Publishers, Ludhiana, 2011.
2. Ground Water, Third Edition, New Age International, Raghunath, H.M. Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
3. Groundwater Development and Management, Sarma, P.B.S., Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2009.
4. Ground Water Hydrology, Todd, D.K. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2004.

Web Links:
1. http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/course/view.php?id=513
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/105/105105042/

***

234
AR20 AEC-CSE

MEAN STACK TECHNOLOGIES

(Job Oriented Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5J01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Build static web pages using HTML5.

CO2: Apply JavaScript to embed programming interface for web pages.
CO3: Build a basic web server using Node.js, NPM and Express.js.
CO4: Apply typescript for strict typing in applications and perform CRUD operations
using MongoDB.
CO5: Develop responsive web pages using Angular.

Mapping of course outcomes with program outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 2 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2
CO2 2 2 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2
CO3 1 2 2 - 3 - - - - - - 2
CO4 2 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - 2
CO5 2 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - 2

Mapping of course outcomes with program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -

UNIT-I:
HTML 5:Introduction to Web, Overview of Web Technologies, HTML - Introduction, HTML -
Need, Case-insensitivity, Platform-independency, DOCTYPE Declaration, Types of Elements,
HTML Elements - Attributes, Metadata Element, Sectioning Elements, Paragraph Element,
Division and Span Elements, List Element, Link Element, Character Entities, HTML5 Global
Attributes, Creating Table Elements, Table Elements : Colspan/Rowspan Attributes, border,
cellspacing and cellpadding attributes, Creating Form Elements, Input Elements - Attributes, Color
and Date Pickers, Select and Datalist Elements, Editing Elements, Media, Iframe, Why HTML
Security, HTML Injection, Clickjacking, HTML5 Attributes & Events Vulnerabilities, Local
Storage Vulnerabilities, HTML5 - Cross-browser support, Best Practices For HTML Web Pages.

UNIT-II:
Javascript:Why we need JavaScript, What is JavaScript, Environment Setup, Working with
Identifiers, Type of Identifiers, Primitive and Non Primitive Data Types, Operators and Types of
Operators, Types of Statements, Non - Conditional Statements, Types of Conditional Statements, If
and Switch Statements, Types of Loops, Types of Functions, Declaring and Invoking Function,
Arrow Function, Function Parameters, Nested Function, Built-in Functions, Variable Scope in

235
AR20 AEC-CSE

Functions, Working With Classes, Creating and Inheriting Classes, In-built Events and Handlers,
Working with Objects, Types of Objects, Creating Objects, Combining and cloning Objects using
Spread operator, Destructuring Objects, Browser and Document Object Model, Creating Arrays,
Destructuring Arrays, Accessing Arrays, Array Methods, Introduction to Asynchronous
Programming, Callbacks, Promises, Async and Await, Executing Network Requests using Fetch
API, Creating and consuming Modules.

UNIT-III:
Node.js: Why and What Node.js, How to use Node.js, Create a web server in Node.js, Node
Package Manager, Modular programming in Node.js, Restarting Node Application, File Operations.

Express.js: Express Development Environment, Defining a route, Handling Routes, Route and
Query Parameters, How Middleware works, Chaining of Middlewares, Types of Middlewares,
Connecting to MongoDB with Mongoose, Validation Types and Defaults, Models, CRUD
Operations, API Development, Why Session management, Cookies, Sessions, Why and What
Security, Helmet Middleware, Using a Template Engine Middleware, Stylus CSS Preprocessor.

UNIT-IV:
Typescript: Installing TypeScript, Basics of TypeScript, Function, Parameter Types and Return
Types, Arrow Function, Function Types, Optional and Default Parameters, Rest Parameter,
Creating an Interface, Duck Typing,Function Types, Extending Interfaces, Classes, Constructor,
Access Modifiers, Properties and Methods, Creating and using Namespaces, Creating and using
Modules, Module Formats and Loaders, Module Vs Namespace, What is Generics, What are Type
Parameters, Generic Functions, Generic Constraints.

MongoDB: Introduction Module Overview, Document Database Overview,Understanding JSON,

MongoDB Structure and Architecture, MongoDB Remote Management, Installing MongoDB on
the local computer (Mac or Windows), Introduction to MongoDB Cloud, Create MongoDB Atlas
Cluster, GUI tools Overview, Install and Configure MongoDBCompass, Introduction to the
MongoDB Shell, MongoDB Shell JavaScript Engine, MongoDB Shell JavaScript Syntax,
Introduction to the MongoDB Data Types, Introduction to the CRUD Operations on documents,
Create and Delete Databases and Collections, Introduction to MongoDB Queries.

UNIT-V:
What is Angular, Features of Angular, Angular Application Setup, Components and Modules,
Executing Angular Application, Elements of Template, Change Detection, Structural Directives -
ngIf, ngFor, ngSwitch, Custom Structural Directive, Attribute Directives - ngStyle, ngClass,
Custom Attribute Directive, Property Binding, Attribute Binding, Style and Event Binding, Built in
Pipes, Passing Parameters to Pipes, Nested Components Basics, Passing data from Container
Component to Child Component, Passing data from Child Component to ContainerComponent,
Shadow DOM, Component Life Cycle, Template Driven Forms, Model Driven Forms or Reactive
Forms, Custom Validators in Reactive Forms, Custom Validators in Template Driven forms,
Dependency Injection,Services Basics,RxJS Observables, Server Communication using HttpClient,
Communicating with different backend services using Angular HttpClient, Routing Basics, Router
Links, Route Guards, Asynchronous Routing, Nested Routes.

236
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Programming the World Wide Web, 7th Edition, Robet W Sebesta, Pearson.
2. Pro Mean Stack Development, 1st Edition, ELadElrom, Apress O’Reilly.
3. Full Stack JavaScript Development with MEAN, Colin J Ihrig, Adam Bretz, 1st
edition, SitePoint, SitePoint Pty. Ltd., O'Reilly Media.
4. MongoDB – The Definitive Guide, 2nd Edition, Kristina Chodorow,O’Reilly.

Reference Books:
1. Web Technologies, HTML, JavaScript, PHP, Java, JSP, XML and AJAX, Black
book,1st Edition, Dream Tech.
2. An Introduction to Web Design, Programming, 1st Edition, Paul S Wang, Sanda
SKatila, Cengage Learning.

Web Links:
1. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_17739732834840810000_shared/overv
iew (HTML5)
2. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_18109698366332810000_shared/overv
iew (Javascript)
3. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_32407835671946760000_shared/overv
iew (Node.js & Express.js)
4. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_9436233116512678000_shared/overvi
ew (Typescript)
5. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_20858515543254600000_shared/overv
iew (Angular JS)
6. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_auth_013177169294712832113_shared
/overview (MongoDB)

* Extra concepts to be learned for industry purpose on student interest. Not for exam
purpose:Javascript- Why and What JavaScript Security, Security challenges in JavaScript, Cross-
site scripting (XSS), XSS Mitigation Techniques, Best Practice.
Typescript: Capstone Project.
Angular JS: Angular Capstone Projects
MongoDB - BSON, Extended JSON Modes, BSON Type Identifiers, Installing MongoDB on the
Dedicated or VPS server, Reading Documents, Cursor, Introduction to Operators, Embedded
Documents, Fields Filtering, Introduction to the Document Updates, Update Methods Syntax,
Positional Operator $, Delete Operations, Aggregation Framework, Indexes Overview, Index Creation
Process, Query Performance and explain(),MongoDB Utilities, mongoexport, mongoimport,
mongodump.

237
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB

Common to CSE&IT

VSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5L01 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Analyze network devices and framing methods.

CO2: Demonstrate the working of error detection and correction techniques.
CO3: Make use of various routing algorithms for effective data transmission
CO4: Discuss various sliding window Protocols.
CO5: Make use of congestion control algorithm for trafic shaping.
CO6: Demonstrate the working of packet transfer with and without network management tools.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 1 - 1 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO2 2 2 2 - 1 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO3 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO4 1 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO5 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO6 1 2 2 - 1 - - - 1 2 - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
Study of Network devices in detail and connect the computers in Local Area Network.

Week – 2
Write a Program to implement the data link layer farming methods such as i) Character stuffing ii) bit
stuffing.

Week – 3
Write a Program to implement data link layer farming method checksum.

Week – 4
Write a program for Hamming Code generation for error detection and correction.

Week – 5
Write a Program to implement on a data set of characters the three CRC polynomials – CRC 12, CRC 16 and
CRC CCIP.

238
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week – 6
Write a Program to implement Sliding window protocol for Goback N.

Week – 7
Write a Program to implement Sliding window protocol for Selective repeat.

Week – 8
Write a Program to implement Stop and Wait Protocol.

Week – 9
Write a program for congestion control using leaky bucket algorithm

Week – 10
Write a Program to implement Dijkstra‘s algorithm to compute the Shortest path through a graph.

Week – 11
Write a Program to implement Distance vector routing algorithm by obtaining routing table at each node
(Take an example subnet graph with weights indicating delay between nodes).

Week – 12
Write a Program to implement Broadcast tree by taking subnet of hosts.

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. How to run Nmap scan
14. Operating System Detection using Nmap
15. Do the following using NS2 Simulator i. NS2 Simulator-Introduction ii. Simulate to Find the Number of
Packets Dropped iii.Simulate to Find the Number of Packets Dropped by TCP/UDP
16. Do the following using NS2 Simulator i.Simulate to Find the Number of Packets Dropped due to
Congestion ii.Simulate to Compare Data Rate& Throughput.

Reference Books:
1. Data Communications and Networking – Behrouz A.Forouzan, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Education,
2012.
2. Computer Networks–Asystem’s approach, Larry L Peterson, Bruce S Davie, 5th Edition,
Elsevier,2011.
3. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, James F. Kurose, K. W. Ross,
6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.

Web Links:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/fundamentals-network-communications.
2. https://www.udemy.com/course/introduction-to-networking-for-complete-beginners/
3. http://www.askforprogram.in/p/computer-ne.html
4. http://www.scribd.com/doc/58478622/Computer-Networks-Forouzan.
5. https://www.udacity.com/course/computer-networking

239
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATA MINING LAB

Common to CSE&IT

VSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5L02 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Design a data mart or data warehouse for any organization

CO2: Interpret characteristics of data Sets using WEKA Tool
CO3: Experiment different pre-processing techniques in Data Mining
CO4: Demonstrate the working of algorithms for data mining tasks such as association rule mining,
classification for realistic data
CO5: Apply the suitable visualization techniques to output analytical results
CO6: Identify appropriate data mining algorithm for solving practical problems.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 1 2 2 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO2 2 1 - 3 2 - - - 1 2 - -
CO3 2 3 - 2 2 - - - 1 2 - 1
CO4 2 3 2 2 2 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO6 2 3 2 2 2 - - - 1 2 - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 1
CO2 - 1
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2
CO6 - 2

List of Experiments:
Week – 1
Creation of a Data Warehouse.
Build Data Warehouse/Data Mart (using open source tools like Pentaho Data Integration Tool, Pentaho Business
Analytics; or other data warehouse tools like Microsoft-SSIS, Informatica, Business Objects,etc.,)
Design multi-dimensional data models namely Star, Snowflake and Fact Constellation schemas for any one
enterprise (ex. Banking, Insurance, Finance, Healthcare, manufacturing, Automobiles, sales etc).
Write ETL scripts and implement using data warehouse tools.
Perform Various OLAP operations such as slice, dice, roll up, drill up and pivot

Week – 2
Explore machine learning tool “WEKA”
Study the arff file format Explore the available data sets in WEKA. Load a data set (ex. Weather dataset, Iris
dataset, etc.)
Load each dataset and observe the following:
1. List the attribute names and they types
2. Number of records in each dataset
3. Identify the class attribute (if any)

240
AR20 AEC-CSE

4. Plot Histogram
5. Determine the number of records for each class.
6. Visualize the data in various dimensions

Week – 3
Perform following data preprocessing tasks using Python
i) Rescale Data
ii) Binarize Data
iii)Standardize Data

Week – 4
Write a program to calculate chi-square value using Python. Report your observation

Week – 5
Demonstrate performing classification on data sets
Load each dataset into Weka and run 1d3, J48 classification algorithm. Study the classifier output. Compute
entropy values, Kappa statistic.
Extract if-then rules from the decision tree generated by the classifier, Observe the confusion matrix.
Load each dataset into Weka and perform Naïve-bayes classification and k-Nearest Neighbour classification.
Interpret the results obtained.
Plot RoC Curves
Compare classification results of ID3, J48, Naïve-Bayes and k-NN classifiers for each dataset, and deduce
which classifier is performing best and poor for each dataset and justify.

Week – 6
Demonstrate ZeroR technique on Iris dataset (by using necessary preprocessing technique(s)) and share your
observations (using WEKA)

Week – 7
Write a program of Naive Bayesian classification using Python programming language

Week – 8
Demonstrate performing clustering of data sets
Load each dataset into Weka and run simple k-means clustering algorithm with different values of k (number of
desired clusters).
Study the clusters formed. Observe the sum of squared errors and centroids, and derive insights.
Explore other clustering techniques available in Weka.
Explore visualization features of Weka to visualize the clusters. Derive interesting insights and explain.

Week – 9
Write a program of cluster analysis using simple k-means algorithm Python programming language

Week – 10
Write a Python program to generate frequent item sets / association rules using Apriori algorithm

Week – 11
Write a Python program to generate frequent item sets / association rules using FP-growth Tree algorithm

Week – 12
Visualize the datasets using matplotlib in python.(Histogram, Box plot, Bar chart, Pie chart etc.,)

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. Write a Python program to prepare a simulated data set with unique instances.
14. Write a program to compute/display dissimilarity matrix (for your own dataset containing at least four
instances with two attributes) using Python
15. Write a program of cluster analysis using DB SCAN algorithm Python programming language
16. Demonstrate Web/Text Mining using WEKA Tool

241
AR20 AEC-CSE

Reference Books:
1. Learning Data Mining with Python , Second Edition, Robert Layton,PacktPublishers
2. Java Data Mining: Strategy, Standard, and Practice: A Practical Guide for Architecture, Design, and
Implementation,Mark F. Hornick , Erik Marcadé, Sunil Venkayala,Kindle Publishers

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106107220
2. https://dzone.com/refcardz/data-mining-discovering-and
3. https://www.springboard.com/blog/data-science/data-mining-python-tutorial/
4. https://www.cs.waikato.ac.nz/ml/weka/book.html
5. http://facweb.cs.depaul.edu/mobasher/classes/ect584/weka/index.html

242
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SUMMER INTERNSHIP - I

VSemester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5P01 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Conduct a technical survey to identify a real world engineering problem

CO2: Analyze the industrial plant layout using technical expertise
CO3: Compare theoretical and real work environments in technical perspective
CO4: Identify the challenges in the execution of operations
CO5: Execute the operations and report the results of assigned tasks using modern tools adhering to
professional ethics

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 3 - - - - - - - 1 - 1
CO2 3 - - - - 1 1 - - - 1
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - 1 1 1
CO4 1 1 3 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 - - - - 3 - - 2 1 1 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1
CO2 1 1
CO3 1 2
CO4 1 1
CO5 1 2

Guidelines:

1. The Internship is a team activity of 3 to 4 students.

2. The students can undergo Industrial Training / Internship at Govt. Organizations,
software MNCs or do Research projects in National Laboratories/Academic
Institutions like IITs, NITs etc. during summer breaks after completion of IV
Semester.
3. Community Service Project is an alternative to the Summer Internship, whenever
there is an exigency and students cannot pursue their Summer Internship. A group of
students or even a single student can take up the Community Service Project during
summer breaks. However, a student can opt for this only once. The students have to
identify social problems existing in any geographical area/village and try to solve
them technically or suggest to people the necessary solutions for solving these
problems.
4. Prior letter and approval from the Head of the Department must be taken before
applying to any organization for the fulfilment of this course.

243
AR20 AEC-CSE

5. Every student should put in a minimum of 180 hours for the Community Service
Project during the summer vacation.
6. Each class/section should be assigned with a Project Coordinator.
7. The students are motivated to do projects based on societal needs using emerging
technologies like IoT, Machine learning, Deep Learning, Cyber security, cloud
computing etc.,
8. The Community Service Project should be different from the regular programmes of
NSS/NCC/Green Corps/Red Ribbon Club, etc.
9. After successful completion, students shall submit a summer internship technical
report to the department concerned.
10. The student shall appear for the oral presentation before the Project Review
Committee (PRC)* and an External Examiner.

244
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION

(Skill Oriented Course – Module III)
Common to CSE & IT

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS5S01 0 0 4 2

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Make use of different Workflows available in UiPath.

CO2: Develop simple Process workflows using various control structures.
CO3: Make use of various activities and will be able to perform Operations on an Excel file.
CO4: Make use of Exception handling and handling user events.
CO5: Design, Build and test a process workflow for any project.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 2 2 - -
CO3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO4 2 2 - - 1 - - - 2 2 - -
CO5 2 1 2 - 3 - - - 2 2 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 3 -
CO5 3 -

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
Record and play
Design a process to demonstrate the use of Application Recorder and Play the Whole Recorded Process.
Design a process to demonstrate the use of Web Recorder and Play the Whole Recorded Process.

Week – 2
Workflows
Design a process to demonstrate the use of a Flowchart activity.
Design a process to demonstrate the use of a Sequence activity.

Week – 3
Control Structures
Design a process to demonstrate the use of While and Do-While loops..
Design a process to demonstrate the use of For – Each loop.

245
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week – 4
Decision Making
Design a process to demonstrate the use of Decision Making Statements
Design a process to demonstrate the use of Switch Activity.

Week – 5
Data Manipulation
Design a process to create a Data Table Manually adding the fields student no, name, and marks in different
subjects. Display the result in a message box.
Design a process to create a Data Table Dynamically by Selecting the data from any web site and display the
result in a message box.

Week – 6
Clipboard Management
Design a process to type the text “Aditya College” in a Notepad Application.
Design a Process to select the text typed in notepad and display the contents on the screen.
Design a process to send the value present in a string variable to the notepad application.

Week – 7
File Transfer
Design a process to demonstrate the use of Read and Write Cell
Design a process to demonstrate the use of Read and Write Range

Week – 8
Handling Mouse Events
Design a process to demonstrate how to handle mouse click and double click activity
Design a process to demonstrate how to handle mouse Hover activity

Week – 9
Handling Keyboard activities
Design a process to demonstrate how to handle keyboard activities – Send hotkey, Type into, Type secure text.

Week – 10
Scrapping
Design a process to demonstrate how to scrape the data using Screen Scraper Wizard.

Week – 11
Scrapping – Continued
Design a process to demonstrate Scraping using Microsoft OCR
Design a process to demonstrate Scraping using Google OCR

Week – 12
Exception Handling
Design a process to demonstrate the use of try catch and finally in a project

246
AR20 AEC-CSE

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. Design a process workflow to monitor a copying event and block it.
14. Design a process workflow to launch an assistant bot on a keyboard event.
15. Design a process workflow to use config files in a project.
16. Design a project to publish a workflow in UiPath.

Text Books:
1. Alok Mani Tripathi “Learning Robotic Process Automation”, Packt Publishers, ISBN 13:
9781788470940, Paperback,

Reference Books:
1. Richard Murdoch, “Robotic Process Automation: Guide to building Robots, Automate Repetitive Tasks
& Become An RPA Consultant”, ISBN-10: 1983036838, ISBN-13: 978-1983036835
2. Kelly Wibbenmeyer, “The Simple implementation Guide to Robotic Process Automation (RPA)”,
iuniverse ISBN-10: 1532045883, ISBN-13: 978 - 1532045882.

Web Links:
1. https://www.udemy.com/topic/robotic-process-automation
2. https://www.uipath.com/rpa/academy
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MBl-3Yb30FA
4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/robotic-process-automation

247
AR20 AEC-CSE

MEAN STACK TECHNOLOGIES LAB MODULE – I

Skill Oriented Course-III
V Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS5S02 0 0 4 2

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop professional web pages of an application using HTML elements like lists,
navigations, tables, images and various form elements
CO2: Make use of the new features of HTML 5.0 that includes media – audio and video,
web page division – header, footer, nav, section, article aside and also embed CSS
Styles.
CO3: Utilize Javascript for developing interactive HTML web pages and validate form
data.
CO4: Build a basic web server using Node.js and also working with Node Package
Manager (NPM).
CO5: Build a web server using Express.js
CO6: Make use of Typescript to optimize JavaScript code by using the concept of strict
type checking.

Mapping of course outcomes with program outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO2 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO3 2 3 2 - 2 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO4 2 2 2 1 3 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO5 2 2 2 1 3 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO6 2 2 3 1 3 - - - 1 2 - 2

Mapping of course outcomes with program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

1.a Course Name: HTML5 - The Language

Module Name: Case-insensitivity, Platform-independency, DOCTYPE Declaration,
Types of Elements, HTML Elements - Attributes, Metadata Element
Include the Metadata element in Homepage.html for providing description as
"IEKart's is an online shopping website that sells goods in retail. This company deals
with various categories like Electronics, Clothing, Accessories etc.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_28320667711144660000_shared?collectionId=lex_17739732834840810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
1.b Course Name: HTML5 - The Language
Module Name: Sectioning Elements
Enhance the Homepage.html of IEKart's Shopping Application by adding appropriate
sectioning elements.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-

248
AR20 AEC-CSE

module/lex_6372291347110857000_shared?collectionId=lex_17739732834840810000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
1.c Course Name: HTML5 - The Language
Module Name: Paragraph Element, Division and Span Elements, List Element
Make use of appropriate grouping elements such as list items to "About Us" page of
IEKart's Shopping Application.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_32785192040894940000_shared?collectionId=lex_17739732834840810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
1.d Course Name: HTML5 - The Language
Module Name: Link Element
Link "Login", "SignUp" and "Track order" to "Login.html", "SignUp.html" and
"Track.html" page respectively. Bookmark each category to its details of IEKart's
Shopping application.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_15515105953273338000_shared?collectionId=lex_17739732834840810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
1.e Course Name: HTML5 - The Language
Module Name: Character Entities
Add the © symbol in the Home page footer of IEKart's Shopping application.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_547667376938096260_shared?collectionId=lex_17739732834840810000_shared&collecti
onType=Course
1.f Course Name: HTML5 - The Language
Module Name: HTML5 Global Attributes
Add the global attributes such as contenteditable, spellcheck, id etc. to enhance the
Signup Page functionality of IEKart's Shopping application.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_28723566050321920000_shared?collectionId=lex_17739732834840810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
2.a Course Name: HTML5 - The Language
Module Name: Creating Table Elements, Table Elements : Colspan/Rowspan
Attributes, border, cellspacing, cellpadding attributes
Enhance the details page of IEKart's Shopping application by adding a table element
to display the available mobile/any inventories.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_013168035284033536113_shared?collectionId=lex_17739732834840810000_shared
&collectionType=Course
2.b Course Name: HTML5 - The Language
Module Name: Creating Form Elements, Color and Date Pickers, Select and Datalist
Elements
Using the form elements create Signup page for IEKart's Shopping application.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_13975270903118459000_shared?collectionId=lex_17739732834840810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
2.c Course Name: HTML5 - The Language
Module Name: Input Elements - Attributes
Enhance Signup page functionality of IEKart's Shopping application by adding
attributes to input elements.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_14048414537062347000_shared?collectionId=lex_17739732834840810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course

2.d Course Name: HTML5 - The Language

249
AR20 AEC-CSE

Module Name: Media, Iframe

Add media content in a frame using audio, video, iframe elements to the Home page
of IEKart's Shopping application.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_30738402225794945000_shared?collectionId=lex_17739732834840810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
3.a Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Type of Identifiers
Write a JavaScript program to find the area of a circle using radius (var and let -
reassign and observe the difference with var and let) and PI (const).
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_013053264414818304732_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared
&collectionType=Course
3.b Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Primitive and Non Primitive Data Types
Write JavaScript code to display the movie details such as movie name, starring,
language, and ratings. Initialize the variables with values of appropriate types. Use
template literals wherever necessary.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_21528322245232402000_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
3.c Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Operators and Types of Operators
Write JavaScript code to book movie tickets online and calculate the total price,
considering the number of tickets and price per ticket as Rs. 150. Also, apply a festive
season discount of 10% and calculate the discounted amount.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_13808338384481720000_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
3.d Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Types of Statements, Non - Conditional Statements, Types of
Conditional Statements, if Statements, switch Statements
Write a JavaScript code to book movie tickets online and calculate the total price
based on the 3 conditions: (a) If seats to be booked are not more than 2, the cost per
ticket remains Rs. 150. (b) If seats are 6 or more, booking is not allowed. (c) If seats to
be booked are more than 2 but less than 6, based on the number of seats booked, do
the following - Calculate total cost by applying discounts of 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 percent, and
so on for customer 1,2,3,4 and 5. Try the code with different values for the number of
seats.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_16257498471333610000_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
3.e Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Types of Loops
Write a JavaScript code to book movie tickets online and calculate the total price
based on the 3 conditions: (a) If seats to be booked are not more than 2, the cost per
ticket remains Rs. 150. (b) If seats are 6 or more, booking is not allowed. (c) If seats
to be booked are more than 2 but less than 6, based on the number of seats booked, do
the following - Calculate total cost by applying a discount of 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 percent, and
so on for customers till 5 respectively. Try the code with different values for the
number of seats. Implement the problem statement using 'for' loop, 'while' loop and
'do-while' loop.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-

250
AR20 AEC-CSE

module/lex_6238536888292970000_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
4.a Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Types of Functions, Declaring and Invoking Function, Arrow
Function, Function Parameters, Nested Function, Built-in Functions, Variable Scope
in Functions
Write a JavaScript code to book movie tickets online and calculate the total price
based on the 3 conditions: (a) If seats to be booked are not more than 2, the cost per
ticket remains Rs. 150. (b) If seats are 6 or more, booking is not allowed. (c) If seats
to be booked are more than 2 but less than 6, based on the number of seats booked, do
the following - Calculate total cost by applying a discount of 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 percent, and
so on for customers till 5 respectively. Try the code with different values for the
number of seats. Write the following custom functions to implement given
requirements: i. calculateCost(seats): Calculate and display the total cost to be paid by
the customer for the tickets they have bought. ii. calculateDiscount(seats): Calculate
discount on the tickets bought by the customer. Implement using arrow functions.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_15455199570613326000_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
4.b Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Working With Classes, Creating and Inheriting Classes
Create an Employee class extending from a base class Person. Hints: (i) Create a class
Person with name and age as attributes. (ii) Add a constructor to initialize the values
(iii) Create a class Employee extending Person with additional attributes role and
contact (iv) The constructor of the Employee to accept the name, age, role and contact
where name and age are initialized through a call to super to invoke the base class
constructor (v)Add a method getDetails() to display all the details of Employee.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_012599811117760512458_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared
&collectionType=Course
4.c Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: In-built Events and Handlers
Write a JavaScript code to book movie tickets online and calculate the total price
based on the 3 conditions: (a) If seats to be booked are not more than 2, the cost per
ticket remains Rs. 150. (b) If seats are 6 or more, booking is not allowed. (c) If seats to
be booked are more than 2 but less than 6, based on the number of seats booked, do
the following - Calculate total cost by applying discounts of 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 percent, and
so on for customer 1,2,3,4 and 5. Try the code with different values for the number of
seats. Write the following custom functions to implement given requirements: (i)
calculateCost(seats): Calculate and display the total cost to be paid by the customer for
the tickets he has bought. (ii) calculateDiscount(seats): Calculate discount on the
tickets bought by the customer. Invoke this function only when the user clicks on a
link/button.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_4192188372573027000_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
4.d Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Working with Objects, Types of Objects, Creating Objects,
Combining and cloning Objects using Spread operator, Destructuring Objects,
Browser Object Model, Document Object Model
If a user clicks on the given link, they should see an empty cone, a different heading,
and a different message and a different background color. If user clicks again, they

251
AR20 AEC-CSE

should see a re-filled cone, a different heading, a different message, and a different
color in the background.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_13197025862804100000_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
5.a Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Creating Arrays, Destructuring Arrays, Accessing Arrays, Array
Methods
Create an array of objects having movie details. The object should include the movie
name, starring, language, and ratings. Render the details of movies on the page using
the array.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_013053270191734784711_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared
&collectionType=Course
5.b Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Introduction to Asynchronous Programming, Callbacks, Promises,
Async and Await, Executing Network Requests using Fetch API
Simulate a periodic stock price change and display on the console. Hints: (i) Create a
method which returns a random number - use Math.random, floor and other methods
to return a rounded value. (ii) Invoke the method for every three seconds and stop
when the count is 5 – use the setInterval method. (iii) Since setInterval is an async
method, enclose the code in a Promise and handle the response generated in a success
callback. (iv) The random value returned from the method every time can be used as a
stock price and displayed on the console.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_012599811633905664460_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared
&collectionType=Course
5.c Course Name: Javascript
Module Name: Creating Modules, Consuming Modules
Validate the user by creating a login module. Hints: (i) Create a file login.js with a
User class. (ii) Create a validate method with username and password as arguments.
(iii) If the username and password are equal it will return "Login Successful" else will
return "Unauthorized access". (iv) Create an validateUser.html file with textboxes
username and password and a submit button. (v) Add a script tag in HTML to include
validateUser.js file. (vi) Create an validateUser.js file which imports login module and
invokes validate method of User class. (vii) On submit of the button in HTML the
validate method of the User class should be invoked. (viii) Implement the validate
method to send the username and password details entered by the user and capture the
return value to display in the alert.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_013052857053585408667_shared?collectionId=lex_18109698366332810000_shared
&collectionType=Course
6.a Course Name: Node.js
Module Name: How to use Node.js
Verify how to execute different functions successfully in the Node.js platform.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_19002830632103186000_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
6.b Course Name: Node.js
Module Name: Create a web server in Node.js
Write a program to show the workflow of JavaScript code executable by creating web
server in Node.js.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-

252
AR20 AEC-CSE

module/lex_28177338996267815000_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
6.c Course Name: Node.js
Module Name: Modular programming in Node.js
Write a Node.js module to show the workflow of Modularization of Node application.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_28865394191004004000_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
6.d Course Name: Node.js
Module Name: Restarting Node Application
Write a program to show the workflow of restarting a Node application.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_9174073856000159000_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
6.e Course Name: Node.js
Module Name: File Operations
Create a text file src.txt and add the following data to it. Mongo, Express, Angular,
Node.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_33376440180246100000_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
7.a Course Name: Express.js
Module Name: Defining a route, Handling Routes, Route Parameters, Query
Parameters
Implement routing for the AdventureTrails application by embedding the necessary
code in the routes/route.js file.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_29394215542149950000_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
7.b Course Name: Express.js
Module Name: How Middleware works, Chaining of Middlewares, Types of
Middlewares
In myNotes application: (i) we want to handle POST submissions. (ii) display
customized error messages. (iii) perform logging.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_13930661312009580000_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
7.c Course Name: Express.js
Module Name: Connecting to MongoDB with Mongoose, Validation Types and
Defaults
Write a Mongoose schema to connect with MongoDB.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_013035588775485440691_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared
&collectionType=Course
7.d Course Name: Express.js
Module Name: Models
Write a program to wrap the Schema into a Model object.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_013035593896869888662_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared
&collectionType=Course
8.a Course Name: Express.js
Module Name: CRUD Operations
Write a program to perform various CRUD (Create-Read-Update-Delete) operations
using Mongoose library functions.

253
AR20 AEC-CSE

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_013035684270129152696_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared
&collectionType=Course
8.b Course Name: Express.js
Module Name: API Development
In the myNotes application, include APIs based on the requirements provided. (i) API
should fetch the details of the notes based on a notesID which is provided in the URL.
Test URL - http://localhost:3000/notes/7555 (ii) API should update the details based
on the name which is provided in the URL and the data in the request body. Test URL
- http://localhost:3000/notes/Mathan Note: Only one document in the collection needs
to be updated. (iii) API should delete the details based on the name which is provided
in the URL. Test URL - http://localhost:3000/notes/Mathan Note: Only one document
in the collection needs to be deleted.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_013035745250975744755_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared
&collectionType=Course
8.c Course Name: Express.js
Module Name: Why Session management, Cookies
Write a program to explain session management using cookies.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_24299316914857090000_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
8.d Course Name: Express.js
Module Name: Sessions
Write a program to explain session management using sessions.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_905413034723449100_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared&collecti
onType=Course
8.e Course Name: Express.js
Module Name: Why and What Security, Helmet Middleware
Implement security features in myNotes application
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_31677453061177940000_shared?collectionId=lex_32407835671946760000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
9.a Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Basics of TypeScript
On the page, display the price of the mobile-based in three different colors. Instead of
using the number in our code, represent them by string values like GoldPlatinum,
PinkGold, SilverTitanium.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_28910354929502245000_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
9.b Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Function
Define an arrow function inside the event handler to filter the product array with the
selected product object using the productId received by the function. Pass the selected
product object to the next screen.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_10783156469383723000_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
9.c Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Parameter Types and Return Types
Consider that developer needs to declare a function - getMobileByVendor which
accepts string as input parameter and returns the list of mobiles.

254
AR20 AEC-CSE

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/hands-
on/lex_auth_012712912427057152901_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
9.d Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Arrow Function
Consider that developer needs to declare a manufacturer's array holding 4 objects with
id and price as a parameter and needs to implement an arrow function - myfunction to
populate the id parameter of manufacturers array whose price is greater than or equal
to 150 dollars then below mentioned code-snippet would fit into this requirement.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/hands-
on/lex_auth_012712910875500544904_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
9.e Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Optional and Default Parameters
Declare a function - getMobileByManufacturer with two parameters namely
manufacturer and id, where manufacturer value should passed as Samsung and id
parameter should be optional while invoking the function, if id is passed as 101 then
this function should return Moto mobile list and if manufacturer parameter is either
Samsung/Apple then this function should return respective mobile list and similar to
make Samsung as default Manufacturer. Below mentioned code-snippet would fit into
this requirement.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/hands-
on/lex_auth_012712914940641280906_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
10.a Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Rest Parameter
Implement business logic for adding multiple Product values into a cart variable which
is type of string array.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/hands-
on/lex_auth_012712921860915200909_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
10.b Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Creating an Interface
Declare an interface named - Product with two properties like productId and
productName with a number and string datatype and need to implement logic to
populate the Product details.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/hands-
on/lex_auth_012712925244276736910_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
10.c Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Duck Typing
Declare an interface named - Product with two properties like productId and
productName with the number and string datatype and need to implement logic to
populate the Product details.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/hands-
on/lex_auth_012712925995458560912_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
10.d Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Function Types
Declare an interface with function type and access its value.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/hands-
on/lex_auth_012712948945346560918_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
11.a Course Name: Typescript

255
AR20 AEC-CSE

Module Name: Extending Interfaces

Declare a productList interface which extends properties from two other declared
interfaces like Category,Product as well as implementation to create a variable of this
interface type.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/hands-
on/lex_auth_012712951652139008920_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
11.b Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Classes
Consider the Mobile Cart application, Create objects of the Product class and place
them into the productlist array.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_3705824317381604400_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&collecti
onType=Course
11.c Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Constructor
Declare a class named - Product with the below-mentioned declarations: (i) productId
as number property (ii) Constructor to initialize this value (iii) getProductId method to
return the message "Product id is <<id value>>".
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/hands-
on/lex_auth_012712954616782848927_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
11.d Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Access Modifiers
Create a Product class with 4 properties namely productId, productName,
productPrice, productCategory with private, public, static, and protected access
modifiers and accessing them through Gadget class and its methods.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/hands-
on/lex_auth_012712953517170688931_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
12.a Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Properties and Methods
Create a Product class with 4 properties namely productId and methods to
setProductId() and getProductId().
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_9356738095572543000_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&collecti
onType=Course
12.b Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Creating and using Namespaces
Create a namespace called ProductUtility and place the Product class definition in it.
Import the Product class inside productlist file and use it.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_20787271128051925000_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
12.c Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: Creating and using Modules
Consider the Mobile Cart application which is designed as part of the functions in a
module to calculate the total price of the product using the quantity and price values
and assign it to a totalPrice variable.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_24788158187785620000_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
12.d Course Name: Typescript
Module Name: What is Generics, What are Type Parameters, Generic Functions,

256
AR20 AEC-CSE

Generic Constraints
Create a generic array and function to sort numbers as well as string values.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_446287045482942800_shared?collectionId=lex_9436233116512678000_shared&collectio
nType=Course

List of augmented experiment:

13. Design any front end web application using HTML, CSS and validate client side using Javascript. Also
use typescript, Node.js, Express.js wherever applicable.

Text Books:
1. Programming the World Wide Web, 7th Edition, Robet W Sebesta, Pearson.
2. Pro Mean Stack Development, 1st Edition, ELadElrom, Apress O’Reilly.
3. Full Stack JavaScript Development with MEAN, Colin J Ihrig, Adam Bretz, 1st edition,
SitePoint, SitePoint Pty. Ltd., O'Reilly Media.

Reference Books:
1. Web Technologies, HTML, JavaScript, PHP, Java, JSP, XML and AJAX, Black book, 1st
Edition, Dream Tech.
2. An Introduction to Web Design, Programming, 1st Edition, Paul S Wang, Sanda S Katila,
Cengage Learning.

Web Links:
1. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_17739732834840810000_shared/overview
(HTML5)
2. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_18109698366332810000_shared/overview
(Javascript)
3. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_32407835671946760000_shared/overview
(Node.js & Express.js)
4. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_9436233116512678000_shared/overview
(Typescript)

257
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND PATENTS

Common to all branches

VSemester L T P C
Course Code:201MC5T01 2 0 0 0

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Compare various types of Intellectual Property rights.

CO2: Discuss Intellectual Property and infer rights on such Intellectual Property owners
CO3: Explain the process of patenting
CO4: Apply for Trade marks and Copyrights.
CO5: Explain the methods to protect Trade secrets
CO6: Interpret the legal issues on Intellectual Property Rights and cyber laws

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 - - - - 1 - 3 - - - 2
CO2 1 - - - - 1 - 3 - - - 2
CO3 1 - - - - 1 - 3 - - - 2
CO4 1 - - - - 1 - 3 - - - 2
CO5 1 - - - - 1 - 3 - - - 2
CO6 1 - - - - 1 - 3 - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit – I
Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights (IPR): Concept of Property - Introduction to IPR – International
Instruments and IPR - WIPO - TRIPS – WTO –Laws Relating to IPR - IPR Tool Kit - Protection and
Regulation - Copyrights and Neighboring Rights – Industrial Property – Patents - Agencies for IPR
Registration – Traditional Knowledge –Emerging Areas of IPR – Layout Designs and Integrated Circuits –
Use and Misuse of Intellectual Property Rights.

Unit – II
Copyrights and Neighboring Rights: Introduction to Copyrights – Principles of Copyright Protection – Law
Relating to Copyrights - Subject Matters of Copyright – Copyright Ownership – Transfer and Duration –
Right to Prepare Derivative Works –Rights of Distribution – Rights of Performers – Copyright Registration –
Limitations – Infringement of Copyright – Relief and Remedy – Case Law - Semiconductor Chip Protection
Act.

Unit – III
Patents: Introduction to Patents - Laws Relating to Patents in India – Patent Requirements – Product Patent
and Process Patent - Patent Search - Patent Registration and Granting of Patent - Exclusive Rights –
Limitations - Ownership and Transfer –– Revocation of Patent – Patent Appellate Board - Infringement of
Patent – Double Patenting –– Patent Cooperation Treaty – New developments in Patents – Software
Protection and Computer related Innovations.
258
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Trademarks and Trade secrets: Introduction to Trademarks – Laws Relating to Trademarks – Functions of
Trademark – Distinction between Trademark and Property Mark – Marks Covered under Trademark Law -
Trade Mark Registration – Trade Mark Maintenance – Transfer of rights - Deceptive Similarities - Likelihood
of Confusion - Dilution of Ownership – Trademarks Claims and Infringement – Remedies – Passing off
Action - Introduction to Trade Secrets – General Principles - Maintaining Trade Secret – Physical Security –
Employee Access Limitation – Employee Confidentiality Agreements.

Unit – V
Cyber Law and Cyber Crime : Introduction to Cyber Law – Information Technology Act 2000 - Protection of
Online and Computer Transactions - E-commerce - Data Security – Authentication and Confidentiality -
Privacy - Digital Signatures – Certifying Authorities - Cyber Crimes - Prevention and Punishment – Liability
of Network Providers. Relevant Cases Shall be dealt where ever necessary.

Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of IPR for Engineers- Kompal Bansal &Parishit Bansal, B. S. Publications (Press), 2013
2. Intellectual Property -Deborah E.Bouchoux, Third Edition, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2012

Reference Books:
1. Intellectual property rights- Prabuddha Ganuli, Tata Mcgraw hill, 2012
2. Intellectual property rights M.Ashok kumar and Mohd.Iqbal Ali:, Serials Publications, 2015
3. Intellectual Property Rights (Patents & Cyber Law), Dr. A. Srinivas. Oxford University Press, New
Delhi, 2015.
4. Intellectual Property- Richard Stim, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2012.

Web Links:
1. http://www.wipo.int/portal/en/index.html
2. https://indiankanoon.org/
3. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/patents.htm
4. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/trade-marks.htm
5. http://copyright.gov.in

259
 AR20 AEC-CSE

NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING

(Honors)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS5H01 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the key concepts from NLP which are used to describe and analyze language
CO2: Explain POS tagging and context free grammar for English language.
CO3: Make use of the rule based system to tackle morphology/syntax of a language.
CO4: Demonstrate semantics and pragmatics of English language for processing
CO5: Compare the use of different statistical approaches for different types of NLP applications

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - 1 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 - 1 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 - 3 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 - 1 1 1 2 - - - - - - -
CO5 - 1 1 1 2 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 3 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Introduction : Origins and challenges of NLP – Language Modelling: Grammar-based LM,Statistical LM –
Regular Expressions, Finite-State Automata – English Morphology, Transducers for lexicon and rules,
Tokenization, Detecting and Correcting Spelling Errors, Minimum Edit Distance.

Unit – II
Word Level Analysis: Unsmoothed N-grams, Evaluating N-grams, Smoothing, Interpolation and Backoff –
Word Classes, Part-of-Speech Tagging, Rule-based, Stochastic and Transformation based tagging, Issues in PoS
tagging – Hidden Markov and Maximum Entropy models.

Unit – III
Syntactic Analysis: Context-Free Grammars, Grammar rules for English, Treebank’s, Normal Forms for
grammar – Dependency Grammar – Syntactic Parsing, Ambiguity, DynamicProgramming parsing – Shallow
parsing – Probabilistic CFG, Probabilistic CYK, Probabilistic Lexicalized CFGs – Feature structures,
Unification of feature structures

Unit – IV
Semantics And Pragmatics: Requirements for representation, First-Order Logic, Description Logics – Syntax-
Driven Semantic analysis, Semantic attachments – Word Senses, Relations between Senses, Thematic Roles,
selectional restrictions – Word Sense Disambiguation, WSD using Supervised, Dictionary & Thesaurus,
Bootstrapping methods – Word Similarity using Thesaurus and Distributional methods

260
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Discourse Analysis And Lexical Resources: Discourse segmentation, Coherence – Reference Phenomena,
Anaphora Resolution using Hobbs and Centering Algorithm – Co referenceResolution – Resources: Porter
Stemmer, Lemmatizer, Penn Treebank, Brill’s Tagger, WorldNet,PropBank, FrameNet, Brown Corpus, British
National Corpus (BNC).

Text Books:
1. Daniel Jurafsky, James H. Martin―Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction to Natural
Language Processing, Computational Linguistics and Speech, PearsonPublication, 2014
2. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein and Edward Loper, ―Natural Language Processing with Python, First Edition,
O’Reilly Media, 2009

Reference Books:
1. CK Baldwin, Language processing with Java and Ling Pipe Cookbook, Atlantic Publisher, 2015
2. Richard M Reese,Natural Language Processing with Java, O’Reilly Media, 2015
3. NitinIndurkhya and Fred J. Damerau, ―Handbook of Natural Language Processing, Second, Chapman
and Hall/CRC Press, 2010
4. Tanveer Siddiqui, U.S. Tiwary, ―Natural Language Processing and Information Retrieval, Oxford
University Press, 2008

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104123/
2. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/theory-of-computation-automata-tutorials/
3. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/compiler-design-tutorials/
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106049/

261
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPUTATIONAL NUMBER THEORY

(Honors)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS5H02 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop the mathematical skills to solve number theory problems and to develop the mathematical
skills of divisions, congruence’s, and number functions.
CO2: Describe the history of number theory and its solved and unsolved problems
CO3: Investigate applications of number theory and the use of computers in a Number theory
CO4: Estimate the time and space complexities of various Secure Algorithms.
CO5: Summarize various factorization and logarithmic methods.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 2 - 3 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 1 -

Unit - I
Arithmetic of Integers: Basic Arithmetic Operations, GCD, Congruences and Modular Arithmetic,
Linear Congruences, Polynomial Congruences, Quadratic Congruences, Multiplicative Orders, Continued
Fractions, Prime Number Theorem and Riemann Hypothesis, Running Times of Arithmetic Algorithms.

Unit – II
Arithmetic of Finite Fields: Existence and Uniqueness of Finite Fields, Representation of Finite Fields,
Implementation of Finite Field Arithmetic, Arithmetic of Polynomials: polynomials over Finite Fields,
Finding Roots of Polynomials over Finite Fields, Factoring Polynomials over Finite Fields, Properties of
Polynomials with Integer Coefficients, Factoring Polynomials with Integer Coefficients.

Unit – III
Arithmetic of Elliptic Curves: Elliptic Curve, Elliptic-Curve Group, Elliptic Curve over Finite Fields,
Pairing on Elliptic Curves,
Elliptic-Curve Point Counting, Primality Testing: Introduction, Probabilistic Primality Testing,
Deterministic Primality Testing, Primality Testing for Number of Special Forms.

Unit – IV
Integer Factorization: Trial Division, Pollard’s Rho Method, Pollard’s p-1 Method, Dixon’s Method,
CFRAC Method, Quadratic Sieve Method, Cubic Sieve Method, Elliptic Curve Method, Number-Field
Sieve Method, Discrete Logarithms: Square-Root Methods, Algorithms: Prime Fields, Fields of
Characteristic Two, General Extension Fields, Elliptic Curves(ECDLP).

262
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Large Sparse Linear Systems: Structured Gaussian Elimination, Lanczos Method, Wiedemann Method,

Text Books:
1. Abhijit Das, Computational Number Theory, CRC Hall, 1st Edition, 2013.
2. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. Rivest and C. Stein, Introduction to Algorithms, Prentice Hall India,

Reference Books:
1. Serge Vaudenay: “Classical Introduction to Cryptography – Applications for Communication Security”,
Springer, 2006
2. Victor Shoup: “A Computational Introduction to Number Theory and Algebra”, Cambridge University
Press, 2005
3. A. Manezes, P. Van Oorschot and S. Vanstone: “Hand Book of Applied Cryptography”, CRC Press, 1996

Web Links:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/103/106103015/
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/fibonacci
3. https://www.udemy.com/course/introduction-to-number-theory/
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/number-theory-modular-arithmetic/
5. https://www.coursera.org/learn/mathematical-thinking

263
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPUTER NETWORKS
(Minor)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS5M01 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the computer network fundamentals and reference models.

CO2: Identify data link layer services and functions.
CO3: Classify MAC layer protocols and LAN technologies.
CO4: Apply various routing algorithms and Congestion control techniques for effective data transmission.
CO5: Utilize the services provided by the transport layer and application layer.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 3 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 1 -
CO5 2 -

Unit – I
Introduction: Network Types, LAN, MAN, WAN, Network Topologies Reference models- The OSI
Reference Model, the TCP/IP Reference Model , A Comparison of the OSI and TCP/IP Reference Models,
OSI Vs TCP/IP, Lack of OSI models success, Internet History.
Physical Layer: Introduction to Guided Media- Twisted-pair cable, Coaxial cable and Fiber optic cable and
unguided media: Wireless-Radio waves, microwaves, infrared.

Unit – II
Data link layer: Design issues, Framing: fixed size framing, variable size framing, flow control, error
control, error detection and correction codes, CRC, Checksum: idea, one’s complement internet checksum,
services provided to Network Layer, Elementary Data Link Layer protocols: simplex protocol, Simplex stop
and wait, Simplex protocol for Noisy Channel.Sliding window protocol: One bit, Go back N, Selective
repeat-Stop and wait protocol,
Data link layer in HDLC: configuration and transfer modes, frames, control field, point to point protocol
(PPP): framing transition phase, multiplexing, multi link PPP.

Unit – III
Media Access Control:Random Access: ALOHA, Carrier sense multiple access (CSMA), CSMA with
Collision Detection, CSMA with Collision Avoidance,
Controlled Access: Reservation, Polling, Token Passing, Channelization: frequency division multiple
Access(FDMA), time division multiple access(TDMA), code division multiple access(CDMA).
Wired LANs: Ethernet, Ethernet Protocol, Standard Ethernet, Fast Ethernet(100 Mbps), Gigabit Ethernet, 10
Gigabit Ethernet.

264
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
The Network Layer Design Issues: Store and Forward Packet Switching, Services Provided to the Transport
layer, Implementation of Connectionless Service, Implementation of Connection Oriented Service,
Comparison of Virtual Circuit and Datagram Networks, Routing Algorithms: The Optimality principle,
Shortest path, Flooding, Distance vector, Link state, Hierarchical, Congestion Control algorithms: General
principles of congestion control, Congestion prevention polices, Approaches to Congestion Control, Traffic
Aware Routing, Admission Control, Traffic Throttling, Load Shedding, Traffic Control Algorithm:Leaky
bucket & Token bucket.
Internet Working: Network layer in the internet, IP protocols: IP Version 4,IP Version 6,Transition from
IPV4 to IPV6, Comparison of IPV4 & IPV6,Internet control protocols: ICMP, ARP, DHCP

Unit – V
The Transport Layer: Transport layer protocols: Introduction, services, port number, User data gram
protocol: UDP services, UDP applications,
Transmission control protocol: TCP services, TCP features, Segment, A TCP connection, windows in TCP,
flow control, Error control, Congestion control in TCP.
Application Layer: World Wide Web: HTTP, Electronic mail, Architecture, web based mail, email security,
TELENET, local versus remote Logging, Domain Name System: Name Space, DNS, SNMP.

Text Books:
1. Computer Networks — Andrew S Tanenbaum and David J Wetherall, 5th Edition, Pearson Education,
2013.
2. Data Communications and Networking – Behrouz A.Forouzan, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Education,
2012.

Reference Books:
1. Data Communications and Networks- Achut S Godbole, AtulKahate
2. Computer Networks, Mayank Dave, CENGAGE
3. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networks-S. Keshav, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105081
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/fundamentals-network-communications
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106091/
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/mta-networking-fundamentals/

265
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

(Minor)

VSemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS5M02 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize the database characteristics and identify various database

architectures.
CO2: Interpret relational database using SQL
CO3: Examine issues in data storage and query processing for appropriate
CO4: Make use of normalization techniques for database design
CO5: Illustrate the mechanisms of transaction management.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 1 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO3 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO5 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 3 -
CO4 1 -
CO5 2 -

Unit – I
Introduction: Database system, Characteristics (Database Vs File System), Database Users(Actors on Scene, Workers
behind the scene), Advantages of Database systems, Database applications. Brief introduction of different Data Models;
Concepts of Schema, Instance and data independence; Three tier schema architecture for data independence; Database
system structure, environment, Centralized and Client Server architecture for the database.

Unit – II
Relational Model: Introduction to relational model, concepts of domain, attribute, tuple, relation, importance of null
values, constraints (Domain, Key constraints, integrity constraints) and their importance

Unit – III
Entity Relationship Model: Introduction, Representation of entities, attributes, entity set, relationship, relationship set,
constraints, sub classes, super class, inheritance, specialization, generalization using ER Diagrams.

Unit – IV
Schema Refinement (Normalization): Purpose of Normalization or schema refinement, concept of functional
dependency, normal forms based on functional dependency(1NF, 2NF and 3 NF), concept of surrogate key, Boyce-
codd normal form(BCNF), Lossless join and dependency preserving decomposition, Fourth normal form(4NF), Fifth
Normal Form (5NF).

266
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Transaction Concept: Transaction State, Implementation of Atomicity and Durability, Concurrent Executions,
Serializability, Recoverability, Implementation of Isolation, Testing for Serializability, Failure Classification Storage,
Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery algorithm.

Text Books:
1. Database Management Systems, 3/e, Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, TMH
2. Database System Concepts,5/e, Silberschatz, Korth, TMH

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Database Systems, 8/e C J Date, PEA.
2. Database Management System, 6/e Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, PEA
3. Database Principles Fundamentals of Design Implementation and Management, Corlos Coronel, Steven Morris,
Peter Robb, Cengage Learning.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105175/
2. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/introduction-to-nosql/
3. https://beginnersbook.com/2015/05/normalization-in-dbms/

267
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INTERNET OF THINGS
(Minor)

V Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS5M03 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain in a concise manner how the general Internet as well as Internet of Things work.
CO2: Understand constraints and opportunities of wireless and mobile networks for Internet of Things.
CO3: Use basic sensing and measurement and tools to determine the real-time performance of network of
devices.
CO4: Develop prototype models for various applications using IoT technology
CO5: Explain in a concise manner how the general Internet as well as Internet of Things work

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 1 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
The Internet of Things: An Overview of Internet of things, Internet of Things Technology, behind IoTs Sources
of the IoTs, M2M Communication, Examples of IoTs, Design Principles For Connected Devices Internet
Connectivity Principles, Internet connectivity, Application Layer Protocols: HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, Telnet

Unit – II
Business Models for Business Processes in the Internet of Things ,IoT/M2M systems LAYERS AND designs
standardizations ,Modified OSI Stack for the IoT/M2M Systems,ETSI M2M domains and High- level
capabilities ,Communication Technologies, Data Enrichment and Consolidation and Device Management
Gateway Ease of designing and affordability

Unit – III
Design Principles for the Web Connectivity for connected-Devices, Web Communication protocols for
Connected Devices, Message Communication protocols for Connected Devices, Web Connectivity for
connected-Devices.

Unit – IV
Data Acquiring, Organizing and Analytics in IoT/M2M, Applications /Services /Business Processes, IOT/M2M
Data Acquiring and Storage, Business Models for Business Processes in the Internet Of Things, Organizing
Data, Transactions, Business Processes, Integration and Enterprise Systems.

268
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Data Collection, Storage and Computing Using a Cloud Platform for IoT/M2M Applications/Services, Data
Collection, Storage and Computing Using cloud platform Everything as a service and Cloud Service Models,
IOT cloud-based services using the Xively (Pachube/COSM), Nimbits and other platforms Sensor, Participatory
Sensing, Actuator, Radio Frequency Identification, and Wireless, Sensor Network Technology, Sensors
Technology, Sensing the World

Text Books:
1. Internet of Things: Architecture, Design Principles And Applications, Rajkamal, McGraw Hill Higher
Education
2. Internet of Things, A.Bahgya and V.Madisetti, Univesity Press,2015

Reference Books:
1. Designing the Internet of Things, Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, Wiley Getting Started with the
Internet of Things, CunoPfister ,Oreilly
2. IoT Fundamentals, Networking Technologies, Protocols and Use Cases for the Internet of Things, David
Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetette, rob Barton, Jerome Henry, CISCO, Pearson, 2018.
3. Designing the Internet of Things, Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, Wiley.

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs46/preview
2. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/public?keyword=Introduction%20to%20internet%20of%20things
3. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/public?keyword=Design%20for%20internet%20of%20things
4. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/iot

269
 AR20 AEC-CSE

MACHINE LEARNING
Common to CSE&IT

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6T01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Outline the Concepts of Machine Learning and Statistical Learning

CO2: Build Regression and Classification modelsfor given data
CO3: Make use of ensemble learning techniques to improve the performance of a model
CO4: Apply clustering techniques on high dimensional data to group the similar entities
CO5: Implement neural network models using keras and tensor flow libraries

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2

Unit – I
Introduction- Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Deep learning, Types of Machine Learning Systems,
Main Challenges of Machine Learning.Statistical Learning: Introduction, Supervised and Unsupervised
Learning, Training
and Test Loss, Tradeoffs in Statistical Learning, Estimating Risk Statistics, Sampling
distribution of an estimator, Empirical Risk Minimization.

Unit – II
Supervised Learning(Regression/Classification):Basic Methods: Distance based Methods, Nearest Neighbours,
Decision Trees, Naive Bayes, Linear Models: Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Generalized Linear
Models, Support Vector Machines, Binary Classification: Multiclass/Structured outputs, MNIST, Ranking.

Unit – III
Ensemble Learning and Random Forests: Introduction, Voting Classifiers, Bagging and Pasting, Random
Forests, Boosting, Stacking.Support Vector Machine: Linear SVM Classification, Nonlinear SVM
ClassificationSVM Regression, Naïve Bayes Classifiers.

Unit – IV
Unsupervised Learning Techniques: Clustering, K-Means, Limits of K-Means, Using Clustering for Image
Segmentation, Using Clustering for Preprocessing, Using Clustering for Semi-Supervised Learning, DBSCAN,
Gaussian Mixtures. Dimensionality Reduction: The Curse of Dimensionality, Main Approaches for
Dimensionality Reduction, PCA, Using Scikit-Learn, Randomized PCA, Kernel PCA.

270
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Neural Networks and Deep Learning: Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks with Keras, Implementing
MLPs with Keras, Installing TensorFlow 2, Loading and Preprocessing Data with TensorFlow.

Text Books:
1. Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly
Publications, 2019
2. Data Science and Machine Learning Mathematical and Statistical Methods,Dirk P. Kroese, Zdravko I.
Botev, Thomas Taimre, Radislav Vaisman,25th November 2020

Reference Books:
1. Machine Learning Probabilistic Approach, Kevin P. Murphy, MIT Press, 2012.
2. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning -An Algorithmic Perspective”, Second Edition, Chapman and
Hall/CRC Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition Series, 2014.
3. Andreas C. Müller and Sarah Guido “Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A Guide for Data
Scientists”, Oreilly

Web Links:
1. https://www.deeplearning.ai/machine-learningyearning/
2. https://www.cse.huji.ac.il/~shais/UnderstandingMachineLearning/index.html
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs24/preview
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/machinelearning/

271
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPILER DESIGN
Common to CSE&IT

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6T02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Analyze the phases in compilation process.

CO2: Apply different parsing algorithms to develop parsers for a given grammar.
CO3: Construct various forms of intermediate code.
CO4: Compare the storage allocation strategies.
CO5: Apply techniques to generate optimized and target code.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 1 -

Unit – I
Overview of Language Processing:Language Processors,Structure of a Compiler. Lexical Analysis:The Role of
the Lexical Analyzer - Lexical Analysis Vs. Parsing,Tokens, Patterns and Lexemes, Lexical Errors, Regular
Expressions, Regular Definitions, Recognition of Tokens,The Lexical-Analyzer Generator Lex.

Unit – II
Syntax Analysis: The Role of the Parser, Context Free Grammars- Derivations, Parse Trees, Ambiguity, Left
Recursion, Left Factoring, Classification of Parsing Techniques Top-Down Parsing: Brute-Force Parsing,
Recursive-Descent Parsing, First and Follow,LL(1) Grammars,Nonrecursive Predictive Parsing, Error Recovery
in Predictive Parsing.

Unit – III
Bottom-Up Parsing: Reductions, Handle Pruning, Shift-Reduce Parsing, Why LR Parsers, The LR-Parsing
Algorithm,ConstructingSLR-Parsing Tables, More Powerful LR Parses - Construction of CLR(1), LALR
Parsing Tables, UsingAmbiguous Grammars.

Unit – IV
Semantic Analysis: Syntax-Directed Definitions, Evaluation Orders for SDD’s, Syntax Directed
Translation.Intermediate Code Generation:Three Address Code – Addresses and Instructions,Quadruples,
Triples, Abstract Syntax Trees, Type Checker - Type Expressions,Type Conversion. Runtime Environments:
Storage Organization, Stack Allocation of Space, Storage Allocation Strategies– Static Allocation, Stack
Allocation and Heap Allocation.

272
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Code Optimization: Basic Blocks & Flow Graphs, Machine-Independent Optimizations – The Principal Sources
of Optimization: Common Subexpression Elimination, Copy Propagation, Dead-Code Elimination, Code
Motion, Induction Variables and Reduction in Strength,DAG Representation. Code Generation: Issues in the
Design of a Code Generator, Object Code Forms, A Simple Code Generator, Machine-dependent
Optimizations:Peephole Optimization, Register Allocation and Assignment.

Text Books:
1. Compilers: Principles, Techniques and Tools, Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffry D.
Ullman, Second Edition, Pearson,2007.
2. Compiler Construction-Principles and Practice, Kenneth C Louden, Cengage Learning, 2006.

Reference Books:
1. Modern compiler implementation in C, Andrew W Appel, Revised edition, Cambridge University Press.
2. Principles of Compiler Design,Nandhini Prasad, K.S,3rd Edition, CENGAGE.
3. Compiler Design,K.Muneeswaran, OXFORD.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/108/106108113/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104123/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104072/
4. http://www.cse.iitd.ernet.in/~sak/courses/cdp/slides.pdf
5. https://in.udacity.com/course/compilers-theory-and-practice--ud168

273
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY

Common to CSE&IT

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6T03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Demonstrate the fundamentals of network security and cryptography mathematics.

CO2: Classify the symmetric key encryption and decryption algorithms.
CO3: Apply public key cryptographic techniques for data security.
CO4: Apply cryptographic hash functions and digital signature to ensure data integrity
CO5: Describe the security protocols in network,transport and application layers.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 - - - - - - 1 - - - -
CO2 2 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 - 1 - - - 1 - - - -
CO5 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 1
CO3 2 1
CO4 2 1
CO5 1 -

Unit – I
Basic Principles: Security Goals, Cryptographic Attacks, Services and Mechanisms, Mathematics of
Cryptography (Integer Arithmetic, Modular Arithmetic, Matrices, Linear Congruence).

Unit – II
Symmetric Encryption: Traditional Symmetric Key Ciphers (Introduction, Substitution ciphers, Transposition
ciphers, Stream and block ciphers), Introduction to Modern Symmetric Key Ciphers, Data Encryption
Standard, Advanced Encryption Standard.

Unit – III
Asymmetric Encryption: Mathematics of Asymmetric Key Cryptography ( Euler’s Phi Function, Fermat’s
Little Theorem, Euler’s Theorem, Chinese Reminder Theorem), Asymmetric Key Cryptography(
Introduction, RSA Cryptography, Rabin Cryptosystem, Elgamal Cryptosystem)

Unit – IV
Data Integrity, Digital Signature Schemes & Key Management: Message Integrity and Message
Authentication, Cryptographic Hash Functions (SHA-512), Digital Signature (Comparison, Process, Services,
Attacks), Key Management (Symmetric Key Distribution, Kerberos, X.509).

Unit – V
Network Security-I: Security at application layer: PGP and S/MIME, Security at the Transport Layer: SSL
and TLS, Network Security-II : Security at the Network Layer: IPSec ( Modes, Security Protocols, Security
Association, Security Policy)

274
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Cryptography and Network Security, 3rd Edition Behrouz A Forouzan, Deb deep Mukhopadhyay,
McGraw Hill,2015
2. Cryptography and Network Security,4th Edition, William Stallings, (6e) Pearson,2006
3. Everyday Cryptography: Fundamental Principles and Applications, Keith M.Martin, Oxford
publications, Second edition.

Reference Books:
1. Network Security and Cryptography, Bernard Menezes, Cengage Learning, First edition.
2. Cryptography and Network Security by AtulKahate, Tata McGraw-Hill, Second Edition.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105162
3. https://users.cs.northwestern.edu/~ychen/classes/cs395-w05/lectures.html
4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/6-875-cryptography-and-cryptanalysis-spring-2005/

275
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BIG DATA ANALYTICS

(Professional Elective-II)
Common to CSE & IT

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6E01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate big data challenges in different domains.

CO2: Use various techniques for mining data stream.
CO3: Demonstrate Building blocks of Hadoop.
CO4: Choose map reduce approach to solve big data Problems.
CO5: Make use of Pig and Hive to structure and work with big Data.
CO6: Make use of Spark tool to work with big data.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - 1 2 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 - 1 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 1 - 3 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 - 2 2 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 - 2 2 - - - - - - -
CO6 2 2 - 1 3 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2
CO6 - 2

Unit – I
Introduction: Introduction to big data: Introduction to Big Data Platform, Challenges of Conventional Systems,
Intelligent data analysis, Nature of Data, Analytic Processes and Tools, Analysis vs Reporting.

Unit – II
Stream Processing: Mining data streams: Introduction to Streams Concepts, Stream Data Model and
Architecture, Stream Computing, Sampling Data in a Stream, Filtering Streams, Counting Distinct Elements in a
Stream, Estimating Moments, Counting Oneness in a Window, Decaying Window, Real time Analytics
Platform (RTAP) Applications.

Unit – III
Introduction to Hadoop: Hadoop: History of Hadoop, the Hadoop Distributed File System, Components of
Hadoop Analyzing the Data with Hadoop, Scaling Out, Hadoop Streaming, Design of HDFS, Java interfaces to
HDFS Basics, Developing a Map Reduce Application, How Map Reduce Works, Anatomy of a Map Reduce
Job run, Failures, Job Scheduling, Shuffle and Sort, Task execution, Map Reduce Types and Formats, Map
Reduce Features Hadoop environment.

276
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Pig: Hadoop Programming Made Easier: Admiring the Pig Architecture, Going with the Pig Latin Application
Flow, Working through the ABCs of Pig Latin, Checking out the Pig Script Interfaces, Scripting with Pig Latin.
Working with Hive Data Types, Creating and Managing Databases and Tables, Seeing How the Hive Data
Manipulation Language Works with examples, Querying and Analyzing Data.

Unit – V
Spark: Installing Spark, Spark applications, Jobs, stages and Tasks, Resilient Distributed data sets, Shared
Variables, Anatomy of a Spark job run.

Text Books:
1. Hadoop: The Definitive Guide, Tom White, 4 th Edition, O’reilly, 2012.
2. Hadoop for Dummies, Dirk deRoos, Paul C.Zikopoulos, Roman B.Melnyk, BruceBrown, RafaelCoss,
John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
3. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, “Mining of Massive Datasets”, CUP, 2012

Reference Books:
1. Bill Franks, “Taming the Big Data Tidal Wave: Finding Opportunities in Huge Data Streams with
Advanced Analytics”, John Wiley& sons, 2012.
2. Paul Zikopoulos, DirkdeRoos, Krishnan Parasuraman, Thomas Deutsch, James Giles, David Corrigan,
“Harness the Power of Big Data:The IBM Big Data Platform”, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2012.
3. Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti, “Big Data Science & Analytics: A Hands On Approach “, VPT,
2016.
4. Learning Spark: Lightning Fast Big Data Analysis Paperback, Holden Karau

Web Links:
1. Hadoop: http://hadoop.apache.org/
2. Hive: https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/Hive/Home
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106142/
4. https://hortonworks.com/tutorial/how-to-process-data-with-apache-hive/
5. https://databricks.com/spark/getting-started-with-apache-spark

277
 AR20 AEC-CSE

MOBILE COMPUTING
(Professional Elective-II)
VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6E02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the fundamental concepts of Mobile Computing, Adhoc network and GSM Architecture
CO2: Discuss the importance of MAC and Mobile IP
CO3: Compare Traditional TCP and Modified TCP
CO4: Summarize the database issues, Data Dissemination and Synchronization in mobile environment
CO5: Identify the various protocol & platforms for mobile computing
CO6: Illustrate various applications of mobile computing.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO2 3 1 2 2 - - - - - - - 2

CO3 1 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -

CO4 3 2 2 - 2 - 1 - - - - 1

CO5 3 2 2 - 2 - - - - - - 1

CO6 3 1 - 2 - - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

Unit – I
Mobile Communications: Mobile Communication, Mobile Computing:– NovelApplications, Limitations of
Mobile Computing, Mobile Computing Architecture,Mobile Devices, Handheld Devices, Limitations of
Mobile Devices. GSM–Services, System Architecture, Radio Interfaces of GSM, Protocols of
GSM,Localization, Call Handling, Handover, Security, New Data Services, General Packet Radio Service.

Unit – II
Medium Access Control (MAC): Motivation for a specialized MAC: Hidden and exposed terminals, near and
far terminals, SDMA, FDMA, TDMA and CDMA. Mobile Network Layer: Mobile IP: Goals, assumptions
and requirements, Entities and terminology, IP Packet Delivery Agent discovery, Registration, Tunnelling
and encapsulation, Optimizations, Reverse tunnelling, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

Unit – III
Mobile Transport Layer: Traditional TCP, Classical TCP improvements: Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP,
Mobile TCP, Fast retransmit/fast recovery, Transmission/timeout freezing, Selective retransmission,
Transaction oriented TCP. Database Issues: Database Hoarding & Caching Techniques, Client-Server
Computing & Adaptation.

Unit – IV
Data Dissemination: Communication Asymmetry, Classification of Data Delivery Mechanisms, Data
Dissemination Broadcast Models, Selective Tuning and Indexing techniques. Data Synchronization: –
Synchronization, Synchronization Software, Synchronization Protocols.

278
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Mobile Ad hoc Networks: Introduction to Mobile Ad-hoc Network, MANET:Properties, Applications,
Routing and Routing Algorithms (Algorithms such as DSR, AODV, DSDV, etc.), Mobile Agent, Service
Discovery. Protocols & Platforms for Mobile Computing: WAP, Bluetooth-enabled Devices Network, XML,
J2ME, JavaCard, PalmOS, Windows CE, Symbian OS, Android.

Text Books:
1. Mobile Communications, Jochen H. Schiller, 2ndEdition, Pearson
2. Mobile Computing, Raj Kamal, 2ndEdition, Oxford University Press

Reference Books:
1. Mobile Computing, Technology Applications and Service Creation, Asoke K Talukder, Hasan Ahmed,
Roopa R Yavagal, 2ndEdition, McGraw Hill.
2. Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing, Ivan Stojmenovic, Wiley.

Web Links:
1. https://www.coursera.org/browse/computer-science
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/gsm
3. https://sgar91.files.wordpress.com/2011/10/mobile_communications_schiller_2e.pdf
4. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1877050915019882
5. http://www.dauniv.ac.in/downloads/Mobilecomputing/MobileCompChap06L01UD

279
 AR20 AEC-CSE

OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

(Professional Elective-II)
Common to CSE & IT

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6E03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Apply Object Oriented concepts in software design.

CO2: Construct appropriate model for a given requirements.
CO3: Apply behavioural modelling techniques for effective software system design.
CO4: Build advanced deliverable model for an application
CO5: Construct efficient architectural model for software systems.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 - - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 1 3 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 - 2 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 3 1 2 - - - 1 1 - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 1 -
CO5 2 -

Unit – I
Introduction to UML: The Structure of Complex systems, Attributes of Complex System, why we model,
Conceptual model of UML, Architecture.
Classes: Classes, Relationships, Common Mechanisms, Class diagrams, Nature of a Class, Relationship among
Classes

Unit – II
Objects: Nature of object, Evolution of Object Model, Elements of Object Model, Relationships among objects,
Object diagrams, Interplay of Classes and Objects, Importance of Proper Classification, Identifying Classes and
Objects, Key abstractions and Mechanisms.

Unit – III
Basic Behavioral Modeling: Use cases, Use case Diagrams, Interactions, Interaction diagrams, Activity
Diagrams.

Unit – IV
Advanced Behavioral Modeling: Events and signals, state machines, processes and Threads, time and space,
state chart diagrams

280
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Architectural Modeling: Component, Deployment, Component diagrams and Deployment diagrams. Case
Study: The Unified Library application

Text Books:
1. The unified Modeling language user guide by Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson, Pearson
2. Object-Oriented Analysis and Design with the Unified Process By John W. Satzinger, Robert B Jackson
and Stephen D Burd, Cengage Learning

Reference Books:
1. Object Oriented Analysis and Design, Satzinger, CENGAGE
2. A Magnifying object-oriented analysis and design by ArpitaPatil and Netra, PHI
3. Head first object-oriented analysis and design, Brett D. McLaughlin, Gary Pollice, Dave West, O‟Reilly.
4. Object-oriented analysis and design using UML, Mahesh P. Matha, PHI

Web Links:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/design_pattern/design_pattern_quick_guide.html
2. https://repository.genmymodel.com/okasha/udacity
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/object-oriented-design/lecture/6GJtg/1-1-3object - oriented-
modeling
4. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/unified-modeling-language-uml
5. https://www.quora.com/in/What-are-the-best-website-to-study-UML-for- beginners.

281
 AR20 AEC-CSE

NETWORK PROGRAMMING
(Professional Elective-II)
Common to CSE & IT

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6E04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the concepts of TCP and UDP connection establishments.

CO2: Demonstrate TCP echo server functions and working.
CO3: Illustrate different socket options available for I/O multiplexing.
CO4: Utilize name and address conversion operations of UDP
CO5: Apply concept of Pipes, FIFO for inter process communication.
CO6: Make use of Semaphores and Message Queues for inter process communication.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 - 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 1 3 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 3 - - 3 - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

Unit – I
Introduction to Network Programming: OSI model, Unix standards, TCP and UDP & TCP connection
establishment and Format, Buffer sizes and limitation, standard internet services, Protocol usage by common
internet application.
Sockets : Address structures, value – result arguments, Byte ordering and manipulation function and related
functions Elementary TCP sockets – Socket, connect, bind, listen, accept, fork and exec function, concurrent
servers. Close function and related function.

Unit – II
TCP client server : Introduction, TCP Echo server functions, Normal startup, terminate and signal handling
server process termination, Crashing and Rebooting of server host shutdown of server host.

Unit – III
I/O Multiplexing and socket options: I/O Models, select function, Batch input, shutdown function, poll
function, TCP Echo server, getsockopt and setsockopt functions. Socket states, Generic socket option IPV6
socket option ICMPV6 socket option IPV6 socket option and TCP socket options.

282
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Elementary UDP sockets: Introduction UDP Echo server function, lost datagram, summary of UDP example,
Lack of flow control with UDP, determining outgoing interface with UDP.
Elementary name and Address conversions: DNS, gethost by Name function, Resolver option, Function and
IPV6 support, uname function, other networking information.
Elementary UDP sockets: Introduction UDP Echo server function, lost datagram, summary of UDP example,
Lack of flow control with UDP, determining outgoing interface with UDP.
Elementary name and Address conversions: DNS, gethost by Name function, Resolver option, Function and
IPV6 support, uname function, other networking information.

Unit – V
IPC : Introduction, File and record locking, Pipes, FIFOs streams and messages, Name spaces, system IPC,
Message queues, Semaphores.

Text Books:
1. UNIX Network Programming, Vol. I, Sockets API, 2nd Edition. - W.Richard Stevens, Pearson Edn.
Asia.
2. UNIX Network Programming, 1st Edition, - W.Richard Stevens. PHI.

Reference Books:
1. UNIX SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING USING C++ T CHAN, PHI.
2. UNIX for programmers and Users, 3RD Edition, GRAHAM GLASS, KING ABLES, Pearson Education.
3. Advanced UNIX programming, 2nd edition, M J Rochkind pearson education

Web Links:
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/network-programming-from-scratch/
2. https://www.udemy.com/course/tcp-ip-training/
3. https://www.udemy.com/course/tcpmasterclass/
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/learn-socket-programming-in-c-from-scratch/

283
 AR20 AEC-CSE

REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CE6O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Recognize the mechanisms of degradation of concrete structures and to design durable concrete
structures
CO2: Conduct field monitoring and non-destructive evaluation of concrete structures.
CO3: Design and suggest repair strategies for deteriorated concrete structures including
repairingwithcomposites.
CO4: Understand the methods of strengthening methods for concrete structures
CO5: Evaluation of actua lcapacity of the concrete structure Maintenance strategies

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 2 - - - 1 - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 2 - - 3 - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 - - - 1 - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Deterioration of concrete structures: Introduction, Basic terminology – Causes of deterioration, Physically
induced deterioration, Chemically induced deterioration, Distress – Identification, Repair management

Unit – II
Failure of buildings: Types of failures – Causes of mechanisms of failures, Methodology for investigation of
failures – Diagonstic methods, Concrete behaviour under corrosion, Thermal effects & Moisture effects.

Unit – III
Investigation & Evaluation methods: Damage testing, Preliminary inspection and its stages, Visual
investigation, Non – Destructive testing methods – Rebound hammer, Ultrasonic pulse velocity, Rebar
locator, Corrosion meter, Penetration resistance& Pullout tests, Corrosion: Methods for corrosion measure &
assessment, Depth of carbonation.

Unit – IV
Repair and Rehabilitation Techniques: Repair: Gunniting, Shortcreting, Epoxy – Cement mortar injection,
Crack ceiling Rehabilitation Methods: Grouting, Imbalance of structural stability, Strengthening &
Stabilization techniques, Design consideration – Beam shear capacity strengthening – Shear transfer
strengthening – Stress reduction techniques – Column strengthening, Flexural strengthening – Connection
stabilization & strengthening.

284
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Seismic Retrofitting:Introduction‐Consideration in Retrofitting of structures, Sources of weakness in RC
frame building, Retrofitting strategies for RC buildings – Global retrofitting techniques, Local retrofitting
techniques. Case studies: Related to rehabilitation of bridges piers, Heritage structures,Dam.

Text Books:
1. Maintenance Repair Rehabilitation & Minor works of Buildings- P.C. Varghese, PHI Publications
2. Rehabilitation of Concrete Structures-B.Vidivelli,Standard Publishers Distributors
3. Concrete Bridge Practice Construction Maintenance & Rehabilitation- V.K. Raina, Shroff Publishers
and Distributors.

Reference Books:
1. ConcreteTechnology Theory and Practice-M.S.Shetty,SChandandCompany
2. Concrete Repair and Maintenance illustrated‐Peter HEmmons
3. Concrete Chemical Theory and Applications- Santa Kumar A.R. , Indian Society for Construction
Engineering and Technology, Madras

Web Links:
1. https://www.academia.edu/30633495/Repair_and_Rehabilitation_of_Structures
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/106/105106202/
3. https://www.vidyarthiplus.com/vp/Thread-CE2071-Repair-and-Rehabilitation-of-Structures-Lecture-
Notes

***

285
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INDUSTRIAL WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CE6O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Distinguish between the quality of domestic and industrial water requirements and wastewater
quantity generation.
CO2: Illustrate various treatment methods based on characteristics of waste water
CO3: Suggest treatment methods for any industrial wastewater.
CO4: Decide the need of common effluent treatment plant for the industrial area in their vicinity
CO5: Explain the treatment methods of liquid waste from various industries.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 - 1 - - 2 3 - - - - -
CO2 2 - 1 - - 3 2 - - - - 1
CO3 3 - 1 - - 1 1 - - - - 1
CO4 1 - 2 - - 1 2 - - - - -
CO5 3 - 1 - - 2 - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Industrial water Quantity and Quality requirements:
Boiler and cooling waters–Process water for Textiles, Food processing, Brewery Industries, power plants,
fertilizers, sugar mills.

Unit – II
Miscellaneous Treatment:
Use of Municipal wastewater in Industries – Advanced water treatment – Adsorption, Reverse Osmosis, Ion
Exchange, Ultra filtration, Freezing, elutriation, Removal of Iron and Manganese, Removal of Colour and
Odour

Unit – III
Basic theories of Industrial Wastewater Management:
Industrial waste survey – Measurement of industrial wastewater Flow-generation rates – Industrial
wastewater sampling and preservation of samples for analysis – Wastewater Characterization-Toxicity of
industrial effluents-Treatment of wastewater-unit operations and processes-Volume and Strength reduction –
Neutralization – Equalization and proportioning- recycling, reuse, and resources recovery.
Unit – IV
Industrial wastewater disposal management:
Discharges into Streams, Lakes and oceans and associated problems, Land treatment – Common Effluent
Treatment Plants: advantages and suitability, Limitations, and challenges- Recirculation of Industrial Wastes-
Effluent Disposal Method

286
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Process and Treatment of specific Industries:
Manufacturing Process and origin, characteristics, effects, and treatment methods of liquid waste from Steel
plants, Fertilizers, Textiles, Paper and Pulp industries, Oil Refineries, Coal and Gas based Power Plants.

Text Books:
1. Wastewater Treatment by M.N. Rao and A.K. Dutta, Oxford & IBH, New Delhi,2016
2. Industrial Wastewater Treatment by KVSG Murali Krishna.
3. Wastewater Treatment for Pollution Control and Reuse, by Soli. J Arceivala, Shyam R Asolekar, Mc-
Graw Hill, New Delhi; 3rd Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Industrial Water Pollution Control by W. Wesley Eckenfelder, Mc- GrawHill, Third Edition, 2015
2. Wastewater Treatment- Concepts and Design Approach by G.L. Karia & R.A. Christian, Prentice Hall
of India
3. EnviroUnit Operations and Processes in Environmental Engineering by Reynolds. Richard, Cengage
Learning

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM2/noc19-ce32/
2. https://www.un-ihe.org/online-course-industrial-effluent-treatment
3. https://www.owp.csus.edu/courses/wastewater/industrial-waste-treatment-vol-i.php

***

287
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ROADWAYS, RAILWAYS & AIRWAYS

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CE6O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain factors affecting pavements.

CO2: Explain materials used for pavement
CO3: Explain recycling techniques used for pavement.
CO4: Explain the basic concepts of railway.
CO5: Explain the basic concepts of airport engineering.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 -
CO2 3 2 - - - 1 - - - - 2 -
CO3 3 2 - - - 2 - - - - 2 -
CO4 3 2 - - - 2 - - - - 2 -
CO5 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Highway and airport pavements, Types and component parts of pavements, their differences -
Factors affecting design and performance of pavements Road making materials: classification, testing and
applications of road making aggregates – road binders – rheology of bituminous binders – special binders –
emulsion, cut back. Cement

Unit – II
Use of Geosynthetics in Highway Construction: Functions and applications of Geosynthetics in highway
embankment, slopes, new pavements and overlays. Types, manufacturing and Testing of geosynthetics along
with specifications. Economic aspects.

Unit – III
Recent Developments: Utilisation of waste products like fly ash, slag, marginal materials in road
construction. Application of Polymers, fibre-reinforced concrete, high performance concrete. Recycling
Techniques in Bituminous Pavements: Need for recycling, methods of recycling, construction controls and
economics.

Unit – IV
Railway Engineering: Railway track gauge; alignment of railway lines; geometric design of track; track
junctions and track layouts; track maintenance, drainage; level crossings; locomotives and other rolling stock;
railway sections and yards; signalling and interlocking

288
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Airport Engineering: Aircraft characteristics; airport planning; airport site selection; classification of
obstructions; air traffic control Airport Characteristics: airfield capacity; runway design; taxiway design;
holding aprons; runway lighting and markings; passenger terminal area; runway pavement design; airport
drainage.

Text Books:
1. Khanna and Justo, “Test Book of Highway Engineering”- Nemchand brothers, Roorke- 2017
2. Saxena, S. C., and Arora, S. P., Railway Engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi,India, 2017
3. Khanna, S. K., Arora, M. G., and SS Jain, Airport Planning and Design, Nem Chand &Bros.,
Roorkee, India, 2019.

Reference Books:
1. Yoder, E.J., and Witczak, “Principles of Pavement Design”- 2nd ed. John Wiley and Sons, 1975.
2. Highway Engineering, S.P.Bindra, Dhanpatrai & Sons., 4th Edition 2008.
3. Railway engineering ng by Rangawala,2017.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/105/105105176/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/101/105101083/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/108/105108069/

***

289
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INDUCTION AND SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EE6O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the operation of single phase and three phase induction motors.
CO2: Analyze the performance of induction motors and induction generator.
CO3: Apply the methods of starting and speed control of Three phase Induction Motors.
CO4: Analyze the performance of synchronous generator.
CO5: Analyze the Parallel operation of synchronous generators.
CO6: Explain hunting phenomenon, implement methods of starting and correction of power factor with
synchronous motor.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Three Phase Induction Motors: Construction details of cage and wound rotor machines -production of
rotating magnetic field - principle of operation - rotor emf and rotor frequency - rotor current and pf at
standstill and during running conditions - rotor power input, rotor copper loss and mechanical power
developed and their interrelationship –equivalent circuit – phasor diagram. Torque equation - expressions for
maximum torque and starting torque - torque slip characteristic - double cage and deep bar rotors – crawling
and cogging

Unit – II
Starting And Testing of Induction Motors: Speed control of induction motor with V/f method – no load and
blocked rotor tests - circle diagram for predetermination of performance– methods of starting – starting
current and torque calculations – induction generator operation (Qualitative treatment only). Single phase
induction motors –Constructional features and equivalent circuit - Problem of starting–Double revolving field
theory–Starting methods. Shaded pole motors, AC Series motor.

Unit – III
Construction, Operation and Voltage Regulation of Synchronous generator: Constructional features of non–
salient and salient pole type – Armature windings – Distributed and concentrated windings – Distribution–
Pitch and winding factors –

290
AR20 AEC-CSE

E.M.F equation–Improvements of waveform and armature reaction–Voltage regulation by synchronous

impedance method– MMF method and Potier triangle method–Phasor diagrams– Two reaction analysis of
salient pole machines and phasor
diagram.

Unit – IV
Parallel Operation of Synchronous Generators: Parallel operation with infinite bus and other alternators –
Synchronizing power – Load sharing– Control of real and reactive power– Numerical problems.

Unit – V
Synchronous Motor – Operation, Starting and Performance: Principle and theory of operation– Phasor
diagram – Starting torque– Variation of current and power factor with excitation –Synchronous condenser –
Mathematical analysis for power developed–Hunting and its suppression – Methods of starting –
Applications.

Text Books:
1. Electrical Machines by P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers,7th edition, 2011
2. Electrical Machines by R.K. Rajput, Lakshmi publications, 5th edition Company, 4thedition, 1997.

Reference Books:
1. Electrical Machines by D. P.Kothari, I. J. Nagarth, McGraw Hill Publications,
4th edition, 2010.
2. Electric Machinery by A.E.Fitzgerald, Charleskingsley, Stephen D.Umans,
TMH, 6th edition, 2003.
3. Electrical Machinery by Abijith Chakrabarthi and SudhiptaDebnath, McGraw Hill, 1st edition.

Web Links:
1. https//nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105131/
2. https://www.electrical4u.com/parallel-operation-of-alternator/.

***

291
 AR20 AEC-CSE

NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY RESOURCES

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EE6O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Interpret renewable energy sources and solar radiation.

CO2 Design solar photo voltaic systems.
CO3 Discuss the working principles of wind energy conversion systems.
CO4 Illustrate the techniques and conversion principles of hydro energy resources.
CO5 Illustrate the techniques and conversion principles of tidal energy resources.
CO6 Explain basic principles and working of biomass and geothermal systems.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 3 2 2 - - 1 - - - - -
CO2 2 2 3 1 - - 1 - - - - -
CO3 3 2 2 - - - 1 - - - - -
CO4 3 2 2 - - - 1 - - - - -
CO5 2 3 2 - - - 1 - - - - -
CO6 2 3 2 - - - 1 - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - 2
CO2 1 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2
CO6 2

Unit - I
Fundamentals of Energy Systems and Solar energy: Renewable and non-renewable energy sources, energy
consumption as a measure of Nation’s development; strategy for meeting the future energy requirements
Global and National scenarios, Prospects of renewable energy sources. Impact of renewable energy
generation on environment, Kyoto Protocol, Energy conservation principle – Energy scenario (world and
India) – various forms of renewable energy - Solar radiation: Outside earth’s atmosphere – Earth surface –
Analysis of solar radiation data – Geometry – Radiation on tilted surfaces.

Unit – II
Solar Photovoltaic Systems: Solar photovoltaic cell, module, array – construction – Efficiency of solar cells –
Developing technologies – Cell I-V characteristics – Equivalent circuit of solar cell – Series resistance –
Shunt resistance – Applications and systems – Balance of system components - System design: storage sizing
– PV system sizing – Maximum power point tracking.

Unit – III
Wind Energy: Sources of wind energy - Wind patterns – Types of turbines –Horizontal axis and vertical axis
machines - Kinetic energy of wind – Betz coefficient – Tip–speed ratio – Efficiency – Power output of wind
turbine – Selection of generator(synchronous, induction) – Maximum power point tracking – wind farms –
Power generation for utility grids.

292
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Hydro and Tidal power systems: Hydro: Basic working principle – Classification of hydro systems: Large,
small, micro – measurement of head and flow – Energy equation – Types of turbines – Numerical problems.
Tidal: – Basics – Kinetic energy equation – Turbines for tidal power - Numerical problems – Wave power –
Basics – Kinetic energy equation – Wave power devices – Linear generators.

Unit – V
Biomass and geothermal systems: Biomass Energy: Processes, Different digesters and sizing.
Geothermal: Classification – Dry rock and hot acquifer – Potential in India – Geothermal based electric
power generation

Text Books:
1. Non-Conventional energy resources, Khan B.H, Tata Mc-Graw hill, New Delhi, 3rd edition.
2. Non-conventional Energy Sources, G.D.Rai, Khanna Publications, New Delhi, 4th edition.

Reference Books:
1. Renewable energy resources, Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A., BSP Books Pvt.Ltd, UK, 2nd edition.
2. Non-Conventional Energy, Ashok V.Desai, New Age International Publications, Tokyo, 1st edition.
3. Renewable Energy Technologies, R.Ramesh, Uday kumar, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1st
edition.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106014/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108078/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103/103/103103206/

***

293
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ENERGY AUDIT, CONSERVATION & MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EE6O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Explainenergyefficiency,conservationandvarioustechnologies.
CO2 Designenergyefficientlightingsystems.
CO3 Calculatepowerfactorof systemsandproposesuitablecompensationtechniques.
CO4 ExplainenergyconservationinHVACsystems.
CO5 Calculatelifecyclecostinganalysisandreturnoninvestment onenergyefficienttechnologies.
CO6 CalculatetheTime value ofMoney

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 1 -

Unit - I
Basic Principles of Energy Audit: Energy audit- definitions - concept - types of audit - energy index - cost
index - pie charts - Sankey diagrams and load profiles - Energy conservation schemes- Energy audit of
industries- energy saving potential - energy audit of process industry - thermal power station - building
energy audit - Conservation of Energy Building Codes (ECBC-2017) -

Unit – II
Energy Management : Principles of energy management - organizing energy management program -
initiating - planning - controlling - promoting - monitoring - reporting. Energy manager - qualities and
functions - language - Questionnaire – check list for top management.

Unit – III
Energy Efficient Motors and Lighting: Energy efficient motors - factors affecting efficiency - loss
distribution - constructional details - characteristics – variable speed - RMS - voltage variation-voltage
unbalance-over motoring-motor energy audit. lighting system design and practice - lighting control -
lighting energy audit.

294
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Power Factor Improvement And Energy Instruments: Power factor – methods of improvement - location of
capacitors - Power factor with non-linear loads - effect of harmonics on p.f - p.f motor controllers – Energy
Instruments- watt meter - data loggers - thermocouples - pyrometers - lux meters - tongue testers.

Unit – V
Economic Aspects and Their Computation: Economics Analysis depreciation Methods - time value of money
- rate of return - present worth method - replacement analysis - lifecycle costing analysis – Energy efficient
motors. Calculation of simple payback method - net present value method- Power factor correction - lighting
– Applications of life cycle costing analysis - return on investment.

Text Books:
1. Energy management by W.R.Murphy&G.Mckay Butter worth - Heinemann publications - 1982.
2. Energy management hand book by W.CTurner - John wiley and sons - 1982.

Reference Books:
1. Energy efficient electric motors by John.C.Andreas - Marcel Dekker Inc Ltd-2nd edition - 1995
2. Energy management by Paul o’ Callaghan - Mc-graw Hill Book company-1st edition - 1998
3. Energy management and good lighting practice : fuel efficiency- booklet12-EEO

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106022/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105221/
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mm17/preview

***

295
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SOLAR ENERGY UTILISATION

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME6O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the concept of solar radiation and its measurement.

CO2: Describe the working principle of different types of collectors and its types
CO3: Explain the various solar thermal energy technologies and their applications
CO4: Analyze the various solar PV cell materials and conversion techniques.
CO5: Apply solar passive building techniques for cooling and heating applications.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 - - - - - 2 - - - - -
CO2 3 - - - - 2 2 - - - - -
CO3 2 - - - - 2 2 - - - - -
CO4 2 - - - - 1 2 - - - - -
CO5 1 - - - - 2 1 - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Solar Radiation and its measurement:
Solar angles, Sun path diagrams, Radiation, extraterrestrial characteristics, Solar energy measuring
instruments-Pyranometer,Pyrheliometer & Sun shine recorder. Estimation of average solar radiationon
horizontal and tilted surfaces.

Unit – II
Solar Collectors for Industrial process heat:
Flat plate collector, Materials for flat plate collector and their properties, evacuatedtubular collectors.
Concentrator collectors-classification, compound parabolic concentrators, parabolic trough concentrators,
concentrators with point focus, tracking systems, Heliostats

Unit – III
Solar Thermal Technologies:
Principle of working, types, design and operation of solar heating and cooling systems. Thermal Energy
storage systems-Solar Desalination, Solar cooker:domestic, community, Solar pond, Solar drying, Solar
chimney, Solar water disinfection (SODIS) & Solar furnaces.

Unit – IV
Solar Cells:
Semi-conductor materials, Doping, PN junction and characteristics, Photo-voltaic effect, Photo-voltaic
material, Parameters of solarcells, Effects of cell temperature on cell efficiency, Types of solar cells, Solar
modules and arrays, Solar cell power plant, Silicon,thin film and polymer processing, Silicon wafer based
solar cells.

296
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Solar Passive Architecture:
Thermal comfort, bio-climatic classification, passive heating concepts: direct heat gain,indirect heat gain,
isolated gain and sunspaces. Passive cooling concepts: evaporative cooling, radiative cooling, shading - paints
and cavity walls for cooling, roof radiation traps,thermal comfort.

Text Books:
1. Sukhatme S P,Nayak J K, “Solar Energy”, TataMcGraw Hill,4thEdition,
2. Tiwari G N,Solar Energy, “Fundamentals Design,Modeling and Applications”, Narosa, NewDelhi.,
5th Edition

Reference Books:
1. D.Yogi Goswami, “Principles of Solar Engineering”,CRC Press,Taylor and Francis group, New York,
3rd Edition.
2. Duffie.J.A and Beckman.W.A,“Solar Engineering of Thermal Process”,Wiley,Canada, 4rdEdition
3. GargHP,PrakashS ,Solar Energy:Fundamentals and Application,TataMcGrawHill, 1 st edition
4. DavidA.Bainbridge,Ken Haggard,KennethL.Haggard,Passive Solar Architecture: Heating, Cooling,
Ventilation, Daylighting, and More Using Natural Flows,Chelsea Green Publishing, 1st edition

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105051/
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mCgXsEyQZSI
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115103123
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115107116

***

297
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BASIC THERMODYNAMICS AND HEAT TRANSFER

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME6O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the basic thermodynamic concepts and laws of thermodynamics.

CO2: Apply the laws of thermodynamic for energy system.
CO3: Analyze the properties of pure substance and gas mixture.
CO4: Explain the basic concepts of thermodynamic cycles.
CO5: Analyze basic heat transfer mechanisms.
CO6: Evaluate the performance of heat exchangers.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2
CO6 - 2

Unit - I
BASIC CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS:
Introduction, Macroscopic and Microscopic Viewpoint, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, property,
process, cycle, Reversibility, Quasi static process, irreversible process, heat and work transfer, point and path
function. Zeroth law of Thermodynamics Concept of temperature principles of thermometry, reference
points, constant volume gas thermometer, Scales of temperature, ideal gas scale.
Laws of Thermodynamics: First law of thermodynamics, PMM-I, Corollaries- First law applied to a Process,
applied to a system, Steady Flow Energy Equation, Limitations of first law of thermodynamics, thermal
reservoir, heat engine, heat pump, Second law of thermodynamics - Kelvin Planck and Clausius statements
and their equivalence, PMM-II, Clausius inequality, Entropy, principle of entropy increase, energy equation,
Third law of thermodynamics.

Unit – II
PROPERTIES OF PURE SUBSTANCE AND GAS MIXTURE:
Properties of Pure Substances: Pure substance, P-V-T surfaces, T-S & h-S diagrams, Mollier chart, phase
transformations, triple point, at critical state properties during the change of phase, dryness fraction.
Properties of Gas Mixtures: Mixture of perfect gases, mole fraction, mass fraction, gravimetric & volumetric
analysis, Dalton’s law of partial pressure, Avogadro’s law of additive volumes, equivalent gas constant,
molecular internal energy, enthalpy of specific heats and entropy of mixture of perfect gasses, vapor, and
atmospheric air.

298
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
THERMODYNAMIC CYCLES:
Air standard cycles- Otto Cycle, Diesel Cycle & Dual Cycle.Vapour power cycles-Carnot cycle, Rankine
cycle, reheat cycle, regenerative cycle. Refrigeration cycles- Bell Coleman cycle, Vapor Refrigeration cycles
Description and representation on P–V and T-S diagram, Thermal Efficiency; Mean effective pressures on
Air standard basis – Comparison of Cycles.

Unit – IV
HEAT TRANSFER BASICS:
Mode and mechanism of heat transfer, thermal conductivity, Fourier’s law, thermal contact resistance,
thermal resistance network for plane wall and multilayer plane walls. Equivalent resistance, overall heat
transfer coefficient. Heat conduction in cylinders and spheres, critical thickness of insulation. Fundamentals
of thermal radiation, Stefan Boltzmann’s law.

Unit – V
HEAT EXCHANGER:
Type of heat exchangers, Analysis of parallel flow and counter flow heat exchanger, Effect of fouling on the
overall heat transfer coefficient, the log mean temperature difference method, The effectiveness-NTU
method.

Text Books:
1. Engineering Thermodynamics – P.K. Nag/ McGraw Hill Education/ Sixth edition. 2017.
2. Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer - R.C. Sachdeva/ New Age Internationals; First
Edition 2017

Reference Books:
1. Heat and Mass Transfer: P.K. Nag/ McGraw Hill / Third edition 2011.
2. Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach (SIE) – Yunus A Cengel; Michael A Boles/ McGraw Hill
Education/ Eighth edition 2015
3. Heat and Mass Transfer – Fundamentals and Applications/ Yunus A Cengel; Afshin J Ghajar/ McGraw
Hill/ Sixth edition 2020.
4. A Textbook of Heat and Mass Transfer – R. K. Rajput/ S. Chand Publishing/ Seventh edition. 2018.

Web Links:
1. https://web.mit.edu/16.unified/www/FALL/thermodynamics/thermo.pdf
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112108148
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112108149
4. https://ahtt.mit.edu/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/AHTTv500.pdf

***

299
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INTRODUCTION TO HYDRAULICS & PNEUMATICS

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME6O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the fundamentals of fluid power systems.

CO2: Illustrate the working of fluid power actuators and hydraulic motors.
CO3: Identify the working of Hydraulic Components.
CO4: Analyze the concepts of hydraulic circuits.
CO5: Explain the working of pneumatic systems.
CO6: Examine the concepts of pneumatic circuits.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - - - -
CO2 3 - 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 - 1 - - - 2 - - - - -
CO4 3 - 2 - - - 2 - - - - -
CO5 3 - 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 - - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 1
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Fundamentals of Fluid Power Systems:
Introduction, Types, Advantages, Disadvantages and Applications, Fluid Characteristics, Terminologies used
in Fluid Power, Hydraulic Symbols, Hydraulic Systems and Components, Sources Pumping Theory, Gear,
Vane & Piston Pumps.

Unit – II
Fluid Power Actuators:
Introduction, Hydraulic Actuators, Hydraulic Cylinders Types, Construction, Specifications and Special
Types.
Hydraulic Motors:
Working Principle, Selection Criteria for Various Types, Hydraulic Motors in Circuits, Formulae, Numerical
Problems.
Hydraulic components:
Introduction, Control Elements, Direction Control Valve, Check Valve, Pressure Control Valve, Relief Valve
Throttle Valve, Temperature and Pressure Compensation, Locations of Flow Control Valve

300
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Accumulators and Intensifiers: Types, Size and function of accumulator’s application and circuits of
Accumulators. Intensifiers, Circuit and Applications. Design and Drawing of Hydraulic Circuits:
Introduction-case study and specifications, method of drawing a hydraulic circuit, hydraulic cylinder, quick
return of a hydraulic cylinder.

Unit – IV
Pneumatic Systems:
Introduction, symbols used, concepts and components comparison, types and specifications of compressors,
arrangement of a complete pneumatic system, compressed air behavior, understanding, pneumatic circuits,
and direction control valves.
Electro Pneumatics
Introduction, Pilot operated solenoid valve, electrical connections to solenoids, electro pneumatic circuit
switches, relays, solenoids, P.E converter, concept of latching

Unit – V
Pneumatic circuits
Applications, servo systems, introduction, closed loop, hydro-mechanical and electro hydraulic, conventional
and proportional valves, characteristics of proportional and servo valves, PLC applications in fluid power,
selected pneumatic / electro pneumatic circuit problems, failure and trouble shooting in fluid power systems.

Text Books:
1. Introduction to Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Ilango Sivaraman, PHI Publications, 3rd Edition.
2. Applied Hydraulic and Pneumatics, T. Sunder Selwyn, Anuradha publications, 5th Edition

Reference Books:
1. Oil Hydraulic Systems- Principles and Maintenance, S R Majumdar, Mcgraw – Hill series, 1st edition.
2. Fluid Power: Hydraulics and Pneumatics, James R Daines, Goodheart Willcox Publications, 2nd
Edition
3. Principle of Hydraulic System Design, Peter Chapple, Momentum Press Engineering Publishers, 2nd
Edition
4. Industrial Hydraulic Systems: Theory and Practice,Joji Parambath, Universal-Publishers, Revised
Edition.

Web Links:
1. NPTEL :: Mechanical Engineering - Fluid Power Control
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105046/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112106175/Module%201/Lecture%201.
pdf

***

301
 AR20 AEC-CSE

3D PRINTING
(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME6O04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize the basics of Additive manufacturing (AM) technologies.

CO2: Explain about vat photo polymerization, material jetting and binder jetting AM
technologies.
CO3: Explain material extrusion and sheet lamination AM technologies.
CO4: Illustrate Powder Bed Fusion and Directed Energy Deposition AM technologies.
CO5: Apply the AM techniques in different industries
CO6: Design and develop using additive manufacturing process.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 - - - 2 - - - - - - 1
CO2 3 - - - 2 - - - - - - 1
CO3 3 - - - 2 - - - - - - 1
CO4 3 - - - 2 - - - - - - 1
CO5 3 - - - 2 - - - - - - 1
CO6 3 - - - 2 - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -
Unit - I
Introduction:
Basic principle of 3D printing (3DP), need and advantages of 3DP or additive manufacturing (AM), AM
Process chain - CAD Model - Input file formats - Generation and Conversion of STL file - File Verification
and Repair - Build File Creation - Part Construction - Part Cleaning and finishing, Classification of additive
manufacturing processes-Baseline approach, Raw material-based approach and ASTM classification,
Materials used in additive manufacturing, Challenges in Additive Manufacturing.

Unit – II
VAT Photo Polymerization, Material Jetting and Binder Jetting AM technologies: Stereolithography
Apparatus(SLA), ,Solid Ground Curing(SGC) , CMET’s Solid Object Ultraviolet-Laser Printer (SOUP),-
Working Principle, Materials, Models and specifications, Applications, Advantages and Disadvantages

Unit – III
Material Extrusion and Sheet Lamination AM technologies: Fused Deposition Modelling (FDM),Laminated
Object Manufacturing (LOM), 3D Systems’ Multi-Jet Modeling System (MJM), Working principle,
Materials, Models and specifications Applications, Advantages and Disadvantages.

Unit – IV
Powder Bed Fusion and Direct Energy Deposition: Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Direct Metal Laser
Sintering(DMLS), Electron Beam Melting(EBM), Laser Engineered Net Shaping(LENS),Wire Arc Additive

302
AR20 AEC-CSE

Manufacturing(WAAM)-Working principle, Materials, Applications, Advantages and Disadvantages.

Unit – V
Additive Manufacturing -Applications:
Applications in Design, Applications in Engineering, Analysis and Planning, Applications in Manufacturing
and Tooling, Aerospace Industry, Automotive Industry, Biomedical Industry, Jewelry Industry, Coin
Industry, sports, electronics, food, construction and architectural, Case studies

Text Books:
1. Additive ManufacturingTechnologies:3D Printing, Rapid Prototyping and Direct Digital
Manufacturing, Ian Gibson, David W.Rosen, Brent Stucker, Springer, 2nd Edition
2. 3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing: Principles and Applications, Chua C.K.,and
LeongK.F.,World Scientific publications, 4th Edition

Reference Books:
1. Additive Manufacturing: Principles, Technologies and Applications, C.P Paul, A.N Junoop,
McGrawHill, 2021
2. Additive Manufacturing, Second Edition, Amit Bandyopadhyay Susmita Bose, CRC Press Taylor &
Francis Group, 2020
3. 3D Printing Technology Fundamentals and Applications Prof H N Pandya 2021
4. Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing, Rafiq Noorani, John Wiley & Sons,
2006

Web Links:
1. https://www.nist.gov/additive-manufacturing
2. https://www.metal-am.com/
3. http://additivemanufacturing.com/basics/
4. https://www.3dprintingindustry.com/
5. https://www.thingiverse.com/

***

303
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ROBOTICS
(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME6O05 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the basic concepts, parts of robots and types of robots.
CO2: Identify various robot configuration and components,
CO3: Select appropriate actuators and sensors for a robot based on specific application
CO4: Explain the forward and inverse kinematics of robots.
CO5: Explain the dynamic analysis of robots.
CO6: Analyze the trajectory planning for a manipulator by avoiding Obstacles

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 1 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO6 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

Unit - I
Automation-CAD/CAM-Robotics – An over view of Robotics – present and future applications,
classification by coordinate system and control system. Applications of Material Transfer - Material handling,
loading and unloading- Processing - spot and continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and
Inspection.

Unit – II
Components of the Industrial Robotics:Function line diagram representation of robot arms, common types of
arms. Components, Architecture, number of degrees of freedom – Requirements and challenges of end
effectors, determination of the end effectors, Grippers.
Robot Actuators and Feed Back Components:
Actuators: Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, electric & stepper motors.
Feedback components: position sensors – potentiometers, resolvers, encoders – Velocity sensors-proximity
sensors

Unit – III
Mapping and Transforms:Homogeneous transformations as applicable to rotation and translation –problems.
Manipulator Kinematics:Specifications of matrices, D-H notation joint coordinates and world coordinates
Forward and inverse kinematics – problems.

304
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Differential Motion and Dynamics:Differential transformation and manipulators, Jacobians – problems
Dynamics: Lagrange – Euler – Problems.

Unit – V
Trajectory Planning:General considerations in path description and generation. Trajectory planning and
avoidance of obstacles, path planning, Skew motion, joint integrated motion –straight line motion – Robot
programming, languages and software packages-description of paths with a robot programming language.

Text Books:
1. Industrial Robotics, Groover M P, Pearson Edu., 2nd Edition, 2017
2. Introduction to Robotics-Analysis, Control, Applications - Saeed Niku, Wiley Publications, 2nd
Edition, 2011,

Reference Books:
1. Robotics and Control, Mittal R K & Nagrath I J, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017
2. Introduction to Robotics, John J Craig, Pearson Edu., 3rd Edition, 2005
3. Robotic Engineering, Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall, 1989
4. Robotics, controls, sensing, vision and intelligent by Fu K S, Gonzales or Lea, Tata McGraw Hill,
Indian Edition, 1987
5. Introduction To Robotics by S K Saha (IITD), Tata McGraw Hill, 2008

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/107/106/107106090/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104298/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105249/
4. http://robotics.itee.uq.edu.au/~metr4202/2013/lectures.pdf

***

305
 AR20 AEC-CSE

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME6O06 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summerize management and motivation theories to renovate the practice of management
CO2: Explain concepts of quality management and use process control charts, concepts and tools of quality
engineering.
CO3: Illustrate the functional management challenges associated with different changes in the
organizations.
CO4: Compute Optimum Project Duration and Cost in Crashing of PERT and CPM Networks
CO5: Interpret the process of strategic management and to provide basic insights into contemporary
management practices.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 - - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO2 1 - - - 1 - - - - - 3 -
CO3 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to Management:
Concept nature and importance of Management, Generic Functions of Management, and Evaluation of
Management thought, Theories of Motivation, Decision making process, Designing organization structure,
Principles of organization

Unit – II
Operations Management :
Principles and Types of Management, Work study-, Statistical Quality Control, Control charts (P-chart, R-
chart, and C-chart) Simple problems, Material Management: Need for Inventory control, EOQ, ABC analysis
(simple problems) and Types of ABC analysis (HML, SDE, VED, and FSN analysis), Just-in- Time(JIT)
system, Total Quality, Management(TQM), Six sigma, supply chain management

Unit – III
Functional Management :
Concept of HRM, HRD and PMIR, Functions of HR Manager, Wage payment plans(Simple Problems) ,Job
Evaluation and Merit Rating ,Marketing Management, Functions of Marketing, strategies based on product
Life Cycle, Channels of distributions.

306
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Project Management :
Development of Network, Difference between PERT and CPM, Fulkerson’s Rule, Finding Critical Path,
Probability of completion of project, Project Crashing.

Unit – V
Strategic Management :
Vision, Mission, Goals, Strategy, Elements of Corporate Planning Process ,Environmental Scanning ,SWOT
analysis, Steps in Strategy Formulation and Implementation, Generic Strategy Alternatives, Basic concepts of
MIS, ERP, Capability Maturity Model(CMM) Levels, Balanced Score Card.

Text Books:
1. Management Science by Aryasri; Publisher: Tata McGraw Hill, 2009
2. Management by James Arthur, Finch Stoner, R. Edward Freeman, and Daniel R. Gilbert 6th Ed;
Publisher: Pearson Education/Prentice Hall.

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Marketing: A South Asian Perspective by Kotler Philip, Gary Armstrong, Prafulla Y.
Agnihotri, and Eshan ul Haque , 2010, 13th Edition, Publisher: Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of
India.
2. A Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice by Michael Armstrong, 2010; Publisher:
Kogan Page Publishers.
3. Quantitative Techniques in Management by N.D. Vohra, 4th edition, 2010; Publisher: Tata McGraw
Hill.
4. Operations Management: Theory and Practice by B. Mahadevan, 2010; Publisher: Pearson Education.

Web Links:
1. www.managementstudyguide.com
2. www.citehr.com
3. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122106032
4. www.btechguru.com/courses--nptel--basic-course

***

307
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND INCUBATION

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME6O07 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the meaning and concepts of entrepreneurship development

CO2: Apply the business plan for preparation and evaluation of project.
CO3: Explain about Institutional Support to Entrepreneur and MSMEs
CO4: Explain about the Opportunities of Entrepreneurship Internationally.
CO5: Explain about Informal Risk Capital, Venture capital and Social responsibility for
entrepreneurship

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PSO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 - - - - - 1 2 - - 1 - -
CO2 - - - - - 1 2 - - 1 - -
CO3 - - - - - 3 2 - - 1 1 -
CO4 - - - - - 3 2 - - 1 1 -
CO5 - - - - - 1 2 - - 1 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Entrepreneur &Entrepreneurship:
Entrepreneur &Entrepreneurship: Meaning of entrepreneur - Evolution of the concept - Functions
of an Entrepreneur - Types of Entrepreneur - Intrapreneur- an emerging class - Concept of
Entrepreneurship - Evolution of Entrepreneurship - Development of Entrepreneurship -
Entrepreneurial Culture - Stages in entrepreneurial process.

Unit – II
Business Planning Process:
Meaning of business plan - Business plan process - Advantages of business planning - Marketing
plan - Production/operations plan - Organization plan - Financial plan - Final Project Report with
Feasibility Study - preparing a model project report for starting a new venture.

Unit – III
Institutions supporting Entrepreneurs
Small industry financing institutions in developing countries - A brief overview of financial
institutions in India - Central level and state level institutions - SIDBI - NABARD - IDBI - SIDCO

308
AR20 AEC-CSE

- Indian Institute of Entrepreneurship - DIC - Single Window - Latest Industrial Policy of

Government of India.

Unit – IV
International Entrepreneurship Opportunities:
The nature of international entrepreneurship - Importance of international business to the firm -
International versus domestic entrepreneurship - Stages of economic development -
Entrepreneurship entry into international business - exporting - Direct foreign investment - barriers
to international trade.

Unit – V
Informal Risk Capital and Venture Capital:
Informal risk capital market - venture capital - nature and overview - venture capital process -
locating venture capitalists - approaching venture capitalists. Social Entrepreneurship: Social
enterprise-need - types - characteristics and benefits of social enterprises-Social entrepreneurship -
Rural entrepreneurship, MSME Policies. Make-In India, Start-Up India, Stand-Up India.

Text Books:
1. Arya Kumar: “Entrepreneurship”, Pearson, Publishing House, New Delhi, 2012
2. VSP Rao, Kuratko: “Entrepreneurship’, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2011.
3. K.Ramachandran: “Entrepreneurship Development”, TMH, New Delhi, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. B.Janakiram, M Rizwana: “Entrepreneurship Development” Excel Books, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Rajeev Roy: “Entrepreneurship”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2012
3. P.C.Shejwalkar: “Entrepreneurship Development”, Everest Publishing House, New Delhi,
2011.
4. R.H. Hisrich, M.P. Peters and D.A. Shepherd: “Entrepreneurship” Mc Graw Hill Irwin, 8 th
Edition,2010.
5. Ryszard Praszkier& Andrzej Nowak: “Social Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice
Paperback – Illustrated”, Cambridge University Press, New York-February 2, 2012.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com
3. www.tutorialspoint.com

***

309
 AR20 AEC-CSE

AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS
(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME6O08 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding ofaerodynamics in automotive field

CO2: Evaluate basic fluid theory
CO3: Analyse the Aerodynamic aspects of the Passenger Cars
CO4: Analyse the Aerodynamic aspects of the high performance cars
CO5: Analyse the Aerodynamic aspects of the Commercial vehicles
CO6: Analyse the Aerodynamic of special purpose vehicles.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 3 2
CO2 3 3
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2
CO5 3 2
CO6 3 2

Unit - I
Introduction
Basic Principles; working methods; historical development; basic shapes; streamlined shapes; optimization of
body details; shape developments; trucks and buses; development trends vehicle engineering and
development

Unit – II
Properties of Incompressible Fluids
Viscosity; external flow pattern related to vehicles, applications, boundary layer theory, laminar and turbulent
boundary layer, separation, Friction drag, pressure drag, overall forces and moments, Internal flow
phenomena- laminar and turbulent pipe flow, curved pipes, inlets, local contractions, enlargements, relation
between external and internal flow of vehicles

Unit – III
Aerodynamic drag of Passenger cars
Passenger car as a bluff body; flow field around the car; forebody wind shield- A shield; Roof , vehicular rear
end; side body; underside; wheels and wheel wells; front spoiler; rear spoiler; attachments; drag from flow
through the car; trailers and roof luggage racks and shape optimization.

310
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Aerodynamic drag of High performance vehicles
Introduction; historical developments; influence of aerodynamics as high performance vehicles – drag and
lift; handling – driving tests; angle of attack and yawed air force, draughting, cooling and ventilation; design
alternatives, darg and lift , influence at near sonic speeds.

Unit – V
Aerodynamic drag of Commercial Vehicles
Introduction; tractive resistance and fuel consumption; darg reduction; aerodynamic darg coefficients of
different commercial vehicles – operation still in air, drag is a function of yaw angle, wind influence,
characterization of air resistance in actual operating conditions, drag minimization on trucks,

Text Books:
1. Automotive Aerodynamics; update Sp-706- SAE-1987
2. Vehicle Aerodynamics- SP 1145- SAE 1996

Reference Books:
1. Joseph Katz, Automotive Aerodynamics, 2016, John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
2. Wolf-Heinrich Hucho, Aerodynamics of Road Vehicles form Fluid Mechanics to Vehicle
Engineering, 1987, Butterworth Heinemann Ltd.,

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/105/101105088

***

311
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATIONS
(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EC6O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Summarize the functional blocks of a communication system.

CO2 Illustrate the working principle of amplitude modulation and demodulation.
CO3 Compare types of amplitude modulation.
CO4 Analyse the generation and detection of FM and PM signals.
CO5 Classify the radio transmitter and receivers.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Definition of Signal,Types of signals, Fourier Transform(FT),Inverse Fourier Transform(IFT)
and their properties, Introduction to Communication system, Elements of Communication system,
Modulation, Need for Modulation, Electromagnetic Spectrum, Frequency Division Multiplexing(FDM).

Unit – II
Amplitude Modulation: Introduction to Amplitude Modulation (AM), Square law modulation, Envelope
detector, Spectrum of AM Signals, Power and Power Efficiency of AM, Double Sideband Suppressed Carrier
((DSB-SC) Modulation, Spectrum of DSB-SC Signals, Balanced modulator, Coherent Demodulation of
DSB-SC signals, Introduction to Single Sideband (SSB) Modulation and VSB modulation.

Unit – III
Angle modulation:Introduction, Phase Modulation, Frequency Modulation: Narrow Band FM, Wide
BandFM, Transmission bandwidth of FM Signals, Direct Method of FM generation, Phase locked
loop,Comparison of FM and AM.

312
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Radio Transmitters and Receivers:Introduction, Classification of Transmitters, AM Transmitter, Variable
Reactance type FM Transmitter, Radio Receiver types, TRF Receiver, Super heterodyne Receiver, FM
receiver, Comparison of AM and FM receivers.

Unit – V
Pulse Modulation:Need for Digitizing Analog information, Pulse Amplitude Modulation, Pulse Width
Modulation, Pulse Position Modulation, Time Division Multiplexing, Introduction to Pulse Code Modulation
and Delta Modulation.

Text Books:
1. Principles of Communication Systems – H Taub & D. Schilling, Gautam Sahe, TMH, 2007, 3rdEdition.
2. Communication Systems: Analog and Digital, R P Singh and S D Sapre, McGraw Hill India, Third
Edition.
3. Communication Systems – B. P. Lathi, BS Publication, 2006

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Communication Systems - Simon Haykin, John Wiley, 2nd Edition.
2. Electronics & Communication System – George Kennedy and Bernard Davis, TMH 2004.
3. Analog and Digital Communications: Theory and Lab Work- Abhay Gandhi, Cengage, 2015.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM1/noc19-ee08/,Principles of Communication Systems-I,
Prof.Aditya K.Jagannatham, IIT Kanpur.
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ee74/preview,AnalogCommunication,Prof.GoutamDas,
IITKharagpur.

***

313
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EC6O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

Summarize the physiological relation of the human body with the environment and bio
CO1
potentials
CO2 Illustrate various electrodes sensing and measurement devices of electrical origin
CO3 Choose a device for measurement of cardiovascular and respiratory signals.
CO4 Make use of therapeutic equipment for bio medical signals.
CO5 Interpret the methods for diagnostic techniques.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Age of Biomedical Engineering, Development of Biomedical Instrumentation, Man
Instrumentation System, Components of the Man-Instrument System, Physiological System of the Body.
Bioelectric Potential Electrodes- Examples, Physiological signals, Bio-Amplifiers, transducers- Piezo-electric
and ultrasonic, Bio Sensors – Principles – Piezo-electric, Thermal, Optical. Safety issues from electrical
Hazards

Unit – II
Biopotential Measurements: Bio signals characteristics – frequency and amplitude ranges. ECG – Einthovens
triangle, standard lead system, Measurement of Heart sound, Recording methods. EEG – 10-20 electrode
system, unipolar, bipolar and average mode, Recording methods. EMG- unipolar and bipolar mode,
Recording methods. Recording of ERG, EOG and EGG

Unit – III
Non-Electrical Measurements:Heart and Cardiovascular System, Electro Cardiograph, Blood Pressure
Measurement, Measurement of Blood Flow and Cardiac Output, Angiogram. Body Plethysmography- Blood
Gas analysers, pH of blood. Respiratory System: The Physiology of the Respiratory System, Tests and
Instrumentation for the Mechanics of Breathing, Respiratory Therapy Equipment.

Unit – IV
Critical Care Equipment: Elements of Intensive-Care Monitoring, Clinical Laboratory Instruments,
Biomaterials, Ventilators: Mechanics of respiration, artificial ventilators, Positive pressure ventilator, Types

314
AR20 AEC-CSE

and classification of ventilators. Cardiac Defibrillators: Need for defibrillators, DC defibrillator, Implantable
defibrillators, Defibrillator analyzer.
Therapeutic Equipment: Cardiac pacemakers: Need for cardiac pacemakers, External and implantable
pacemakers. Audiometers and Hearing Aids, Myoelectric Arm, Physiotherapy Equipment: Diathermy-short
wave, Microwave, and ultrasonic. Electrotherapy Equipment: Nerve muscle stimulator, Functional electrical
stimulator

Unit – V
Diagnostic Techniques and Biotelemetry: Principles of Ultrasonic Measurement, Ultrasonic imaging,
Ultrasonic Applications of Therapeutic uses, Ultrasonic diagnosis, X-Ray and Radio-Isotope
instrumentations, CAT Scan, Emission Computerized Tomography, MRI, Telemedicine Technology.
Introduction to Telemedicine, Cyber Medicine, Applications of Telemedicine: Introduction to Biotelemetry,
Physiological Parameters Adaptable to Biotelemetry, the Components of Biotelemetry System, Implantable
Units, Telemetry for ECG Measurements during Exercise, Telemetry for Emergency Patient Monitoring,
wireless wearable technology in health care monitor

Text Books:
1. Bio-Medical Instrumentation Leslie Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell, Erich A. Pfeiffer, 2nd edition, PHI,
2011
2. Introduction to Bio-Medical Equipment Technology - Joseph J. Carr, John M. Brown, 4th edition,
Pearson Publications, 2012.
3. Medical Instrumentation Application and design, John G.Webster, Wiley India Edition, 2009.
4. Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, Khandpur R.S, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2nd edition,
2003

Reference Books:
1. Handbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentation, Khandapur, R.S., McGrawHill, 2nd edition, 2003.
2. Biomedical Instrumentation, Arumugam, M., Anuradha Publications, 2006.
3. Health Care Systems, Technology and Techniques, Suh, Sang, Gurupur, Varadraj P., Tanik, Murat M.,
Springer, 1st Edition, 2011.
4. Standard Handbook of Biomedical Engineering and Design, Myer Kutz, McGraw Hill Publisher, 2003.

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ee17/preview, IIT Kharagpur, By Prof. Sudipta Mukhopadhyay
2. https://www.class-central.com/course/nptel-medical-image-analysis-7934 , IIT Kharagpur, By Prof.
Debdoot Sheet
3. https://www.electrical4u.com/introduction-to-biomedical-instrumentation/

***

315
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ECAD TOOLS
(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EC6O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize the basic concepts on ECAD tools and PSPICE.

CO2: Build various types passive element circuits and its performance using PSPICE.
CO3: Construct BJT configuration amplifiers using PSPICE.
CO4: Build various FET amplifiers circuits using PSPICE.
CO5: Make use of MATLAB functions for solving the mathematical equations.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 1 3 - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 1 3 - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 1 3 - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to ECAD tools: Introduction, various ECAD tools, applications ofECAD tools
Introduction to PSPICE: History, professional version, types of sources, analysismenu, circuit topology and
analysis.

Unit – II
Implementation of passive circuits (RC, RL, LC, RLC) using Pspice: Voltage-currentrelation of an
inductors, capacitors, series and parallel connections of initiallyuncharged capacitors and inductors, phasor
relation for a resistor, capacitor, inductors.Charging and discharging responses of capacitors and inductors,
natural responses ofRLC circuits.

Unit – III
Implementation of active circuits using PSPICE: Diodes, transistor switches, BJTamplifiers-CE amplifier,
CC amplifier, differential amplifier, and tuned amplifier,JFET amplifiers, MOSFET amplifiers-common source
amplifier, common drainamplifier.

Unit – IV
Introduction to MATLAB: Array of numbers, MATLAB for plotting, functions inMATLAB, Vectors and
matrices, linear equations geometry and statics, polynomialsequations, Iterative solution of equations

316
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
MATLAB Simulink: Introduction to Simulink, model of momentum law, capacitordischarge, a mass spring
dash spot system, series RLC circuit.
Applications of frequency domain: Introduction, signals, DFT, power spectrum,trigonometric expansion of
signals, high frequency signals.

Text Books:
1. Circuit analysis with PSPICE, Nassir H. Sabah, 2017.
2. MATLAB and Simulink, Adrian B. Biran, CRC press Taylor& Francis group.

Reference Books:
1. Electronics Circuits and Systems, Owen Bishop, 4th edition, 2011.
2. MATLAB for Electrical and computer engineering, Roland Priemer, 2013.

Web Links:
1. https://www.mccormick.northwestern.edu/documents/students/undergraduate/introduction-to-matlab.pdf
2. https://vdocument.in/orcad-pspice-course-material.html

***

317
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PYTHON PROGRAMMING
(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop programs using fundamental concepts in python

CO2: Solve problems using control statements and string methods
CO3: Develop real time applications using data structures and functions
CO4: Apply Object Oriented Programming concepts and files
CO5: Illustratre File handling in Python
CO6: Build various applications using GUI and exceptions.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - 2
CO2 - 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - 2
CO3 - 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - 2
CO4 - 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - 2
CO5 3 2 - - 2 - - - - - - 2
CO6 - 1 2 - 3 - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit – I
Introduction: History of Python, Python Language, Features of Python, Applications of Python, Using the
REPL(Shell), Running Python Scripts, Variables, Assignment, Keywords, Input-Output, Indentation

Unit – II
Types, Operators and Expressions: Types - Integers, Strings, Booleans; Operators Arithmetic Operators,
Comparison (Relational) Operators, Assignment Operators, Logical Operators, Bitwise Operators,
Membership Operators, Identity Operators, Expressions and order of evaluations, Control Flow- if, if-elif-
else, for, while, break, continue.

Unit – III
Data Structures Lists - Operations, Slicing, Methods; Tuples, Sets, Dictionaries, Sequences. Comprehensions.

Unit – IV
Functions - Defining Functions, Calling Functions, Passing Arguments, Keyword Arguments, Variable-
length arguments, Anonymous Functions, Fruitful Functions(Function Returning Values), Scope of the
Variables in a Function - Global and Local Variables.

318
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Modules: Creating modules, import statement, from.import statement, name spacing, Python packages,
Introduction to PIP, Installing Packages via PIP, Using Python Packages Error and Exceptions: Difference
between an error and Exception, Handling Exception, try except block, Raising Exceptions, User Defined
Exceptions

Text Books:
1. Python Programming: A Modern Approach, Vamsi Kurama, Pearson
2. Learning Python, Mark Lutz, Orielly

Reference Books:
1. Think Python, Allen Downey, Green Tea Press
2. Core Python Programming, W.Chun, Pearson.
3. Introduction to Python, Kenneth A. Lambert, Cengage

Web Links:
1. https://www.python.org/
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/python/index.htm

***

319
 AR20 AEC-CSE

WEB TECHNOLOGIES
(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS6O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop static web pages using HTML and CSS.

CO2: Apply JavaScript for Client side validations and Node.JS to learn server side applications using
JavaScript.
CO3: Make use of Angular JS for developing dynamic and responsive web pages.
CO4: Utilize React JS for developing dynamic and responsive web pages.
CO5: Create and deploy secure, usable database driven web applications using PHP and
MySQL/MongoDB.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 - 3 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 - 2 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
HTML, HTML5, CSS, CSS3 HTML: Basic Syntax, Standard HTML Document Structure, Basic Text
Markup, HTML styles, Elements, Attributes, Heading, Layouts, HTML Media, Iframes, Images, Links, Lists,
Tables, Forms, GET and POST method, HTML 5, Dynamic HTML. CSS: Cascading style sheets, Levels of
Style Sheets, Style Specification Formats, Selector Forms, Box Model, Conflict Resolution, CSS3.

Unit – II
JavaScript & XML Javascript - Introduction, Primitives, Variables – var, let, const, Operations and
Expressions, Control Statements, Functions, Objects (Predefined - String, Number, Array, Date, Math,
Random, RegExp, User Defined – Definition, Properties, Methods, Display, Accessors, Constructors),
Events, Pattern Matching using Regular Expressions, Working with XML: Document type Definition (DTD),
XML schemas, XSLT, XML and
CSS, Document object model, Parsers - DOM and SAX.

Unit – III
Node JS & Angular JS Node.js- Introduction, Advantages, Process Model, Modules, HTTP Module, File
system, URL module, NPM, Events, Upload Files, Email. Angular JS – Introduction, Expressions, Modules,
Directives, Model, Data Binding, Controllers, Scopes, Filters, Services, HTTP, Tables, Select, Events, Forms,
Validation, API, W3.CSS, Includes, Routing, SQL, DOM, Application.

320
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
React JS React JS – Introduction, Displaying “Welcome React”, Introducing JSX, Rendering Elements,
Components and Props, State and Lifecycle, Handling Events, Conditional Rendering, Lists and Keys,
Forms, Lifting State Up, Composition vs Inheritance, Thinking in React.

Unit – V
PHP PHP Programming - Introduction, Creating and Running PHP Script. Variables, Constants, DataTypes,
Operators. Controlling Program Flow - Conditional and Loop statements, Arrays, Functions, Client-Server
Scripting – XAMPP/LAMP Introduction, Running PHP Script in XAMPP, Super Globals, Working with
Form Data, Database Connectivity – MySQL Introduction using XAMPP in Command Mode and GUI,
Working with MySQL Queries, Integrating PHP and MySQL to work with Form Data. No SQL Database -
MongoDB Introduction, Create and Drop Database, Create and Drop Collection, Data Types, Insert, Query,
Update, Delete, Integrating PHP with MongoDB.

Text Books:
1. Programming the World Wide Web, 7th Edition, Robet W Sebesta, Pearson.
2. Pro Mean Stack Development, 1st Edition, ELadElrom, Apress O’Reilly.
3. React Explained, 2020 Edition, Zac Gordon, OSTraining.
4. MongoDB – The Definitive Guide, 2nd Edition, Kristina Chodorow,O’Reilly.

Reference Books:
1. Web Technologies, HTML, JavaScript, PHP, Java, JSP, XML and AJAX, Black book, 1st Edition,
Dream Tech.
2. An Introduction to Web Design, Programming, 1st Edition, Paul S Wang, Sanda S Katila, Cengage
Learning.

Web Links:
1. https://www.w3schools.com/ (html, css, js, xml, nodejs, angular, react, php)
2. https://www.angular.io/docs
3. https://www.reactjs.org/docs/getting-started.html
4. https://www.university.mongodb.com/

***

321
 AR20 AEC-CSE

OPERATING SYSTEMS
(Open Elective-I)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code:201IT6O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate the basic structure, services, system calls and architectural components of Operating
Systems.
CO2: Analyze various Process Scheduling algorithms and Multi threading models.
CO3: Demonstrate Inter Process Communication between the processes and deadlocks.
CO4: Make use of paging, segmentation and virtual memory strategies to allocate memory for the process.
CO5: Describe the concepts of file system implementation, disk management, Protection and security for
system.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 - - - - - - - - - 3 -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 2 -
CO2 3 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Introduction to Operating System Concepts: What Operating System do, Operating System Structure,
Operating System Operations, Process Management, Memory management, Storage Management, Protection
and Security, Computing Environments, Open-Source Operating systems, Operating systems services,
System call, Types of System call.

Unit – II
Process Management:
Process concept: The process, Process State, Process control block, Threads, Process Scheduling: Scheduling
Queues, Schedulers, Context switch, Operations on Processes, Inter process Communication.
Process Scheduling: Basic Concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling Algorithms.
Multithread Programming: Overview, Benefits, Multithreading Models.

Unit – III
Synchronization: Background, The Critical-Section Problem, Peterson’s Solution, Synchronization Hardware,
Semaphores, Classic Problems of Synchronization, Monitors. Deadlocks: System Model, Deadlock
Characterization, Methods for handling Deadlock, Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock
Detection, Recoveryfrom Deadlock.

322
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Memory Management: Background, Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation, Segmentation, Paging,
Structure of the Page Table.
Virtual Memory Management: Background, Demand Paging, Page Replacement, Thrashing.

Unit – V
File system Interface: File concept, Access Methods, Directory and Disk structure, File system mounting, File
sharing, protection.
Implementing Filesystems: File system structure, File System implementation, Directory
Implementation, allocation methods, free-space management.
Mass-storage structure: Overview of Mass-storage structure, Disk scheduling

Text Books:
1. Operating System Concepts, Abraham Silber Schatz, Peter Balian Greg Gagne,
2. Operating Systems-Internals and Design Principles, William Stallings, 6thEdition, Prentice Hall.

Reference Books:
1. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S. Tanenbaum,2nd Edition, AddisonWesley.
2. Operating Systems: A Design-Oriented Approach, Charles Crowley, Tata
McGrawHill Education.
3. Operating Systems: A Concept-Based Approach, DMD hamdhere, 2ndEdition,

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/106108101/
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/iot/lecture/MrgxS/lecture-3-1-operating-systems
3. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/operating-systems/
4. https://in.udacity.com/auth?next=/course/introduction-to-operating-systems--
ud923

***

323
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION

(Open Elective-II)

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201IT6O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: DescribethefundamentalsofRoboticProcessAutomationTechnology.
CO2: SummarizetheUiPathprogrammingtechniquestodeployrobotconfigurations.
CO3: Explorevariousdataextractiontechniquesandlearn aboutintegrations.
CO4: Developaprogrammedrobotforloggingwithpopular applicationslikeSAPandMS Office.
CO5 Developaprogrammedrobotfor exceptionhandlingfor applications.
CO6: CreateandDeploytheBotsandcontrolit withUiPath

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO2 - 1 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 - 2 - 3 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 - 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 - 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO6 - 2 1 3 2 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit – I
Robotic Process Automation (RPA) -Introduction - Scope of RPA - Techniques of automation -
What can RPA do - Benefits of RPA - Components of RPA: Recorder, Development studio,
Extensions and plugins, Bot runner, Control center- RPA platforms: Automation Anywhere,
UiPath, Blue Prism, Work Fusion, Thoughtonomy, KOFAX - UiPath: UiPath Studio – UiPath
Robot - UiPath Orchestrator - The future of automation.
Record and Play:UiPath stack: UiPath Studio - UiPath Robot - UiPath Orchestrator -Downloading
and installing UiPath Studio - Learning UiPath Studio: Projects, the user interface- Ribbon - Quick
Access Toolbar - Panels - Argument, Task recorder - input and output methods - Examples using
the recorder.

324
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – II
Sequence, Flowchart, and Control Flow: Sequencing the workflow - Sequence - Activities -
Flowcharts - Control flow - various types of loops, and decision making: Assign, Delay, Break,
While, Do-While, for each, If, and Switch activities -Examples using Sequence and Flowchart

Unit – III
Data Manipulation: Variables and scope - Collections - Arguments - Data tables – Clipboard
management – File operation - CSV/Excel to data table and vice versa
Taking Control of the Controls: Finding and attaching windows - Finding the control - Techniques
for waiting for a control - Act on controls: mouse and keyboard activities
Working with UiExplorer- Handling events: Element, Image, and System triggering events -
Revisit recorder - Screen Scraping - OCR: Types and usage

Unit – IV
Handling User Events and Assistant Bots: What are assistant bots - Monitoring system event
triggers - Monitoring image and element triggers - Launching an assistant bot on a keyboard event
Exception Handling, Debugging, and Logging: Exception handling: Common exceptions and
handling them - Logging and taking screenshots: Client and Server logging – Debugging
techniques - Collecting crash dumps - Enabling crash dumps - Error reporting

Unit – V
Managing and Maintaining the Code: Project organization: Picking an appropriate layout for
workflows, breaking a process into smaller parts, using exception handling - Nesting workflows -
Reusability of workflows - Commenting techniques -
State Machine.
Deploying and Maintaining the Bot: Publishing using publish utility: How to publish a workflow in
UiPath - Overview of Orchestration Server - Using Orchestration Server to control bots -
Publishing and managing updates

Text Books:
1. Alok Mani Tripathi, “Learning Robotic Process Automation”, Packt Publishers, ISBN 13:
9781788470940, Paperback,

Reference Books:
1. Richard Murdoch, “Robotic Process Automation: Guide to Building Software Robots,
Automate Repetitive Tasks & Become an RPA Consultant”, (independently published by
author, Amazon), ISBN-10: 1983036838, ISBN-13: 978-1983036835.
2. Kelly Wibbenmeyer, “The Simple Implementation Guide to Robotic Process Automation
(RPA)”, iUniverse, ISBN-10: 1532045883, ISBN-13: 978-1532045882.

Web Links:
1. https://www.udemy.com/topic/robotic-process-automation
2. https://www.uipath.com/rpa/academy
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MBl-3Yb30FA
4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/robotic-process-automation

325
 AR20 AEC-CSE

UNCONVENTIONAL HYDROCARBON RESOURCES

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201PT6O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Outline the fundamentals of coal bed methane

CO2: Estimate the shale gas reserves for indian scenario
CO3: Determine the extent of gas hydrates resource estimation
CO4: Illustrate the origin and characterize shale gas
CO5: Explain the heavy oil reservoirs and their challenges

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to Unconventional Hydrocarbon resources, Coal Bed Methane: Geological controls in CBM plays,
Resource estimation, Drilling, completion and production performance of a CBM well, Indian Scenario

Unit – II
Shale Gas / oil: Rock property evaluation of shale and resource estimation, production techniques applied for
shale gas, monitoring techniques including microseismic, Indian basins for shale gas/oil potential

Unit – III
Gas Hydrates: Structure of gas hydrates and their stability, rock properties of formation bearing gas hydrates,
distribution throughout the world, wireline logs and seismic characters of gas hydrates, productivity of gas
hydrates and challenges, Indian scenario of gas hydrates

Unit – IV
Deepwater Oil and Gas Technology: Deepwater exploration and production in the world, role of geophysical
methods, technological challenges in deepwater drilling and production

Unit – V
Heavy oil: world resources of heavy oil, production technology and challenges

326
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. A Guide to Coal Bed Methane from GRI

Reference Books:
1.
2. Gas Hydrates — Geophysical Exploration Techniques And Methods By Michael Riedel, Eleanor C.
Willoughby And Satinder Chopra
3. Dayal, A. And Mani, D,Shale Gas. Amsterdam [Etc.]: Elsevier. 2017
4. Shale Oil And Shale Gas Resources. : Mdpi A, José A. Torres And Hector Klie, 2020.

Web Links:
1. https://author.energy-community.org/enc-author-prd/dam/jcr:4c5bb3db-e989-4b7d-a33e-
244f4a51164a/1_PetroleumResEng_Basics.pdf
2. https://petrowiki.org/Fluid_sampling
3. https://petrowiki.org/Material_balance_in_oil_reservoirs
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Darcy%27s_law
5. https://petrowiki.org/Oil_well_performance

***

327
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ASSET MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201PT6O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Outline the fundamentals of asset management

CO2: Estimate the running costs and value for asset management
CO3: Determine the value of data using Asset Management Network
CO4: Illustrate Asset Management Decision making framework
CO5: Explain the capital planning system

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 1
CO2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 1
CO3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 1
CO4 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 1
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Asset Management: The Corporate Dimension, Vision, Suggested Corporate Approach, Asset Management
Building Blocks

Unit – II
Asset Management: Data Gathering, The Building Blocks Of Asset Management: Descriptions, The Main
Building Blocks Of Asset Management: Condition, The Main Building Blocks Of Asset Management:
Suitability, The Main Building Blocks Of Asset Management: Sufficiency, The Building Blocks Of Asset
Management: Accessibility, Running Costs And Value, The Improvement Service Screening Survey.

Unit – III
Asset Management: Interpreting, the Main Data, Data Recording, Quality Assurance, Creating A Baseline
Position

Unit – IV
Developing A Decision Making Framework, Populating Asset Management Plans, Creating A Strategic
Outline Business Case (SOBC) For Investment, The Corporate Asset Management Plan

Unit – V
Developing an Integrated Asset Management and Capital Planning System, Overview, An Integrated
Framework, Governance Arrangements

328
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. A guide to Asset Management and Capital Planning in Local authorities, CIPFA, 2008.

Reference Books:
1. The Big Picture: Integrated Asset Management Cedric Bouleau et al, Oil field Review, 2007/2008
2. Integrated Petroleum Reservoir Management, A team approach, AbdusSatter and Ganesh C. Thakur,
Pennwell Books, Tulsa, 1994.

Web Links:
1. https://author.energy-community.org/enc-author-prd/dam/jcr:4c5bb3db-e989-4b7d-a33e-
244f4a51164a/1_PetroleumResEng_Basics.pdf
2. https://petrowiki.org/Fluid_sampling
3. https://petrowiki.org/Material_balance_in_oil_reservoirs
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Darcy%27s_law
5. https://petrowiki.org/Oil_well_performance

***

329
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PRACTICES

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201MI6O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the different hazards and its prevention in mining industries.
CO2: Distinguish the mine accidents occurring in surface and underground mining area
CO3: Illustrate the various approaches towards safety risk assessment.
CO4: Discuss the safety planning and safety management systems
CO5: Analyze the innovations in mine safety engineering

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO3 - - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - - - - - 2 -
CO5 - 3 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Safety and Health
Terminologies associated with safety, Occupational health and safety, Safety and Health training, Stress and
Safety. Safety Psychology.

Unit – II
Ergonomics
Ergonomics - Introduction, Definition, Objectives, Advantages. Ergonomics Hazards
– Musculoskeletal Disorders and Cumulative Trauma Disorders.

Unit – III
Industrial safety
Importance of Industrial safety, Safety of Environment, Process safety, fire safety, Electrical safety, Industrial
safety polices, Emergency preparation and response in disaster.

Unit – IV
Safety Analysis Techniques
Safety organizers structures, Assessment of risk rating, Minimization of risk, Risk management.

330
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Safety education and training, Safety information system, Safety standards- OHSAS 18001, ISO 45001,
Safety Audit

Text Books:
1. The Factories Act with amendments 1987, Govt. of India Publications DGFASLI, Mumbai
2. Grimaldi and Simonds , Safety Management, AITBS Publishers , New Delhi (2001)
3. Industrial Safety –National Safety Council of India ISHET.
4. “Safety in Industry” N.V. Krishnan Jaico Publishery House, 1996.

Reference Books:
1. “Accident Prevention Manual” – NSC
2. “Occupational safety Manual” BHEL
3. “Safety Management by John V. Grimaldi and Rollin H. Simonds
4. Dr. K. U. Mistry - Fundamentals of Industrial Safety & Health

Web Links:
1. https://www.osha.gov/
2. https://www.healthandsafetyatwork.com/
3. http://ohsonline.com/

***

331
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN MINES

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201MI6O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain about power systems used in mines.

CO2: Analyze various earthing methods used in mines.
CO3: Summarize various electrical equipments used in mines.
CO4: Discuss about the instrumentation and control systems used in mines
CO5: Analyze about intrinsic safety.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Mine power supply
Choice of voltage, surface and underground supply: Tariff Computation, standards of lighting and method of
illumination in open cast and underground Mine Cables- types, Construction details, installation of cables
through shaft and other locations, fault location, cable jointing, care and maintenance, Gate-end boxes and
switch gears. Principles of flame-proof enclosures

Unit – II
Earthing
Earthing Methods, protective devices, overload, under-voltage earth leakage, D.C. Supply- rectifiers, storage
batteries.

Unit – III
Electrical Equipment
Mining transformers used in mines, lighting transformer, no load-on-load operations, losses and efficiency
and voltage regulation. A.C. and D.C. Motors speed-torque characteristics, starting, braking, speed control,
drives for haulage. ventilation fans, pumps, compressors, electrical locomotives, winders, Introduction to
thyristor device, flame proof and intrinsic safety.

332
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Control and instrumentation Open and closed loop system, remote control, sequence control, winder control
of open cast mine equipment, sensor for measurement of various operational, environmental and safety
parameters in underground and open cast mines.

Unit – V
Communication and data transmission
Mine telephone system, signaling system, LAN, WAN
Intrinsically – safe circuit – methods of attaining intrinsic safety, zener safety barriers and their application.
Indian electricity Act and rules 1956 as applied to mines.

Text Books:
1. Electrical equipment in Mines by H.Cotton
2. Electrtechnology mining by N.Merinovic

Reference Books:
1. AmitoshDey, Heavy Earth Moving Machinery, Lovely Prakashan Publications, Dhanbad, 2000.
2. Walker, S.C., Mine Winding and Transport, Elsevier, 1988. 7.
3. Alemgren G., Kumar U., and Vagenas N., Mine Mechanisation and Automation, A.A., Balkema
Publication, 1993.

Web Links:
1. http://mineportal.in/upload-study- material.php? imgaaa=1 &imagename= MINE
%20MACHINERY_243.pdf
2. http://mineportal.in/assets/study_material/Locomotive_Haulage_221_mineportal.pdf

***

333
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ENGINEERING PROPERTIES OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCE

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201AG6O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Calculate the basic engineering properties of a biological material.

CO2: Analyze the flow behavior of biological materials and force deformation.
CO3: Analyze the Maxwell and Kelvin model equations in the rheology for important biological materials.
CO4: Explain the applications of frictional and aerodynamic properties in the design of processing
equipment.
CO5: Explain the applications of electrical and thermal properties in the design of processing equipment.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 1 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 - 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 - 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Physical Properties: Introduction and application of engineering properties of biological material. Physical
properties of different food commodities and aided products – importance. Shape and size – criteria for
describing shape and size. Roundness and sphericity – Volume and density – Specific gravity – Bulk density.
Porosity – surface area – measurement of the same.

Unit – II
Rheology: Introduction to rheology, basic concepts, Classification of rheology, ASTM standard definition of
terms. Rheological Properties, Flow behavior of biological materials, force deformation curve; linear elastic
limit, yield point, bio-yield point and rupture point. Stress relaxation and creep behavior. Visco-elasticity and
visco-plasticity.

Unit – III
Rheological models: Introduction to mechanical models. Kelvin and maxwell models. Electrical equivalence
of mechanical models. Rheological equations of maxwell model, generalized maxwell model, kelvin model
and generalized kelvin model. Difference between kelvin and maxwell model. Viscosity; Measurement of
viscosity using viscometer, types of viscometer, problems on viscometer.

Unit – IV
Frictional Properties: Basic concepts, effect of load sliding velocity. Friction in agricultural materials,
measurement. Rolling resistance, angle of internal friction and angle of repose. Applications of frictional
properties in design of processing equipment. Aerodynamic Properties: Importance of aerodynamic properties
in Agricultural Processing equipments with examples. Terminal velocity and drag coefficient; frictional drag

334
AR20 AEC-CSE

and profit drag or pressure drag. Terminal velocity of different grains, working of pneumatic conveyor based
on aerodynamic properties.

Unit – V
Electrical properties: Di-electrical properties; Dielectric loss factor and dielectric constant. Applications and
role of electrical properties in food processing. Thermal Properties: Introduction to thermal properties;
Specific heat, thermal conductivity, thermal diffusivity, latent heat of vaporization, latent heat of fusion,
sensible heat, enthalpy and heat energy calculation.

Text Books:
1. Physical properties of plant and animal materials, Mohsenin N N, Gordon and Breach Science
Publishers, New York, 2nd edition ,1986.
2. Engineering Properties of Foods, Rao M A, Syed S H Rizvi and Ashim K Datta, CRC Press – Taylor
& Francis Group, Boca Raton, FL, 4th edition, 2014

Reference Books:
1. Food and Process Engineering Technology, Wilhelm LR, Suler W A and Brusewitz, G H, American
Society of Agricultural Engineers (ASAE), St. Joseph, Ml.
2. Engineering Properties of Biological Materials, O.P. Singhal and D.V.K. Samuel, SarojPrakashan,
Allahabad, 1st edition, 2003.

Web Links:
1. http://ecourses.iasri.res.in/email_authentication.aspx?Degree_Id=04
2. http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/course/view.php?id=25
3. http://www.cigr.org/documents/CIGRHandbookVol4.pdf
4. http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.php?id=1011
5. http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.php?id=1013
6. http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.php?id=1025

***

335
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PLASTIC APPLICATIONS IN AGRICULTURE

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201AG6O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Assess types and quality of plastics used in soil and water conservation.
CO2: Design, estimation and laying of plastic films in lining of canal, reservoir and water harvesting
ponds.
CO3: Design, estimation and installation of green, poly and shade net houses, low tunnels etc.
CO4: Explain plastics application in drying, preservation, handling and storage of agricultural produce.
CO5: Outline plastic usage with hands on experience through visit to a greenhouse and farmers field.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - 2 -
CO2 3 2 1 - - - 1 - - - - -
CO3 3 2 1 - - - 1 - - - - -
CO4 3 1 - 2 - 1 - - - - - -
CO5 3 1 - 2 - 1 - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction of plasticulture - types and quality of plastics used in soil and water conservation, production
agriculture and post harvest management. Quality control measures. Present status and future prospective of
plasticulture in India. Water management - use of plastics in in-situ moisture conservation and rain water
harvesting. Plastic film lining in canal, pond and reservoir. Design, estimation and laying of plastic films in
lining of canal, reservoir and water harvesting Ponds.

Unit – II
Plastic pipes for irrigation water management, bore-well casing and subsurface drainage. Study of plastic
components of drip and sprinkler irrigation systems, laying and flushing of laterals. Use of polymers in
control of percolation losses in fields. Soil conditioning - soil solarisation, effects of different colour plastic
mulching in surface covered cultivation.

Unit – III
Nursery management - Use of plastics in nursery raising, nursery bags, trays etc. Controlled environmental
cultivation - plastics as cladding material, green / poly / shade net houses, wind breaks, poly tunnels and crop
covers. Design, estimation and installation of green, poly and shade net houses, low tunnels etc.

Unit – IV
Plastic nets for crop protection - anti insect nets, bird protection nets. Plastic fencing. Plastics in drying,
preservation, handling and storage of agricultural produce, innovative plastic packaging solutions for
processed food products. Plastic cap covers for storage of food grains in open. Silage film technique for
fodder preservation

336
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Use of plastics as alternate material for manufacturing farm equipment and machinery. Plastics for
aquacultural engineering and animal husbandry - animal shelters, vermi-beds and inland fisheries. Agencies
involved in the promotion of plasticulture in agriculture at national and state level. Human resource
development in plasticutlure applications.

Text Books:
1. Dubois. 1978. Plastics in Agriculture. Applied Science Publishers Limited, Essex, England. y Manas
Chanda, Salil K. Roy. 2008. Plastics Fundamentals, Properties, and Testing. CRC Press.
2. Charles A. Harper. 2006. Handbook of Plastics Technologies. The Complete Guide to Properties and
Performance. McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
3. Central Pollution Control Board. 2012. Material on Plastic Waste Management. Parivesh Bhawan, East
Arjun Nagar, Delhi-110032.
4. Brown, R.P. 2004. Polymers in Agriculture and Horticulture. RAPRA Review Reports : Vol. 15, No. 2,
RAPRA Technology Limited, U.K

Reference Books:
1. Brahma Singh, Balraj Singh, Naved Sabir and Murtaza Hasan. 2014.Advances in Protected
Cultivation. New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi.
2. Shankar, A.N. 2014. Integrated Horticulture Development in Eastern Himalayas, Plasticulture in Agri-
Horticulture Systems, 241-247.
3. Ojha,T.P. and Michael, A.M., 2012, Principles of Agricultural Engineering - I. Jain Brothers, Karol
Bagh, New Delhi.
4. Pandey, P.H. 2014. Principles and Practices of Agricultural Structures and Environmental Control.
Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, India.

Web Links:
1. https://krishi.icar.gov.in/jspui/bitstream/123456789/42008/1/Article%201.pdf
2. https://saiplatform.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/190528-report_use-of-plastics-in-agriculture.pdf
3. https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/sites/default/files/eip-
agri_fg_plastic_footprint_minipaper_c_final.pdf

***

337
 AR20 AEC-CSE

OPTIMIZATION IN OPERATIONS RESEARCH

(Job Oriented Elective - II)

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6J01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: State and formulate the optimization problem, without and with constraints, by using design
variables from an engineering design problem.
CO2: Illustrate classical optimization techniques to minimize or maximize a multi-variable
objective function, without or with constraints, and arrive at an optimal solution.
CO3: Solve transportation and assignment problem by using Linear programming Simplex
method.
CO4: Apply gradient and non-gradient methods to nonlinear optimization problems and use
interior or exterior penalty functions for the constraints to derive the optimal solutions
CO5: Apply Dynamic programming technique to inventory control, production planning,
engineering design problems etc. to reach a final optimal solution from the current optimal
solution.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 3
CO3 - 3
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2

Unit - I
Introduction and Classical Optimization Techniques: Statement of an Optimization problem, design
vector, design constraints, constraint surface, objective function, objective function surfaces,
classification of Optimization problems.
Classical Optimization Techniques: Single variable Optimization, multi variable Optimization
without constraints, necessary and sufficient conditions for minimum/maximum, multivariable
Optimization with equality constraints. Solution by method of Lagrange multipliers, multivariable
Optimization with inequality constraints, Kuhn – Tucker conditions

Unit – II
Linear Programming : Standard form of a linear programming problem, geometry of linear
programming problems, definitions and theorems, solution of a system of linear simultaneous
equations, pivotal reduction of a general system of equations, motivation to the simplex method,
simplex algorithm, Duality in Linear Programming, Dual Simplex method.

338
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Transportation Problem: Finding initial basic feasible solution by north – west corner rule, least
cost method and Vogel’s approximation method, testing for optimality of balanced transportation
problems, Special cases in transportation problem.

Unit – IV
Nonlinear Programming: Unconstrained cases, One – dimensional minimization methods:
Classification, Fibonacci method and Quadratic interpolation method, Univariate method, Powell’s
method and steepest descent method.
Constrained cases– Characteristics of a constrained problem, Classification, Basic approach of
Penalty Function method; Basic approaches of Interior and Exterior penalty function methods,
Introduction to convex Programming Problem.

Unit – V
Dynamic Programming: Dynamic programming multistage decision processes, types, concept
of sub optimization and the principle of optimality, computational procedure in dynamic
programming, examples illustrating the calculus method of solution, examples illustrating the
tabular method of solution.

Text Books:
1. Engineering optimization: Theory and practice, S. S.Rao, New Age International (P) Limited, 3rd
edition, 1998.
2. Introductory Operations Research, H.S. Kasene & K.D. Kumar, Springer (India), Pvt. LTd.

Reference Books:
1. Optimization Methods in Operations Research and systems Analysis”, by K.V. Mital and C. Mohan,
New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 3rd edition, 1996.
2. Operations Research, Dr. S.D.Sharma, Kedarnath, Ramnath & Co

Web Links:
1. https://krishi.icar.gov.in/jspui/bitstream/123456789/42008/1/Article%201.pdf
2. https://saiplatform.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/190528-report_use-of-plastics-in-
agriculture.pdf
3. https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/sites/default/files/eip-
agri_fg_plastic_footprint_minipaper_c_final.pdf

***

339
 AR20 AEC-CSE

MACHINE LEARNING USING PYTHON LAB

Common to CSE & IT

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6L01 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Implement concept learning algorithms on given data

CO2: Apply pre processing tecgniques on given data sets
CO3: Develop Machine Learning algorithms to solve a given problem
CO4: Implement supervised learning algorithms on a given data
CO5: Implement neural networks algorithms

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO2 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO3 1 2 3 2 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO4 1 2 3 2 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO5 1 2 3 2 2 - - - 1 1 - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 3
CO3 - 1
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2

List of Experiments:

Week - 1
Implement and demonstrate the FIND-S algorithm for finding the most specific hypothesis based on a given set
of training data samples. Read the training data from a .CSV file.

Week - 2
For a given set of training data examples stored in a .CSV file, implement and demonstrate the Candidate-
Elimination algorithm to output a description of the set of all hypotheses consistent with the training examples.

Week - 3
Write a program to demonstrate the working of the decision tree based ID3 algorithm. Use an appropriate data
set for building the decision tree and apply this knowledge to classify a new sample.

Week - 4
Exercises to solve the real-world problems using Linear Regression

Week - 5
Exercises to solve the real-world problems using Logistic Regression

Week - 6
Exercises to solve the real-world problems using Binary Classifier

340
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week - 7
Develop a program for Bias, Variance, Remove duplicates , Cross Validation

Week - 8
Write a program to implement One-hot Encoding

Week – 9
Write a program to implement Categorical Encoding.

Week - 10
Build an Artificial Neural Network by implementing the Back propagation algorithm and test the same using
appropriate data sets.

Week - 11
Write a program to implement k-Nearest Neighbor algorithm to classify the iris data set. Print both correct and
wrong predictions.

Week - 12
Implement the non-parametric Locally Weighted Regression algorithm in order to fit data points. Select
appropriate data set for your experiment and draw graphs.

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. Assuming a set of documents that need to be classified, use the naïve Bayesian Classifier model to
perform this task. Built-in Java classes/API can be used to write the program. Calculate the accuracy,
precision, and recall for your data set.
14. Apply EM algorithm to cluster a Heart Disease Data Set. Use the same data set for clustering using k-
Means algorithm. Compare the results of these two algorithms and comment on the quality of clustering.
You can add Java/Python ML library classes/API in the program.
15. Write a Python program to construct a Bayesian network considering medical data. Use this model to
demonstrate the diagnosis of heart patients using standard Heart Disease Data Set.
16. Consider Patient Dataset. Apply linear classification technique(SVM) to identify the rate of heart
patients.

Reference Books:
1. Machine Learning Probabilistic Approach, Kevin P. Murphy, MIT Press, 2012.
2. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning -An Algorithmic Perspective”, Second Edition, Chapman and
Hall/CRC Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition Series, 2014.
3. Andreas C. Müller and Sarah Guido “Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A Guide for Data
Scientists”, Oreilly

Web Links:
1. https://www.deeplearning.ai/machine-learningyearning/
2. https://www.cse.huji.ac.il/~shais/UnderstandingMachineLearning/index.html
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs24/preview
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/machinelearning/

341
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPILER DESIGN AND OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN LAB

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6L02 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Make use of LEX tool to simulate various operations of compilers

CO2: Construct top down and bottom up parsing tables.
CO3: Develop various Optimization techniques.
CO4: Analyze the importance of unified modeling of various applications
CO5: Show the role and function of each UML model in developing object-oriented software.
CO6: Develop an application using UML.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 3 - 3 - - - 2 2 - -
CO2 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - -
CO3 2 2 1 - 3 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 - -
CO5 1 2 3 1 2 - - - 2 2 - -
CO6 1 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 1 - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 1 -
CO6 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week - 1
1)Lexical analysis using lex tool
1.1) Write a lex program whose output is same as input.
1.2) Write a lex program which removes white spaces from its input file

Week - 2
2)Lexical analysis using lex tool
2.1) Write a lex program to identify the patterns in the input file.
2.2) Design a lexical analyzer for given language and the lexical analyzer should ignore redundant spaces, tabs
and new lines.

Week - 3
3)First and Follow
3.1)Simulate First and Follow of a Grammar.
3.2)Implement the lexical analyzer using JLex, flex or lex or other lexical analyzer generating tools

342
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week - 4
4)Top Down Parsing
4.1) Develop an operator precedence parser for a given language.
4.2) Construct a recursive descent parser for an expression

Week - 5
5)Bottom up Parsing
5.1) Construct a LL(1) parser for an expression
5.2) Design a LALR bottom up parser for the given language.

Week - 6
6)Optimization Phase
6.1) Write a program to perform loop unrolling.
6.2) Write a program for constant propagation

Week - 7
List of Case Studies:
Choose any two case studies and implement, the experiments (7-12)
1) ATM Application.
2) Library Management System.
3) Online Book Shop.
7) Develop Class Diagram and Object diagram using Rational Rose.

Week - 8
8) Develop Use case diagrams and elaborate Use case descriptions & scenarios

Week – 9
9) Develop Detailed Sequence Diagrams / Communication diagrams for each use case showing interactions
among all the three-layer objects

Week - 10
10) Develop sample diagrams for state chart diagrams

Week - 11
11) Develop Detailed design using activity diagrams

Week - 12
12)Develop sample diagrams for other UML diagrams - component diagrams and deployment diagrams

List of Augmented Experiments:

13)Write a C program to identify whether a given line is a comment or not
14)Write a C program to simulate lexical analyzer for validating operators.
15)Design all UML models for Online Movie ticket Booking System
16)Develop Use case Packages and identify relationships between use cases and represent them. Refine domain
class model by showing all the associations among classes

Reference Books:
1. Engineering a compiler, Keith D.Cooper & Linda Torczon, Morgan, 2nd Edition, 2011.
2. Compiler Design, K. Muneeswaran, 2nd Edition ,Oxford, 2013
3. Object-oriented analysis and design using UML, Mahesh P. Matha, PHI.
4. Head first object-oriented analysis and design, Brett D. McLaughlin, Gary Pollice, Dave West, O‟Reilly.
5. The Unified modeling language Reference manual, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson, Grady Booch,
Addison-Wesley.

343
AR20 AEC-CSE

Web Links:
1. http://dinosaur.compilertools.net/yacc/index.html
2. https://www.scribd.com/doc/26657257/Compiler-Design-Lab-Manual
3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/unified-modeling-language-uml
4. https://www.quora.com/in/What-are-the-best-website-to-study-UML-forbeginners
5. https://www.coursera.org/learn/object-oriented-design/lecture/6GJtg/1-1-3object- oriented-
modeling

344
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY LAB

Common to CSE & IT

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6L03 0 0 3 1.5

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop programs using stream and block cipher techniques.

CO2: Make use of symmetric and asymmetric cryptographic techniques for providing security to data at
network level.
CO3: Apply the concepts of HMAC, CMAC and Hash fucntions.
CO4: Build applications using TCP and UDP echo server.
CO5: Develop networking applications that make use of PIPES, FIFO, Semaphores and queues.
CO6: Design applications using Remote Procedure Call (RPC).

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - 1 1 - 1
CO2 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 - 1
CO3 2 2 3 - - - - - 1 1 - 1
CO4 2 1 2 - - - - - 1 1 - 1
CO5 2 3 1 - - - - - 1 1 - 1
CO6 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week - 1
Stream Ciphers
1.1)Write a C Program to implement Shift Cipher.
1.2)Write a C Program to implement Mono-Alphabetic Substitution Cipher.

Week - 2
Block Ciphers
2.1) Write a C Program to implement one-time pad cipher.
2.2) Write a C Program to implement vernam cipher

Week - 3
Symmetric Cryptography
3.1) Write a C Program to implement DES Algorithm.
3.2) Write a C Program to implement AES algorithm.

345
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week - 4
Asymmetric Cryptography
4.1) Write a C Program to implement RSA algorithm.
4.2) Write a C Program to implement Diffie-Helman Key Exchange Algorithm.
4.3) Write a C Program to implement Elgamal Cryptographic System.

Week - 5
Message Authentication Codes
5.1) Write a C Program to implement HMAC
5.2) Write a C Program to implement CMAC.

Week - 6
Hash Function
6.1) Write a C Program to implement SHA-512 Algorithm.

Week - 7
TCP Server Applications
7.1) Design TCP iterative Client and server application to reverse the given input sentence.
7.2) Design TCP client and server application to transfer file.

Week - 8
TCP Concurrent Server Applications
8.1) Design a TCP concurrent server to convert a given text into upper case using multiplexing system call
“select”.
8.2) Design a TCP concurrent server to echo given set of sentences using poll functions.

Week – 9
UDP Applications
9.1) Design UDP Client and server application to reverse the given input sentence.
9.2) Design UDP Client server to transfer a file

Week - 10
IPC
Implement the following forms of IPC.
a)Pipes
b)FIFO

Week - 11
IPC Continued
Implement file transfer using Message Queue form of IPC.

Week - 12
RPC
Design a RPC application to add and subtract a given pair of integers.

346
AR20 AEC-CSE

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. Write a C Program to implement Elliptic Curve Cryptographic Algorithm
14. Write a C Program to implement Eucledian Algorithm to find GCD
15. Write a C Program to implement NSA Digital Signature Algorithm
16. Write a program to create an integer variable using shared memory concept and increment the variable
simultaneously by two processes. Use semaphores to avoid race conditions

Reference Books:
1. Advance Unix Programming Richard Stevens, Second Edition Pearson Education
2. Advance Unix Programming, N.B. Venkateswarlu, BS Publication

Web Links:
1. https://www.udemy.com/topic/python-network-programming/
2. https://www.udemy.com/course/programming-network-applications-in-java/
3. https://www.udemy.com/course/java-network-programming/
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/tcpipstack/

347
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BIG DATA:SPARK
(Skill Oriented Course-IV)
Common to CSE&IT

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6S01 0 0 4 2

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate HDFS concepts and interfacing with HDFS.

CO2: Develop MapReduce Programs to analyze large dataset Using Hadoop and Spark
CO3: Write Hive queries to analyze large dataset.
CO4: Perform the filter, count, distinct, map, flatMap RDD Operations in Spark
CO5: Build Queries using Spark SQL
CO6: Apply Spark joins on Sample Data Sets

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 - 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 - -
CO2 2 1 1 - 3 - - - 2 2 - -
CO3 1 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO4 2 2 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO5 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO6 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2
CO6 - 2

List of Experiments:

Week - 1
1. Hadoop File System Operations: Implement the following file management tasks in Hadoop: a.) Adding files
and directories b.) Retrieving files c.) Deleting files.

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/video/lex_auth_01257430580733542457_sha
red?collectionId=lex_auth_01256841991858585686_shared&collectionType=Course

Week - 2
2. Loading DataSet in to HDFS for Spark Analysis.

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/video/lex_auth_012610254178770944711_sh
ared?collectionId=lex_auth_01258388119638835242_shared&collectionType=Course

Week - 3
3. MapReduce-WordCount-Hadoop Run a basic Word Count Map Reduce program to understand Map Reduce
Paradigm

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/video/lex_auth_01257421539761356
848_shared?collectionId=lex_auth_01256841991858585686_shared&collectionType=Cours e
348
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week - 4
4. MapReduce -WordCount -Spark Run a basic Word Count Map Reduce program to understand Map Reduce
Paradigm
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/video/lex_auth_012610254178770944711_sh
ared?collectionId=lex_auth_01258388119638835242_shared&collectionType=Course

Week - 5
5. Hive Queries a) Install Hive Framework b) Implement Hive to create, alter, and drop databases, tables

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/webmodule/lex_auth_012578417114185728
48_shared?collectionId=lex_auth_01258388119638835242_shared&collectionType=Course

Week - 6
6. Hive Queries Implement hive queries and joins to perform display and retrieve the data

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/webmodule/lex_auth_012578417114185728
48_shared?collectionId=lex_auth_01258388119638835242_shared&collectionType=Course

Week - 7
7. Demonstrate Spark SQL on Hive
a.) Create a SQLContext object and load the Parquet file into DataFrame
b.) Load the Dataframe into Hive table.
c) Verify the created Hive table in Hive environment
d.) Execute Spark SQL query.

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/webmodule/lex_auth_012609580879003648
551_shared?collectionId=lex_auth_0126052684230082561692_shared&collectionType=Course

Week - 8
8. A Sales Analyst need to analyze 100 million historical sales data stored on Hadoop Data Lake in order to find
out their best selling products, most frequently purchasing customers, maximum revenue generated by a product
and customer. This analysis would help them to provide offers to customers, find out the best selling product
partners. Below is the sample of their sale dataset named as SalesData.csv Schema –
cust_id, cust_name, cust_email, date, prod_id, prod_name,prod_price
103,john, Bellevue
102,james, Renton
101, jayveer, Seattle
104, Meena, Renton
105,Marry, Bellevue
Below are the analysis requirements to create a dataset: Below requirements are related to DataFrame creation
and working with different file formats category.
Create a Data Frame from the data and write Spark SQL query to compute the average sale of every customer.
Store the output as a parquet file.

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/webmodule/lex_auth_012609575876583424
540_shared?collectionId=lex_auth_0126052684230082561692_shared&collectionType=Course

Week – 9
9. SPARK SQL query a.) Create a Data Frame from the data and write Spark SQL query to compute and find
the most sold product. Store the output as JSON file. b.) Create two DataFrames from the two datasets. Write
Spark SQL query to join both and compute - The number of transactions made by customers at "Bellevue" -
Compute the total amount of transactions carried by every city

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/webmodule/lex_auth_012609575876583424
540_shared?collectionId=lex_auth_0126052684230082561692_shared&collectionType=Course

349
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week - 10
10. Char Count - Find and display the number of occurrences of each character in a text file- Spark. 11. Perform
the filter, count, distinct, map, flatMap RDD Operations in Spark.

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/webmodule/lex_auth_012608794575314944
278_shared?collectionId=lex_auth_0126052684230082561692_shared&collectionType=Course

Week – 11
11. Perform the filter, count, distinct, map, flatMap RDD Operations in Spark.

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/webmodule/lex_auth_012608794575314944
278_shared?collectionId=lex_auth_0126052684230082561692_shared&collectionType=Course

Week - 12
12. Spark joins: Consider a scenario where 2 datasets of a leading retail client to be joined with one another
using Spark joins. Customer dataset: Sales dataset: Schema Details: 101 ravi 1 102 keerth 2 101 Syam 1 101
Geetha 1 103 Dawn 3 101 ravi 1 102 keerth 2 101 Syam 1 101 Geetha 1 103 Dawn 3 AR20 Computer Science
and Engineering Aditya Engineering College (A) 66 Customer schema (customer id,customer name,product id)
Sales Schema (product id,product name and price) Join both datasets with common key Product id and print
customer id, customer name, product name and price.

https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/webmodule/lex_auth_012617168093
9376641876_shared?collectionId=lex_auth_0126052684230082561692_shared&collectionT ype=Course

Reference Books:
1. Spark in Action, Marko Bonaci and Petar Zecevic,Manning.
2. PySpark SQL Recipes: With HiveQL, Dataframe and Graphframes, Raju Kumar Mishra and Sundar Rajan
Raman,Apress Media.

Web Links:
1. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_auth_01256841991858585686_shared/overview
2. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_auth_01258388119638835242_shared/overview
3. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_auth_0126052684230082561692_shared/overview

350
AR20 AEC-CSE

MEAN STACK TECHNOLOGIES LAB MODULE – II

(Skill Oriented Course-IV)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS6S02 0 0 4 2

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Build a component-based application using Angular components.

CO2: Make use of directives to enhance Angular applications.
CO3: Utilize data binding for developing Angular forms and bind them with model data.
CO4: Apply Angular built-in or custom pipes to format the rendered data.
CO5: Develop a single page application by using synchronous or asynchronous Angular routing.
CO6: Make use of MongoDB queries to perform CRUD operations on document database.

Mapping of course outcomes with program outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 3 1 3 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO2 2 2 3 1 2 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO3 2 3 2 1 2 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO4 2 2 2 1 3 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO5 2 2 2 1 3 - - - 1 2 - 2
CO6 2 2 3 1 3 - 1 - 1 2 - 2

Mapping of course outcomes with program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

1.a Course Name: Angular JS

Module Name: Angular Application Setup
Observe the link http://localhost:4200/welcome on which the mCart application is
running. Perform the below activities to understand the features of the application.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_24049616594198490000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
1.b Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Components and Modules
Create a new component called hello and render Hello Angular on the page.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_28217843279641040000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
1.c Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Elements of Template
Add an event to the hello component template and when it is clicked, it should change
the courseName.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
351
AR20 AEC-CSE

module/lex_19226434057992030000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
1.d Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Change Detection
Progressively building the PoolCarz application
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_2560981637120771000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
2.a Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Structural Directives - ngIf
Create a login form with username and password fields. If the user enters the correct
credentials, it should render a "Welcome <<username>>" message otherwise it should
render "Invalid Login!!! Please try again..." message
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_0127637402260439042595_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_share
d&collectionType=Course
2.b Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: ngFor
Create a courses array and rendering it in the template using ngFor directive in a list
format.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_32795774277593590000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
2.c Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: ngSwitch
Display the correct option based on the value passed to ngSwitch directive.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_23388127475984175000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
2.d Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Custom Structural Directive
Create a custom structural directive called 'repeat' which should repeat the element
given a number of times.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_24073319904331424000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
3.a Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Attribute Directives - ngStyle
Apply multiple CSS properties to a paragraph in a component using ngStyle.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_24037156998765367000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
3.b Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: ngClass
Apply multiple CSS classes to the text using ngClass directive.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_3459610297074182000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
3.c Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Custom Attribute Directive
Create an attribute directive called 'showMessage' which should display the given
message in a paragraph when a user clicks on it and should change the text color to
red.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_14783742359773809000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
4.a Course Name: Angular JS
352
AR20 AEC-CSE

Module Name: Property Binding

Binding image with class property using property binding.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_8951964709153619000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
4.b Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Attribute Binding
Binding colspan attribute of a table element to the class property.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_7154252883180625000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
4.c Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Style and Event Binding
Binding an element using inline style and user actions like entering text in input fields.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_7417401021103822000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
5.a Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Built in Pipes
Display the product code in lowercase and product name in uppercase using built-in
pipes.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_11810543990912035000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
5.b Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Passing Parameters to Pipes
Apply built-in pipes with parameters to display product details.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_21187073707540988000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
5.c Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Nested Components Basics
Load CourseslistComponent in the root component when a user clicks on the View
courses list button.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_24231999287700136000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
6.a Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Passing data from Container Component to Child Component
Create an AppComponent that displays a dropdown with a list of courses as values in
it. Create another component called the CoursesList component and load it in
AppComponent which should display the course details. When the user selects a
course from the dropdown, corresponding course details should be loaded.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_15758356947336235000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
6.b Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Passing data from Child Component to ContainerComponent
Create an AppComponent that loads another component called the CoursesList
component. Create another component called CoursesListComponent which should
display the courses list in a table along with a register .button in each row. When a
user clicks on the register button, it should send that courseName value back to
AppComponent where it should display the registration successful message along with
courseName.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_2494980689916818400_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect

353
AR20 AEC-CSE

ionType=Course
6.c Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Shadow DOM
Apply ShadowDOM and None encapsulation modes to components.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_10312243404892470000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
6.d Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Component Life Cycle
Override component life-cycle hooks and logging the corresponding messages to
understand the flow.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_10818939635948007000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
7.a Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Template Driven Forms
Create a course registration form as a template-driven form.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_2810668513603024400_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
7.b Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Model Driven Forms or Reactive Forms
Create an employee registration form as a reactive form.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_33704702617536004000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
7.c Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Custom Validators in Reactive Forms
Create a custom validator for an email field in the employee registration form (reactive
form).
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_33728128192769250000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
8.a Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Custom Validators in Template Driven forms
Create a custom validator for the email field in the course registration form.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_27688491925133280000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
8.b Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Services Basics
Create a Book Component which fetches book details like id, name and displays them
on the page in a list format. Store the book details in an array and fetch the data using
a custom service.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_32584403823635940000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
8.c Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: RxJS Observables
Create and use an observable in Angular.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_6209609363905256000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
9.a Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Server Communication using HttpClient
Create an application for Server Communication using HttpClient
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
354
AR20 AEC-CSE

module/lex_auth_0127637395317063682615_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_share
d&collectionType=Course
9.b Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Communicating with different backend services using Angular
HttpClient
Create a custom service called ProductService in which Http class is used to fetch data
stored in the JSON files.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_4266333361795059700_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
10.a Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Routing Basics, Router Links
Create multiple components and add routing to provide navigation between them.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_3782024852517635000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
10.b Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Route Guards
Considering the same example used for routing, add route guard to BooksComponent.
Only after logging in, the user should be able to access BooksComponent. If the user
tries to give the URL of Bookscomponent in another tab or window, or if the user tries
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_30303325731876470000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&colle
ctionType=Course
10.c Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Asynchronous Routing
Apply lazy loading to BookComponent. If lazy loading is not added to the demo, it
has loaded in 1.14 s. Observe the load time at the bottom of the browser console. Press
F12 in the browser and click the Network tab and check the Load time.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_9878739890118246000_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared&collect
ionType=Course
10.d Course Name: Angular JS
Module Name: Nested Routes
Implement Child Routes to a submodule.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/web-
module/lex_auth_012768043900444672140_shared?collectionId=lex_20858515543254600000_shared
&collectionType=Course
11.a Course Name: MongoDB Essentials - A Complete MongoDB Guide
Module Name: Installing MongoDB on the local computer, Create MongoDB Atlas
Cluster
Install MongoDB and configure ATLAS
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/video/lex_auth_01281821437313024030083_s
hared?collectionId=lex_auth_013177169294712832113_shared&collectionType=Course
11.b Course Name: MongoDB Essentials - A Complete MongoDB Guide
Module Name: Introduction to the CRUD Operations
Write MongoDB queries to perform CRUD operations on document using insert(),
find(), update(), remove()
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/video/lex_auth_01281821874166169630118_s
hared?collectionId=lex_auth_013177169294712832113_shared&collectionType=Course
12.a Course Name: MongoDB Essentials - A Complete MongoDB Guide
Module Name: Create and Delete Databases and Collections
Write MongoDB queries to Create and drop databases and collections.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/video/lex_auth_01281821654119219230121_s
hared?collectionId=lex_auth_013177169294712832113_shared&collectionType=Course

355
AR20 AEC-CSE

12.b Course Name: MongoDB Essentials - A Complete MongoDB Guide

Module Name: Introduction to MongoDB Queries
Write MongoDB queries to work with records using find(), limit(), sort(),
createIndex(), aggregate().
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/viewer/video/lex_auth_0132890816264519682505_sh
ared?collectionId=lex_auth_013177169294712832113_shared&collectionType=Course
Reference Books:
1. Programming the World Wide Web, 7th Edition, Robet W Sebesta, Pearson.
2. Pro Mean Stack Development, 1st Edition, ELadElrom, Apress O’Reilly.
3. Full Stack JavaScript Development with MEAN, Colin J Ihrig, Adam Bretz, 1st edition,
SitePoint, SitePoint Pty. Ltd., O'Reilly Media.
4. MongoDB – The Definitive Guide, 2nd Edition, Kristina Chodorow, O’Reilly

Web Links:
1. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_20858515543254600000_shared/overview
(Angular JS)
2. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_auth_013177169294712832113_shared/overview
(MongoDB)

356
AR20 AEC-CSE

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
(Common to CSE, IT, AIML Branches)
VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201MC6T02 2 0 0 0

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Solve the problems on Time & Work, Time & Distance by simple methods.
CO2:Derive the conclusions, assumptions and arguments from the available information.
CO3:Write technical reports and emails for professional communication.
CO4:Solve problems on Permutations & Combination, Probability.
CO5:Participate confidently in a formal discussion and present themselves effectively.
CO6:Comprehend the techniques of skimming and scanning for effective communication.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 - 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO6 - 1 - - - - - - 1 1 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 3
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 3
CO6 - 2

UNIT-I:

Aptitude: Time and Work, Pipes and Cisterns: Problems based on basic concept, wages, alternate
days, chain rule.

Soft Skills:Sentence Re-arrangement: Ordering the words in a sentence, ordering the sentences of a
context, arranging the sentences when first and last sentence were given.

UNIT-II:

Aptitude:Syllogisms: Problems based on 2, 3, 4 statements, positive conclusions, negative

conclusions, complimentary pairs and possibility cases.

Soft Skills:Email Writing, Writing Skills: Formal correspondence through email and cover letter
writing. Report writing and paragraph writing tips.

357
AR20 AEC-CSE

UNIT-III:

Aptitude:Time and Distance, Boats and streams:Problems based on basic concept, average speed,
relative speed, trains concept and application of the knowledge of time speed distance on solving the
questions of boats and streams.

Soft Skills:Error Detection and Correction: Tips to identify the grammatical errors while using the
parts of speech, tenses, subject- verb-agreement.

UNIT-IV:

Aptitude:Seating Arrangement, Critical Reasoning: Practice problems to improve the analytical

skills, Statements and conclusions, Statements and Arguments, Statements and Assumptions,
Statements and course of action.

Soft Skills:Presentation Skills, Resume Building: Tips to make effective presentations using
different resources. Dealing with nervousness, tips to improve confidence, pitch, body language,
grooming. How to write an impressive resume.

UNIT-V:

Aptitude:Permutations and Combinations, Probability: Linear and circular permutation, practical

examples for the application of permutation and combinations. The usage of probability concepts to
find the chances of occurring of an event.

Soft Skills:Reading Comprehension: How to read and comprehend a passage by using different
techniques like Skimming, Scanning etc. Dos and don’ts while solving the reading comprehension.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative Aptitude –Dr. R. S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.

2. A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non-Verbal Reasoning – Dr. R. S. Aggarwal.
3. Quick Learning Objective General English – Dr. R. S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.

Reference Books:

1. Quantitative Aptitude – Abhijit Guha Mc Graw Hill Publications.

2. Analytical Reasoning – Jaikishan and PremkishanArihant Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English – R. S. Dhillon DGP Publications.

Web Links:

1. www.indiabix.com
2. www.bankersadda.com

358
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES

Common to all branches

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201MC6T01 2 0 0 0

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Make use of values, morals and ethics in their day to day life.
CO2: Identify what is right and wrong through moral ethics.
CO3: Analyze experimental learning while developing the society with ethics.
CO4: Apply ethical principles to resolve the problems that arise in work place.
CO5: Apply adequate knowledge on global code of conduct.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - 1
CO2 - - - - - - - 3 2 - - 1
CO3 - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - 1
CO4 - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - 1
CO5 - - - - - - - 3 2 - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5

Unit - I
Human Values: Morals, Values and Ethics – Integrity –Trustworthiness - Work Ethics – Service Learning –
Civic Virtue – Respect for others – Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty –Courage – Value Time –
Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy – Self confidence – Spirituality- Character

Unit – II
Principles for Harmony: Truthfulness – Customs and Traditions -Value Education – Human Dignity – Human
Rights – Fundamental Duties - Aspirations and Harmony (I, We & Nature) – Gender Bias - Emotional
Intelligence – Salovey – Mayer Model – Emotional Competencies – Conscientiousness.

Unit – III
Engineering Ethics and Social Experimentation: History of Ethics - Need of Engineering Ethics - Senses of
Engineering Ethics- Profession and Professionalism ––Self Interest - Moral Autonomy – Utilitarianism – Virtue
Theory - Uses of Ethical Theories - Deontology- Types of Inquiry –Kohlberg’s Theory - Gilligan’s Argument –
Heinz’s Dilemma - Comparison with Standard Experiments –– Learning from the Past –Engineers as Managers
– Consultants and Leaders – Balanced Outlook on Law - Role of Codes – Codes and Experimental Nature of
Engineering

Unit – IV
Engineers’ Responsibilities towards Safety and Risk: Concept of Safety - Safety and Risk – Types of Risks –
Voluntary v/sInvoluntary Risk – Consequences - Risk Assessment – Accountability – Liability - Reversible
Effects - Threshold Levels of Risk - Delayed v/s Immediate Risk - Safety and the Engineer – Designing for
Safety – Risk-Benefit Analysis Accidents.

359
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Engineers’ Duties and Rights: Concept of Duty - Professional Duties – Collegiality - Techniques for Achieving
Collegiality – Senses of Loyalty - Consensus and Controversy - Professional and Individual Rights –
Confidential and Proprietary Information - Conflict of Interest-Ethical egoism - Collective Bargaining –
Confidentiality - Gifts and Bribes - Problem solving-Occupational Crimes- Industrial Espionage- Price Fixing-
Whistle Blowing Globalization and MNCs –Cross Culture Issues.

Text Books:
1. A Text Book On Professional Ethics And Human – R.S.Naagarazan.
2. Professional Ethics And Human Values By – M.P.Raghavan’s – Scitech Publications (Indian Pvt., 2013).

Reference Books:
1. Engineering Ethics & Human Values By M.Govindarajan, S.Natarajan And V.S.Senthil Kumar-PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd – 2009.
2. Human Values And Professional Ethics By Jayshree Suresh And B. S. Raghavan, S.Chand Publications
3. Professional Ethics And Human Values By Prof.D.R.Kiran-Tata Mcgraw-Hill – 2014
4. Engineering Ethics By Harris, Pritchard And Rabins, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109104068
2. https://www.reelnreel.com/roles-and-responsibilities-of-a-typical-video-engineer/
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/109104068/30
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122106031/Pdfs/2_1.pdf

360
 AR20 AEC-CSE

REINFORCEMENT LEARNING
(Honors)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6H01 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain how to define RL tasks and the core principals behind the RL, including policies, value
functionsderiving Bellman equations and code standards and libraries
CO2: Apply tabular methods to solve classical control problems and Optimization problems
CO3: Describe the policy gradient methods from vanilla to more complex cases
CO4: Explore imitation learning tasks and solutions
CO5: Recognize current advanced techniques and applications in RL.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 2 - 3 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 1 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Reinforcement Learning Problem: Introduction, Elements of Reinforcement Learning, Limitations and
Scope, Tic-Tac-Toe, Multi-arm Bandits: n-Armed Bandit Problem, Action-Value Methods, Incremental
Implementation, Tracking Nonstationary Problem, Optimistic Initial Values, Upper-Confidence-Bound
Action Selection, Gradient Bandit, Associative Search.

Unit – II
Finite Markov Decision Processes: Agent-Environment Interface, Markov Property, Markov Decision
Processes, Value Functions, Optimal Value Functions, Optimality and Approximation, Dynamic
Programming: Policy- Evaluation, Improvement, Iteration, Value Iteration, Asynchronous Dynamic
Programming, Generalized Policy Iteration, Efficiency of Dynamic Programming.

Unit – III
Monte Carlo Methods: Monte Carlo- Prediction, Estimation of Action Values, Control, Control without
Exploring Start, Temporal- Difference learning: TD Prediction, Advantages of TD Prediction Methods,
Optimality of TD(0), Sarsa: On-Policy TD Control, Q-Learning, Games, Afterstates.

Unit – IV
Eligibility Traces: n-Step TD Prediction, Forward and Backward View of TD(λ), Equivalences of
Forward and Backward Views, saras(λ), Watkin’s Q(λ), Off-policy Eligibility Traces using Important
Sampling, Variable λ

361
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Planning and Learning with Tabular Methods: Models and Planning, Integrating Planning, Acting and
Learning, Prioritized Sweeping, Full vs. Sample Backups, Trajectory Sampling, Heuristic Search, Monte
Carlo Tree Search.

Text Books:
1. Richard S. Sutton and Andrew G. Barto, "Reinforcement learning: An introduction", Second Edition,
MIT Press, 2019.
2. Boris Belousov, Hany Abdulsamad, Pascal Klink, Simone parisi, Reinforcement Learning Algorithms:
Analysis and Applications, 1st Edition, Springer, 2021

Reference Books:
1. Li, Yuxi. "Deep reinforcement learning." arXiv preprint arXiv:1810.06339 (2018).
2. Wiering, Marco, and Martijn Van Otterlo. "Reinforcement learning." Adaptation, learning, and
optimization 12 (2012): 3.
3. Russell, Stuart J., and Peter Norvig. "Artificial intelligence: a modern approach."Pearson Education
Limited, 2016.
4. Goodfellow, Ian, YoshuaBengio, and Aaron Courville. "Deep learning." MIT press, 2016.

Web Links:
1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/reinforcement-learning
2. https://online.stanford.edu/courses/xcs234-reinforcement-learning
3. https://www.udemy.com/topic/reinforcement-learning/
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/deep-reinforcement-learning/

362
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INFORMATION SECURITY ANALYSIS AND AUDIT

(Honors)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6H02 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Contribute to managing information security and information security audits

CO2: Co-ordinate responses to information security incidents
CO3: Install and configure information security devices
CO4: Support teams to prepare for and undergo information security audits
CO5: Maintain a healthy, safe and secure working environment
CO6: Provide data/information in standard formats

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 3
CO2 - 3
CO3 - 3
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2
CO6 - 2

Unit - I
Overview of Information System Auditing- Effect of Computers on Internal Controls, Effects of
Computers on Auditing, Foundations of information Systems Auditing, Conducting an Information
Systems Audit.

Unit – II
The management Control Framework-I- Introduction, Evaluating the planning Function, Leading
Function, Controlling Function, Systems Development Management Controls, Approaches to Auditing
Systems Development, Normative Models of the Systems Development Process, Evaluating the Major
phases in the Systems Development Process, Programming Management Controls, Data Resource
Management Controls.

Unit – III
The Management Control Framework-II- Security Management Controls, Operations management
Controls Quality assurance Management Controls, Case Studies.

Unit – IV
Evidence Collection- Audit Software, Code Review, Test Data, and Code Comparison, Concurrent
Auditing techniques, Interviews, Questionnaires, and Control Flowcharts. Performance Management
tools- Case Studies.

363
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Evidence Evaluation- Evaluating Asset Safeguarding and Data Integrity, Evaluating System,
Effectiveness, Evaluating System Efficiency, Information Systems Audit and Management: Managing the
Information Systems Audit Function.

Text Books:
1. William Stallings, Lawrie Brown, Computer Security: Principles and Practice, 3rd edition, 2014.
2. Nina Godbole, Information Systems Security: Security Management, Metrics, Frameworks and Best
Practices, Wiley, 2017
3. Nina Godbole, SunitBelapure, Cyber Security- Understanding cyber-crimes, computer forensics and legal
perspectives, Wiley Publications, 2016
4. Andrew VladimirovMichajlowski, Konstantin, Andrew A. Vladimirov, Konstantin V. Gavrilenko,
Assessing Information Security: Strategies, Tactics, Logic and Framework, IT Governance Ltd, O‟Reilly,
2010

Reference Books:
1. Charles P. Pfleeger, Security in Computing, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2009.
2. Christopher J. Alberts, Audrey J. Dorofee , Managing Information Security Risks, Addison-Wesley
Professional, 2004
3. Peter Zor, The Art of Computer Virus Research and Defense, Pearson Education Ltd, 2005
4. Lee Allen, Kevin Cardwell, Advanced Penetration Testing for Highly-Secured Environments - Second
Edition, PACKT Publishers, 2016
5. Chuck Easttom , System Forensics Investigation and Response, Second Edition, Jones & Bartlett
Learning, 2014

Web Links:
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/iso-27001-lead-auditor-course/
2. https://niccs.cisa.gov/education-training/catalog/devry-university/information-systems-security-
planning-and-audit
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/information-systems-audit
4. https://classroom.udacity.com/courses/ud459

364
AR20 AEC-CSE

OPERATING SYSTEMS
(Minor)

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6M01 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate the basic structure, services, system calls and architectural components of Operating Systems.
CO2: Analyze various Process Scheduling algorithms and Multi threading models.
CO3: Demonstrate Inter Process Communication between the processes and deadlocks.
CO4: Make use of paging, segmentation and virtual memory strategies to allocate memory for the process.
CO5: Describe the concepts of file system implementation, disk management, Protection and security for
system.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 1 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 1 3 1 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit – I
Operating Systems Overview: Operating system functions, Operating system structure, Operating systems
operations, Computing environments, Open-Source Operating Systems.
System Structures: Operating System Services, User and Operating-System Interface, systems calls, Types of
System Calls, system programs, operating system structure, System Boot.

Unit – II
Process Concept: Process scheduling, Operations on processes, Inter-process communication.
Process Scheduling: Basic concepts, Scheduling criteria, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple processor
scheduling, Thread scheduling.
Multithreaded Programming: Multithreading models, Thread libraries, Threading issues.

Unit – III
Inter-process Communication: Race conditions, Critical Regions, Mutual exclusion with busy waiting, Sleep
and wakeup, Semaphores, Mutexes, Monitors, Message passing, Classical IPC Problems - Dining philosophers
problem, Readers and writers problem.
Deadlocks: Resources, Conditions for resource deadlocks, Ostrich algorithm, Deadlock detection and recovery,
Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock prevention.

Unit – IV
Memory-Management Strategies: Introduction, Swapping, Contiguous memory allocation, Paging,
Segmentation.
Virtual Memory Management: Introduction, Demand paging, Copy on-write, Page replacement, Frame
allocation, Thrashing, Memory-mapped files, Kernel memory allocation.
File Systems: Files, Directories, File system implementation, management and optimization.

365
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Secondary-Storage Structure: Overview of disk structure, and attachment, Disk scheduling, RAID structure,
Stable storage implementation.
System Protection: Goals of protection, Principles and domain of protection, Access matrix, Access control,
Revocation of access rights.
System Security: Introduction, Program threats, System and network threats.
Case Studies: Linux, Microsoft Windows.

Text Books:
1. Operating System Concepts, Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B Galvin and Greg Gagne,9th Edition, John
Wiley and Sons Inc., 2013.
2. Modern Operating Systems, Tanenbaum A S, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2008.

Reference Books:
1. Operating Systems A Concept Based Approach, Dhamdhere D M, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012.
2. Operating Systems -Internals and Design Principles, Stallings W, 6th edition, Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Operating Systems, Nutt G, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2004.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/106108101/
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/iot/lecture/MrgxS/lecture-3-1-operating-systems
3. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/operating-systems/
4. https://in.udacity.com/auth?next=/course/introduction-to-operating-systems--ud923

366
 AR20 AEC-CSE

WEB TECHNOLOGIES
(Minor)

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6M02 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop static web pages using HTML and CSS.

CO2: Apply JavaScript for Client side validations and Node.JS to learn server side applications using
JavaScript.
CO3: Make use of Angular JS for developing dynamic and responsive web pages.
CO4: Utilize React JS for developing dynamic and responsive web pages.
CO5: Create and deploy secure, usable database driven web applications using PHP and MySQL/MongoDB.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 - 3 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 - 2 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit – I
HTML, HTML5, CSS, CSS3 HTML: Basic Syntax, Standard HTML Document Structure, Basic Text
Markup, HTML styles, Elements, Attributes, Heading, Layouts, HTML Media, Iframes, Images, Links, Lists,
Tables, Forms, GET and POST method, HTML 5, Dynamic HTML. CSS: Cascading style sheets, Levels of
Style Sheets, Style Specification Formats, Selector Forms, Box Model, Conflict Resolution, CSS3.

Unit – II
JavaScript & XML Javascript - Introduction, Primitives, Variables – var, let, const, Operations and
Expressions, Control Statements, Functions, Objects (Predefined - String, Number, Array, Date, Math,
Random, RegExp, User Defined – Definition, Properties, Methods, Display, Accessors, Constructors),
Events, Pattern Matching using Regular Expressions, Working with XML: Document type Definition (DTD),
XML schemas, XSLT, XML and
CSS, Document object model, Parsers - DOM and SAX.

Unit – III
Node JS & Angular JS Node.js- Introduction, Advantages, Process Model, Modules, HTTP Module, File
system, URL module, NPM, Events, Upload Files, Email. Angular JS – Introduction, Expressions, Modules,
Directives, Model, Data Binding, Controllers, Scopes, Filters, Services, HTTP, Tables, Select, Events, Forms,
Validation, API, W3.CSS, Includes, Routing, SQL, DOM, Application.

Unit – IV
React JS React JS – Introduction, Displaying “Welcome React”, Introducing JSX, Rendering Elements,
Components and Props, State and Lifecycle, Handling Events, Conditional Rendering, Lists and Keys,
Forms, Lifting State Up, Composition vs Inheritance, Thinking in React.

367
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
PHP PHP Programming - Introduction, Creating and Running PHP Script. Variables, Constants, DataTypes,
Operators. Controlling Program Flow - Conditional and Loop statements, Arrays, Functions, Client-Server
Scripting – XAMPP/LAMP Introduction, Running PHP Script in XAMPP, Super Globals, Working with
Form Data, Database Connectivity – MySQL Introduction using XAMPP in Command Mode and GUI,
Working with MySQL Queries, Integrating PHP and MySQL to work with Form Data. No SQL Database -
MongoDB Introduction, Create and Drop Database, Create and Drop Collection, Data Types, Insert, Query,
Update, Delete, Integrating PHP with MongoDB.

Text Books:
1. Programming the World Wide Web, 7th Edition, Robet W Sebesta, Pearson.
2. Pro Mean Stack Development, 1st Edition, ELadElrom, Apress O’Reilly.
3. React Explained, 2020 Edition, Zac Gordon, OSTraining.
4. MongoDB – The Definitive Guide, 2nd Edition, Kristina Chodorow,O’Reilly.

Reference Books:
1. Web Technologies, HTML, JavaScript, PHP, Java, JSP, XML and AJAX, Black book, 1st Edition,
Dream Tech.
2. An Introduction to Web Design, Programming, 1st Edition, Paul S Wang, Sanda S Katila, Cengage
Learning.

Web Links:
1. https://www.w3schools.com/ (html, css, js, xml, nodejs, angular, react, php)
2. https://www.angular.io/docs
3. https://www.reactjs.org/docs/getting-started.html
4. https://www.university.mongodb.com/

368
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INTRODUCTION TO R PROGRAMMING
(Minor)

VISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS6M03 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate the basic concepts and advanced data structures of R programming.
CO2: Explain the control statements and operators in R.
CO3: Implement simulation, Probability and linear algebra operations.
CO4: Make use of graph functions for better visualization of results.
CO5: Develop programs for distribution functions and regression models.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 1 - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit – I
Introduction: How to run R, R Sessions and Functions, Basic Math, Variables, Data Types, Vectors,
Conclusion, Advanced Data Structures, Data Frames, Lists, Matrices, Arrays, Classes.

Unit – II
R Programming Structures: Control Statements, Loops, - Looping Over Nonvector Sets, If-Else, Arithmetic
and Boolean Operators and values, Default Values for Argument, Return
Values, Deciding Whether to explicitly call return- Returning Complex Objects, Functions are Objective, No
Pointers in R, Recursion, A Quicksort Implementation-Extended Extended
Example: A Binary Search Tree.

Unit – III
Simulation in R: Math Function, Extended Example Calculating Probability-Cumulative Sums and Products-
Minima and Maxima- Calculus, Functions Fir Statistical Distribution,
Sorting, Linear Algebra Operation on Vectors and Matrices, Extended Example: Vector cross Product-
Extended Example: Finding Stationary Distribution of Markov Chains, Set
Operation, Input /output, Accessing the Keyboard and Monitor, Reading and writer Files.

Unit – IV
Graphics: Creating Graphs, The Workhorse of R Base Graphics, the plot() Function – Customizing Graphs,
Saving Graphs to Files.

369
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Probability Distributions: Normal Distribution- Binomial Distribution- Poisson Distributions Other
Distribution, Basic Statistics, Correlation and Covariance, T-Tests,- ANOVA, Linear Models, Simple Linear
Regression, -Multiple Regression Generalized Linear Models, Logistic Regression.

Text Books:
1. The Art of R Programming, Norman Matloff, 1stEdition, Cengage Learning, 2011.
2. R for Everyone, Lander, 2ndEdition, Pearson, 2018.

Reference Books:
1. R Cookbook, J.D.Long & Paul Teetor, 2nd Edition, Oreilly, 2019
2. R in Action, Rob Kabacoff,2nd Edition, Manning, 2015.

Web Links:
1. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/introduction-to-r-programming-language/
2. https://www.udacity.com/course/data-analysis-with-r--ud651

370
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATA SCIENCE
(Professional Elective-III)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7E01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate the basic concepts of python for data analysis

CO2: Analyze the need for data preprocessing and visulization techniques.
CO3: Describe Descriptive statistics to explore on data
CO4: Use appropriate machine learning algorithms to solve given problem.
CO5: Analyze datasets using clustering and recommender systems.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 2 2 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2

Unit - I
Introduction, The Ascendance of Data, Motivating Hypothetical: Data Scenester, Finding Key Connectors, The
Zen of Python, Getting Python, Virtual Environments, Whitespace Formatting, Modules, Functions, Strings,
Exceptions, Lists, Tuples, Dictionaries default dict, Counters, Sets, Control Flow, Truthiness, Sorting, List
Comprehensions, Automated Testing and assert, Object- Oriented Programming, Iterables and Generators,
Randomness, Regular Expressions, Functional Programming, zip and Argument Unpacking, args and kw args,
Type Annotations, How to Write Type Annotations.

Unit – II
Visualizing Data: matplotlib, Bar Charts, Line Charts, Scatterplots. Linear Algebra: Vectors, Matrices,
Statistics: Describing a Single Set of Data, Correlation, Simpson’s Paradox, Some Other Correlational Caveats,
Correlation and Causation.Gradient Descent: The Idea Behind Gradient Descent, Estimating the Gradient, Using
the Gradient, Choosing the Right Step Size, Using Gradient Descent to Fit Models, Minibatch and Stochastic
Gradient Descent.

Unit – III
Getting Data: stdin and stdout, Reading Files, Scraping the Web, Using APIs, Working with Data: Exploring
Your DataUsingNamedTuples, Dataclasses, Cleaning and Munging, Manipulating Data, Rescaling,
Dimensionality Reduction.Probability: Dependence and Independence, Conditional Probability, Bayes’s
Theorem, Random Variables, Continuous Distributions, The Normal Distribution, The Central Limit Theorem.

371
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Machine Learning: Modeling, Overfitting and Underfitting, Correctness, The Bias-Variance Tradeoff, Feature
Extraction and Selection, k-Nearest Neighbors, Naive Bayes, Simple Linear Regression, Multiple Regression,
Digression, Logistic Regression

Unit – V
Clustering: The Idea, The Model, Choosing k, Bottom-Up Hierarchical Clustering. Recommender Systems:
Manual Curation, Recommending What’s Popular, User-Based Collaborative Filtering, Item-Based
Collaborative Filtering, Matrix Factorization Data Ethics, Building Bad Data Products, Trading Off Accuracy
and Fairness, Collaboration, Interpretability, Recommendations, Biased Data, Data Protection, I Python,
Mathematics, NumPy, pandas, scikit-learn, Visualization.

Text Books:
1. Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats”, O’Reilly
2. Joel Grus, “Data Science from Scratch”, O’Reilly

Reference Books:
1. Doing Data Science: Straight Talk from The Frontline, 1st Edition, Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt,
O’Reilly.
2. Mining of Massive Datasets, 2nd Edition, Jure Leskovek, AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey Ullman, v2.1,
Cambridge University Press.
3. “The Art of Data Science”, 1st Edition, Roger D. Peng and Elizabeth Matsui, Lean Publications.
4. “Algorithms for Data Science”, 1st Edition, Steele, Brian, Chandler, John, Reddy, Swarna, springers
Publications.

Web Links:
1. https://github.com/joelgrus/data-science-from-scratch
2. https://github.com/donnemartin/data-science-ipython-notebooks
3. https://github.com/academic/awesome-datascience

372
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CLOUD COMPUTING
(Professional Elective-III)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7E02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the fundamentals of cloud computing

CO2: Analyze types of cloud infrastructures and its applications.
CO3: Demonstrate the concepts of virtualization, cloud resource management and scheduling.
CO4: Classify various storage systems and models in cloud computing environment.
CO5: Analyze the cloud security risks and mechanisms.
CO6: Utilize cloud environment platform and tools for developing cloud-based applications.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 - 1 - 1 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 1
CO4 1 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 - 2

Unit - I
Introduction to Cloud computing: Scalable Computing over the Internet-The Age of Internet Computing,
Scalable computing over the internet, Technologies for Network Based Systems, System models for Distributed
and Cloud Computing, Challenges of cloud computing, Characteristics, Cloud computing applications and
security risks.

Unit – II
Virtualization and Virtualization of clusters and datacenters:Implementation Levels of Virtualization,
Virtualization Structures/ Tools and Mechanisms, Virtualization of CPU, Memory and I/O Devices, Virtual
Clusters and Resource Management, Virtualization for Data-Center Automation.

Unit – III
Cloud Platform Architecture: Cloud Computing and Service Models, Public Cloud Platforms, Service Oriented
Architecture, Programming on Amazon AWS and Microsoft Azure.

Unit – IV
Cloud Resource management and Scheduling: Policies and Mechanisms for Resource Management,
Applications of Control Theory to Task Scheduling on a Cloud, Stability of a Two-Level Resource Allocation
Architecture, Feedback Control Based on Dynamic Thresholds. Resource Bundling, Scheduling Algorithms for
Computing Clouds-Fair Queuing, Start Time Fair Queuing.

373
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
storage systems:Evolution of storage technology, storage models, file systems and database, distributed file
systems, general parallel file systems. Google file system.

Text Books:
1. Distributed and Cloud Computing, Kai Hwang, Geoffry C. Fox, Jack J. Dongarra MK Elsevier.
2. DistributedSystems-ConceptsandDesign,GeorgeCoulouris,JeanDollimore,Tim Kindberg, 4th Edition,
Pearson Publication.

Reference Books:
1. Cloud Computing, A Hands on approach, ArshadeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, University Press.
2. Cloud Computing, A Practical Approach, Anthony T Velte, Toby J Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, TMH.
3. Mastering Cloud Computing, Foundations and Application Programming, Raj Kumar Buyya, Christen
vecctiola, S Tammaraiselvi, TMH.

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs18/preview
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs20/preview
3. https://www.javatpoint.com/cloud-computing-tutorial
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cloud_computing/index.htm

374
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
(Professional Elective-III)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7E03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain foundations and issues of distributed systems.

CO2: Illustrate the various synchronization issues and global state for distributed systems.
CO3: Analyze the Mutual Exclusion and Deadlock detection algorithms in distributed systems.
CO4: Explain the agreement protocols and fault tolerance mechanisms in distributed systems.
CO5: Describe the features of peer-to-peer and distributed shared memory systems.
CO6: Summarize the process coordination, failure recovery algorithms.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO3 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 1 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 1- 1 1 - - - - - - - 1
CO6 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

Unit – I
Distributed Systems: Definition, Relation to computer system components, Motivation, Relation to parallel
systems, Message-passing systems versus shared memory systems, Primitives for distributed communication,
Synchronous versus asynchronous executions, Design issues and challenges.Distributed Systems: Definition,
Relation to computer system components, Motivation, Relation to parallel systems, Message-passing systems
versus shared memory systems, Primitives for distributed communication, Synchronous versus asynchronous
executions, Design issues and challenges.A model of distributed computations: A distributed program, A
model of distributed executions, Models of communication networks, Global state, Cuts, Past and future
cones of an event, Models of process communications.Logical Time: A framework for a system of logical
clocks, Scalar time, Vector time,Physical clock synchronization: NTP.

Unit – II
Messageorderingandgroupcommunication:Messageordering paradigms,Asynchronous execution with
synchronous communication, Synchronous program order on anasynchronous system, Group communication,
Causal order (CO), Total order. Global state and snapshot recording algorithms: Introduction, System model
and definitions, Snapshot algorithms for FIFO channels.

Unit – III
Distributed mutual exclusion algorithms: Introduction, Preliminaries, Lamport‘salgorithm, Ricart-Agrawala
algorithm, Maekawa‘s algorithm, Suzuki–Kasami‘s broadcast algorithm.Deadlock detection in distributed
systems: Introduction, System model, Preliminaries, Models of deadlocks, Knapp‘s classification, Algorithms
for the single resource model, the AND model and the OR model.
375
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Check pointing and rollback recovery: Introduction, Background and definitions, Issues in failure recovery,
Checkpoint-based recovery, Log-based rollback recovery, Coordinated check pointing algorithm, Algorithm
for asynchronous check pointing and recovery.

Unit – V
Consensus and agreement algorithms: Problem definition, Overviewofresults,Agreement in a failure, free
system, Agreement in synchronous systems with failures.Peer-to-peer computing and overlay graphs:
Introduction, Data indexing and overlays, Chord distributed hash table, Content addressable networks,
Tapestry.

Text Books:
1. DistributedComputing,Principles,AlgorithmsandSystems,AjayDKshemkalyani, MukeshSighal,
Cambridge, University Press.
2. Distributed Systems- Concepts and Design, George Coulouris, Jean Dollimore, Tim Kindberg, 4th
Edition, Pearson Publication.

Reference Books:
1. Distributed Computing – Principles and Applications, M.L. Liu, AddisonWesley, Pearson Education.
2. Distributed Systems- Principles and Paradigms, TanenbaumA.S.,Van Steen M.,Pearson Education
3. Distributed Computing: Fundamentals, Simulations and Advanced Topics, HagitAttiya and Jennifer
Welch, Wiley.

Web Links:
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/106106168/
2. http://db.uwaterloo.ca/~tozsu/courses/cs454
3. http://cse.iitkgp.ac.in/~agupta/distsys/index.html
4. http://www.cis.upenn.edu/~lee/03cse380/lectures/ln19-ds-v3.4pp.pdf

376
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CYBER SECURITY AND FORENSICS

(Professional Elective-III)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7E04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Illustrate the fundamental knowledge on protecting computer systems & safeguarding Networking
activities.
CO2: Distinguish type of tools and methods used in cyber crimes.
CO3: Analyze various tools available for Cybercrime Investigation.
CO4: Demonstrate the Computer Forensics and Investigation Fundamentals and tools.
CO5: Analyze the legal perspectives of Cybercrime.
CO6: Explain the information technology amendments and sections related to cyber security.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 1 - - 2 - - 2 - - - 1
CO2 1 2 - 3 1 - - - - - - 2
CO3 1 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2
CO4 3 2 - 2 2 - - - - - - 2
CO5 1 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - 2
CO6 3 1 - - 1 - - 1 - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2
CO2 - -
CO3 - 1
CO4 - -
CO5 - 2
CO6 1 2

Unit – I
IntroductiontoCybercrime: Introduction,Cybercrime:DefinitionandOriginsof the Word, Cybercrime and
Information Security, Cybercriminals, Classifications ofCybercrime, Cyber stalking, Cybercafe and
Cybercrimes, Botnets. Attack Vector, ProliferationofMobileandWirelessDevices,
SecurityChallengesPosedbyMobileDevices,AttacksonMobile/CellPhones,NetworkandComputerAttacks.

Unit – II
Tools and Methods: Proxy Servers and Anonymizers, Phishing, Password Cracking, KeyloggersandSpywares,
VirusandWorms,TrojanHorsesandBackdoors,Steganography,Sniffers,Spoofing, Session Hijacking Buffer over
flow, DoS and DDoS Attacks, SQL Injection, BufferOverflow, Attacks on Wireless Networks, Identity Theft
(ID Theft), Foot Printing and SocialEngineering,PortScanning,Enumeration.

Unit – III
CyberCrimeInvestigation:Introduction,InvestigationTools,eDiscovery,DigitalEvidenceCollection, Evidence
Preservation, E-Mail Investigation, E-Mail Tracking, IP Tracking, E-MailRecovery, Hands on Case Studies.
Encryption and Decryption Methods, Search and Seizure
ofComputers,RecoveringDeletedEvidences,PasswordCracking.

377
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
ComputerForensicsandInvestigations:UnderstandingComputerForensics,PreparingforComputer Investigations.
Current Computer Forensics Tools: Evaluating Computer ForensicsTools, Computer Forensics Software Tools,
Computer Forensics Hardware Tools, Validating andTesting Forensics Software, Face,Iris and
FingerprintRecognition,AudioVideoAnalysis,Windows System Forensics, Linux System Forensics, Graphics
and Network Forensics, E-mailInvestigations,CellPhone andMobileDevice Forensics.

Unit – V
Cyber Crime Legal Perspectives: Introduction, Cybercrime and the Legal Landscape around
theWorld,TheIndianITAct,ChallengestoIndianLawandCybercrimeScenarioinIndia,ConsequencesofNotAddressi
ngtheWeaknessinInformationTechnologyAct,Digital
SignaturesandtheIndianITAct,AmendmentstotheIndianITAct,CybercrimeandPunishment,Cyberlaw,Technologya
ndStudents:IndianScenario.

Text Books:
1. SunitBelapure Nina Godbole “Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics
and Legal Perspectives”, WILEY, 2011.
2. Nelson Phillips and EnfingerSteuart, “Computer Forensics and Investigations”, Cengage Learning,
New Delhi, 2009.

Reference Books:
1. Michael T. Simpson, Kent Backman and James E. Corley, “Hands on Ethical Hacking and Network
Defence”, Cengage, 2019.
2. Computer Forensics, Computer Crime Investigation by John R. Vacca, Firewall Media, New Delhi.
3. Alfred Basta, Nadine Basta,Mary Brown and Ravinder Kumar “Cyber Security and Cyber Laws” ,
Cengage,2018.

Web Links:
1. https://www.nist.gov/cybersecurity
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-cybersecurity-cyber-attacks
3. https://computersecurity.stanford.edu/free-online-video[ Free Online Videos]
4. CERT-In Guidelines- http://www.cert-in.org.in/

378
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPUTER VISION
(Professional Elective-IV)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7E05 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify basic concepts, terminology, theories, models and methods in the field of computer vision.
CO2: Describe known principles of feature detection and matching
CO3: Discuss the importance of structure and motion techniques in computer vision.
CO4: Describe basic methods of computer vision related to image stitching, photography like high dynamic
range imaging and blur removal
CO5: Design a computer vision system for a 3D Reconstruction, Albedos.
CO6: Evaluate image based rendering views and depths.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 1 1 2 - - - - - - - 2
CO2 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 3 1 - - - - - - - 1
CO6 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 1 1

Unit – I
Introduction: Image Formation: Geometric Primitives and Transformation, Photometric Image Formation,
Digital Camera, Image Processing: Point Operators, Linear Filtering, More Neighborhood Operators, Fourier
Transforms, Pyramids and Wavelets, Geometric Transformations, Global Optimization.

Unit – II
Feature Detection and Matching: Points and Patches, Edges, Lines, Segmentation: Active Contours, Split and
Merge, Mean Shift and Mode Finding, Normalized Cuts, Feature-Based Alignment: 2D and 3D Feature-based
Alignment, Pose Estimation, Geometric Intrinsic Calibration.

Unit – III
Structure and Motion: Triangular, Two-frame Structure from Motion, Factorization, Bundle Adjustment,
Constrained Structure and Motion, Dense Motion Estimation: Translation Alignment, Parametric Motion,
Spline-based Motion, Optical Flow, Layered motion

Unit – IV
Image Stitching: Motion Models, Global Alignment, Composing, Computational Photography: Photometric
Calibration, High Dynamic Range Imaging, Super-Resolution and Blur Removal, image Matting and
Compositing, Texture Analysis and Synthesis.

379
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
3D Reconstruction: Shape From X, Active Range Finding, Surface Representation, Point-based Representation,
Volumetric Representation, Model-based Reconstruction, Recovering Texture Maps and Albedos, Image- based
Rendering: View Interpolation, Layered Depth Images, Light Fields and Lumigraphs, Environment Mattes,
Video-based Rendering.

Text Books:
1. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer-Verlag London Limited,
2011.
2. Simon J.D Prince, Computer Vision: Models, Learning and Inference, 1st Edition, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. Computer Vision - A modern approach, by D. Forsyth and J. Ponce, Prentice Hall Robot Vision, by B. K.
P. Horn, McGraw-Hill.
2. Haralick& Shapiro, “Computer and Robot Vision”, Vol II
3. G_erardMedioni and Sing Bing Kang “Emerging topics in computer vision”

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs18/preview
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs20/preview
3. https://www.javatpoint.com/computer-vision-tutorial
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/computer-vision/index.htm

380
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SOCIAL NETWORKS AND SEMANTIC WEB

(Professional Elective-IV)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7E06 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize the concepts of semantic web and social network analysis.
CO2: Describe the knowledge representation on the Semantic web.
CO3: Make use of ontology engineering in social networks.
CO4: Identify the architectures and challenges in building social networks.
CO5: Compare various survey methods of social networks.
CO6: Analyze the performance of social networks using electronic sources.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 2 - 3 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 1
CO2 - 1
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 1
CO5 - 1
CO6 - 2

Unit – I
Web Intelligence: Thinking and Intelligent Web Applications, The Information Age,The World Wide Web,
Limitations of Today’s Web, The Next Generation Web, Machine Intelligence, Artificial Intelligence, Ontology,
Inference engines, Software Agents, Berners-Lee www, Semantic Road Map, Logic on the semantic Web.

Unit – II
Knowledge Representation for the Semantic Web: Ontologies and their role in the semantic web, Ontologies
Languages for the Semantic Web –Resource Description Framework (RDF) / RDF Schema, Ontology Web
Language (OWL), UML, XML/XML Schema.

Unit – III
Ontology Engineering: Ontology Engineering, Constructing Ontology, Ontology Development Tools, Ontology
Methods, Ontology Sharing and Merging, Ontology Libraries and Ontology Mapping, Logic, Rule and
Inference Engines.

Unit – IV
Semantic Web Applications, Services and Technology: Semantic Web applications and services, Semantic
Search, e-learning, Semantic Bioinformatics, Knowledge Base, XML Based Web Services, Creating an OWL-S
Ontology for Web Services, Semantic Search Technology, Web Search Agents and Semantic Methods.

381
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Social Network Analysis and semantic web: What is social Networks analysis, development of the social
networks analysis, Electronic Sources for Network Analysis – Electronic Discussion networks, Blogs and
Online Communities, Web Based Networks, Building Semantic Web Applications with social network features.

Text Books:
1. Thinking on the Web – Berners Lee, Godel and Turing, Wiley inter science, 2008.
2. Social Networks and the Semantic Web, Peter Mika, Springer, 2007.

Reference Books:
1. Semantic Web Technologies, Trends and Research in Ontology Based Systems, J. Davies, R. Studer, P.
Warren, John Wiley & Sons.
2. Semantic Web and Semantic Web Services -Liyang Lu Chapman and Hall/CRC Publishers,(Taylor &
Francis Group)
3. Information sharing on the semantic Web – Heiner Stuckenschmidt; Frank Van Harmelen, Springer
Publications.
4. Programming the Semantic Web, T. Segaran, C. Evans, J. Taylor, O’Reilly, SPD.

Web Links:
1. https://www.w3.org/standards/semanticweb/
2. https://www.javatpoint.com/ai-techniques-of-knowledge-representation
3. https://tinyurl.com/hhywdjx8
4. https://open.hpi.de/courses/semanticweb
5. https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/36753454.pdf

382
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN PATTERNS

(Professional Elective-IV)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7E07 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Analyze architectural styles and patterns.

CO2: Evaluation and finalization of architecture design documentation
CO3: Explain the pattern sections with appliance of creational
CO4: Apply structural patterns for real time applications.
CO5: Apply behavioral patterns for real time applications.
CO6: Explain user interface design for real time applications.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 - 3 2 - - - - - - 2
CO2 2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 3 - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 3 - 2 2 - - - - - - 2
CO5 2 3 1 1 2 - - - - - - 2
CO6 2 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 1 -
CO5 1 -
CO6 2 -

Unit – I
The Architecture Business Cycle, What is Software Architecture, Architectural patterns, reference models,
reference architectures, architectural structures and views. Creating and Architecture Quality Attributes,
Achieving qualities, Architectural styles and patterns, designing the Architecture, Documenting software
architectures, Reconstructing Software Architecture.

Unit – II
Architecture Evaluation, Architecture design decision making, Building systems from off the shelf
components, Software architecture in future.

Unit – III
Patterns Pattern Description, Organizing catalogs, role in solving design problems, Selection and usage.
Creational Patterns: Abstract factory, Builder, Factory method, Prototype, Singleton

Unit – IV
Structural Patterns: Adapter, Bridge, Composite, Decorator, Façade, Flyweight, PROXY

Unit – V
Behavioral Patterns: Chain of responsibility, command, Interpreter, iterator, mediator, memento, observer,
state, strategy, template method, visitor.A Case Study (Designing a Document Editor): Design Problems,
Document Structure, Formatting, Embellishing the User Interface, Supporting Multiple Look-and-Feel
Standards, Supporting Multiple Window Systems, User Operations, Spelling Checking and Hyphenation.
383
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Software Architecture in Practice, second edition, Len Bass, Paul Clements & Rick Kazman, Pearson
Education, 2003.
2. Design Patterns, Erich Gamma, Pearson Education, 1995.

Reference Books:
1. Beyond Software architecture, Luke Hohmann, Addison wesley, 2003.
2. Software architecture, David M. Dikel, David Kane and James R. Wilson, Prentice Hall PTR, 2001
3. Software Design, David Budgen, second edition, Pearson education, 2003.
4. Head First Design patterns, Eric Freeman & Elisabeth Freeman, O’REILLY, 2007.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105224
2. https://www.javatpoint.com/designpatterns
3. https://tinyurl.com/hhywdjx8
4. https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/36753454.pdf

384
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DEEP LEARNING TECHNIQUES

(Professional Elective-V)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7E08 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize basic principles behind neural networks and deep learning
CO2: Compare modelling aspects of Neural Network Architectures
CO3: Build a CNN using different activation functions
CO4: Apply deep learning algorithms to solve complex problems

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 - 2 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - -
CO4 - 2

Unit – I
Fundamentals of Deep Learning: Artificial Intelligence, History of Machine learning: Probabilistic Modeling,
Early Neural Networks, Kernel Methods, Decision Trees, Random forests and Gradient Boosting Machines,
Fundamentals of Machine Learning: Four Branches of Machine Learning, Evaluating Machine learning Models,
Overfitting and Underfitting.

Unit – II
Introducing Deep Learning: Biological and Machine Vision, Human and Machine Language, Artificial Neural
Networks, Training Deep Networks, Improving Deep Networks.

Unit – III
Neural Networks: Anatomy of Neural Network, Introduction to Keras: Keras, TensorFlow, Theano and CNTK,
Setting up Deep Learning Workstation, Classifying Movie Reviews: Binary Classification, Classifying
newswires: Multiclass Classification.

Unit – IV
Convolutional Neural Networks: Nerual Network and Representation Learing, Convolutional Layers,
Multichannel Convolution Operation, Recurrent Neural Networks: Introduction to RNN, RNN Code, PyTorch
Tensors: Deep Learning with PyTorch, CNN in PyTorch.

Unit – V
Interactive Applications of Deep Learning: Machine Vision, Natural Language processing, Generative Adversial
Networks, Deep Reinforcement Learning. [Text Book 1]
Deep Learning Research: Autoencoders, Deep Generative Models: Boltzmann Machines Restricted Boltzmann
Machines, Deep Belief Networks.

385
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Deep Learning- Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courvile, MIT Press, 2016
2. Deep Learning with Python - Francois Chollet, Released December 2017, Publisher(s): Manning
Publications, ISBN: 9781617294433
3. Deep Learning Illustrated: A Visual, Interactive Guide to Artificial Intelligence - Jon Krohn, Grant
Beyleveld, Aglaé Bassens, Released September 2019, Publisher(s): Addison-Wesley Professional, ISBN:
9780135116821
4. Neural Networks and Deep Learning, Charu C. Aggarwal, Springer

Reference Books:
1. Artificial Neural Networks, Yegnanarayana, B., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2009
2. Matrix Computations, Golub, G.,H., and Van Loan,C.,F, JHU Press,2013.
3. Neural Networks: A Classroom Approach, Satish Kumar, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2004

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs22/preview
2. https://keras.io/datasets/
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs85/preview
4. http://deeplearning.net/tutorial/deeplearning.pdf
5. https://arxiv.org/pdf/1404.7828v4.pdf

386
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BLOCK-CHAIN TECHNOLOGIES
(Professional Elective-V)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7E09 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Demonstrate the blockchain and crypto currency basics

CO2: Compare and contrast permissioned and permissionless blockchains
CO3: Explain different types of crypto currency wallets
CO4: Explain how to compile and deploy smart contracts using Etheruim
CO5: Summarize Hyperledger fabric architecture and different use cases
CO6: Illustrate use cases of block chain technologies.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 2
CO2 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - 2
CO3 2 3 1 1 - - - - - - - 2
CO4 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 2
CO5 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 2
CO6 3 2 - 2 2 - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 3
CO5 - 3
CO6 - 2

Unit – I
Introduction: Introduction: Overview of Block chain, History of Blockchain, Peer to Peer Network, Smart
Contract, Wallet , Digital Currency, Ledgers, Types of Blockchain Platforms

Unit – II
Consensus Mechanism: Permissioned Blockchain, Permisionless Blockchain, Different Consensus
Mechanisms- Proof of Work, Proof of Stake, Proof of Activity, Proof of Burn, Proof of Elapsed Time, Proof
of Authority, Proof of Importance

Unit – III
Crypto currency and Wallet: Types of Wallet, Desktop Wallet, App based Wallet, Browser based wallet,
Metamask, Creating an account in Metamask, Use of faucet to fund wallet, transfer of cryptocurrency in
metamask.

Unit – IV
Smart contract and Ethereum: Overview of Ethereum, Writing Smart Contract in Solidity, Remix IDE ,
Different networks of ethereum, understanding blocks practically at blockhcain.com, how to compile and
deploy smart contract in remix.

387
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Understanding Hyperledger Fabric: Hyperledger Fabric- Architecture, Identities and Policies, Membership
and Access Control, Channels, Transaction Validation, Writing smart contracts using Hyperledger Fabric.
Use Cases: Cross border payments, Know Your Customer (KYC), Food Security, Block chain enabled Trade.

Text Books:
1. Blockchain: Blueprint for a New Economy, Melanie Swan, O’Reilly
2. Mastering Blockchain: Deeper insights into decentralization, cryptography, Bitcoin, and popular
Blockchain frameworks by Imran Bashier, Packt publishing

Reference Books:
1. Mastering Ethereum: Building Smart Contracts and DApps by Andrews
2. Mastering Bitcoin: Programming the Open Blockchain, by Andreas M. Antonpoulos, O’Reilly

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/aic21_ge01/
2. https://github.com/blockchainedindia/resources
3. https://github.com/HyperledgerHandsOn/trade-finance-logistics

388
 AR20 AEC-CSE

AGILE METHODOLOGIES
(Professional Elective-V)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7E10 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize the life cycle & principles of agile software development.
CO2: Describe the fundamentals of Devops.
CO3: Develop a project using Scrum
CO4: Explain the roles of Scrum Master and Product owner
CO5: Explain the team review meeting about the project.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 1 - - - - - - - 2 -

CO2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - 2 -

CO3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2
CO4 2 2 1 - - - - - - - 1 2
CO5 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 1 -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -

CO2 2 -

CO3 2 -

CO4 2 -

CO5 2 -

Unit – I
Agile Software Development Ecosystems: SCRUM, Dynamic System
DevelopmentMethod,Crystal,FeatureDrivenDevelopment-LeanDevelopment–ExtremeProgramming-
AdaptiveSoftwareDevelopment.

Unit – II
Fundamentals of DevOps: Architecture, Deployments, Orchestration, Need, Instance of applications, DevOps
delivery pipeline, DevOps eco system.

Unit – III
Backdrop-The Science of Scrum: The Skeltonand Heart of Scrum,Scrum Roles,Scrum Flow, Scrum Artifacts
New Management Responsibilities: The Scrum Masterat Meta Eco,The Product Owner at Mega Energy,The
team at Service 1st.The Scrum Master: The Untrained Scrum Masterat Trey Research, The Untrained Scrum
Masterat Lit Ware.

Unit – IV
TheProductOwner:CustomerandteamCollaboration,GettingService1StManagement Back in Action, Fixing the
problem of X flow at Mega fund, CompanyGoalsat Techcore, CompanyGoals at MegaBankFund Transfer
System Planning A Scrum Project: Managing Cash at Mega Bank, Certified Scrum MastersTakeon Return
onInvestment.

Unit – V
TheTeam: Team Formation at Service 1ST,Giving the team a Chance at Web NewSite. Scaling the Project with
Scrum: Scaling at Mega Fund, Scrum Scaling, Scaling at Medcin soft. Rules: Sprint Planning Meeting ,Daily
Scrum Meeting, Sprint, Sprint Review Meeting, Sprint Retrospective meeting.

389
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. AgileProjectManagementwithScrum,KenSchwaber,MicrosoftPress.
2. AgileSoftwareEngineering,Series:UndergraduateTopicsinComputerScience,Hazzaand Dubinsky,
Springer.
3. AgileManagementforSoftwareEngineering:ApplyingtheTheoryofConstraintsfor BusinessResults, DavidJ.
Andersonand EliSchragenheim, Prentice Hall.

Reference Books:
1. AgileSoftwareDevelopment-Evaluatingthemethodsforyourorganizations,AlanS.Koch,ArtechHouse
2. AgileSoftwareDevelopment, Cockburn,Highsmith, AlistairCockburnSeries.
3. AgileEstimatingandPlanning,MikeCohn,PrenticeHall.
4. AgileSoftwareDevelopment Ecosystems–:JimHighsmith, AddisonWisley.
5. EssentialScrum-APractical GuidetotheMostPopularAgileProcess,Kenneth S.Rubin,Addison Wisley.

Web Links:
1. https://www.edx.org/course/agile-software-development
2. https://www.class-central.com/course/coursera-agile-software-development-9513
3. https://www.cprime.com/resources/what-is-agile-what-is-scrum/
4. https://www.atlassian.com/agile/kanban
5. https://file.scirp.org/pdf/JCC_2017033115471602.pdf

390
 AR20 AEC-CSE

NATURAL DISASTER MANAGEMENT & MITIGATION

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CE7O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the aspects of disaster management and adopt remedial measures
CO2: Explain disaster risk assessment and coping measures.
CO3: Explain the vulnerability conditions
CO4: Assess the impact of hazards on structures
CO5: Adopt the rehabilitation procedures

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 - - - - - - 2 - - -
CO2 - 1 - - - - 3 - 2 - - -
CO3 - 1 - - - - - - 2 - - -
CO4 2 - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -
CO5 2 - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction Concept of Disaster Management. Types of Disasters. Disaster mitigating agencies and their
organizational structure at different levels.

Unit – II
Overview of Disaster Situations in India Vulnerability of profile of India and Vulnerability mapping
including disaster – prone areas, communities, places. Disaster preparedness – ways and means; skills and
strategies; rescue, relief reconstruction. Case Studies: Lessons and Experiences from Various Important
Disasters in India and Biological disasters – SARS- spread and transmisstions -pandemic, endemic and
epidemic.

Unit – III
Flood and Drought Disaster Raising flood damage, assessing flood risk, flood hazard assessment, flood
impact assessment, flood risk reduction options. Drought and development, relief management and
prevention, drought mitigation and management- integrating technology and people.

Unit – IV
Landslide and Earthquake Disaster Land slide hazards zonation mapping and geo environmental problems
associated with the occurrence of landslides. The use of electrical resistivity method in the study of landslide.
Causes and effects of earthquakes. Secondary effects. Criteria for earthquake resistant design.

391
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Cyclone and Fire Disaster Cyclone occurrence and hazards. Cyclone resistant house for coastal areas.
Disaster resistant construction role of insurance sector. Types of fire. Fire safety and firefighting method, fire
detectors, fire extinguishers. Rehabilitation: Rehabilitation programmes, Management of Relief Camp.

Text Books:
1. Disaster Management, RB Singh (Ed), Rawat Publications, 2000.
2. Disaster Management Future Challenges and Opportunities, Jagbir Singh, I.K International publishing
house

Reference Books:
1. Natural Hazards in the Urban habitat by Iyengar, CBRI, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Natural Disaster management, Jon Ingleton (Ed), Tulor Rose, 1999
3. Anthropology of Disaster management, Sachindra Narayan, Gyan Publishing house, 2000

Web Links:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2v7N5a3tLgE
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5KtVocJfVGw
3. https://www.iare.ac.in/sites/default/files/lecture_notes/dm%20notes.pdf

***

392
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BASICS OF SOIL MECHANICS

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CE7O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain physical properties of soil and its determination

CO2: Determine the various index properties and the classification of soil
CO3: Assess the stress developed due to various loads and soil conditions
CO4: Explain the various compaction methods and the determination of permeability
CO5: Explain the concept of consolidation, compressibility and settlement calculation

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 2 - - - - 1 - - 2 - -
CO2 1 3 - - - - - - 2 1 - -
CO3 1 2 - - - - - - 2 1 - -
CO4 1 2 - - - - - - 2 1 - -
CO5 1 2 - - - - 1 - - 2 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Physical Properties of Soil:
Three phase system - phase diagram - physical properties Functional Relationships between physical
properties-determination of water content, specific gravity, In-situ density-Relative density

Unit – II
Plasticity Characteristics of soil: Consistency, Atterberg’s limits and their determination liquid limit, plastic
limit, shrinkage limit - Index properties-Activity-Free swell index. Soil Classification: Soil classification-
need and criteria for soil classification-IS Particle size classification-Classification tests-grain size analysis -
hydrometer analysis- grain size distribution curve - Unified Soil Classification- Indian Standard Soil
classification- Coarse grained soils- Fine grained soils-Plasticity chart.

Unit – III
Effective stress: Stresses due to self-weight-total, neutral and effective stresses – Pressure diagrams under
different soil conditions. Stresses due to applied loads: Boussinesq theory- Concentrated load-Strip footing-
circular footing- Rectangular footing-Newmark’s influence chart - Pressure bulb-Significant depth
Westergaard’s theory - 2:1 distribution method

Unit – IV
Compaction: Principle of compaction, OMC and MDD, Lab tests-IS light weight and heavy weight
compaction tests, Factors affecting compaction - zero air void line-Effect of compaction on engineering
properties of soils - Field compaction control – Proctor’s Needle.

393
AR20 AEC-CSE

Permeability and Seepage: types of soil water, Permeability-Darcy’s law-Factors effecting permeability-
laboratory tests-Average permeability of stratified soils. Seepage pressure critical hydraulic gradient -quick
sand condition.

Unit – V
Consolidation: Definition and significance-mechanism-Terzaghi’s soil-spring analogy -lab consolidation test
– e-log p curve-Coefficient of compressibility-coefficient of volume change-compression index-
determination of consolidation settlement – Terzaghi’s theory of 1D consolidation- Time-settlement
calculations. Determination of coefficient of consolidation-time fitting methods – Pre-consolidation pressure-
normally consolidated and over consolidated clays- secondary consolidation.

Text Books:
1. Arora, K.R. (2019), “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers, Delhi
2. Gopal Ranjan and Rao, A.S.R., “Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics”, New Age Ltd. International
Publisher New Delhi (India) 2016
3. B.M Das, “Principles of Geotechnical Engineering”, 8 th edition 2014, Cengage Publications.
4. Murthy, V.N.S. (2018), “A textbook of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, UBS Publishers
Distributors Ltd., New Delhi.

Reference Books:
1. Craig, R.F. (2019), “Soil Mechanics”, McGraw hill, New Delhi
2. Narasinga Rao, B.N.D. (2015), Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Wiley Publishers

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105103097/

***

394
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CE7O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the tests on stones, cement and aggregates.

CO2: Explain the concepts of strength and durability testing on mortar and concrete.
CO3: Compare the properties of most common and advanced building materials.
CO4: Selection of Automation techniques in construction industry.
CO5: Analyze benefits of robotics versus conventional construction equipment.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 - 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 - 1 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO5 - 1 - 2 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Stones, Bricks and Concrete Blocks: Stone as building material–Criteria for selection– Tests on stones–
Deterioration and Preservation of stone work – Bricks – Classification – Manufacturing of clay bricks –
Tests on bricks–Compressive Strength–Water Absorption–Efflorescence–Bricks for special use–Refractory
bricks–Cement, Concrete blocks– Light weight concrete blocks. Nano Aggregate – RCA ( Recylced
Concrete Aggregate) – RCCA.

Unit – II
Lime, Cement, Aggregate and Mortar: Lime–Preparation of lime mortar–Cement– Ingredients–
Manufacturing process–Types and Grades – Properties of cement and Cement mortar – Hydration –
Compressive strength –Tensile strength–Fineness– Soundness and consistency–Setting time–Industrial
byproducts–Fly ash – Aggregates – Natural stone aggregates – Crushing strength – Impact strength –
Flakiness Index– Elongation Index –Abrasion Resistance –Grading–Sand Bulking.
Concrete: Ingredients–ManufacturingProcess–Batchingplants–RMC–Propertiesoffresh concrete – Slump –
Flow and compaction Factor – Properties of hardened concrete – Compressive, Tensile and shear strength –
Modulus of rupture – Tests – Mix specification
– Mix proportioning – BIS method – High Strength Concrete and HPC – Self compacting
Concrete –Other types of Concrete–Durability of Concrete.

395
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Modern materials: Glass–Ceramics–Sealants for joints–Fibre glass reinforced plastic–Clayproducts–
Refractories–Compositematerials–Types–Applicationsoflaminarcomposites– Fibre textiles– Geo membrane
sand Geotextiles for earth reinforcement.

Unit – IV
Introduction: Unique features of construction equipment, Need of construction Equipment, past history.
Construction equipment: Capacity, Feasibility, owning and operating cost and Productivity of Different
Equipment: Excavators, Pavers, Plastering machines; Pre-
stressing jacks and grouting equipment; Cranes and Hoists, Concrete Batching Plants, etc.

Unit – V
Automation in Construction Industry: Need and Benefit of automation: Automation in Canal lining,
Automation in Construction of Highway, Automation in concrete technology. Robotics in Construction: Use
of robots for construction activities like Brick laying, Demolition, Material Handling, Structural steel cutting,
Rebar tying/bending, Form work mould making, 3D printing- print complex, layered, parts and objects of
homes, buildings,
bridges and roads.

Text Books:
1. Varghese.P.C, "Building Materials", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2018.
2. Rajput.R.K.,"Engineering Materials",S.ChandandCompanyLtd.,2018.
3. Shetty.M.S., "Concrete Technology (Theory and Practice)", S. Chand and Company Ltd.,2019
4. Construction Planning, Methods and Equipment, R.L Peurifoy, McGraw Hill, 2015.

Reference Books:
1. Jagadish.K.S,"AlternativeBuildingMaterialsTechnology",NewAgeInternational,2017.
2. Gambhir.M.L.,&NehaJamwal.,"BuildingMaterials,products,propertiesandsystems",Ta
taMcGrawHillEducationsPvt.Ltd,NewDelhi,2019.
3. Robotics and Automation in Construction, Open access peer- reviewed edited volume-2017.
4. Automation in Construction Management: Automated management of Construction Materials Using
RFID Technology, Javad Majrouhi Sardroud, Scholars' Press, 2015.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/102/105102012/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/106/105106176/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/104/105104030/
4. https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/105106176/L01.html

***

396
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SPECIAL ELECTRICAL MACHINES

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EE7O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Distinguishbetweenbrushdcmotorandbrushlessdcmotor.
CO2: Explaintheperformanceandcontrolofsteppermotors,andtheirapplications.
CO3: Describetheoryofoperationandcontrolofswitchedreluctancemotor.
CO4: Describethe principle of operation of square wave BLDC motor.
CO5: Describethe principle of operation of sine wave BLDC motor.
CO6: DemonstrateworkingoftheLinearInductionmotordrives.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 1 1 - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Permanent magnet materials and PMDC motors: Introduction-classification of permanent magnet materials
used in electrical machines- minor hysteresis loop and recoil line-Stator frames of conventional dc machines-
Development of electronically commutated dc motor from conventional dc motor- Permanent-magnet
materials and characteristics-B-H loop and demagnetization characteristics-Temperature effects: reversible
and irreversible losses-high temperature effects-reversible losses- Irreversible losses recoverable by
magnetization-Mechanical properties, handling and magnetization-Application of permanent magnets in
motors- power density-operating temperature range-severity of operation duty.

Unit – II
Stepper Motors: Classification of stepper motors – Hybrid and Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM) -
Construction and principle of hybrid type synchronous stepper motor – Different configuration for switching
the phase windings control circuits for stepper motors – Open loop and closed loop control of 2-phase hybrid
stepping motor. Construction and principle of operation of Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM) – Single stack
and multiple stack – Open loop control of 3- phase VR Stepper Motor- Applications.

397
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Square Wave Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motor:Types of constructions – Surface mounted and interior
type permanent magnet – Principle of operation of BLDC motor. Torque and EMF equations – Torque speed
characteristics – Performance and efficiency- Square wave brushless motors with 1200 and 1800 magnetic
areas commutation.

Unit – IV
Square Wave Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motor:Types of constructions – Surface mounted and interior
type permanent magnet – Principle of operation of BLDC motor. Torque and EMF equations – Torque speed
characteristics – Performance and efficiency- Square wave brushless motors with 1200 and 1800 magnetic
areas commutation.

Unit – V
Sine wave Permanent Magnet Brushless Motor: Torque and EMF equations – Phasor Diagram – Circle
diagram – Torque/speed characteristics – Comparison between square wave and sine wave permanent magnet
motors - Applications Induction Motors (LIM):Construction– principle of operation–Double sided LIM
from rotating type Induction Motor – Schematic of LIM drive for traction – Development of one sided LIM
with back iron- equivalent circuit of LIM.

Text Books:
1. Brushless Permanent magnet and reluctance motor drives, Clarenden press, T.J.E. Miller, 1989,
Oxford.
2. Special electrical Machines, K.Venkata Ratnam, University press, 2009, New Delhi.

Reference Books:
1. Special electrical machines, E.G. Janardhanan, PHI learning private limited, 2014.
2. Generalized theory of Electrical Machines – P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers.
3. Electrical Technology - Volume II - AC and DC Machines, B.L Thareja - A.K. Theraja, S.Chand
Publishers.

Web Links:
1. https://www.scribd.com/doc/207769552/Special-Electrical-Machines-PPT

***

398
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ELECTRICAL AND HYBRID VEHICLES

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EE7O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the characteristics of electrical and hybrid vehicles.

CO2: Analyze the models to describe electric trains and their performance.
CO3: Compare and evaluate the different possible ways of energy storage.
CO4: Demonstrate the sizing of the drive system.
CO5: Apply the different strategies related to energy management

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 1 3 2 - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 1 3 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Conventional Vehicles: Basics of vehicle performance, vehicle power source characterization,
transmission characteristics, mathematical models to describe vehicle performance.
Introduction to Hybrid Electric Vehicles: History of hybrid and electric vehicles, social and environmental
importance of hybrid and electric vehicles, impact of modern drive-trains on energy supplies.
Hybrid Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of hybrid traction, introduction to various hybrid drive-train
topologies, power flow control in hybrid drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.

Unit – II
Electric Trains: Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of electric traction, introduction to various electric
drivetrain topologies, power flow control in electric drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.
Electric Propulsion unit: Introduction to electric components used in hybrid and electric vehicles,
configuration and control of DC Motor drives, configuration and control of Induction Motor drives,
configuration and control of permanent magnet motor drives, configuration and control of switch reluctance
motor drives, drive system efficiency.

Unit – III
Energy Storage: Introduction to Energy Storage Requirements in Hybrid and Electric Vehicles, Battery based
energy storage and its analysis, Fuel Cell based energy storage and its analysis, Super Capacitor based energy
storage and its analysis, Flywheel based energy storage and its analysis, Hybridization of different energy

399
AR20 AEC-CSE

storage devices.

Unit – IV
Sizing the drive system: Matching the electric machine and the internal combustion engine (ICE), Sizing the
propulsion motor, sizing the power electronics, selecting the energy storage technology, Communications,
supporting subsystems.

Unit – V
Energy Management Strategies: Energy Management Strategies: Introduction to energy management
strategies used in hybrid and electric vehicles, classification of different energy management strategies,
comparison of different energy management strategies, implementation issues of energy management
strategies.
Case Studies: Design of a Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV).

Text Books:
1. Iqbal Hussein, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC Press, 2003

2. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimi Gao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric
and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design,
CRC Press, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. James Larminie, John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, Wiley, 2003.
2. T. Denton, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles”, Routledge, 2016.
3. C. Mi, M. A. Masrur and D. W. Gao, “Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Principles and Applications
with Practical Perspectives”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102121/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/103/108103009/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/106/108106170/

***

400
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INSTRUMENTATION
(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EE7O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the various types of signals

CO2: Explain the various types of Transducers.
CO3: Calculate various parameters such as strain, velocity, temperature, pressure etc.
CO4: Explain the working principle of various types of digital Voltmeters and measure various parameters
like phase and frequency of a signal with the help of CRO.
CO5: Explain the various types of signal analyzers

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Signals and their representation: Measuring Systems, Performance Characteristics, – Static characteristics –
Dynamic characteristics – Errors in Measurement – Gross Errors – Systematic Errors – Statistical analysis of
random errors – Signal and their representation – Standard test, periodic, aperiodic, modulated signal – Sampled
data pulse modulation and pulse code modulation.

Unit – II
Transducers: Definition of transducers – Classification of transducers – Advantages of Electrical transducers –
Characteristics and choice of transducers – Principle operation of resistor, inductor, LVDT and capacitor
transducers – LVDT Applications – Strain gauge and its principle of operation – Guage factor – Thermistors –
Thermocouples – Synchros – Piezo electric transducers – Photo diodes.

Unit – III
Measurement of Non–Electrical Quantities: Measurement of strain – Gauge Sensitivity – Displacement –
Velocity – Angular Velocity – Acceleration – Force – Torque – Measurement of Temperature, Pressure,
Vacuum, Flow, Liquid level.

Unit – IV
Digital Voltmeters & Oscilloscope: Digital voltmeters – Successive approximation, ramp, dual–Slope
integration continuous balance type – Microprocessor based ramp type – DVM - Cathode ray oscilloscope –
Time base generator – Horizontal and vertical amplifiers – Measurement of phase and frequency – Lissajous
patterns.

401
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Signal Analyzers: Wave Analyzers – Frequency selective analyzers – Heterodyne – Application of Wave
analyzers – Harmonic Analyzers – Total Harmonic distortion – Spectrum analyzers – Basic spectrum analyzers
– Spectral displays – Vector impedance meter – Q meter – Peak reading and RMS voltmeters - digital frequency
meter – Digital phase angle meter- Analog and digital type data logger.

Text Books:
1. Electronic Instrumentation–by H. S. Kalsi Tata MCGraw–Hill Edition, 1995.
2. A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation, A. K. Sawhney,
Dhanpatrai& Co.

Reference Books:
1. Measurement and Instrumentation theory and application, Alan S. Morris and Reza Langari, Elsevier
2. Measurements Systems, Applications and Design – by D O Doeblin.
3. Principles of Measurement and Instrumentation – by A.S Morris, Pearson/ Prentice Hall of India.
4. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement techniques – by A.D Helfrick and W. D. Cooper,
Pearson/Prentice Hall of India.
5. Transducers and Instrumentation by D.V.S Murthy, Prentice Hall of India.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105064/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103037/39
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103105064/36

***

402
 AR20 AEC-CSE

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME7O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Apply the constraints and solve single and multivariable optimization problems in Engineering
CO2: Solve Unconstrained Optimization problems using Search methods and Descent methods
CO3: Solve Constrained Optimization problems using Penalty Function methods
CO4: Apply Genetic algorithm and Particle Swarm optimization Techniques in engineering applications
CO5: Use Advance optimization techniques to formulate and solve for implementation

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction To Optimization: Engineering applications of optimization- statement of an optimization
problem- classification of optimization problem- optimization techniques.
Classical Optimization Techniques: Single variable optimization- multivariable optimization with equality
constraints- multivariable optimization with inequality constraints.

Unit – II
Unconstrained Optimization Techniques: Pattern search method- Simplex method- Descent methods-
Gradient of function- Steepest Descent method.

Unit – III
Constrained Optimization Techniques: Characteristics of a constrained problem methods offeasible
directions-basicapproachinthepenaltyfunctionmethod-interiorpenaltyfunction method- convex programming
problem- exterior penalty functionmethod.

Unit – IV
Algorithms: Genetic Algorithm, Particle Swarm Optimization Algorithm, and its applications.

Unit – V
Advanced Techniques: Teaching – Learning Based Algorithm, Water Canal Algorithm (WCA), Social
Group Optimization (SGO) and its implementation.

403
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Optimization Theory and Applications/ S.S. Rao/Wiley Eastern Limited,New Delhi
2. Cordan C.C. Beveridge and Robert S. Schedther, “Optimization, Theoryand Practice” McGraw
HillCo.1970.
3. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice byJohn Wiley and Sons, 4th
edition,2009.
4. H. S. Kasene & K. D. Kumar, Introductory Operations Research,Springer (India), Pvt. Ltd.,2004

Reference Books:
1. Engineering Optimization / Kalyanmanai Deb/Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.
2. Optimization Techniques-Theory and applications/C.Mohan & Kusum Deep/New Age International
3. Operations Research /S.D. Sharma / MacMillanPublishers
4. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design – Algorithms and Examples”, PHI Learning
Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi,2005

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/101/112101298/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/105/111105100/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105235/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103301/

***

404
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ENERGY CONSERVATION
(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME7O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the concepts of National Energy consumption, Energy Auditing, and its types
CO2: Describe the improvement in efficiency of various electrical equipment’s like capacitors and electric
motors etc.
CO3: Discuss the concept of illumination and types of lighting.
CO4: Describe the improvement in efficiency of various mechanical equipment’s like boilers, condensers,
and steam lines etc
CO5: Discuss the energy efficiency of components like pumps, blowers, fans, and various refrigeration
equipment’s
CO6: Apply the concepts of energy economics like payback period, internal rate of returns life cycle
costing etc..

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 - - - - 1 - - - - 1
CO2 3 1 - - - - 1 - - - - 1
CO3 3 1 - - - - 1 - - - - 1
CO4 3 1 - - - - 1 - - - - 1
CO5 3 1 - - - - 1 - - - - 1
CO6 3 1 - - - - 1 - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Energy - Power – Past & Present scenario of World; National Energy consumption , Data Environmental
aspects associated with energy utilization –Energy Auditing: Need, Types, Methodology and Barriers. Role
of Energy Managers. Instruments for energy auditing

Unit – II
Components of EB billing – HT and LT supply, Transformers, Cable Sizing, Concept of Capacitors, Power
Factor Improvement, Harmonics, Electric Motors – Motor, Efficiency Computation, Energy Efficient Motors,
Illumination – Lux, Lumens, Types of lighting, Efficacy, LED Lighting, and scope of Encon in Illumination.

Unit – III
Stoichiometry, Boilers, Furnaces and Thermic Fluid Heaters – Efficiency computation and encon measures.
Steam: Distribution &Usage: Steam Traps, Condensate Recovery, Flash Steam Utilization, Insulators &
Refractories

Unit – IV

405
AR20 AEC-CSE

Energy efficiency in Pumps, Fans, Blowers, Compressed Air Systems, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Systems – Cooling Towers – D.G. sets

Unit – V
Energy Economics – Discount Rate, Payback Period, Internal Rate of Return, Net Present Value, Life Cycle
Costing –ESCO concepts

Text Books:
1. Witte. L.C., P.S. Schmidt, D.R. Brown, Industrial Energy Management and Utilisation, Hemisphere
Publ, Washington, 1988.
2. Callaghn, P.W. Design and Management for Energy Conservation, Pergamon Press, Oxford,1981.

Reference Books:
1. Dryden. I.G.C., The Efficient Use of Energy Butterworths, London, 1982
2. Energy Manager Training Manual (4 Volumes) available at www.energymanager training.com, a
website of Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), A statutory body under Ministry of Power,
Government of India, 2004.
3. Murphy. W.R. and G. Mc KAY, Energy Management”, Butterworths, London 1987.
4. Turner. W.C., Energy Management Handbook, Wiley, New York, 1982

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105221
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106022

***

406
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INTRODUCTION TO MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEM

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME7O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the classification of the Material Handling Equipment

CO2: Explain processing stations and material handling systems used in FMS environments
CO3: Discuss how to connect loading stations to the different discharge conditions
CO4: Design the parameters of conveyors and elevators
CO5: Design the parameters of Cranes and Hoists based on industrial requirements
CO6: Explain the usage and handling of Special material handling equipment

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 2 - - 3 - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO6 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Principal groups of material handling equipment, choice of material handling equipment, hoisting
equipment, screw type, hydraulic and pneumatic conveyors, general characteristics of hoisting
machines, surface and overhead equipment, general characteristics of surface and overhead
equipment and their applications
Unit – II
Unit Material handling and Storage:
Unit load concept, Industrial Hand trucks, Powered industrial trucks, Automated Guided
Vehicles(AGV), Basic storage and equipment system, Automated Storage and Retreival
System(AS/RS),Carosel storage system and its applications

Unit – III
Conveyors:
Types - description - design of Belt conveyors, roller conveyors, overhead conveyors,
apron conveyor, Bucket Conveyor,-Pneumatic and Hydraulic Conveyors-
component parts and operational details and applications with physical layouts
ELEVATORS:
Bucket elevators: design - loading and bucket arrangements - Cage elevators - shaft way, guides,

407
AR20 AEC-CSE

counter weights, hoisting machine, safety devices - Design of fork lift trucks.

Unit – IV
Cranes, Hoists and Monorails:
Jib Cranes, number of mechanism in Jib cranes, Jib construction, Bridge Crane, Harbour Cranes,
Shipyard Gantry Cranes Design of Hoists: Design of hoisting Equipment likes: Wire and Hemp
Rope, Welded and roller chains. Design of ropes, pulleys, Pulley systems, Sprockets and drums,
Load handling attachments. Design of Hooks: forged hooks and eye hooks, Girder Design, Crane
grabs, Grabbing attachments, Design of arresting gear

Unit – V
Special material Handling equipment, Wagon tipplers, Stackers, Reclaimers- Constructional
details, Pneumatic Conveyors,typical material handling layouts and applications
Robotic handling : Materials handling at workplace; Major components of a robot; Applications of
robotic handling

Text Books:
1. Introduction to Materials Handling.Siddhartha Ray ,New Age International Pvt Ltd;
2ndedition,2017
2. Material Handling,Immer J. R.,Tata McGraw Hill Publication,1953

Reference Books:
1. Flexible Manufacturing System , Dr. H K Shivanand,– DhanpatRai Publication, New Delhi
2. Automation Production System and Computer Integrated Manufacturing,Mikell P. Groover,
Pearson Education India, 4th edition 2016
3. Material Handling Principles and Practice , Theodore H., Allegre Sr., , CBS Publishers and
Distributors
4. Aspects of material handling / Dr.KC Arora &Shinde ,lakshmi publications
5. Material Handling System Design , James M Apple,

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113105104
2. http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/112103293/L27.html
3. https://www2.isye.gatech.edu/

***

408
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ROBOTICS
(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME7O04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the basic concepts, parts of robots and types of robots.
CO2: Identify various robot configuration and components,
CO3: Select appropriate actuators and sensors for a robot based on specific application
CO4: Explain the forward and inverse kinematics of robots.
CO5: Explain the dynamic analysis of robots.
CO6: Analyze the trajectory planning for a manipulator by avoiding Obstacles

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 1 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO6 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

Unit - I
Automation-CAD/CAM-Robotics – An over view of Robotics – present and future applications,
classification by coordinate system and control system. Applications of Material Transfer - Material handling,
loading and unloading- Processing - spot and continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and
Inspection.

Unit – II
Components of the Industrial Robotics:Function line diagram representation of robot arms, common types of
arms. Components, Architecture, number of degrees of freedom – Requirements and challenges of end
effectors, determination of the end effectors, Grippers.
Robot Actuators and Feed Back Components:
Actuators: Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, electric & stepper motors.
Feedback components: position sensors – potentiometers, resolvers, encoders – Velocity sensors-proximity
sensors

Unit – III
Mapping and Transforms:Homogeneous transformations as applicable to rotation and translation –problems.
Manipulator Kinematics:Specifications of matrices, D-H notation joint coordinates and world coordinates
Forward and inverse kinematics – problems.

409
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Differential Motion and Dynamics:Differential transformation and manipulators, Jacobians – problems
Dynamics: Lagrange – Euler – Problems.

Unit – V
Trajectory Planning:General considerations in path description and generation. Trajectory planning and
avoidance of obstacles, path planning, Skew motion, joint integrated motion –straight line motion – Robot
programming, languages and software packages-description of paths with a robot programming language.

Text Books:
1. Industrial Robotics, Groover M P, Pearson Edu., 2nd Edition, 2017
2. Introduction to Robotics-Analysis, Control, Applications - Saeed Niku, Wiley Publications, 2nd
Edition, 2011,

Reference Books:
1. Robotics and Control, Mittal R K & Nagrath I J, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017
2. Introduction to Robotics, John J Craig, Pearson Edu., 3rd Edition, 2005
3. Robotic Engineering, Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall, 1989
4. Robotics, controls, sensing, vision and intelligent by Fu K S, Gonzales or Lea, Tata McGraw Hill,
Indian Edition, 1987
5. Introduction To Robotics by S K Saha (IITD), Tata McGraw Hill, 2008

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/107/106/107106090/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104298/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105249/
4. http://robotics.itee.uq.edu.au/~metr4202/2013/lectures.pdf

***

410
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DISCRETE TIME SIGNAL PROCESSING

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EC7O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Summarize Discrete Time Signals and Systems.

CO2 Illustrate the functionality of fourier series and fourier transform
CO3 Apply DFT properties to evaluate the given sequence.
CO4 Make use of FFT Algorithms for DFT computation.
CO5 Interpret the basic structures of FIR and IIR digital filters.
CO6 Extend the single rate digital signal processing to multirate digital signal processing

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO / PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO / PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to Digital Signal Processing:
Discrete time signals & sequences, linear shift invariant systems, stability, and causality. Linear constant
coefficient difference equations. Frequency domain representation of discrete time signals and systems.

Unit – II
Discrete Fourier Series & Fourier Transforms:
Properties of discrete Fourier series, DFS representation of periodic sequences, Discrete Fourier transforms:
Properties of DFT, linear convolution of sequences using DFT,Computation of DFT.

Unit – III
Fast Fourier Transforms:
Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT) - Radix-2 Decimation-in-Time and Decimation-in-Frequency FFT
Algorithms, Inverse FFT.

411
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Realization Of Digital Filters:
Review of Z-transforms, Applications of Z-transforms, solution of difference equations - digital filters, Block
diagram representation of linear constant-coefficient difference equations, Basic structures of IIR systems,
Transposed forms, Basic structures of FIR systems, System function.

Unit – V
Multirate Digital Signal Processing:
Decimation, Interpolation, Sampling rate conversion, Implementation of sampling rate conversion.

Text Books:
1. Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms and Applications:John G. Proakis, Dimitris G.
Manolakis, Pearson Education/PHI, 2007.
2. Discrete Time Signal Processing, A. V. Oppenheim and R. W. Schaffer,PHI,2010

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing using MATLAB, Robert J.Schilling,Sandra L. Harris,
Thomson, 2007.
2. Digital Signal Processing, P.Ramesh Babu, SciTech Publications, 6th Edition,
2014.
3. Digital Signal Processing, Tarun Kumar Rawat, Oxford University Press, 1stEdition, 2015.
4. Multirate Systems and Filter Banks, P.P.Vaidyanathan, Pearson, 1st Edition.

Web Links:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/digital_signal_processing/index.htm
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/102/117102060/(Digital Signal Processing - Video course, Coordinator
BY Prof. S.C. Dutta Roy Department of Electrical Engineering IIT Delhi)

***

412
 AR20 AEC-CSE

LINEAR AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EC7O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Construct Op Amps using the differential amplifier and other improvement circuits.
CO2 Explain parameters related to measurement of Op-Amp characteristics.
CO3 Construct the circuits for different linear applications using Op-Amp.
CO4 Develop circuits for non-linear applications using Op-Amp.
CO5 Construct the circuits for different Data conversion and Filtering applications using Op-Amp.
CO6 Compare different digital logic families.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 1 3 - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO4 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO5 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO6 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to Integrated Circuits:Integrated Circuits Types,Classification,Package Types,Temperature
ranges and Power supplies. Differential Amplifier-DC And AC analysis of differential amplifier
configurations,circuits for improving CMRR, Necessity of swamping resistors,Cascaded Differential Amplifier
Stages and Level translator.

Unit – II
Characteristics of Op-Amps: Block Diagram of a Op-Amp, Pin diagram, symbolic representation and features
of 741IC,Ideal and practical characteristics of an Op-Amp,Equivalent circuit of an Op-Amp, Define the terms
input offset voltage and current,input bias current,CMRR,Slew Rate,PSRR,etc,Virtual ground concept,DC
characteristics,AC characteristics and Measurement of Op-Amp parameters.

Unit – III
Linear and Non-Linear Applications of Op- Amps: Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier,Integrator and
differentiator,Difference amplifier,Instrumentation amplifier, AC amplifier, V to I, I to V converters, Buffers.
Non-Linear Applications-Comparators,Multivibrators,Triangular and Square wave generators,Log andAnti- log
Amplifiers,Precision rectifiers.

413
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
D-A and A-D Converters: Introduction, basic DAC techniques, weighted resistor DAC, R-2R ladder DAC,
inverted R-2R DAC, and IC 1408 DAC, Different types of ADCs parallel Comparator type ADC,counter type
ADC,Successive Approximation ADC and dual slope ADC.DAC and ADC Specifications.
Active Filters: Introduction, Butter worth filters – 1st order, 2nd order LPF, HPF filters.Band pass, Band reject
and All pass filters.

Unit – V
Digital Logic Families and Interfacing:Introduction to logic families, CMOS logic, CMOS steady state and
dynamic electricalbehavior, CMOS logic families. Bipolar logic, transistor-transistor logic, TTL
families,CMOS/TTL interfacing, low voltage CMOS logic and interfacing, Emitter coupled logic.

Text Books:
1. Op Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits,Ramakant A.Gayakwad,4th Edition,PHI,Pearson Education,
2003.
2. Linear Integrated Circuits–D.RoyChowdhury,New Age International(p)Ltd, 2nd Edition,2003.
3. Digital Design Principles & Practices – John F. Wakerly, PHI/ Pearson Education Asia, 4th Ed.,

Reference Books:
1. Design with Operational Amplifiers & Analog Integrated Circuits-Sergio Franco,McGrawHill,1988
2. OPAMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits concepts and Applications, James MFiore,Cengage Learning
India Ltd.
3. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits–R.F.Coughlin & Fredrick Driscoll,PHI,6thEdition.
4. Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design- Stephen Brown, Zvonko Vranesic, McGrawHill,
3rdEdition.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117108038/Prof.GunashekaranM.K/IIScBangalore
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer science/6-01sc-introduction-to-
electrical-engineering-and-computer science-i-spring-2011/unit-3-circuits/op-amps

***

414
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PRINCIPLES OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EC7O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Summarize the building blocks of an embedded system.

CO2 Interpret the hardware modules required to design an embedded system.
CO3 Infer the firmware design approaches for an embedded system.
CO4 Illustrate the hardware integration with firmware.
CO5 Outline the process of embedded sytem development.
CO6 Choose the tools for embedded sytem implementation and testing.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Embedded system-Definition, History of Embedded systems, classification of embedded
systems, major application areas of embedded systems, purpose of embedded systems, the typical embedded
system-core of the embedded system, Memory, Sensors and Actuators, Communication Interface,
Characteristics of an embedded system, Quality attributes of embedded systems, Application-specific and
Domain-Specific examples of an embedded system.

Unit – II
Embedded Hardware Design: Analog and digital electronic components, I/O types and examples, Serial
communication devices, Parallel device ports, Wireless devices, Timer and counting devices, Watchdog
timer, Real time clock, multi processors architectures.

Unit – III
Embedded Firmware Design: Embedded Firmware design approaches, Embedded Firmware development
languages, Interrupt sources, ISR concept, Interrupt servicing mechanism, Multiple interrupts, DMA, Device
driver programming, Concepts of C versus Embedded C.

415
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Real Time Operating System: Operating system basics, Types of operating systems, Tasks, Process and
Threads, Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task Scheduling, Threads, Processes and Scheduling, Task
communication, Task synchronization.
Hardware Software Co-Design:
Fundamental Issues in Hardware Software Co-Design, Computational models in embedded design, Hardware
software Trade-offs, Integration of Hardware and Firmware.

Unit – V
Embedded System Development: The integrated development environment, Types of files generated on
cross-compilation, Deassembler/ Decompiler, Simulators, Emulators and Debugging, Target hardware
debugging, Boundary Scan, Embedded Software development process and tools.
Embedded System Implementation and Testing: The main software utility tool, CAD and the hardware,
Translation tools-Pre-processors, Interpreters, Compilers and Linkers, Debugging tools, Quality assurance
and testing of the design, Testing on host machine.

Text Books:
1. Embedded Systems, Shibu.K. V, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2013.
2. Embedded Systems-Architectures, Programming and Design, Raj Kamal, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications.

Reference Books:
1. Embedded System Design, Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, John Wiley Publications, 2013.
2. Hardware Software Co-Design Principles and Practice, J. Staunstrup, Springer Publications
3. Embedded Systems Architecture, Tammy Noergaard, Elsevier Publications, 2013.

Web Links:
1. https://www.iitk.ac.in/tkic/workshop/sensors-and-actuators/ppt/sandeep.pdf
2. http://www.artistembedded.org/docs/Events/2006/ChinaSchool/1_ESIntroduction.pdf
3. http://web.cecs.pdx.edu/~mperkows/temp/hardware-software-codesign.pdf
4. http://www.inf.ed.ac.uk/teaching/courses/es/PDFs/RTOS.pdf
5. http://www.vtt.fi/inf/pdf/publications/2004/P526.pdf
***

416
 AR20 AEC-CSE

AI TOOLS & TECHNIQUES

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS7O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the fundamentals of Artificial Intelligence and its applications.

CO2: Analyze the time and space complexities of searching techniques.
CO3: Apply various logical systems to inference the different logical problems.
CO4: Identify machine learning techniques suitable for a given problem
CO5: Design multilayer model using back propagation techniques.
CO6: Illustrate applications of AI Tools & techniques.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO / PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - 2 2 - - - - - - -

CO2 2 2 - 3 2 - - - - - - -

CO3 2 3 - 2 2 - - - - - - -

CO4 2 2 - 3 2 - - - - - - -

CO5 2 1 - 2 3 - - - - - - -

CO6 1 3 - 2 2 - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to AI- Definition, Problem, State space representation. Intelligent Systems: Categorization of
Intelligent System, Components of AI Program, Foundations of AI, Applications of AI, Current trends in AI,
Intelligent Agents: Anatomy, structure, Types.

Unit – II
Problem solving-Solving problem by Searching: Problem Solving Agent, Formulating Problems. Uninformed
Search Methods: Breadth First Search (BFS), Depth First Search (DFS), Depth Limited Search, Depth First
Iterative Deepening (DFID), Informed Search Methods- Greedy best first Search, A* Search, Memory
bounded heuristic Search. Local Search Algorithms and Optimization Problems- Hill climbing search
Simulated annealing and local beam search.

Unit – III
Knowledge and Reasoning-Knowledge based Agents, The Wumpus World, and Propositional logic. First
Order Logic- Syntax and Semantic, Inference in FOL, Forward chaining, backward Chaining, Knowledge
Engineering in First-Order Logic, Unification and Resolution.

417
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Concepts of Machine learning -Supervised, unsupervised, semi-supervised, Rote learning, Reinforcement
learning, Issues, steps and applications, Designing a learning System. Case study- hand written digit
recognition, stock price prediction. Learning Models- Decision tree learning. Probabilistic Models,
Deterministic Models, Hidden Markov Model, Reinforcement Learning-Model based learning, Temporal
Difference Learning, Generalization, Partially Observable States.

Unit – V
Artificial Neural Network: Introduction, neural network representation, Problems for neural network
learning, perception, multilayer network & Back propagation Algorithm. Deep learning- Definition,
relationship between AI, ML, and Deep Learning, Trends in Deep Learning.

Text Books:
1. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning, 1st Edition, Vinod Chandra S.S., Anand Hareendran S,
2014
2. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, Stuart J. Russell, Peter
Norvig, 2002

Reference Books:
1. PROLOG Programming for Artificial Intelligence", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, Ivan Bratko, 2002
2. Artificial Intelligence, Third Edition, McGraw Hill Education, Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, 2017
3. Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, Morgann Kaufmann Publishers, Han Kamber, 2011
4. Machine learning with R, 2nd Edition, Brett Lantz, 2015
5. Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization and Machine Learning, 1st ed, Davis E. Goldberg, Addison
Wesley, N.Y., 1989

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105079/
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/artificial_intelligence/
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs30/
4. https://www.slideshare.net/girishnaik/artificial-intelligence-3638681/
5. https://www.mindmeister.com/44054594/expert-systems/

***

418
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CYBER SECURITY
(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS7O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the cyber security and security management methods to maintain security protection
CO2: Illustrate the nature of secure software development and operating systems.
CO3: Summarize the Network management and cloud computing security issues.
CO4: Analyze the data privacy techniques and data management.
CO5: Demonstrate the role of security management in cyber security defense.
CO6: Illustrate the legal and socila issues related to cyber security.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO / PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 - - 2 - - 2 - - - -

CO2 2 3 - 2 2 - - - - - - -

CO3 1 2 - 2 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 1 2 - 3 2 - - - - - - -

CO5 2 1 - - 2 - - 3 - - - -

CO6 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO / PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Introduction to Computer Security, Threats, Harm, Vulnerabilities, Controls, Authentication,
Access Control, and Cryptography, Authentication, Access Control, Cryptography. Programs and
Programming: Unintentional (Non-malicious) Programming Oversights, Malicious Code—Malware,
Countermeasures.

Unit – II
Web Security: User Side, Browser Attacks, Web Attacks Targeting Users, Obtaining User or Website Data,
Email Attacks. Operating Systems Security: Security in Operating Systems, Security in the Design of
Operating Systems, Rootkit.

Unit – III
Network Security: Network Concepts, Threats to Network Communications, Wireless Network Security,
Denial of Service, Distributed Denial-of-Service Strategic Defenses: Security Countermeasures,
Cryptography in Network Security, Firewalls, Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems, Network
Management . Cloud Computing and Security: Cloud Computing Concepts, Moving to the Cloud, Cloud
Security Tools and Techniques, Cloud Identity Management, Securing IaaS.

419
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Privacy: Privacy Concepts, Privacy Principles and Policies, Authentication and Privacy, Data Mining,
Privacy on the Web, Email Security, Privacy Impacts of Emerging Technologies, Where the Field Is Headed.
Management and Incidents: Security Planning, Business Continuity Planning, Handling Incidents, Risk
Analysis, Dealing with Disaster.

Unit – V
Legal Issues and Ethics: Protecting Programs and Data, Information and the Law, Rights of Employees and
Employers, Redress for Software Failures, Computer Crime, Ethical Issues in Computer Security, Incident
Analysis with Ethics Emerging Topics: The Internet of Things, Economics, Computerized Elections, Cyber
Warfare.

Text Books:
1. Pfleeger, C.P., Security in Computing, Prentice Hall, 5th edition.
2. Schneier, Bruce. Applied Cryptography, Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons.

Reference Books:
1. Rhodes-Ousley, Mark. Information Security: The Complete Reference, Second Edition, Information
Security Management: Concepts and Practice, McGrawHill.
2. Whitman, Michael E. and Herbert J. Mattord. Roadmap to Information Security for IT and Infosec
Managers. Boston, MA: Course Technology.
3. Information Security, Mark Rhodes, Ousley, 2 nd edition, MGH.

Web Links:
1. https://www.edx.org/micromasters/ritx-cybersecurity.
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/cyber-security.
3. https://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/.
4. http://bedford-computing.co.uk/learning/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/
5. https://www.wileyindia.com/cyber-security-understanding-cybercrimescomputer-forensics-and-legal-
perspectives.html

***

420
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BLOCK CHAIN TECHNOLOGIES

(Open Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201IT7O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Demonstrate the blockchain and crypto currency basics

CO2: Compare and contrast permissioned and permissionless blockchains
CO3: Explain different types of crypto currency wallets
CO4: Explain how to compile and deploy smart contracts using Etheruim
CO5: Summarize Hyperledger fabric architecture and different use cases
CO6: Illustrate use cases of block chain technologies.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 2
CO2 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - 2
CO3 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - 2
CO4 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO5 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CO6 3 2 - - 2 - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 3
CO5 - 3
CO6 - 2

Unit - I
Introduction: Scenarios, Challenges Articulated, Blockchain, Blockchain Characteristics, Opportunities Using
Blockchain, History of Blockchain.
Evolution of Blockchain: Evolution of Computer Applications, Centralized Applications, Decentralized
Applications, Stages in Blockchain Evolution, Consortia, Forks, Public Blockchain Environments, Type of
Players in Blockchain Ecosystem, Players in Market.

Unit – II
Blockchain Concepts: Introduction, Changing of Blocks, Hashing, Merkle-Tree, Consensus, Mining and
Finalizing Blocks, Currency aka tokens, security on blockchain, data storage on blockchain, wallets, coding
on blockchain: smart contracts, peer-to-peer network, types of blockchain nodes, risk associated with
blockchain solutions, life cycle of blockchain transaction

Unit – III
Architecting Blockchain solutions: Introduction, Obstacles for Use of Blockchain, Blockchain Relevance
Evaluation Framework, Blockchain Solutions Reference Architecture, Types of Blockchain Applications.
Cryptographic Tokens, Typical Solution Architecture for Enterprise Use Cases, Types of Blockchain
Solutions, Architecture Considerations, Architecture with Blockchain Platforms, Approach for Designing
Blockchain Applications.

421
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
EthereumBlockchain Implementation: Introduction, Tuna Fish Tracking Use Case, Ethereum Ecosystem,
Ethereum Development, Ethereum Tool Stack, Ethereum Virtual Machine, Smart Contract Programming,
Integrated Development Environment, Truffle Framework, Ganache, Unit Testing, Ethereum Accounts, My
Ether Wallet, Ethereum Networks/Environments, Infula, Ethers can, Ethereum Clients, Decentralized
Application, Meta mask.

Unit – V
HyperledgerBlockchain Implementation: Introduction, Use Case – Car Ownership Tracking, Hyperledger
Fabric, Hyperledger Fabric Transaction Flow, FabCar Use Case Implementation, Invoking Chain code
Functions Using Client Application.

Text Books:
1. Agbadas, ArshadSarfarzAriff, Sham “Blockchain for Enterprise Application Developers”, Wiley
2. Andreas M. Antonopoulos, “Mastering Bitcoin: Programming the Open Blockchain”, O’Reilly

Reference Books:
1. Blockchain: A Practical Guide to Developing Business, Law, and Technology Solutions, Joseph
Bambara, Paul R. Allen, McGraw Hill.
2. Blockchain: Blueprint for a New Economy, Melanie Swan, O’Reilly

Web Links:
1. https://github.com/blockchainedindia/resources
2. https://github.com/HyperledgerHandsOn/trade-finance-logistics
3. https://www.packtpub.com/big-data-and-business-intelligence/hands-blockchain-hyperledger
4. https://www.university.mongodb.com/

***

422
 AR20 AEC-CSE

RISK MANAGEMENT IN PETROLEUM INDUSTRY

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201PT7O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify the risk, assess the risk, plan of action, monitor and manage them.
CO2: Explain the importance of risk management
CO3: Explain the venerability, risk evaluation and risk assessment
CO4: Apply the risk rating to different types of risk
CO5: Explain the methods for performing safety

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 -
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 -
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 -
CO4 - 2 - - - - - - - - 1 -
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to risk management: fundamentals of risk management; challenges- overview of cases; summary
and conclusions Introduction of reliability: background; oil and gas industry safety and reliability-related
facts, figures, and examples terms and definitions; useful sources for obtaining information on safety and
reliability in the oil and gas industry.

Unit – II
Risk management principles and methods – review and discussion: perspectives on risk; economic principles,
theories and methods; the cautionary and precautionary principles; the meaning and use of expected values in
risk management; uncertainty handling (in different project phases); risk acceptance and decision-making; on
the ethical justification for the use of risk acceptance criteria

Unit – III
A risk management framework for decision support under uncertainty: introduction; basic building blocks of
the framework; the framework; discussion and conclusions.
Applications – operations phase: decision-making context; deficiencies and the need for an alternative
process; framing of decision problem and decision process; generation and assessment of alternatives;
managerial review and decision; discussion; observations

Unit – IV
Safety and reliability basics: introduction; need for safety and safety and engineers; safety management
principles; product hazard classifications and product safety organization tasks; common causes of work
injuries and mechanical injuries; accident causation theories; occupational stressors and human error
occurrence reasons; consequences of human error and human error classifications; bathtub hazard rate curve
general reliability-related formulas; reliability networks

423
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Methods for performing safety and reliability analyses in the oil and gas industry: introduction; root cause
analysis; hazards and operability analysis; technique of operations review; interface safety analysis; job safety
analysis; preliminary hazard analysis; failure modes and effect analysis; fault tree analysis; Markov method.

Text Books:
1. Safety and Reliability in Oil and Gas Industry: A Practical Approach, B. S. Dhillon; CRC press; 1st
Edition; 2016.
2. Risk Management with applications from the Offshore Petroleum Industry; T. Aven and J.E. Vinnem;
Springer Publication; 1st Edition; 2007.

Reference Books:
1. Reliability and Risk Assessment: Offshore Structural Engineering; Srinivansan.
Chandrasekharan; CRC Press; 1st Edition; 2016.

2. Health, Safety and Environmental Management in offshore And Petroleum Engineering; Srinivansan
Chandrasekharan; Wiley Publication; 1st Edition; 2016.

Web Links:
1. http://extensionrme.org/pubs/introductiontoriskmanagement.pdf
2. https://csrc.nist.gov/projects/risk-management/risk-management-framework-(rmf)-overview
3. https://www.springer.com/cda/content/document/cda_downloaddocument/9781846286520-
c1.pdf?SGWID=0-0-45-357418-p173696908
4. https://www.capterra.com/risk-management-software/
5. https://www.ehstoday.com/safety/safety-practices-oil-and-gas-industry-infographic

***

424
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CARBON SEQUESTRATION
(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201PT7O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain technology concepts of CO2 capture, sequestraion and utilization

CO2: Develop more sustainable technologies for energy supply
CO3: Explain the concept of low energy transition and carbon management.
CO4: Identify new technologies for low carbon energy energy supply with CO2 capture and storage ,
summarize the different principles of CO2 capture
CO5: Explain the basic concepts of carbon capture, utilization and storage , its role in reducing emissions

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 1 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction of CO2 Capture, Sequestration and Utilization
Scope, objectives and necessity of CO2 Capture, Sequestration and Utilization. The contribution of fossil
fuels emission to climate change and global warming. Concept of carbon credit and carbon footprint.

Unit – II
Basis for CO2 Capture:
CO2 capture systems: Industrial process captures system-Post-combustion, Pre-combustion, Oxy-fuel

Unit – III
Separation processes with absorbent and membranes. Photo synthesis, Carbon capture process.

Unit – IV
Carbon Capture Techniques
CO2 emission, scrubbing of CO2, CO2 re-cycling. CO2 sequestration: underground storage, potential for
geologic storage, and applications in oil and gas industry. Direct air capture and storage

Unit – V
CO2 Geological Storage Technologies
Storage mechanisms and security, CO2 Storage Resources Management Systems, Geological
characterization, Performance prediction, Integrity, Measurement, Monitoring and Verification, CO2 flooding
projects and methane recovery projects Carbon farming, Biochar

425
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Berend Smit, Introduction to Carbon Capture and Sequestration, Imperial college press, 2014
2. Stephen A. Rackley, Carbon Capture and Storage, Elsevier, 2017

Reference Books:
1. Goel, Malti, M. Sudhakar, and Ram Vinay Shahi, eds. Carbon capture, storage and utilization: a
possible climate change solution for energy industry. CRC Press, 2019
2. Goel, Malti, and M. Sudhakar, eds. Carbon utilization: applications for the energy industry. Springer,
2017

Web Links:
1. https://www.rff.org/publications/explainers/carbon-capture-and-storage-101/
2. https://19january2017snapshot.epa.gov/climatechange/carbon-dioxide-capture-and-sequestration-
overview_.html
3. https://19january2017snapshot.epa.gov/ghgreporting/subpart-pp-suppliers-carbon-dioxide_.html
4. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fenrg.2014.00055/full

***

426
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IN MINES

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201MI7O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Demonstrate types of signals and relation of time domain representation to frequency domain.
CO2: Apply signal concepts to continuous wave modulation.
CO3: Interpret the basic concepts of pulse modulation.
CO4: Analyze the concepts of digital modulation techniques.
CO5: Summarize different advanced communication networks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction
Importance of mine communication, Basic terminologies- signal, amplitude, wavelength, Frequency,
Bandwidth, Modulation Demodulation, Attenuation, Transducer, Amplification, Repeater. Classification of
Communication Systems in Mines

Unit – II
Wired Communication Systems
Magneto phones, Voice powered phones, Paging phones, Dial & Page phones, layout of communication
system in underground mines.

Unit – III
Radio Communication Systems
Through-the Earth (TTE) systems, In Mine systems, Wireless Network (WN) systems, Ultra-Wide Band
(UWB) systems.

Unit – IV
Carrier Current and Hybrid Systems
Trolley carrier’s phones, Hoist rope phones, Leaky feeder system, Fiber backbone network, Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) system

427
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Modern Communication Systems
Seismic systems, Stench systems, Visual Pager systems, Optical Systems, Zigbee systems, IoT based
communication system.

Text Books:
1. Wireless Communication in Underground Mines: RFID-based Sensor by L.K. Bandyopadhyay, S.K.
Chaulya, P.K. Mishra, Networking 2010th Edition, Kindle Edition, Springer
2. Mining Over Air: Wireless Communication Networks Analytics, Y. Ouyang, M. Hu.

Reference Books:
1. Smart Communication in Coal Mines, Sanjay Kumar Surshetty, Jaya Anand, Sneha Chowdhury, Vijay
Nath, Springer Singapore.

Web Links:
1. https://sci-hub.se/10.1109/SURV.2009.090309
2. http://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---ed_protect/---protrav/--
safework/documents/normativeinstrument/wcms_107828.pdf
3. https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/mining/content/commglossary.html

***

428
 AR20 AEC-CSE

WATER HARVESTING AND SOIL CONSERVATION STRUCTURES

(Open Elective-III)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201AG7O01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Recommend the short term and long term runoff harvesting at appropriate places in watershed.
CO2: Design criteria and cost estimation of farm ponds.
CO3: Explain the functions of soil erosion control structures.
CO4: Apply the concept hydraulic jump, runoff measuring structures and various permanent gully control
structures.
CO5: Estimate the load analysis on various components of soil conservation structures.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 2 - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - 1 -
CO3 2 1 - - 1 1 - - - - - -
CO4 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Water harvesting -principles, importance and uses. Water harvesting techniques – classification based on
source, storage and use. Runoff harvesting – short-term and long-term techniques. Short-term harvesting
techniques - contour bunds, semicircular hoop, trapezoidal bunds, graded bunds, rock catchment and ground
catchment. Long term harvesting techniques- purpose and design criteria

Unit – II
Structures - farm ponds - dug-out and embankment reservoir types, tanks and subsurface dykes. Farm pond -
components, site selection, design criteria, capacity, embankment, mechanical and emergency spillways, cost
estimation and construction. Percolation pond - site selection, design and construction details. Design
considerations of nala bunds.

Unit – III
Soil erosion control structures - introduction, classification and functional requirements. Design of Gabion
structures. Permanent structures for soil conservation and gully control – check dams, drop, chute and drop
inlet spillways - design requirements, planning for design, design procedures - hydrologic, hydraulic and
structural design and stability analysis.

429
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Hydraulic jump and its application. Drop spillway - applicability, types - straight drop, box-type inlet
spillways - description, functional use, advantages and disadvantages, straight apron and stilling basin outlet,
structural components and functions.
Chute spillway - description, components, energy dissipaters, design criteria of Saint Antony Falls (SAF)
stilling basin and its limitations. Drop inlet spillway - description, functional use and design criteria.

Unit – V
Loads on head wall, variables affecting equivalent fluid pressure, triangular load diagram for various flow
conditions, creep line theory, uplift pressure estimation, safety against sliding, overturning, crushing and
tension.

Text Books:
1. Michael, A.M. and T.P. Ojha. 2003. Principles of Agricultural Engineering. Volume II. 4th Edition,
Jain Brothers, New Delhi.
2. Singh Gurmel, C. Venkataraman, G. Sastry and B.P. Joshi. 1996. Manual of Soil and Water
Conservation Practices. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Suresh, R. 2014. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. Standard Publisher Distributors, New
Delhi.

Reference Books:
1. Murthy, V.V.N. 2002. Land and Water Management Engineering. 4th Edition, Kalyani Publishers,
New Delhi.
2. Schwab, G.O., D.D. Fangmeier, W.J. Elliot, R.K. Frevert. 1993. Soil and Water Conservation
Engineering.4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc. New York.

Web Links:
1. http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.php?id=125071
2. http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/course/view.php?id=54
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/126/105/126105012/
4. https://www.fao.org/land-water/water/water-management/water-storage/en/
5. https://www.fao.org/3/W7314e/w7314e0q.html.

***

430
 AR20 AEC-CSE

API AND MICROSERVICES

(Job Oriented Course-III)

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7J01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop a Spring Data JPA application with Spring Boot

CO2: Implement CRUD operations, pagination and sorting mechanism using Spring Data
JPA
CO3: Implement a custom repository to customize a querying mechanism using Spring Data
JPA
CO4: Implement Spring Transaction using Spring Data JPA
CO5: Develop RESTful endpoints using Spring REST Processing URI parameters
CO6: Write Spring based REST clients to consume RESTful services programmatically

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

PO PO
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 11
10 12
CO1 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 2 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 2 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 2 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO6 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 1
CO5 2 1
CO6 2 1

Unit – I
Spring 5 Basics :Why Spring, What is Spring Framework, Spring Framework - Modules,
Configuring IoC container using Java-based configuration, Introduction To Dependency
Injection, Constructor Injection, Setter Injection,What is Auto Scanning

431
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – II
Spring Boot: Creating a Spring Boot Application, Spring Boot Application Annotation,
What is Auto wiring, Scope of a bean, Logger, Introduction to Spring AOP,
Implementing AOP advices, Best Practices: Spring Boot Application

Unit – III
Spring Data JPA with Boot: Limitations of JDBC API, Why Spring Data JPA, Spring
Data JPA with Spring Boot, Spring Data JPA Configuration, Pagination and Sorting,
Query Approaches, Named Queries and Query, Why Spring Transaction, Spring
Declarative Transaction, Update Operation in Spring Data JPA, Custom Repository
Implementation, Best Practices-Spring Data JPA

Unit – IV
Web Services: Why Web services, SOA-Service Oriented Architecture, What are
Web Services, Types of Web Services, SOAP based Web Services, REST ful Web
Services, How to create REST ful Services

Unit – V
Spring REST: Spring REST - An Introduction, Creating a Spring REST Controller,
@RequestBody and ResponseEntity, Parameter Injection, Usage of @PathVariable,
@RequestParam and @MatrixVariable, Exception Handling, Data Validation, Creating a
REST Client, Versioning a Spring REST endpoint, Enabling CORS in Spring REST,
Securing Spring REST endpoints

Text Books:
1. Spring in action, 5th Edition, Author: Craig Walls, Ryan Breidenbach,
Manning books

Web References:
1. Dependency Injection in spring-javat point
2. Auto wiring in Spring- javat point
3. https://docs.spring.io/spring-boot/docs/2.0.x/reference/html/using-boot-using-
spring boot application-annotation.html
4. Auto wiring in Spring – javat point,https://www.baeldung.com/spring-bean-scopes
5. Spring Boot Logging|How does logging works inspring boot with example
(educba.com)
6. Spring AOP Tutorial|Aspect Oriented Programming-javat point
7. Spring Boot Best Practices(javaguides.net)
8. Introduction to Spring Data JPA | SpringHow
9. https://asbnotebook.com/spring-data-jpa-crud-example/
,https://www.bezkoder.com/spring-boot-jpa-crud-rest-api/
10. Pagination and Sorting using Spring Data JPA – Paging And Sorting Repository
(javaguides.net)
11. https://www.javaguides.net/2018/11/spring-data-jpa-query-creation-from-method-
names.html,https://www.javaguides.net/2022/02/spring-data-jpa-namedqueries-
example.html
12. https://javadeveloperzone.com/spring/spring-declarative-transaction-management/
13. https://javadeveloperzone.com/spring/spring-declarative-transaction-management/
14. https://javabeat.net/spring-data-custom-repository/

432
AR20 AEC-CSE

15. https://www.jrebel.com/blog/jpa-application-performance-best-practices
16. https://www.javatpoint.com/service-oriented-
architecture,https://www.javatpoint.com/web-services-tutorial
17. https://www.javatpoint.com/soap-web-services,https://www.javatpoint.com/restful-
web-services
18. RESTful Web Services - javatpoint
19. https://www.javatpoint.com/restful-web-services-spring-boot
20. https://www.javatpoint.com/restful-web-services-spring-
boothttps://dzone.com/articles/lifecycle-of-a-request-response-process-for-a-spri
21. https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/was/8.5.5?topic=applications-defining-uri-patterns-
resources-in-restful
22. https://www.baeldung.com/exception-handling-for-rest-with-spring
23. https://howtodoinjava.com/spring-boot2/resttemplate/spring-restful-client-resttemplate-
example/
24. https://www.javatpoint.com/restful-web-services-versioning

Web Links: [Courses mapped to Infosys Spring board platform]

1 https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_auth_01296689056211763272_shared/
overview[Spring5BasicswithSpringBoot]
2 https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_4313461831752789500_shared/overvi
ew[Spring DataJPAwithBoot]
3 https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_auth_012731900963905536190_shared
/overview[SpringREST]

433
 AR20 AEC-CSE

COMPOSITE MATERIALS
(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CE7O04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify the various matrices, reinforcements and their combinations in composite materials.
CO2: Select composite materials for suitable applications.
CO3: Develop suitable Metal Matrix Composites.
CO4: Identify perfect Ceramic Matrix Composites for high temperature applications.
CO5: Choose various combinations of fibres and resins.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 - - - - - 1 1 1 - - - -
CO2 1 - - - - - 2 1 - - - -
CO3 2 - - - - - 2 2 - - - -
CO4 2 - - - - - 2 1 - - - -
CO5 2 - - - - - 2 1 - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to Composites:
Fundamentals of composites - need for composites – Enhancement of properties - classification of composites
– Matrix and their role- Metal matrix composites (MMC), Ceramic matrix composites (CMC), Polymer
matrix composites (PMC)- Reinforcement – Particle reinforced composites-Fibre reinforced composites-
Rule of mixtures- Applications of various types of composites- Introduction to nano materials.

Unit – II
Mechanical Properties - Stiffness – Strength
Geometrical aspects – volume and weight fraction. Unidirectional continuous fibre, discontinuous fibers,
Short fiber systems, woven reinforcements –Mechanical Testing: Determination of stiffness and strengths of
unidirectional composites; tension, compression, flexure and shear.

Unit – III
Metal Matrix Composites:
Metal Matrix, Reinforcements – particles – fibres, Effect of reinforcement - Volume fraction. Various types
of Metal Matrix Composites, Characteristics of MMC, Alloy vs. MMC, Advantages and limitations of MMC
–Processing of MMC – Powder metallurgy process - diffusion bonding – stir casting – squeeze casting.

434
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Ceramic Matrix Composites:
Engineering ceramic materials – Properties – Advantages – Limitations – Monolithic ceramics - Need for
CMCs – Ceramic matrix - Various types of Ceramic Matrix composites- oxide ceramics – Non oxide
Ceramics – Aluminium oxide – Silicon nitride – Reinforcements – particles- fibres- whiskers. Sintering - Hot
pressing – Cold isostatic pressing (CIPing) – Hot isostatic pressing (HIPing).

Unit – V
Polymer Matrix Composites:
Polymer matrix resins – Thermosetting resins, thermoplastic resins – Reinforcement fibres – Rovings –
Woven fabrics – Non-woven random mats – Various types of fibres. Methods for producing PMC - Hand
layup processes – Spray up processes – Compression moulding – Reinforced reaction injection moulding -
Resin transfer moulding – Pultrusion – Filament winding – Injection moulding. Fibre Reinforced Plastics
(FRP), Glass fibre Reinforced Plastics (GRP).

Text Books:
1. Mathews F.L. and Rawlings R.D., “Composite materials: Engineering and Science”, Chapman and
Hall, London, England, 2006
2. Sharma S.C., “Composite materials”, Narosa Publications, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. Autar.K.Kaw, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, CRC Press, 2006.
2. Strong A.B., “Fundamentals of Composite Manufacturing”, SME, 2008.
3. Clyne T.W. and Withers P.J., “Introduction to Metal Matrix Composites”, Cambridge University
Press, 2003

Web Links:
1. NPTEL : NOC:Introduction to Composites (Mechanical Engineering) (digimat.in)
2. Mechanics of Composite Materials - Lecture 1: Motivation - YouTube
3. Mod-05 Lec-01 Composite Materials - YouTube

***

435
 AR20 AEC-CSE

BASICS OF RS&GIS
(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CE7O05 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the evolution of Remote Sensing and GIS, the energy interactions in the atmosphere and
earth surface features.
CO2: Elaborate on photogrammetry and various satellites.
CO3: Interpret the images for preparation of thematic maps.
CO4: Develop GIS based raster and vector data models.
CO5: Explain navigation applications based on GCS and GPS systems.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 2 1 - 1 - - - 2 - - -
CO2 2 1 - 1 - - - - 2 - - -
CO3 2 1 - 1 - - - - 2 - - -
CO4 3 2 - 1 - - - - 2 - - -
CO5 3 2 - 1 - - - - 2 - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
History and Basic Concept of Remote Sensing:
Introduction to remote sensing: Evolution of Remote Sensing- use of hot air balloons, pigeons and platforms
of remote sensing, low-medium-high altitude imaging.
Basic concepts of remote sensing: Electromagnetic spectrum and its interaction with atmosphere, energy
interaction with the earth surfaces characteristics of remote sensing systems.

Unit – II
Photogrammetry; Aerial and Terrestrial; photo interpretation. Sensors; Radar imaging; colour scanners;
thematic mapper. Introduction to space agencies - IRS, Landsat, SPOT, Cartosat, Ikonos, Envisat etc. sensors,
sensor resolutions (spatial, spectral, radiometric and temporal).

Unit – III
Geographic Information System:
Introduction to GIS; Components of a GIS, Geospatial Data: Spatial Data and Attribute data, Joining Spatial
and Attribute data.
Image interpretation:
Introduction, elements of visual image interpretations, digital image processing- image pre-processing, image
enhancement, image classification, supervised classification, unsupervised classification using GIS Environs.

436
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Data Models: Vector data model: Representation of simple features – Topology and its importance; coverage
and its data structure, Shape file; Relational Database, Raster Data Model: Elements of the Raster data model,
Types of Raster Data, Raster Data Structure, Data conversion

Unit – V
Coordinate Systems:
Geographic Coordinate System: Approximation of the Earth, Datum; Map Projections: Types of Map
Projections-Map projection parameters, commonly used Map Projections. Global positioning system and
various navigation applications.

Text Books:
1. Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systems, by Anji M. Reddy · 2018, BS
Publications.
2. Remote Sensing and GIS, Basudev Bhatta, Oxford Publishers 2015
3. Remote Sensing and GIS, Thomas M.Lillesand and Kiefer, John Willey 2008

Reference Books:
1. Basics of Remote sensing & GIS by S. Kumar, Laxmi Publications.
2. Introduction to Geographic Information System, Kang-Tsung Chang, McGraw- Hill 2015.

Web Links:
1. http://geology.wlu.edu/harbor/geol260/lecture_notes/notes.html
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/572/remote-sensing-and-gis-rsg
3. https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/105108077/

***

437
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SAFETY ENGINEERING
(Open Elective-IV)
VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CE7O06 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Develop management plans to prevent accidents in construction Industry.

CO2: Prepare plans to safe guard workers in construction of high risk Buildings.
CO3: Ensure safety while operating construction machinery.
CO4: Outline safety plans for demolition of buildings .
CO5: Prepare fire safety plans for a given building.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - 1 - - - 1 - -
CO2 2 3 - - 2 - - - - 1 - -
CO3 1 2 - - 1 - - - 2 - - -
CO4 2 2 - - 1 - - - 2 - - -
CO5 2 2 - - 1 - - - - 1 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Accidents Causes and Management Systems:
Problems impeding safety in construction industry- causes of fatal accidents, types and causes of accidents
related to various construction activities, human factors associated with these accident – construction
regulations, contractual clauses – Pre contract activates, preconstruction meeting - design aids for safe
construction – permits to work
– quality assurance in construction - compensation – Recording of accidents and safety measures – Education
and training.

Unit – II
Hazards of Construction and Prevention:
Excavations, basement and wide excavation, trenches, shafts – scaffolding , types, causes of accidents,
scaffold inspection checklist – false work – erection of structural frame work, dismantling – tunneling –
blasting, pre blast and post blast inspection – confined spaces – working on contaminated sites – work over
water – road works – power plant constructions – construction.

Unit – III
Working At Heights:
Fall protection in construction OSHA 3146 – OSHA requirement for working at heights, Safe access and
egress – safe use of ladders- Scaffoldings , requirement for safe work platforms, stairways, gangways and
ramps – fall prevention and fall protection , safety belts, safety nets, fall arrestors, controlled access zones,
safety monitoring systems – working on fragile roofs, work permit systems, height pass – accident case
studies.

438
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Construction Machinery:
Selection, operation, inspection and testing of hoisting cranes, mobile cranes, tower cranes, crane inspection
checklist - builder’s hoist, winches, chain pulley blocks – use of conveyors
– concrete mixers, concrete vibrators – safety in earth moving equipment, excavators, dozers, loaders,
dumpers, motor grader, concrete pumps, welding machines, use of portable electrical tools, drills, grinding
tools, manual handling scaffolding, hoisting cranes – use of conveyors and mobile cranes – manual handling.

Unit – V
Safety in Demolition Work:
Safety in demolition work, manual, mechanical, using explosive - keys to safe demolition, pre survey
inspection, method statement, site supervision, safe clearance zone, health hazards from demolition - Indian
standard - trusses, girders and beams – first aid – fire hazards and preventing methods – interesting
experiences at the construction site against the fire accidents.
Fire Safety:
Fire –fire load-control and institutional fire protection systems, Fire Hydrant and extinguishers, Electrical
Hazards, protection and interlock- Discharge rod and earthling device, safety in the use of portable tools.
Emergency planning and preparedness. Marking of Route Fire Exist.

Text Books:
1. ‘Safety in the Build Environment’ by Jnathea D.Sime, London, 2010
2. ‘Reliability Maintenance and Safety Engineering, by Gupta A K, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.

Reference Books:
1. ‘Construction hazard and Safety Hand book’ by Hudson, R., Butter Worth’s, 1985.
2. ‘Construction Safety Hand Book’by V.J.Davies and K.Thomasin,Thomas Telford Ltd., London, 1990.

Web Links:
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/105103093/
2. nptel.ac.in/courses/105103093/22

***

439
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EE7O04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the electrical wiring systems for residential, commercial and industrial consumers, representing
the systems with standard symbols and drawings, SLD.
CO2: Illustrate the residential and commercial electrical systems.
CO3: Design the residential and commercial lightning systems.
CO4: Explain various components of industrial electrical systems.
CO5: Analyze and select the proper size of various electrical system components.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 3 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Electrical System Components: LT system wiring components, selection of cables, wires, switches,
distribution box, metering system, Tariff structure, protection components- Fuse, MCB, MCCB, ELCB,
inverse current characteristics, symbols, single line diagram (SLD) of a wiring system, Contactor, Isolator,
Relays, MPCB, Electric shock and Electrical safety practices.

Unit – II
Residential and Commercial Electrical Systems:Types of residential and commercial wiring systems, general
rules and guidelines for installation, load calculation and sizing of wire, rating of main switch, distribution
board and protection devices, earthing system calculations, requirements of commercial installation, deciding
lighting scheme and number of lamps, earthing of commercial installation, selection and sizing of
components.

Unit – III
Illumination Systems: Understanding various terms regarding light, lumen, intensity, candle power, lamp
efficiency, specific consumption, glare, space to height ratio, waste light factor, depreciation factor, various
illumination schemes, Incandescent lamps and modern luminaries like CFL, LED and their operation, energy
saving in illumination systems, design of a lighting scheme for a residential and commercial premises, flood
lighting.

440
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Industrial Electrical Systems:HT connection, industrial substation, Transformer selection, Industrial loads,
motors, starting of motors, SLD, Cable and Switchgear selection, Lightning Protection, Earthing design,
Power factor correction – kVAR calculations, type of compensation, Introduction to PCC, MCC panels.
Specifications of LT Breakers, MCB and other LT panel components.

Unit – V
Industrial Electrical Systems II: DG Systems, UPS System, Electrical Systems for the elevators, Battery
banks, Sizing the DG, UPS and Battery Banks, Selection of UPS and Battery Banks.
Industrial Electrical System Automation (6 Hours) Study of basic PLC, Role of in automation, advantages of
process automation, PLC based control system design, Panel Metering and Introduction to SCADA system
for distribution automation.

Text Books:
1. S. L. Uppal and G. C. Garg, “Electrical Wiring, Estimating & Costing”, Khanna publishers, 2008.
2. K. B. Raina, “Electrical Design, Estimating & Costing”, New age International, 2007.

Reference Books:
1. S. Singh and R. D. Singh, “Electrical estimating and costing”, Dhanpat Rai and Co., 1997.
2. H. Joshi, “Residential Commercial and Industrial Systems”, McGraw Hill Education, 2008.
3. Web site for IS Standards.

Web Links:
1. https:// www.electricityforum.com/iep/building-automation
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105060/

***

441
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EE7O05 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify various types of dielectric materials, their properties in various conditions
CO2: Analyze magnetic materials and their behavior.
CO3: Evaluate semiconductor materials and technologies.
CO4: Develop Knowledge on Materials used in electrical engineering and applications.
CO5: Explain about special purpose Materials used in electrical engineering.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 1 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 1 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 1 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 1 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 1 2 3 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Dielectric Materials:Dielectric as Electric Field Medium, leakage currents, dielectric loss, dielectric strength,
breakdown voltage, breakdown in solid dielectrics, flashover, liquid dielectrics, electric conductivity in solid,
liquid and gaseous dielectrics, Ferromagnetic materials, properties of ferromagnetic materials in static fields,
spontaneous, polarization, curie point, anti-ferromagnetic materials, piezoelectric materials, pyroelectric
materials.

Unit – II
Magnetic Materials:Classification of magnetic materials, spontaneous magnetization in ferromagnetic
materials, magnetic Anisotropy, Magnetostriction, diamagnetism, magnetically soft and hard materials,
special purpose materials, feebly magnetic materials, Ferrites, cast and cermet permanent magnets, ageing of
magnets. Factors effecting permeability and hysteresis.

Unit – III
Semiconductor Materials: Properties of semiconductors, Silicon wafers, integration techniques, Large and
very large scale integration techniques (VLSI)

Unit – IV
Materials for Electrical Applications: Materials used for Resistors, rheostats, heaters, transmission line
structures, stranded conductors, bimetals fuses, soft and hard solders, electric contact materials, electric
carbon materials, thermocouple materials. Solid, Liquid and Gaseous insulating materials, Effect of moisture
on insulation.

442
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Special Purpose Materials: Refractory Materials, Structural Materials, Radioactive Materials, Galvanization
and Impregnation of materials, Processing of electronic materials, Insulating varnishes and coolants,
Properties and applications of mineral oils, Testing of Transformer oil as per ISI.

Text Books:
1. A course in Electrical Engineering Materials by R K Rajput, Laxmi Publications.
2. A course in Electrical Engineering Materials by T K Basak, New Age Science Publications

Reference Books:
1. Electrical Engineering Materials by TTTI Madras, McGraw Hill Education
2. Electrical Engineering Materials by Adrianus J. Dekker, PHI Publication.
3. A course in Electrical Engineering Materials by S. P. Seth, P. V. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113/102/113102080/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113/107/113107078/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122/102/122102008/

***

443
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ELECTRICAL SAFETY
(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EE7O06 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe electrical hazards and safety equipment.

CO2: Analyze and apply various grounding and bonding techniques.
CO3: Select appropriate safety method for low, medium and high voltage equipment
CO4: Participate in a safety team.
CO5: Carry out proper maintenance of electrical equipment by understanding various Standards.
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 3 1 1 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Hazards of Electricity and Electrical Safety Equipment:Primary and secondary hazards- arc, blast, shocks-
causes and effects-safety equipment flash and thermal protection, head and eye protection-rubber insulating
equipment, hot sticks, insulated tools, barriers and signs, safety tags, locking devices- voltage measuring
instruments- proximity and contact testers-safety electrical one line diagram- electrician’s safety kit.

Unit – II
Grounding of Electrical Systems and Equipment: General requirements for grounding and bonding-
definitions- grounding of electrical equipment-bonding of electrically conducting materials and other
equipment- connection of grounding and bonding equipment- system grounding- purpose of system
grounding-grounding electrode system- grounding conductor connection to electrodes-use of grounded circuit
conductor for grounding equipment- grounding of low voltage and high voltage systems.

Unit – III
Safety Procedures and Methods: The six step safety methods- pre job briefings - hot-work decision tree-safe
switching of power system- lockout-tag out- flash hazard calculation and approach distances-calculating the
required level of arc protection-safety equipment, procedure for low, medium and high voltage systems- the
one-minute safety audit.

Unit – IV
Safety Management and Organizing Structure: Electrical safety program structure, development- company
safety team- safety policy program implementation- employee electrical safety teams- safety meetings- safety
audit accident prevention- first aid- rescue techniques-accident investigation.

444
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Electrical Maintenance and Legal Safety Requirements and Standards: Safety related case for electrical
maintenance- reliability centred maintenance (RCM) - eight step maintenance program- frequency of
maintenance- maintenance requirement for specific equipment and location- regulatory bodies- national
electrical safety code standard for electrical safety in work place- occupational safety and health
administration standards, Indian Electricity Acts related to Electrical Safety.

Text Books:
1. John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffer, Dennis Neitzel, Al Winfield, ‘Electrical Safety Handbook’,
McGraw-Hill Education, 4 th Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Maxwell Adams.J, ‘Electrical Safety- a guide to the causes and prevention of electric hazards’, The
Institution of Electric Engineers, IET.
2. Ray A. Jones, Jane G. Jones, ‘Electrical Safety in the Workplace’, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/103106071/5
2. https://www.electricalsafetyfirst.org.uk

***

445
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND INCUBATION

(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME7O05 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the meaning and concepts of entrepreneurship development

CO2: Apply the business plan for preparation and evaluation of project.
CO3: Explain about Institutional Support to Entrepreneur and MSMEs
CO4: Explain about the Opportunities of Entrepreneurship Internationally.
CO5: Explain about Informal Risk Capital, Venture capital and Social responsibility for entrepreneurship
CO6: Understand and apply the research on venture capital and Risk for Entrepreneurship socially
incubations.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PSO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 - - - - - 1 2 - - 1 - -
CO2 - - - - - 1 2 - - 1 - -
CO3 - - - - - 3 2 - - 1 1 -
CO4 - - - - - 3 2 - - 1 1 -
CO5 - - - - - 1 2 - - 1 - -
CO6 - - - - - 1 2 - 3 - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Entrepreneur &Entrepreneurship:
Entrepreneur &Entrepreneurship: Meaning of entrepreneur - Evolution of the concept - Functions
of an Entrepreneur - Types of Entrepreneur - Intrapreneur- an emerging class - Concept of
Entrepreneurship - Evolution of Entrepreneurship - Development of Entrepreneurship -
Entrepreneurial Culture - Stages in entrepreneurial process.

Unit – II
Business Planning Process:
Meaning of business plan - Business plan process - Advantages of business planning - Marketing
plan - Production/operations plan - Organization plan - Financial plan - Final Project Report with
Feasibility Study - preparing a model project report for starting a new venture.

446
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Institutions supporting Entrepreneurs
Small industry financing institutions in developing countries - A brief overview of financial
institutions in India - Central level and state level institutions - SIDBI - NABARD - IDBI - SIDCO
- Indian Institute of Entrepreneurship - DIC - Single Window - Latest Industrial Policy of
Government of India.

Unit – IV
International Entrepreneurship Opportunities:
The nature of international entrepreneurship - Importance of international business to the firm -
International versus domestic entrepreneurship - Stages of economic development -
Entrepreneurship entry into international business - exporting - Direct foreign investment - barriers
to international trade.

Unit – V
Informal Risk Capital and Venture Capital:
Informal risk capital market - venture capital - nature and overview - venture capital process -
locating venture capitalists - approaching venture capitalists. Social Entrepreneurship: Social
enterprise-need - types - characteristics and benefits of social enterprises-Social entrepreneurship -
Rural entrepreneurship, MSME Policies. Make-In India, Start-Up India, Stand-Up India.

Text Books:
1. Arya Kumar: “Entrepreneurship”, Pearson, Publishing House, New Delhi, 2012
2. VSP Rao, Kuratko: “Entrepreneurship’, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2011.
3. K.Ramachandran: “Entrepreneurship Development”, TMH, New Delhi, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. B.Janakiram, M Rizwana: “Entrepreneurship Development” Excel Books, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Rajeev Roy: “Entrepreneurship”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2012
3. P.C.Shejwalkar: “Entrepreneurship Development”, Everest Publishing House, New Delhi,
2011.
4. R.H. Hisrich, M.P. Peters and D.A. Shepherd: “Entrepreneurship” Mc Graw Hill Irwin, 8 th
Edition,2010.
5. Ryszard Praszkier& Andrzej Nowak: “Social Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice
Paperback – Illustrated”, Cambridge University Press, New York-February 2, 2012.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com
3. www.tutorialspoint.com

***

447
 AR20 AEC-CSE

AUTOMOTIVE SAFETY
(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME7O06
3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identity different safety systems and vehicle structural crashworthiness

CO2: Analyse and simulate vehicle in barrier impacts and its influence on Biomechanics
CO3: Design vehicle safety systems as an Active Safety aspects
CO4: Analyse the Occupant protection as a Passive Safety aspects
CO5: Analyse pedestrian safety during crashing
CO6: Analyse the vehicle for its structural crash worthiness.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Accidental Avoidance
Introduction; Human Factors; Comfort and Ergonomics; Acceleration and Braking; Adaptive
Cruise Control; Brakes; Brakes-by-wire; Antilock Braking system; Electronic Brake Booster;
Electronic differential system; Anti-skid control device

Unit – II
Biomechanics and Occupant Simulation
Introduction, Injury tolerance limits; external injuries; internal injuries- Concussions, spinal
injuries, chest injuries; criteria in rule making process – head protection, chest protection; neck
injuries; pelvic; leg and knee; pedestrian protection; body part test devices- head impact. Torso
impact; 3D dummies; frontal/rear collision; rollover and lateral impact.

448
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Vehicle Body
Introduction; Low- speed impact; vehicle body tests- seat and seat belt; anchorage points tests;
roof strength; vehicle side structures; dynamic vehicle simulation tests- frontal collision; pole
tests; frontal car -to – car crash; lateral collisions; rear end collisions; and rollover.

Unit – IV
Occupant Protection
Introduction; vehicle compartment; restraints systems – seat belts; air bags; sensors for restraint
systems; child restraints; seal belt load limiter; passive restraints; head restraints;

Unit – V
Pedestrian Protection
Introduction; pedestrian hit by front of the car; NCAP Test; Technical solutions for vehicles in
accidents- engine compartment with a lower front hood, pedestrian via front hood air bags.

Text Books:
1. George A Peters and Barbara J. Peters, Automotive Vehicle Safety, 2002, CRC Press
2. Hans- Leo Ross, Functional safety for road vehicles, Springer, 2016

Reference Books:
1. Peter Johnannes Bergmiller Towards functional safety in drive – by – wire vehicles, Springer
2015.
2. Ulrich Seiffest and Lothar Wech., Automotive Safety Handbook. 2nd edition. , 2007, SAE.

Web Links:
1. https://www.ritindia.edu/Automobile/images/Curriculum/PG-Automotive-Technology-2021-
23.pdf

***

449
 AR20 AEC-CSE

FABRICATION PROCESSES
(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME7O07 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the fundamentals of Casting and Casting Processes.

CO2: Discuss the basics of Welding and types of Welding processes.
CO3: Illustrate HAZ, welding defects and testing methods of welded joints.
CO4: Summarize the various technological approaches applied to the different hot working and
cold working operations.
CO5: Describe the concept of various Extrusion processes and forces in extrusion.
CO6: Explain the concept of Forging processes, Forging defects and forces in forging operations.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - 2 1 - - - - - 1
CO2 3 2 - - 2 1 - - - - - 1
CO3 3 - - - 2 1 - - - - - 1
CO4 3 - 2 - 2 1 - - - - - 1
CO5 3 - 2 - 2 1 - - - - - 1
CO6 3 - - - 2 1 - - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Casting: Steps involved in making a casting – Advantage of casting and its applications; Patterns -
Pattern making, Types, Materials used for patterns, pattern allowances and their
construction;Properties of moulding sands.
Methods of Melting-Crucible melting and cupola operation–Defects in castings;
Casting processes – Types – Sand moulding, Centrifugal casting, die- casting, Investment casting,
shell moulding; Principles of Gating – Requirements – Types of gates, Design of gating systems–
Riser–Function, types of Riser and Riser design.

Unit – II
Welding: Classification – Types of welds and welded joints; Gas welding - Types, oxy-fuel gas
cutting. Arcwelding, forge welding, submerged arcwelding, Resistance welding, Thermit welding.
Inert Gas Welding-TIG Welding, MIG welding, explosive welding, Laser Welding; Soldering and
Brazing; Heat affected zone in welding. Welding defects–causes and remedies; destructive and
non-destructive testing of welds .

450
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – III
Hot working, cold working, strain hardening, recovery, recrystallization, and grain growth.
Stamping, forming, and other cold working processes. Blanking and piercing–Bending and
forming–Drawing and its types–wire drawing and Tube drawing–coining–Hotand cold
spinning.Types of presses and presstools. Forces and power requirement in the above processes.

Unit – IV
Extrusion of Metals:Basic extrusion process and its characteristics. Hot extrusion and coldextrusion
-Forward extrusion andbackward extrusion –Impactextrusion –Extrudingequipment–Tube extrusion
and pipe making, Hydro static extrusion. Forces in extrusion

Unit – V
Forging Processes:Forging operations and principles – Tools – Forging methods – Smithforging,
Drop Forging – Roll forging – Forging hammers: Rotary forging – forging defects –coldforging,
swaging, Forces in forging operations.

Text Books:
1. Manufacturing Technology 5th edition/P.N.Rao/McGrawHill
2. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology 7th edition /KalpakjinS/Pearson.

Reference Books:
1. MetalCasting 2nd edition / T.VRamanaRao/ New Age
2. MétalFabricationTechnology 1st edition/Mukherjee/PHI
3. Production technology 5th edition / R.K.Jain
4. Welding Processes and Technology 1st edition/ Dr. R.S. Parmar

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107144
2. https://www.alphamanufacturing.co.uk
3. https://www.thomasnet.com/articles/custom-manufacturing-fabricating/overview-of-metal-
fabrication-processes/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103106075
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107219

***

451
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SMART MATERIALS
(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201ME7O08 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the classification and properties of smart materials

CO2: Explain the properties and applications of High bandwidth and low strain smart sensors
CO3: Explain the functioning and control parameters of Actuators
CO4: Explain about micro and macro mechanics of smart composites.
CO5: Design a smart composite using Finite element modelling process
CO6: Explain the advances in smart structures and materials

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 - - - - 1 - - - - 1
CO2 3 1 - - - - 2 - - - - 1
CO3 3 1 - - - - 2 - - - - 1
CO4 3 2 - - - - 2 - - - - 1
CO5 3 2 - - - - 2 - - - - 1
CO6 3 1 - - - - 1 - - - - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
OVERVIEW OF SMART MATERIALS : Introduction to Smart Materials, Principles of Piezoelectricity,
Perovskite Piezoceramic Materials, Single Crystalsvs Polycrystalline Systems, Piezoelectric Polymers,
Principles of Magnetostriction, Rareearth Magneto strictive materials,Giant Magneto striction and Magneto-
resistance Effect, Introductionto Electro-active Materials, Electronic Materials, Electro-active Polymers,
Ionic Polymer Matrix Composite (IPMC), Shape Memory Effect, Shape Memory Alloys, Shape Memory
Polymers, Electro-rheological Fluids, Magneto Rheological Fluids

Unit – II
HIGH-BAND WIDTH,LOW STRAIN SMART SENSORS: Piezo electric Strain Sensors, In-plane and Cut-
off Plane Sensing, Shear Sensing, Accelero meters, Effect of Electrode Pattern, Active Faber Sensing,
Magneto strictive Sensing, Villani Effect, Mattac in Effect and Nagaoka-Honda Effect, Magnetic Delay Line
Sensing, Application of Smart Sensors for Structural Health Monitoring(SHM),System Identification using
Smart Sensors

Unit – III
SMART ACTUATORS: Modelling Piezo electric Actuators, Amplified Piezo Actuation–Internal and
External Amplifications, Magneto strictive Actuation, Joule Effect, Wiedemann Effect, Magneto volume
Effect, Magneto strictive Mini Actuators, IPMC and Polymeric Actuators, Shape Memory Actuators, Active
Vibration Control, Active Shape Control, Passive Vibration Control, Hybrid Vibration Control.

452
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
SMART COMPOSITES: Review of Composite Materials, Micro and Macro-mechanics, Modelling
Laminated Composites based on Classical Laminated Plate Theory, Effect of Shear Deformation, Dynamics
of Smart Composite Beam, Governing Equation of Motion, Finite Element Modelling of Smart Composite
Beams.

Unit – V
ADVANCES IN SMART STRUCTURES & MATERIALS: Self-Sensing Piezo electric Transducers,
Energy Harvesting Materials, Artophagous Materials, Self-Healing Polymers, Intelligent System Design,
Emergent System Design

Text Books:
1. Smart Materials and Structures/ M. V. Gandhiand. So, Thompson/ Chapman &Hall, London; New
York, 1992.
2. Brian Culshaw, SmartStructures and Materials, Artech House, 2000.
3. Gauenzi, P., Smart Structures, Wiley, 2009
4. Cady, W. G., Piezoelectricity, Dover Publication.

Reference Books:
1. Srinivasan, A. V. and Michael McFarland, D., “Smart Structures: AnalysisandDesign”, Cambridge
University Press, 2009.
2. Michelle Addington and Daniel L. Schodek, “Smart Materials andTechnologies: For
theArchitectureand Design Professions”, Routledge 2004.
3. L. S. Srinath, “Experimental Stress Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1998.
4. J. W. Dally and W.F. Riley, “Experimental Stress Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1998.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104251/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104173

***

453
 AR20 AEC-CSE

FUNDAMENTALS OF IMAGE PROCESSING

(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EC7O04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Infer the fundamental components of digital image processing.

CO2 Illustrate image enhancement techniques.
CO3 Compare image restoration techniques.
CO4 Infer the color image processing methods.
CO5 Make use of morphological operators for image processing.
CO6 Interpret image segmentation techniques.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction: Introduction to Image Processing, Fundamental steps in digital image processing, components of
an image processing system, image sensing and acquisition, image sampling and quantization, some basic
relationships between pixels, an introduction to the mathematical tools used in digital image processing.

Unit – II
Image Enhancement and Restoration: Background, Some basic intensity transformation functions, histogram
processing, fundamentals of spatial filtering, smoothing spatial filters, sharpening spatial filters, combining
spatial enhancement methods, A model of the image degradation/restoration process, Noise models,Inverse
filtering, Minimum mean square error (Wiener) filtering.

Unit – III
Color image processing: color fundamentals, color models, pseudo color image processing, basics of full color
image processing, color transformations, smoothing and sharpening, noise in color images.

Unit – IV
Morphological Image Processing: Preliminaries, Erosion and dilation, opening and closing, basic
morphological algorithms for boundary extraction, thinning, gray-scale morphology, Segmentation using
morphological watersheds

454
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Image segmentation: Fundamentals, point, line, edge detection, thresholding, and region – based segmentation,
Image segmentation based on color.

Text Books:
1. R. C. Gonzalez and R. E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.
2. Anil K.Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Prentice Hall of India, 9th Edition, Indian
Reprint, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan, and T. Veerakumar,” Digital Image Processing”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011
2. B.Chanda, D.Dutta Majumder, “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”, PHI, 2009.

Web Links:
1. http://www.imageprocessingplace.com/.
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105079/(Prof.P.K.Biswas,IIT, Kharagpur)
3. https://sisu.ut.ee/imageprocessing/avaleht
4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/digital#ratings
(Fundamentals of digital image and video processing, Aggelos K. Katsaggelos, University of
Northwestren)
5. https://www.coursera.org/courses?languages=en&query=image+processing

***

455
 AR20 AEC-CSE

ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION

(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EC7O05 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Outline the performance characteristics of measuring Instruments.

CO2 Select signal generators for the given application.
CO3 Contrast wave analyzers based on their performance.
CO4 Interpret the working principle of oscilloscopes.
CO5 Choose a suitable bridge for parameter measurement.
CO6 Make use of transducers for physical parameter measurement.
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Performance Characteristics of Instruments:
static characteristics, Accuracy, Resolution, Precision, Expected value, Error, Sensitivity, errors in
measurement, Dynamic characteristics- speed of response, fidelity, lag, dynamic error, DC voltmeters, multi
range, range extension/Solid state and differential voltmeters, AC voltmeters- multi range, range extension,
shunt, thermocouple type RF ammeter, Ohmmeters series type, shunt type, multi-meter for voltage, current,
and resistance measurements.

Unit – II
Signal Generators &Wave Analyzers:
Fixed and variable, AF oscillators, standard and AF sine and square wave signal generators, Function
generators, square, pulse, Random noise, sweep, arbitrary wave form, Wave analyzers, Harmonic distortion
analyzers, spectrum analyzers, Digital Fourier analyzers.

Unit – III
Oscilloscopes:
CRT features, Vertical amplifiers, Horizontal deflection system, sweep, trigger pulse, delay line, sync
selector circuits. Simple CRO, triggered sweep CRO, dual beam CRO,, dual trace oscilloscope, sampling

456
AR20 AEC-CSE

oscilloscope, storage oscilloscope, digital readout oscilloscope, digital storage oscilloscope, Lissajous method
of frequency measurement, standard specifications of CRO, probes for CRO, active and passive, attenuator
type.

Unit – IV
AC Bridges:
Measurement of Inductance, Maxwell’s bridge, Anderson bridge, Measurement of Capacitance, Schering
bridge, Wheatstone bridge, Wein bridge, Errors and precautions in using bridges, Q meter.

Unit – V
Transducers:
Active and passive transducers, resistance, capacitance, inductance, strain gauges, LVDT, piezo electric
transducers, Resistance thermometers, thermocouples, thermistors, sensistors, Measurement of physical
parameters-force, pressure, velocity, humidity, moisture, speed, proximity and displacement, data acquisition
systems

Text Books:
1. Electronic Instrumentation, H.S.Kalsi, 2nd edition, Tata MCgraw Hill, 2004
2. Modern electronic Instrumentation and measurement techniques, A.D.Helfric,W.D.Cooper, 5th
edition, PHI, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. Electronic Instrumentation and measurements,DavidA.Bell, 2nd edition, PHI, 2003
2. Electronic test Instruments, analog and digital measurements, Robert A.Wittie, 2nd edition, Pearson
education, 2004.
3. Electronic measurements and Instrumentations, K.Lal Kishore, Pearson education, 2005

Web Links:
1. https://www.allaboutcircuits.com/textbook/alternating-current/chpt-12/ac-bridge-circuits/
2. https://www.science-ebooks.com/bridge-circuit.html

***

457
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SENSORS AND ACTUATORS

(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201EC7O06 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1 Classify various sensors/transducers based on their applications.

CO2 Categorize various types of Resistive, Inductive and Capacitive Sensors.
CO3 Analyze various approaches, procedures and results related to Thermal sensors.
CO4 Analyze various approaches, procedures and results related to Magnetic sensors.
CO5 Examine the radiation sensors based on their characteristics.
CO6 Apply Smart Sensors in the field of Communication, Automation and Manufacturing

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Sensors / Transducers:
Principles – Classification – Parameters – Characteristics – Environmental Parameters (EP) –
Characterization.
Mechanical and Electromechanical Sensors: Introduction – Resistive Potentiometer – Strain Gauge –
Resistance Strain Gauge – Semiconductor Strain Gauges -Inductive Sensors: Sensitivity and Linearity of the
Sensor –Types-Capacitive Sensors:– Electrostatic Transducer– Force/Stress Sensors Using Quartz Resonators
– Ultrasonic Sensors.

Unit – II
Thermal Sensors:
Introduction – Gas thermometric Sensors – Thermal Expansion Type Thermometric Sensors – Acoustic
Temperature Sensor – Dielectric Constant and Refractive Index thermo sensors – Helium Low Temperature
Thermometer – Nuclear Thermometer – Magnetic Thermometer – Resistance Change Type Thermometric
Sensors –Thermo emf Sensors– Junction Semiconductor Types– Thermal Radiation Sensors –Quartz Crystal
Thermoelectric Sensors – NQR Thermometry – Spectroscopic Thermometry – Noise Thermometry – Heat
Flux Sensors.
Magnetic sensors: Introduction – Sensors and the Principles Behind – Magneto-resistive Sensors –
Anisotropic Magneto resistive Sensing – Semiconductor Magneto resistors– Hall Effect and Sensors –
Inductance and Eddy Current Sensors– Angular/Rotary Movement Transducers – Synchros – Synchro-

458
AR20 AEC-CSE

resolvers - Eddy Current Sensors – Electromagnetic Flow meter – Switching Magnetic Sensors SQUID
Sensor

Unit – III
Radiation Sensors:
Introduction – Basic Characteristics – Types of Photo sensistors /Photo detectors– X-ray and Nuclear
Radiation Sensors– Fiber Optic Sensors.
Electro analytical Sensors: Introduction – The Electrochemical Cell – The Cell Potential – Standard
Hydrogen Electrode (SHE) – Liquid Junction and Other Potentials – Polarization – Concentration
Polarization-– Reference Electrodes - Sensor Electrodes – Electro ceramics in Gas Media. Radiation Sensors
–Quartz Crystal Thermoelectric Sensors – NQR Thermometry – Spectroscopic Thermometry – Noise
Thermometry – Heat Flux Sensors.

Unit – IV
Smart Sensors:
Introduction – Primary Sensors – Excitation – Amplification – Filters – Converters – Compensation–
Information Coding/Processing - Data Communication – Standards for Smart Sensor Interface – The
Automation
Sensors-Applications: Introduction – On-board Automobile Sensors (Automotive Sensors)– Home Appliance
Sensors – Aerospace Sensors –– Sensors for Manufacturing –Sensors for environmental Monitoring.

Unit – V
Actuators:
Pneumatic and Hydraulic Actuation Systems- Actuation systems – Pneumatic and hydraulic systems -
Directional Control valves – Presure control valves – Cylinders - Servo and proportional control valves –
Process control valves – Rotary actuators
Mechanical Actuation Systems- Types of motion – Kinematic chains – Cams – Gears – Ratchet and pawl –
Belt and chain drives – Bearings – Mechanical aspects of motor selection Electrical Actuation Systems-
Electrical systems -Mechanical switches – Solid-state switches Solenoids – D.C. Motors – A.C. motors –
Stepper motors

Text Books:
1. D. Patranabis – “Sensors and Transducers” –PHI Learning Private Limited.
2. W. Bolton – “Mechatronics” –Pearson Education Limited.

Reference Books:
1. Sensors and Actuators – D. Patranabis – 2nd Ed., PHI, 2013.
2. Hardware Software Co-Design Principles and Practice, J. Staunstrup, Springer Publications
3. Embedded Systems Architecture, Tammy Noergaard, Elsevier Publications, 2013.

Web Links:
1. https://www.iitk.ac.in/tkic/workshop/sensors-and-actuators/ppt/sandeep.pdf
2. https://www.hella.com/techworld/ae/Technical/Sensors-and-actuators-204/
3. https://www.leanix.net/en/blog/iot-devices-sensors-and-actuators-explained

***

459
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING

(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201CS7O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the fundamental usage of the concept Machine Learning system with an emphasize on
statistical learning
CO2: Demonstrate various regression techniques and linear models for binary classification
CO3: Analyze the role of Ensemble Learning Methods and Support Vector Machines in Machine Learning
CO4: Illustrate the Clustering Techniques and Dimensionality Reduction Models in Machine Learning
CO5: Discuss the Neural Network Models and Fundamentals concepts of Deep Learning

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 1 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction- Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Deep learning, Types of Machine Learning Systems,
Main Challenges of Machine Learning.Statistical Learning: Introduction, Supervised and Unsupervised
Learning, Training
and Test Loss, Tradeoffs in Statistical Learning, Estimating Risk Statistics, Sampling
distribution of an estimator, Empirical Risk Minimization.

Unit – II
Supervised Learning(Regression/Classification):Basic Methods: Distance based Methods, Nearest
Neighbours, Decision Trees, Naive Bayes, Linear Models: Linear Regression, Logistic Regression,
Generalized Linear Models, Support Vector Machines, Binary Classification: Multiclass/Structured outputs,
MNIST, Ranking.

Unit – III
Ensemble Learning and Random Forests: Introduction, Voting Classifiers, Bagging and Pasting, Random
Forests, Boosting, Stacking.Support Vector Machine: Linear SVM Classification, Nonlinear SVM
ClassificationSVM Regression, Naïve Bayes Classifiers.

Unit – IV
Unsupervised Learning Techniques: Clustering, K-Means, Limits of K-Means, Using Clustering for Image
Segmentation, Using Clustering for Preprocessing, Using Clustering for Semi-Supervised Learning,
DBSCAN, Gaussian Mixtures. Dimensionality Reduction: The Curse of Dimensionality, Main Approaches

460
AR20 AEC-CSE

for
Dimensionality Reduction, PCA, Using Scikit-Learn, Randomized PCA, Kernel PCA.

Unit – V
Neural Networks and Deep Learning: Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks with Keras, Implementing
MLPs with Keras, Installing TensorFlow 2, Loading and Preprocessing Data with TensorFlow.

Text Books:
1. Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly
Publications, 2019
2. Data Science and Machine Learning Mathematical and Statistical Methods,Dirk P. Kroese, Zdravko I.
Botev, Thomas Taimre, Radislav Vaisman,25th November 2020

Reference Books:
1. Machine Learning Probabilistic Approach, Kevin P. Murphy, MIT Press, 2012.
2. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning -An Algorithmic Perspective”, Second Edition, Chapman and
Hall/CRC Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition Series, 2014.
3. Andreas C. Müller and Sarah Guido “Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A Guide for Data
Scientists”, Oreilly

Web Links:
1. https://www.deeplearning.ai/machine-learningyearning/
2. https://www.cse.huji.ac.il/~shais/UnderstandingMachineLearning/index.html
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs24/preview
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/machinelearning/

***

461
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CLOUD COMPUTING
(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7O04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Interpret the key dimensions of the challenge of Cloud Computing.

CO2: Identify the economics, financial, and technological implications for selecting cloud computing for own
organization.
CO3: Demonstrate concept of virtualization and implementation levels of Virtualization.
CO4: Classify various storage systems and models in cloud computing environment.
CO5: Analyze the Cloud Security risks and Mechanisms.
CO6: Utilize cloud environment platform and tools for actively initiating, installing and developing cloud-
based applications.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 3 - 2 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 - 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 - 2 2 3 1 - - - - - - -
CO5 3 1 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO6 2 - 1 2 3 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to Cloud computing: Scalable Computing over the Internet-The Age of Internet Computing,
Scalable computing over the internet, Technologies for Network Based Systems, System models for
Distributed and Cloud Computing, Challenges of cloud computing, Characteristics, Cloud computing
applications and security risks.

Unit – II
Virtualization and Virtualization of clusters and datacenters:Implementation Levels of Virtualization,
Virtualization Structures/ Tools and Mechanisms, Virtualization of CPU, Memory and I/O Devices, Virtual
Clusters and Resource Management, Virtualization for Data-Center Automation.

Unit – III
Cloud Platform Architecture: Cloud Computing and Service Models, Public Cloud Platforms, Service

462
AR20 AEC-CSE

Oriented Architecture, Programming on Amazon AWS and Microsoft Azure.

Unit – IV
Cloud Resource management and Scheduling: Policies and Mechanisms for Resource Management,
Applications of Control Theory to Task Scheduling on a Cloud, Stability of a Two-Level Resource Allocation
Architecture, Feedback Control Based on Dynamic Thresholds. Resource Bundling, Scheduling Algorithms
for Computing Clouds-Fair Queuing, Start Time Fair Queuing.

Unit – V
storage systems:Evolution of storage technology, storage models, file systems and database, distributed file
systems, general parallel file systems. Google file system.

Text Books:
1. Distributed and Cloud Computing, Kai Hwang, Geoffry C. Fox, Jack J. Dongarra MK Elsevier.
2. DistributedSystems-ConceptsandDesign,GeorgeCoulouris,JeanDollimore,Tim Kindberg, 4th Edition,
Pearson Publication.

Reference Books:
1. Cloud Computing, A Hands on approach, ArshadeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, University Press.
2. Cloud Computing, A Practical Approach, Anthony T Velte, Toby J Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, TMH.
3. Mastering Cloud Computing, Foundations and Application Programming, Raj Kumar Buyya, Christen
vecctiola, S Tammaraiselvi, TMH.

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs18/preview
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs20/preview
3. https://www.javatpoint.com/cloud-computing-tutorial
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cloud_computing/index.htm

***

463
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DEEP LEARNING
(Open Elective-IV)
VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201IT7O02 3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:
CO1: Demonstrate the mathematical foundation of neural network
CO2: Explain various machine learning algorithms and their importance for data analysis.
CO3: Illustrate the challenges and optimization strategies of deep neural network.
CO4: Build a convolutional neural network using different activation functions.
CO5: Build and train RNN and LSTMs using sequence modelling.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 - 2 1 - 2 - - - - - - 3
CO2 - 2 1 - 2 - - - - - - 3
CO3 - 2 - 3 1 - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO5 1 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - -
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:
CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2
CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Linear Algebra: Scalars, Vectors, Matrices and Tensors, Matrix operations, types of matrices, Norms, Eigen
decomposition, Singular Value Decomposition, Principal Components Analysis.
Probability and Information Theory: Random Variables, Probability Distributions, Marginal Probability,
Conditional Probability, Expectation, Variance and Covariance, Bayes’ Rule, Information Theory. Numerical
Computation: Overflow and Underflow, Gradient-Based Optimization, Constrained Optimization, Linear
Least Squares.

Unit – II
Machine Learning: Basics and Underfitting, Hyper parameters and Validation Sets, Estimators, Bias and
Variance, Maximum Likelihood, Bayesian Statistics, Supervised and Unsupervised Learning, Stochastic
Gradient Descent, Challenges Motivating Deep Learning. Deep Feedforward Networks: Learning XOR,
Gradient-Based Learning, Hidden Units, Architecture Design, Back-Propagation, and other Differentiation
Algorithms.

Unit – III
Regularization for Deep Learning: Parameter Norm Penalties, Norm Penalties as Constrained Optimization,
Regularization and Under-Constrained Problems, Dataset Augmentation, Noise Robustness, Semi-Supervised
Learning, Multi-Task Learning, Early Stopping, Parameter Tying and Parameter Sharing, Sparse
Representations, Bagging and Other Ensemble Methods, Dropout, Adversarial Training, Tangent Distance,
Tangent Prop and Manifold Tangent Classifier. Optimization for Training Deep Models: Pure Optimization,
Challenges in Neural Network Optimization, Basic Algorithms, Parameter Initialization Strategies,
Algorithms with Adaptive Learning Rates, Approximate Second-Order Methods, Optimization Strategies and
Meta-Algorithms.

Unit – IV
Convolutional Networks: The Convolution Operation, Pooling, Convolution, Basic Convolution Functions,
Structured Outputs, Data Types, Efficient Convolution Algorithms, Random or Unsupervised Features, Basis

464
AR20 AEC-CSE

for Convolutional Networks.

Unit – V
Sequence Modelling: Recurrent and Recursive Nets: Unfolding Computational Graphs, Recurrent Neural
Networks, Bidirectional RNNs, Encoder-Decoder Sequence-to-Sequence Architectures, Deep Recurrent
Networks, Recursive Neural Networks, Echo State Networks, LSTM, Gated RNNs, Optimization for Long-
Term Dependencies, Auto encoders, Deep Generative Models.

Text Books:
1. Ian Goodfellow, YoshuaBengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press.
2. Josh Patterson and Adam Gibson, “Deep learning: A practitioner's approach”, O'Reilly Media, First
Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Deep Learning, Designing next-generation machine intelligence algorithms, Nikhil
Buduma, O’Reilly, Shroff Publishers.
2. Deep learning Cookbook, Practical recipes to get started Quickly, DouweOsinga, O’Reilly, Shroff
Publishers.

Web Links:
1. https://keras.io/datasets/
2. http://deeplearning.net/tutorial/deeplearning.pdf
3. https://arxiv.org/pdf/1404.7828v4.pdf

***

DATA SCIENCE
(Open Elective-IV)

465
 AR20 AEC-CSE

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201IT7O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Describe Data Science and the skill sets needed to be a data scientist
CO2: Apply basic tools for visualizing Data& optimization.
CO3: Describe the process of reading and exploring data.
CO4: Implement various machine learning algorithms for analyzing various datasets.
CO5: Analyze datasets using clustering and recommender systems.
CO6: Make use of python libraries to implement machine learning algorithms.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - 3 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 - 1 2 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 - 3 1 1 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 - 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - -
CO5 - 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - -
CO6 2 3 - - 3 - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2
CO6 - 2

Unit - I
Introduction, The Ascendance of Data, Motivating Hypothetical: Data Sciencester, Finding Key Connectors,
The Zen of Python, Getting Python, Virtual Environments, Whitespace Formatting, Modules, Functions,
Strings, Exceptions, Lists, Tuples, Dictionaries default dict, Counters, Sets, Control Flow, Truthiness,
Sorting, List Comprehensions, Automated Testing and assert, Object- Oriented Programming, Iterables and
Generators, Randomness, Regular Expressions, Functional Programming, zip and Argument Unpacking, args
and kw args, Type Annotations, How to Write Type Annotations.

Unit – II
Visualizing Data: matplotlib, Bar Charts, Line Charts, Scatterplots. Linear Algebra: Vectors, Matrices,
Statistics: Describing a Single Set of Data, Correlation, Simpson’s Paradox, Some Other Correlational
Caveats, Correlation and Causation.
Gradient Descent: The Idea Behind Gradient Descent, Estimating the Gradient, Using the Gradient, Choosing
the Right Step Size, Using Gradient Descent to Fit Models, Minibatch and Stochastic Gradient Descent.

Unit – III
Getting Data:stdin and stdout, Reading Files, Scraping the Web, Using APIs, Working with Data: Exploring
Your DataUsingNamedTuples, Dataclasses, Cleaning and Munging, Manipulating Data, Rescaling,
Dimensionality Reduction.
Probability: Dependence and Independence, Conditional Probability, Bayes’s Theorem, Random Variables,
Continuous Distributions, The Normal Distribution, The Central Limit Theorem.

466
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Machine Learning: Modeling, Overfitting and Underfitting, Correctness, The Bias-Variance Tradeoff,
Feature Extraction and Selection, k-Nearest Neighbors, Naive Bayes, Simple Linear Regression, Multiple
Regression, Digression, Logistic Regression.

Unit – V
Clustering: The Idea, The Model, Choosing k, Bottom-Up Hierarchical Clustering. Recommender Systems:
Manual Curation, Recommending What’s Popular, User-Based Collaborative Filtering, Item-Based
Collaborative Filtering, Matrix Factorization Data Ethics, Building Bad Data Products, Trading Off Accuracy
and Fairness, Collaboration, Interpretability, Recommendations, Biased Data, Data Protection, Python,
Mathematics, NumPy, pandas, scikit-learn, Visualization.

Text Books:
1. Joel Grus, “Data Science from Scratch”, O’Reilly
2. Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats”, O’Reilly

Reference Books:
1. Doing Data Science: Straight Talk from The Frontline, 1st Edition, Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt,
O’Reilly.
2. Mining of Massive Datasets, 2nd Edition, Jure Lekovic, AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey Ullman, v2.1,
Cambridge University Press.
3. “The Art of Data Science”, 1st Edition, Roger D. Peng and Elizabethmatsui, Lean Publications.
4. “Algorithms for Data Science”, 1st Edition, Steele, Brian, Chandler, John, Reddy, Swarna, springers
Publications.

Web Links:
1. https://github.com/joelgrus/data-science-from-scratch
2. https://github.com/donnemartin/data-science-ipython-notebooks
3. https://github.com/academic/awesome-datascience

***

467
 AR20 AEC-CSE

FLUIDIZATION ENGINEERING
(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201PT7O03 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify the apprpriate industrial application of a fluidized bed

CO2: Determine the flow regimes of fluidization and construct flow maps.
CO3: Analyze fluidization behaviour using Davidson and K-L Model, interchange coefficients.
CO4: Evaluate heat transfer coefficients ,mass transfer coefficients using Bubbling bed model.
CO5: Determine pressure drop in a turbulent and fast fluidized bed.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2
CO2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction:
The phenomenon of fluidization-Liquid like behaviour of a fluidized bed- Comparison with other contacting
methods-Advantages and disadvantages of fluidized beds.

Unit – II
Industrial applications of fluidized beds: Coal gasification-Gasoline from other petroleum fractions; Gasoline
from natural and synthesis gases-Heat exchange-Coating of metal objects with plastics-Drying of solids-
Synthesis of phthalic anhydride-Acrylonitrile-Polymerization of olefins-FCCU-Fluidized combustion of coal-
Incineration of solid waste- Activation of carbon- Gasification of waste- Bio-fluidization.

Unit – III
Fluidization and mapping of regimes:
Minimum fluidization velocity-Pressure drop vs. Velocity diagram-Effect of temperature and pressure on
fluidization-Geldart classification of particles- Terminal velocity of particles- Transport disengaging height-
Turbulent fluidization- Pneumatic transport of solids-Fast fluidization-Solid circulation systems- Voidage
diagram-Mapping of regimes of fluidization.

Unit – IV
Bubbles in dense bed:
Single rising bubbles- Davidson model for gas flow at bubbles- Evaluation of models for gas flow at bubbles.
Bubbling fluidized beds: Experimental findings- Estimation of bed Voidages- Physical models: Simple Two
phase model; K-L model.

468
AR20 AEC-CSE

High velocity fluidization:

Turbulent fluidized bed- Fast fluidization- Pressure drop in turbulent and fast fluidization.Solids movement,
mixing

Unit – V
Gas dispersion and gas interchange in bubbling beds:
Dispersion of gas in beds- Gas interchange between bubble and emulsion- Estimation of gas interchange
coefficients. Particle to gas mass transfer: Experimental Interpolation of mass transfer coefficients- Heat
transfer- Experimental heat transfer from the bubbling bed model.

Text Books:
1. Fluidization Engineering, Kunii Diazo and Octave Levenspiel, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc,
1991.
2. Fluidized Bed Technology: Principles and Applications, J.R. Howard, Taylor and Francis, 1989.

Reference Books:
1. Fluidization Fundamentals and Application, Howard Littman et al., American Institute of Chemical
Engineers, 1970.
2. Handbook of Fluidization and Fluid Particle Systems, Wen-Ching Yang, CRC Press, 2003.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103132

***

469
 AR20 AEC-CSE

FUNDAMENTALS OF MECHANICAL UNIT OPERATIONS

(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201PT7O04 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Outline the fundamental concepts of mechanical unit operations

CO2: Explain the storage of bulk fluids and flow measurements
CO3: Explain the flow past immersed solid objects, motion of particles through fluids, beds of solids.
CO4: Apply filtration, flow through packed and fluidized beds, cross flow filteration
CO5: Explain the gravity sedimentation, centrifugal separations, flotation.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction of Particulate Solids, Particle Size, Particle Shape and Density, Screening Equipment,
Effectiveness and Capacity, Methods of Size Reduction, Equipment for Size Reduction – Crushers,
Equipment for Size Reduction – Grinders, Equipment for Size Reduction - Ultrafine Grinders and Cutting
Machines

Unit – II
Storage of Bulk Solids, Solids Flow Out and their Flow Patterns, Conveying of Bulk Solids, Size
Enlargement Methods, Size Enlargement Equipment,

Unit – III
Flow past Immersed Solid Objects, Motion of Particles through Fluids, Motion of, Flow through Beds of
Solids, Flow through Fluidized Beds

Unit – IV
Filtration, Flow through Packed and Fluidized Beds, Cross Flow Filtration and Membrane Separations,
Filtration, Principles of Cake Filtration, Filtration Equipment, Cross Flow Filtration

Unit – V
Gravity Sedimentation, Centrifugal Separations, Floatation
Gravity Sedimentation- Classifiers, Gravity Sedimentation - Design of Thickeners, , Centrifugal Separations,
Floatation.

470
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. McCabe W.L., Smith J.C. and Harriott P, “Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering”, 7th Edition,
McGraw Hill, 2005.
2. Alan S. Foust, Leonard A. Wenzel, Curtis W. Clump, Louis Maus, L.Bryce Anderson, “Principles of
Unit Operations”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2010

Reference Books:
1. Lees F.P. Lee’s Loss Prevention in Process industries: Hazard Identification, Assessment and control

Web Links:
1. https://www.processingmagazine.com/material-handling-dry-wet/powder-bulk-
solids/article/15587856/preventing-flow-problems-with-reliable-bulk-solids-handling-equipment-
design
2. https://www.thermopedia.com/content/870/
3. https://ethz.ch/content/dam/ethz/special-interest/mavt/process-engineering/particle-technology-
laboratory-dam/documents/lectures/practica-fourth-
semester/2016/Ullmann_Filtration_Fundamentals_2016.pdf
4. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/earth-and-planetary-sciences/gravity-separation

***

471
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DRILLING & BLASTING

(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201MI7O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Differentiate between explosives.

CO2: Use blasting accessories along with monitoring and assessment.
CO3: Analyse problems associated with open cast blasting and mitigation
CO4: Analyse problems associated with underground blasting and mitigation.
CO5: Assess blasting in metal mines

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 1 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2
CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Drilling:
Drillability, mechanics of drilling, major types of drilling machines, Principles of drilling, Types of drill, Drill
rods and drill bits -Types and applications, Exploratory and Production Drilling.

Unit – II
Explosives and Blasting Accessories:
Mechanism of blasting, Explosives- types and properties. Selection of explosives, Handling and storage of
explosives. Types of initiating systems – Electrical Detonators, Detonating Fuse, Detonating Relays,
NONEL, Electronic Detonators, Blasting accessories, exploders. Blast Design in Surface and Underground
Mines.

Unit – III
Drilling and Blasting in Surface Mines:
Factors affecting blasting, Blast design - estimation of burden and spacing, estimation of charge requirement;
Initiation patterns; secondary blasting – pop and plaster shooting; Problems associated with blasting, Ground
vibration and air over pressure

Unit – IV
Drilling and Blasting in Underground Coal Mines:
Blast hole patterns and their applicability, blasting-off-solid, ring hole blasting, calculation of specific charge,
specific drilling and detonator factor, initiation patterns.

472
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Drilling and Blasting in Underground Metal mines:
Blast hole patterns and their applicability, blast design for horizontal drivage, long hole blasting, vertical
crater retreat blasting.

Text Books:
1. B. Misra, U.M. Rao Karanam, Principle of rock drilling Taylor & Francis, CRC Press, 1998,
ISBN-905410788X.
2. "Drilling & Blasting" Minetech by Pradhan G.K., Ghose A.K., Bhubaneswar, India : MINTECH
Publications, c1996 200 pages :

Reference Books:
1. Elements of Mining Technology by DJ Deshmukh, Vol. 1, Denett, 2016, First Edition
2. Surface mining, by GB Mishra, Vol.1, Dhanbad Publisher, 1979

Web Links:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drilling_and_blasting
2. https://www.rpmdrilling.co.za/blast-hole-drilling-process/
3. www.railsystem.net/drill-and-blast-method/

***

473
 AR20 AEC-CSE

AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES AND PROTECTED CULTIVATION

(Open Elective-IV)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201AG7O02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Classify the poultry houses, dairy barn planning and requirements.
CO2: Differentiate the different grain storage structures.
CO3: Classify polyhouses based on construction materials.
CO4: Apply different irrigation techniques in green house.
CO5: Plan fertilizer scheduling, rate of application of fertilizers and methods of application.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 - - - - 1 - - - - -
CO2 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 - 2 - - - - - - - 1 -
CO4 2 - 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 - - - 2 - - 1 - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Planning and layout of farmstead. Scope, importance and need for environmental control, physiological
reaction of livestock environmental factors, environmental control systems and their design, control of
temperature, humidity and other air constituents by ventilation and other methods.

Unit – II
Livestock production facilities, BIS Standards for dairy, piggery, poultry and other farm structures. Design,
construction and cost estimation of farm structures; animal shelters, compost pit, fodder silo, fencing and
implement sheds, barn for cows, buffalo, poultry, etc

Unit – III
Storage of grains and Causes of spoilage. Water activity for low and high moisture food grains and its limits
for storage, Moisture and temperature changes in grain bins; Traditional storage structures and their
improvements, Improved storage structures (CAP, hermetic storage, Pusa bin, RCC ring bins). Design
consideration for grain storage godowns, Bag storage structures, Shallow and Deep bin, Calculation of
pressure in bins and Storage of seeds

Unit – IV
Protected cultivation: Introduction, History, origin, development, national and International Scenario,
components of green house, perspective, Types of green houses, polyhouses /shed nets, Cladding materials,
Plant environment interactions – principles of limiting factors, solar radiation and transpiration, greenhouse
effect, light, temperature, relative humidity, carbon dioxide enrichment. Design and construction of
greenhouses – site selection, orientation, design, construction, design for ventilation requirement using
exhaust fan system, selection of equipment, Greenhouse cooling system – necessity, methods – ventilation
with roof and side ventilators, evaporative cooling, different shading material fogging, combined fogging and
fan-pad cooling system, design of cooling system, maintenance of cooling and ventilation systems, pad care
etc.
474
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Planting techniques in green house cultivation. Irrigation in greenhouse and net house – Water quality, types
of irrigation system, components, design, installation and material requirement. Fogging system for
greenhouses and net houses – introduction, benefits, design, installation and material requirement.
Fertilization – nutrient deficiency symptoms and functions of essential nutrient elements, principles of
selection of proper application of fertilizers, fertilizer scheduling, rate of application of fertilizers, methods,
automated fertilizer application. Greenhouse climate measurement, control and management.

Text Books:
1. Pandey, P.H. Principles and practices of Agricultural Structures and Environmental Control, Kalyani
Publishers, Ludhiana.
2. Ojha, T.P and Michael, A.M. Principles of Agricultural Engineering, Vol. I, Jain Brothers, Karol Bag,
New Delhi.

Reference Books:
1. Venugopal Rao, P. Text Book of Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
2. Sahay, K.M. and Singh, K.K. Unit Operations of Agricultural Processing, Vikaspublishing pvt. Ltd,
Noida.
3. Singh Brahma and Balraj Singh. 2014. Advances in protected cultivation, New India Publishing
Company.
4. Sharma P. 2007. Precision Farming. Daya Publishing House New Delhi.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/104103020/3
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105050/m24l35.pdf
3. http://fes.org.in/source-book/SWC%20Source%20Book_final.pdf
4. http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.php?id=618
5. https://agrimoon.com/agricultural-structures-and-environmental-control-pdfbook

***

475
 AR20 AEC-CSE

SECURE CODING TECHNIQUES

(Job Oriented Elective – IV)

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7J02 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Differentiate the objectives of information security.

CO2: Summarize the trend, reasons and impact of the recent Cyber attacks.
CO3: Describe OWASP design principles while designing a web application.
CO4: Explain threat modelling and importance of security in all phases of SDLC
CO5: Write secure coding using some of the practices in C/C++/Java and Python programming languages

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 1 3 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 3 -
CO5 3 -

Unit - I
Network and Information security Fundamentals : Network Basics, Network Components, Network Types,
Network Communication Types, Introduction to Networking Models, Cyber Security Objectives and Services,
Other Terms of Cyber Security, Myths Around Cyber Security, Myths Around Cyber Security, Recent Cyber
Attacks, Generic Conclusion about Attacks, Why and What is Cyber Security, Categories of Attack.

Unit – II
Introduction to Cyber security: Introduction to OWASP Top 10, A1 Injection, A1 Injection Risks Root
Causes and its Mitigation, A1 Injection, A2 Broken Authentication and Session Management, A7 Cross Site
Scripting XSS,A3 Sensitive Data Exposure, A5 Broken Access Control, A4 XML External Entity (XEE), A6
Security Misconfiguration, A7 Missing Function Level Access Control, A8 Cross Site Request Forgery CSRF,
A8 Insecure Deserialization, A9 Using Components With Known Vulnerabilities, A10 Unvalidated Redirects
and Forwards, A10 Insufficient Logging and Monitoring, Secure Coding Practices, Secure Design Principles,
Threat Modeling, Microsoft SDL Tool

Unit – III
Secure coding practices and OWASP Top 10: Declarative Security, Programmatic Security, Concurrency,
Configuration, Cryptography, Input and Output Sanitization, Error Handling, Input Validation, Logging and
auditing, Session Management, Exception Management, Safe APIs, Type Safety, Memory Management,
Tokenizing, Sandboxing, Static and dynamic testing, vulnerability scanning and penetration testing.

Unit – IV
Secure coding practices in C/C++ and Java: Potential Software Risks in C/C++, Defensive coding,
Preventative Planning, Clean Code, Iterative Design, Assertions, Pre Post Conditions, Low level design
inspections, Unit Tests
476
AR20 AEC-CSE

Java- Managing Denial of Service, Securing Information, Data Integrity, Accessibility and Extensibility,
Securing Objects, Serialization Security.

Unit – V
Secure coding in Python: Interactive Python Scripting, Python Variables, Conditionals, Loops, Functions,
External Modules, File operations, Web requests.

Text Books:
1. Networking Fundamentals, 2019 edition, Packt, Author: Gordon Davies
2. Principles of Information Security, Authors: Michael E. Whitman and Herbert J. Mattord, Course
technology incorp.
3. CSSLP SECURE SOFTWARE LIFECYCLE PROFESSIONAL ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDE, Third
Edition, 3rd Edition, Authors: Wm. Arthur Conklin, Daniel Paul Shoemaker, Released February
2022,Publisher(s): McGraw-Hill,ISBN: 9781264258215
4. OCP Oracle Certified Professional Java SE 11 Programmer II Study Guide: Exam 1Z0-816 and Exam
1Z0-817 Paperback – 6 August 2020, Authors: Scott Selikoff , Jeanne Boyarsky
5. OWASP 2017 Handbook,

Web Links:
1. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_auth_012683751296065536354_shared/conte
nts [Network Fundamentals]
2. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_3388902307073574000_shared/overview
[Introduction to cybersecurity]
3. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/viewer/html/lex_auth_0135015696571596809160
[Certified Secure Software Lifecycle Professional (CSSLP) 2019: Secure Coding Practices]
4. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/viewer/html/lex_auth_0135015689927557129660
[OWASP Top 10: Web Application Security]
5. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/viewer/html/lex_auth_01350159304097792013093
[Defensive coding fundamentals in C and C++]
6. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/viewer/html/lex_auth_01350159172969267213125 [Java
SE 11 Programmer II: Secure Coding in Java SE 11 Applications]
7. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_auth_01350158164493107211192/overview
[Security Programming: Python Scripting Essentials]

Web references:
1. https://www.stealthlabs.com/blog/infographic-top-15-cybersecurity-myths-vs-reality/
2. https://microage.ca/cybersecurity-layering-approach/
3. https://www.synopsys.com/glossary/what-is-threat-
modeling.html#:~:text=Threat%20modeling%20is%20a%20structured,An%20abstraction%20of%20the%20sys
tem
4. https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/securityengineering/sdl/threatmodeling
5. https://www.checkpoint.com/cyber-hub/threat-prevention/what-is-sandboxing/
6. https://www.skillsoft.com/course/defensive-coding-fundamentals-for-cc-f44c02f9-1bcc-11e7-b15b-
0242c0a80b07#:~:text=Defensive%20Programming%20is%20a%20methodology,%2C%20testing%2C%20and
%20input%20validation.
7. https://www.oracle.com/java/technologies/javase/seccodeguide.html
8. https://www.skillsoft.com/course/security-programming-python-scripting-essentials-be99adad-1f65-47a8-
a4b5-6b5346072b8e

477
 AR20 AEC-CSE

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
Common to EEE, CSE & IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201HS7T01 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize management and motivation theories to renovate the practice of management.
CO2: Explain concepts of quality management and use process control charts, concepts and tools of quality
engineering.
CO3: Illustrate the functional management challenges associated with different changes in the
organizations.
CO4: Compute Optimum Project Duration and Cost in Crashing of PERT and CPM Networks
CO5: Interpret the process of strategic management and to provide basic insights into contemporary
management practices.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO2 1 - - - 1 - - - - - 3 -
CO3 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - -
CO4 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -

Unit - I
Introduction to Management:Concept nature and importance of Management, Generic Functions of
Management, and Evaluation of Management thought, Theories of Motivation, Decision making
process,Designing organization structure, Principles of organization & Organizational typology.

Unit – II
Operations Management : Principles and Types of Management, Work study-, Statistical Quality Control,
Control charts (P-chart, R-chart, and C-chart) Simple problems, Material Management: Need for Inventory
control, EOQ, ABC analysis (simple problems) and Types of ABC analysis (HML, SDE, VED, and FSN
analysis), Just-in- Time(JIT) system, Total Quality, Management(TQM), Six sigma, supply chain management

Unit – III
Functional Management : Concept of HRM, HRD and PMIR, Functions of HR Manager, Wage payment
plans(Simple Problems) ,Job Evaluation and Merit Rating ,Marketing Management, Functions of Marketing,
strategies based on product Life Cycle, Channels of distributions.

Unit – IV
Project Management : Development of Network, Difference between PERT and CPM, Fulkerson’s Rule,
Finding Critical Path, Probability of completion of project, Project Crashing.

478
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Strategic Management : Vision, Mission, Goals, Strategy, Elements of Corporate Planning Process
,Environmental Scanning ,SWOT analysis, Steps in Strategy Formulation and Implementation, Generic Strategy
Alternatives, Basic concepts of MIS, ERP, Capability Maturity Model(CMM) Levels, Balanced Score Card.

Text Books:
1. Management Science by Aryasri; Publisher: Tata McGraw Hill, 2009
2. Management by James Arthur, Finch Stoner, R. Edward Freeman, and Daniel R. Gilbert 6th Ed;
Publisher: Pearson Education/Prentice Hall.

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Marketing: A South Asian Perspective by Kotler Philip, Gary Armstrong, Prafulla Y.
Agnihotri, and Eshan ul Haque , 2010, 13th Edition, Publisher: Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India.
2. A Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice by Michael Armstrong, 2010; Publisher: Kogan
Page Publishers.
3. Quantitative Techniques in Management by N.D. Vohra, 4th edition, 2010; Publisher: Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Operations Management: Theory and Practice by B. Mahadevan, 2010; Publisher: Pearson Education.

Web Links:
1. www.citehr.com
2. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122106032
3. www.btechguru.com/courses--nptel--basic-course

479
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PYTHON: DEEP LEARNING

(Skill Oriented Course-V)
Common to CSE&IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7S01 0 0 4 2

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Demonstrate the knowledge on the foundations of deep learning.

CO2: Apply deep learning techniques to various learning problems.
CO3: Discuss the knowledge on open issues in deep learning and have a grasp of the current research
directions.
CO4: Build different advanced neural networks using the TensorFlow.
CO5: Build different advanced neural networks using the Keras.
CO6: Build capstone project

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO2 2 2 2 - 3 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO3 2 2 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 3
CO4 2 3 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO5 2 3 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 2
CO6 3 2 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 2

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -
CO6 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week - 1
Course name : .Build a Convolution Neural Network for Image Recognition.
Go through the modules of the course mentioned and answer the self-assessment questions given in the link
below at the end of the course.
Self Assessment - Deep Learning - Viewer Page | Infosys Springboard (onwingspan.com)
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_01329493661476454438916_shared/overview

Week - 2
Module name : Understanding and Using ANN : Identifying age group of an actor
Exercise : Design Artificial Neural Networks for Identifying and Classifying an actor using Kaggle Dataset.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_01330395431313408034595_shared/overview

Week - 3
Module name : Understanding and Using CNN : Image recognition
Exercise: Design a CNN for Image Recognition which includes hyperparameter tuning.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_0128119792734781443974_shared/overview

480
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week - 4
Module name : Predicting Sequential Data
Exercise: Implement a Recurrence Neural Network for Predicting Sequential Data.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_01329472454671564827503_shared/overview

Week - 5
Module Name: Removing noise from the images
Exercise: Implement Multi-Layer Perceptron algorithm for Image denoising hyperparameter tuning.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_01281270187509350411665_shared/overview

Week - 6
Module Name: Advanced Deep Learning Architectures
Exercise: Implement Object Detection Using YOLO.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_0133012663485399041534_shared/overview

Week - 7
Module Name: Optimization of Training in Deep Learning
Exercise Name: Design a Deep learning Network for Robust Bi-Tempered Logistic Loss.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_01329516827363737649959_shared/overview

Week - 8
Module name: Advanced CNN
Exercise: Build AlexNet using Advanced CNN.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_01330395123358105634386_shared/overview

Week – 9
Module name: Autoencoders Advanced
Exercise: Demonstration of Application of Autoencoders.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_0135015719462420489929/overview

Week - 10
Module name: Advanced GANs
Exercise: Demonstration of GAN.
https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_0135015551717703687718/overview

Week - 11
Module name : Capstone project
Exercise : Complete the requirements given in capstone project
Description: In this capstone, learners will apply their deep learning knowledge and expertise to a real world
challenge.

Week - 12
Module name : Capstone project
Exercise : Complete the requirements given in capstone project

List of Augmented Experiments:

13. Write a program for classifying cats and dogs images by using Kaggle dataset from the following link:
https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/chetankv/dogs-cats-images
14. Write a program for Gender classification of a person in an image using appropriate data set using CNN.
15. Write a program for Classifying a song by genre by using appropriate data set.
16. Develop a Generative Adversarial Networks (GAN )for Generating MNIST Handwritten Digits using python.

481
AR20 AEC-CSE

Reference Books:
1. Goodfellow, I., Bengio,Y., and Courville, A., Deep Learning, MIT Press, 2016.
2. Bishop, C., M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.
3. Navin Kumar Manaswi, “Deep Learning with Applications Using Python”, Apress, 2018.

Web Links:
1. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/en/app/toc/lex_auth_012782105116811264219_shared/contents
2. Deep learning for developers (link will be provided once course is migrated to the Springboard
platform)_
3. https://keras.io/datasets/
4. http://deeplearning.net/tutorial/deeplearning.pdf
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106184
6. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/deep-learning

482
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CONTINUOUS INTEGRATION AND CONTINUOUS DELIVERY

USING DEVOPS
(Skill Oriented Course–V)
Common to CSE & IT

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7S02 0 0 4 2

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Summarize the life cycle & principles of agile software development
CO2: Develop the fundamentals programs using Devops
CO3: Analyze the adoption of Devops in Projects and Process
CO4: Demonstrate the types of continuous integration and continuous delivery in Devops
CO5: Build an automated CICD pipeline using a stack of tools
CO6: Develop basic branching and merging in GIT

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 3 1 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO2 1 2 1 - 3 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO3 1 3 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO4 - 1 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO5 2 1 3 - 3 - - - 2 2 - 1
CO6 2 3 2 - 3 - - - 2 2 - 1

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 -
CO2 1 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 3 -
CO6 2 -

List of Experiments:

Week – 1
Get an understanding of the stages in software development lifecycle, the process models, values and principles
of agility and the need for agile software development. This will enable you to work in projects following an
agile approach to software development.

Week – 2
Get a working knowledge of using extreme automation through XP programming practices of test first
development, refactoring and automating test case writing.

Week – 3
It is important to comprehend the need to automate the software development lifecycle stages through DevOps.
Gain an understanding of the capabilities required to implement DevOps, continuous integration and continuous
delivery practices.

483
AR20 AEC-CSE

Week – 4
Configure the web application and Version control using Git using Git commands and version control
operations.

Week – 5
Configure a static code analyzer which will perform static analysis of the web application code and identify the
coding practices that are not appropriate. Configure the profiles and dashboard of the static code analysis tool.

Week – 6
Write a build script to build the application using a build automation tool like Maven. Create a folder structure
that will run the build script and invoke the various software development build stages. This script should
invoke the static analysis tool and unit test cases and deploy the application to a web application server like
Tomcat.

Week – 7
Configure the Jenkins tool with the required paths, path variables, users and pipeline views.

Week – 8
Configure the Jenkins pipeline to call the build script jobs and configure to run it whenever there is a change
made to an application in the version control system. Make a change to the background color of the landing
page of the web application and check if the configured pipeline runs.

Week – 9
Create a pipeline view of the Jenkins pipeline used in Exercise 8. Configure it with user defined messages.

Week – 10
In the configured Jenkins pipeline created in Exercise 8 and 9, implement quality gates for static analysis of
code.

Week – 11
In the configured Jenkins pipeline created in Exercise 8 and 9, implement quality gates for static unit testing.

Week – 12
In the configured Jenkins pipeline created in Exercise 8 and 9, implement quality gates for code coverage.

List of Augmented Experiments:

17. To fetch and synchronize git repository
18. To perform basic branching and merging in Git
19. To implement form validation
20. To write and read data into/from firebase

Reference Books:
1. Learning Continuous Integration with Jenkins: A beginner's guide to implementing Continuous
Integration and Continuous Delivery using Jenkins - Nikhil Pathania ,Packt publication
[https://www.amazon.in/Learning-Continuous-Integration-Jenkins-Pathania/dp/1
2. Jenkins 2 – Up and Running: Evolve Your Deployment Pipeline for Next Generation Automation - Brent
Laster, O’Reilly publication
[https://www.amazon.in/Jenkins-2-Running-Brent-Laster/dp/1491979593]

Web Links:
1. TOC - Software Engineering and Agile software development | Infosys Springboard (onwingspan.com)
2. Development & Testing with Agile: Extreme Programming - Viewer Page | Infosys Springboard
(onwingspan.com)
3. https://www.javatpoint.com/devops
4. https://github.com/nkatre/Free-DevOps-Books-1/blob

SUMMER INTERNSHIP- II
484
 AR20 AEC-CSE

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7P01 0 0 6 3

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Conduct a technical survey to identify a real world engineering problem

CO2: Analyze the industrial plant layout using technical expertise
CO3: Compare theoretical and real work environments in technical perspective
CO4: Identify the challenges in the execution of operations
CO5: Execute the operations and report the results of assigned tasks using modern tools adhering to
professional ethics

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 3 - - - - - - - 1 - 1
CO2 3 - - - - 1 1 - - - 1
CO3 3 - - - - - - - - 1 1 1
CO4 1 1 3 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 - - - - 3 - - 2 1 1 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2
CO2 2 2
CO3 2 2
CO4 2 2
CO5 2 2

Guidelines:

1. The Internship is a team activity of 3 to 4 students.

2. The students can undergo Industrial Training / Internship at Govt. Organizations,
software MNCs or do Research projects in National Laboratories/Academic
Institutions like IITs, NITs etc. during summer breaks after completion of VI
Semester.
3. Community Service Project is an alternative to the Summer Internship, whenever
there is an exigency and students cannot pursue their Summer Internship. A group of
students or even a single student can take up the Community Service Project during
summer breaks. However, a student can opt for this only once. The students have to
identify social problems existing in any geographical area/village and try to solve
them technically or suggest to people the necessary solutions for solving these
problems.
4. Prior letter and approval from the Head of the Department must be taken before
applying to any organization for the fulfilment of this course.
5. Every student should put in a minimum of 180 hours for the Community Service
Project during the summer vacation.
6. Each class/section should be assigned with a Project Coordinator.
485
AR20 AEC-CSE

7. The students are motivated to do projects based on societal needs using emerging
technologies like IoT, Machine learning, Deep Learning, Cyber security, cloud
computing etc.,
8. The Community Service Project should be different from the regular programmes of
NSS/NCC/Green Corps/Red Ribbon Club, etc.
9. After successful completion, students shall submit a summer internship technical
report to the department concerned.
10. The student shall appear for the oral presentation before the Project Review
Committee (PRC)* and an External Examiner.

486
 AR20 AEC-CSE

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Common to all branches

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201MC7T01 2 0 0 0

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the characteristics and process of research.

CO2: Select the research problem by applying problem identification techniques.
CO3: Formulate and execute research design process.
CO4: Report the results of research process adhering to professional ethics.
CO5: Analyze the results of research using statistical measures of central tendancy
CO6: Analyze the results of research using coefficient of variation, correlation and regression

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 - - 2 - - - - - 2 - 1
CO2 1 - - 2 - - - - - 2 - 1
CO3 1 - - 2 - - - - - 2 - 1
CO4 1 - - 2 - - - 3 - 2 - 1
CO5 1 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 - 1
CO6 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - -
CO2 - -
CO3 - -
CO4 - -
CO5 - -
CO6 - -

Unit - I
Meaning of Research - Function of Research - Characteristics of Research – Steps involved in Research –
Research in Pure and Applied Sciences - Inter Disciplinary Research. Factors which hinder Research –
Significance of Research - Research and scientific methods – Research Process– Criteria of good Research –
Problems encountered by Researchers – Literature review.

Unit – II
Identification of Research Problem : Selecting the Research problem – Necessity of defining the problem –
Goals and Criteria for identifying problems for research. Perception of Research problem – Techniques involved
in defining the problem

Unit – III
Research Design : Formulation of Research design – Need for Research design – Features of a good design –
Important concepts related to Research design.

Unit – IV
Interpretation and Report Writing: Meaning and Technique of interpretation – Precautions in interpretation –
Significance of report writing – Different steps in writing a report – Layout of a Research report.

Unit – V
Statistical Techniques and Tools : Introduction of statistics – Functions – Limitations – Measures of central
tendency - Arithmetic mean – Median – Mode – Standard deviation – Co-efficient of variation (Discrete serious
and continuous serious) – Correlation - Regression

487
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Research Methodology Methods & Techniques, C.R. Kothari – New Age international Publishers,
Reprint 2008
2. A Hand Book of Methodology of Research, Rajammall, P. Devadoss and K. Kulandaivel, RMM
Vidyalaya press, 1976

Reference Books:
1. Thesis and Assignment Writing, J. Anderson, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1997.
2. Research Methodology, Mukul Gupta, Deepa Gupta – PHI Learning Private Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
3. Fundamentals of Mathematical statistics, S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Sultan Chand & Sons, New
Delhi,1999.

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/127106227
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IZLn9_PA_4s

488
 AR20 AEC-CSE

DATA VISUALIZATION
(Honors)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7H01 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Identify and recognize visual perception and representation of data.

CO2: Illustrate about projections of different views of objects.
CO3: Apply various Interaction and visualization techniques.
CO4: Analyze various groups for visualization.
CO5: Applyvisualizations for volumetric data to present them graphically.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 2 - 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 1 -
CO4 2 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Introduction To Data Visualizations And Perception: Introduction of visual perception, visual representation of
data, Gestalt principles, Information overload.

Unit – II
Visual Representations: Creating visual representations, visualization reference model, visual mapping, visual
analytics, Design of visualization applications.

Unit – III
Classification Of Visualization Systems: Classification of visualization systems, Interaction and visualization
techniques misleading, Visualization of one, two and multi-dimensional data, text and text documents.

Unit – IV
Visualization Of Groups: Visualization of groups, trees, graphs, clusters, networks, software, Metaphorical
visualization. Various visualization techniques, data structures used in data visualization.

Unit – V
Visualization Of Volumetric Data And Evaluation Of Visualizations: Visualization of volumetric data, vector
fields, processes and simulations, Visualization of maps, geographic information, GIS systems, collaborative
visualizations, evaluating visualizations

489
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. Ward, Grinstein, Keim, Interactive Data Visualization: Foundations, Techniques, and Applications.
Natick, 2ndedition,A K Peters, Ltd 2015.

Reference Books:
1. Tamara Munzner,Visualization Analysis & Design ,1stedition,AK Peters Visualization Series 2014
2. Scott Murray,Interactive Data Visualization for the Web ,2nd Edition, 2017

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_mg67/preview
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_mg67/preview
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/datavisualization
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/data-visualization-foundations/
5. https://www.udemy.com/course/masteringd3js/

490
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PRINCIPLES OF CYBER SECURITY

(Honors)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7H02 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Apply cyber security architecture principles.

CO2: Demonstrate the risk management processes and practices.
CO3: Appraise cyber security incidents to apply appropriate response
CO4: Distinguish system and application security threats and vulnerabilities.
CO5: Identify security tools and hardening techniques

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 - 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 - 1 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 - 1 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5 - 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 3 -
CO4 3 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Introduction to Cyber Security-Cyber security objectives, roles, differences between information security and
cyber security, Cyber security principles-confidentiality, integrity, availability, authentication and non
repudiation

Unit – II
Information Security within Lifecycle Management-Lifecycle management landscape, Security architecture
processes, Security architecture tools, Intermediate lifecycle management concepts, Risks & Vulnerabilities-
Basics of risk management, Operational threat environments, Classes of attacks

Unit – III
Incident Response-Incident categories, Incident response,Incident recovery, Operational security protection-
Digital and data assets, ports and protocols, Protection technologies, Identity and access Management,
configuration management

Unit – IV
Threat Detection and Evaluation Monitoring-Vulnerability management, Security logs and alerts, Monitoring
tools and appliances, Analysis-Network traffic analysis, packet capture and analysis

Unit – V
Introduction to backdoor System and security-Introduction to metasploit, backdoor, demilitarized zone (DMZ),
Digital signature, Brief study on Harding of operating system

491
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. NASSCOM: Security Analyst Student Hand Book, Dec 2015
2. Information Security Management Principles, Updated Edition, David Alexander, Amanda Finch, David
Sutton, BCS publishers, June 2013

Reference Books:
1. Cyber Security Fundamentals-Cyber Security, Network Security and Data Governance Security, 2nd
Edition, ISACA Publishers, 2019

Web Links:
1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/intro-cyber-security
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/it-fundamentals-cybersecurity
3. https://www.udemy.com/course/network-security-course/
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs33/preview
5. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105162/

492
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PRINCIPLES OF CYBER SECURITY

(Minor)

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7M01 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the cyber security and security management methods to maintain security protection
CO2: Illustrate the nature of secure software development and operating systems.
CO3: Summarize the Network management and cloud computing security issues.
CO4: Analyze the data privacy techniques and data management.
CO5: Demonstrate the role security management plays in cyber security defense and legal and social issues at
play in developing solutions.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 1 - - 2 - - 2 - - - -
CO2 2 3 - 2 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 - 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 1 2 - 3 2 - - - - - - -
CO5 2 1 - - 2 - - 3 - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 -
CO2 2 -
CO3 2 -
CO4 3 -
CO5 2 -

Unit - I
Introduction to Cyber Security-Cyber security objectives, roles, differences between information security and
cyber security, Cyber security principles-confidentiality, integrity, availability, authentication and non
repudiation

Unit – II
Information Security within Lifecycle Management-Lifecycle management landscape, Security architecture
processes, Security architecture tools, Intermediate lifecycle management concepts, Risks & Vulnerabilities-
Basics of risk management, Operational threat environments, Classes of attacks

Unit – III
Incident Response-Incident categories, Incident response,Incident recovery, Operational security protection-
Digital and data assets, ports and protocols, Protection technologies, Identity and access Management,
configuration management

Unit – IV
Threat Detection and Evaluation Monitoring-Vulnerability management, Security logs and alerts, Monitoring
tools and appliances, Analysis-Network traffic analysis, packet capture and analysis

Unit – V
Introduction to backdoor System and security-Introduction to metasploit, backdoor, demilitarized zone (DMZ),
Digital signature, Brief study on Harding of operating system

493
AR20 AEC-CSE

Text Books:
1. NASSCOM: Security Analyst Student Hand Book, Dec 2015
2. Information Security Management Principles, Updated Edition, David Alexander, Amanda Finch, David
Sutton, BCS publishers, June 2013

Reference Books:
1. Cyber Security Fundamentals-Cyber Security, Network Security and Data Governance Security, 2nd
Edition, ISACA Publishers, 2019

Web Links:
1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/intro-cyber-security
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/it-fundamentals-cybersecurity
3. https://www.udemy.com/course/network-security-course/
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs33/preview
5. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105162/

494
 AR20 AEC-CSE

INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING

(Minor)

VII Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7M02 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the fundamental usage of the concept Machine Learning system with an emphasize on
statistical learning
CO2: Demonstrate various regression techniques and linear models for binary classification
CO3: Analyze the role of Ensemble Learning Methods and Support Vector Machines in Machine Learning
CO4: Illustrate the Clustering Techniques and Dimensionality Reduction Models in Machine Learning
CO5: Discuss the Neural Network Models and Fundamentals concepts of Deep Learning

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 1 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 1 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 2
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 2
CO5 - 2

Unit – I
Introduction- Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Deep learning, Types of Machine Learning Systems,
Main Challenges of Machine Learning.Statistical Learning: Introduction, Supervised and Unsupervised
Learning, Training
and Test Loss, Tradeoffs in Statistical Learning, Estimating Risk Statistics, Sampling
distribution of an estimator, Empirical Risk Minimization.

Unit – II
Supervised Learning(Regression/Classification):Basic Methods: Distance based Methods, Nearest Neighbours,
Decision Trees, Naive Bayes, Linear Models: Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Generalized Linear
Models, Support Vector Machines, Binary Classification: Multiclass/Structured outputs, MNIST, Ranking.

Unit – III
Ensemble Learning and Random Forests: Introduction, Voting Classifiers, Bagging and Pasting, Random
Forests, Boosting, Stacking.Support Vector Machine: Linear SVM Classification, Nonlinear SVM
ClassificationSVM Regression, Naïve Bayes Classifiers.

Unit – IV
Unsupervised Learning Techniques: Clustering, K-Means, Limits of K-Means, Using Clustering for Image
Segmentation, Using Clustering for Preprocessing, Using Clustering for Semi-Supervised Learning, DBSCAN,
Gaussian Mixtures. Dimensionality Reduction: The Curse of Dimensionality, Main Approaches for
Dimensionality Reduction, PCA, Using Scikit-Learn, Randomized PCA, Kernel PCA.

495
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – V
Neural Networks and Deep Learning: Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks with Keras, Implementing
MLPs with Keras, Installing TensorFlow 2, Loading and Preprocessing Data with TensorFlow.

Text Books:
1. Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly
Publications, 2019
2. Data Science and Machine Learning Mathematical and Statistical Methods,Dirk P. Kroese, Zdravko I.
Botev, Thomas Taimre, Radislav Vaisman,25th November 2020

Reference Books:
1. Machine Learning Probabilistic Approach, Kevin P. Murphy, MIT Press, 2012.
2. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning -An Algorithmic Perspective”, Second Edition, Chapman and
Hall/CRC Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition Series, 2014.
3. Andreas C. Müller and Sarah Guido “Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A Guide for Data
Scientists”, Oreilly

Web Links:
1. https://www.deeplearning.ai/machine-learningyearning/
2. https://www.cse.huji.ac.il/~shais/UnderstandingMachineLearning/index.html
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs24/preview
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/machinelearning/

496
 AR20 AEC-CSE

CLOUD COMPUTING
(Minor)

VIISemester L T P C
Course Code:201CS7M03 3 1 0 4

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Interpret the key dimensions of the challenge of Cloud Computing.

CO2: Identify the economics, financial, and technological implications for selecting cloud computing for own
organization.
CO3: Demonstrate concept of virtualization and implementation levels of Virtualization.
CO4: Classify various storage systems and models in cloud computing environment.
CO5: Analyze the Cloud Security risks and Mechanisms.
CO6: Utilize cloud environment platform and tools for actively initiating, installing and developing cloud-
based applications.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 - 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 - 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - -
CO4 - 2 2 3 1 - - - - - - -
CO5 - 3 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO6 - 2 1 2 3 - - - - - - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2
CO2 - 1
CO3 - 2
CO4 - 1
CO5 - 1
CO6 - 3

Unit - I
Introduction to Cloud computing: Scalable Computing over the Internet-The Age of Internet Computing,
Scalable computing over the internet, Technologies for Network Based Systems, System models for Distributed
and Cloud Computing, Challenges of cloud computing, Characteristics, Cloud computing applications and
security risks.

Unit – II
Virtualization and Virtualization of clusters and datacenters:Implementation Levels of Virtualization,
Virtualization Structures/ Tools and Mechanisms, Virtualization of CPU, Memory and I/O Devices, Virtual
Clusters and Resource Management, Virtualization for Data-Center Automation.

Unit – III
Cloud Platform Architecture: Cloud Computing and Service Models, Public Cloud Platforms, Service Oriented
Architecture, Programming on Amazon AWS and Microsoft Azure.

497
AR20 AEC-CSE

Unit – IV
Cloud Resource management and Scheduling: Policies and Mechanisms for Resource Management,
Applications of Control Theory to Task Scheduling on a Cloud, Stability of a Two-Level Resource Allocation
Architecture, Feedback Control Based on Dynamic Thresholds. Resource Bundling, Scheduling Algorithms for
Computing Clouds-Fair Queuing, Start Time Fair Queuing.

Unit – V
storage systems:Evolution of storage technology, storage models, file systems and database, distributed file
systems, general parallel file systems. Google file system.

Text Books:
1. Distributed and Cloud Computing, Kai Hwang, Geoffry C. Fox, Jack J. Dongarra MK Elsevier.
2. DistributedSystems-ConceptsandDesign,GeorgeCoulouris,JeanDollimore,Tim Kindberg, 4th Edition,
Pearson Publication.

Reference Books:
1. Cloud Computing, A Hands on approach, ArshadeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, University Press.
2. Cloud Computing, A Practical Approach, Anthony T Velte, Toby J Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, TMH.
3. Mastering Cloud Computing, Foundations and Application Programming, Raj Kumar Buyya, Christen
vecctiola, S Tammaraiselvi, TMH.

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs18/preview
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs20/preview
3. https://www.javatpoint.com/cloud-computing-tutorial
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cloud_computing/index.htm

498
 AR20 AEC-CSE

PROJECT
(Full Semester Internship)

VIII Semester L T P C
Course Code:201CS8P01 0 0 0 12
Guidelines for Project:
The prime objective of this project work is to imbibe students with technical, analytical and innovative ideas.
It’s to ensemble the students with theoretical and practical learning pertaining to software applications
development, design practices and guidelines/paradigms. A peer of 3-4 students formed as group/team and work
under the supervision/mentoring of a departmental faculty. Associating the students to solve from real world
problems to various R&D problems identified within the department or sister departments. The team is formed
towards fostering the communication and leadership skills among peers, so that they can survive and exercise
during their career, abreast. The project work normally includes:
1. Literature survey on existing problem/ topic from viable sources.
2. Eliciting the problem solving approach/methodologies and making the feasibility study.
3. The team should perform an extensive software requirements analysis and ethnographical study.
4. Preparing an abstract/synopsis on the opted topic and present before Departmental Review Committee
(DRC).
5. Preparing a roadmap to design, analyze, implement, evaluate/test considering functional, non-
functional aspects and finally, deploy the application/product/software service.
6. Detailed Analysis/Design/Modeling/Simulation and experimentation as needed.
7. Final development of product/process conducting testing and specifying the results, conclusions and
future directions.
8. Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the Department Review
Committee (DRC).
9. Final Project presentation / execution before Departmental Review Committee (DRC).

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO1: Perceive, leadership and management skills required for project development and product delivery.
CO2: Build a model/idea/method/algorithm for societal problems.
CO3: Develop inventive or innovative thought making process using software engineering principles.
CO4: Apply relevant tools for collecting /processing/Analyze the required information for a project
completion.
CO5: Adapt to work as a team and adhering professional ethics in presenting the results in written and oral
formats.
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO2 - 1 - - - 3 - - - 2 -
CO3 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - 2 -
CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3 3

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2
CO2 2 1
CO3 2 2
CO4 3 3
CO5 1 1

499
AR20 AEC-CSE

UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES – II

UNDERSTANDING HARMONY
(Common to all branches)

VIII Semester L T P C
Course Code: 201MC8T01 3 0 0 0

Course Outcomes:
Course Outcomes At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 Make use of Self-exploration, Continuous Happiness & prosperity, Right understanding
and Relationship to live in Harmony principles at all levels
CO2 Explore the Harmony in the Human-being and Harmony in Self
CO3 Interpret the Harmony in the Family and Society & Harmony in Human-Human
relationship using Justice, Truth, Respect, Prosperity and Co-existence
CO4 Appraise the Harmony in Nature and Existence using Interconnectedness & mutual
fulfilment, Co-existence and Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence
CO5 Apply the principles of Holistic understanding of Harmony in Professional Ethics to
improve Competence

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - 2 1 - - 1 - -
CO2 - - - - - 2 1 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - 2 1 - - 1 - -
CO4 - - - - - 2 1 - - 1 - -
CO5 - - - - - - - 2 - 1 - -
UNIT 1: Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value
Education
1. Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-I
2. Self-Exploration–what is it? - Its content and process; Personality Traits- Self
Excellence,’Natural Acceptance’ and Experiential Validation- as the process for
self-exploration, Adaptability, Belief and Understanding- Self discipline
3. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations
4. Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility- the basic requirements
forfulfilment of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority
5. Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current
scenario
6. Method to fulfil the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at
various levels.
7. Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) Personality test

Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate acceptance for
living with responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co-existence) rather than as
arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking.

UNIT 2: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself!

1. Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’
500
AR20 AEC-CSE

2. Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and physical facility
3. Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and
enjoyer)-Habits and Hobbies, SWOT Analysis (Activity)
4. Understanding the characteristics and activities of „I‟ and harmony in ‘I’ –
DalaiLamas‟ Tibetan Personality Test – Dr. Menninger‟s Psychometric Test.
5. Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct
appraisal ofPhysical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail
6. Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health.
7. Epidemiology- Definition of health, Social and Preventive Medicine,
Personalhygiene and handling stress, WHO Guidelines

Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making material goods available
to me. Identifying from one‟s own life. Differentiate between prosperity and accumulation.
Discuss program for ensuring health vs dealing with disease

UNIT 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human-Human

Relationship

1. Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine universal

values in relationships) and program for its fulfilment to ensure mutual happiness; Trust
and Respect as the foundational values of relationship
2. Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and competence
3. Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and differentiation;
the other salient values in relationship, Friends and Foes, Empathy, False Prestige.
4. Concept of an Ideal family- Marriage as an Institution
5. Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family):
Resolution, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive Human
Goals
6. Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal
Human Order- from family to world family.

Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as extended
family, real life examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of education etc. Gratitude as a
universal value in relationships. Discuss with scenarios. Elicit examples from students‟ lives

UNIT 4: Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as

Coexistence

1. Understanding the harmony in the Nature and its Equanimity, Respect for all, Nature
asTeacher
2. Interconnectedness and mutual fulfillment among the four orders of nature-
recyclabilityand self-regulation in nature
3. Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually interacting units in all-
pervasivespace
4. A Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence.
Include practice sessions to discuss human being as cause of imbalance in nature (film “Home”
can be used), pollution, depletion of resources and role of technology etc.

501
AR20 AEC-CSE

UNIT 5: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony

on ProfessionalEthics
1. Natural acceptance of human values
2. Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct
3. Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal
Order
4. Competence in professional ethics: a. Ability to utilize the professional competence for
augmenting universal human order b. Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of
people friendly and eco-friendly production systems, c. Ability to identify and develop
appropriate technologies and management patterns for above production systems.
5. Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and production systems
6. Vision for the Holistic alternatives, UHVs for entrepreneurship
7. Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order: (a) At the level
of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists and
managers
(b) At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations – Right
understanding and dilemmas of professional ethics in today‟s world.

Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial) Sessions
eg. To discuss the conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.

Text Book
1. Human Values and Professional Ethics by R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, Excel Books,
New Delhi, 2010

Reference Books
1. Jeevan Vidya: Ek Parichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
2. Human Values, A.N. Tripathi, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. The Story of Stuff (Book).
4. The Story of My Experiments with Truth - by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi
5. Small is Beautiful - E. F Schumacher.
6. Slow is Beautiful - Cecile Andrews
7. Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa
8. Bharat Mein Angreji Raj - PanditSunderlal
9. Rediscovering India - by Dharampal
10. Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas K. Gandhi
11. India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12. Vivekananda - Romain Rolland (English)
13. Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)
14. Life Skills by KVSG Murali Krishna

502